Form 6-K ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LTD For: Dec 31

Article Stock Quotes (2)

FREE Breaking News Alerts from StreetInsider.com!

StreetInsider.com Top Tickers, 4/25/2024

1. META
2. CMG
3. LRCX
4. IBM
5. HCP

6. SPY
7. BSX
8. PI
9. NOW
10. CNMD

Top News Most Read Special Reports

March 30, 2022 5:30 PM EDT

E-mail


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 6-K REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 or 15d-16 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Report on Form 6-K dated March 30, 2022 Commission File Number: 001-14846 AngloGold Ashanti Limited (Name of registrant) 112 Oxford Road Houghton Estate, Johannesburg, 2198 (Private Bag X 20, Rosebank, 2196) South Africa (Address of principal executive offices) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F: Form 20-F: ý Form 40-F: q Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1): Yes: q No: ý Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7): Yes: q No: ý

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Exhibits containing the Technical Report Summaries for the mining properties of AngloGold Ashanti Limited (the “Company”) in the Africa region (pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K) are filed herewith in order to be incorporated by reference into the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 which the Company plans to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 30 March 2022.


Exhibit Number	Description	Remarks
Exhibit 96.1	Technical Report Summary, Geita Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report (including Consent of Qualified Person)	Filed herewith
Exhibit 96.2	Technical Report Summary, Obuasi, A Life of Mine Summary Report (including Consent of Qualified Person)	Filed herewith
Exhibit 96.3	Technical Report Summary, Iduapriem, A Life of Mine Summary Report (including Consent of Qualified Person)	Filed herewith
Exhibit 96.4	Technical Report Summary, Siguiri, A Life of Mine Summary Report (including Consent of Qualified Person)	Filed herewith
Exhibit 96.5	Technical Report Summary, Kibali Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report (including Consent of Qualified Person)	Filed herewith

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

AngloGold Ashanti Limited

Date: March 30, 2022

By: /s/ L MARWICK

Name: L Marwick

Title: Chief Legal Officer

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 1 Technical Report Summary Geita Gold Mine A Life of Mine Summary Report Effective date: 31 December 2021 As required by § 229.601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti's Annual Report on Form 20-F pursuant to Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations (§ 229.1300 through § 229.1305). AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 2 Date and Signatures Page This report is effective as at 31 December 2021. Where the registrant (AngloGold Ashanti Limited) has relied on more than one Qualified Person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, the section(s) prepared by each qualified person has been clearly delineated. AngloGold Ashanti has recognised that in preparing this report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, when necessary, relied on information and input from others, including AngloGold Ashanti. As such, the table below lists the technical specialists who provided the relevant information and input, as necessary, to the Qualified Person to include in this Technical Report Summary. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Section 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this report. The registrant confirms it has obtained the written consent of each Qualified Person to the use of the person's name, or any quotation from, or summarisation of, the Technical Report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report. The written consent only pertains to the particular section(s) of the Technical Report Summary prepared by each Qualified Person. The written consent has been filed together with the Technical Report Summary exhibit and will be retained for as long as AngloGold Ashanti relies on the Qualified Person’s information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. MINERAL RESOURCE QUALIFIED PERSON Damon Elder Sections prepared: 1 - 11, 20 - 25 __________________ MINERAL RESERVE QUALIFIED PERSON Duan Campbell Sections prepared: 1, 12-19, 21 - 25 __________________ Responsibility Technical Specialist ESTIMATION Janet Luponelo EVALUATION QAQC Janet Luponelo EXPLORATION Mjinja Hatari GEOLOGICAL MODEL Mjinja Hatari GEOLOGY QAQC Mjinja Hatari GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Samuel Banda HYDROGEOLOGY Gordon Maclear MINERAL RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION Janet Luponelo ENVIRONMENTAL AND PERMITTING Mhando Yusuph FINANCIAL MODEL Ikingo Gombo INFRASTRUCTURE Eliakimu Kagimbo LEGAL Elizabeth Karua METALLURGY Elibariki Andrew MINE PLANNING Duan Campbell MINERAL RESERVE CLASSIFICATION Duan Campbell /s/ Damon Elder /s/ Duan Campbell AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 3 Consent of Qualified Person I, Damon Elder, , in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Geita Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Damon Elder /s/ Damon Elder AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 4 Consent of Qualified Person I, Duan Campbell, , in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Geita Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Duan Campbell /s/ Duan Campbell

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 5 Contents 1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 8 1.1 Property description including mineral rights .................................................................................. 8 1.2 Ownership ..................................................................................................................................... 9 1.3 Geology and mineralisation ........................................................................................................... 9 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ...................................................................... 10 1.5 Mining methods ........................................................................................................................... 11 1.6 Mineral processing ....................................................................................................................... 11 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ....................................................................... 11 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates ............................................................................ 12 1.9 Permitting requirements ............................................................................................................... 13 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ........................................................................................... 13 2 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 14 2.1 Disclose registrant ....................................................................................................................... 14 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared .......... 14 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation ......................... 14 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections ............................................................................................. 15 2.5 Purpose of this report................................................................................................................... 15 3 Property description ............................................................................................................................. 15 3.1 Location of the property ............................................................................................................... 15 3.2 Area of the property ..................................................................................................................... 16 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting ................................................ 16 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities ............................................................................................. 17 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................... 18 4.1 Property description ..................................................................................................................... 18 5 History ................................................................................................................................................. 18 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ..................................................................................... 19 6.1 Geological setting ........................................................................................................................ 19 6.2 Geological model and data density .............................................................................................. 22 6.3 Mineralisation .............................................................................................................................. 25 7 Exploration ........................................................................................................................................... 26 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................ 26 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing ................................................................................................... 30 7.3 Results ........................................................................................................................................ 31 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples ................................................................................... 32 7.5 Hydrogeology .............................................................................................................................. 34 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................ 35 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security ........................................................................................... 36 8.1 Sample preparation ..................................................................................................................... 36 8.2 Assay method and laboratory ...................................................................................................... 38 8.3 Sampling governance .................................................................................................................. 38 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance ........................................................................................ 39 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 6 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ...................................................................................... 39 9 Data verification ................................................................................................................................... 40 9.1 Data verification procedures ........................................................................................................ 40 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................ 40 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .............................................................................. 40 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ...................................................................................... 40 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing ................................................................................... 40 10.2 Laboratory and results ............................................................................................................... 40 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................ 40 11 Mineral Resource estimates ............................................................................................................... 41 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource . 41 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ...................................................................... 42 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty ......................................................................... 47 11.4 Mineral Resource summary ....................................................................................................... 48 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion ......................................................................................................... 50 12 Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................................................................. 50 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ...................................................................... 50 12.2 Cut-off grades ............................................................................................................................ 52 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty........................................................................... 53 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary ......................................................................................................... 54 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion ......................................................................................................... 55 13 Mining methods ................................................................................................................................. 55 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling ...................................... 60 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ................................................................................ 61 13.3 Final mine outline ....................................................................................................................... 63 14 Processing and recovery methods ..................................................................................................... 64 15 Infrastructure ...................................................................................................................................... 69 16 Market studies ................................................................................................................................... 69 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups ............................................................................................................................................................... 70 17.1 Permitting .................................................................................................................................. 70 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management .... 71 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ............................................................................................................ 72 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation .................................................................................................... 72 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ........................................................... 73 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ............................................................... 73 18 Capital and operating costs ................................................................................................................ 74 18.1 Capital and operating costs ........................................................................................................ 74 18.2 Risk assessment ........................................................................................................................ 74 19 Economic analysis ............................................................................................................................. 74 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods .............................................................................. 74 19.2 Results of economic analysis ..................................................................................................... 76 19.3 Sensitivity analysis ..................................................................................................................... 77 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 7 20 Adjacent properties ............................................................................................................................ 77 21 Other relevant data and information ................................................................................................... 77 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource ........................................................................................................ 77 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products..................................................................................... 79 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products ..................................................................................................... 79 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design .................................................... 79 21.5 Additional relevant information ................................................................................................... 80 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) ............................................................................................... 81 22 Interpretation and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 82 23 Recommendations ............................................................................................................................. 83 24 References ........................................................................................................................................ 83 24.1 References ................................................................................................................................ 83 24.2 Mining terms .............................................................................................................................. 83 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant ........................................................................... 87 List of Figures Geita Gold Mine location map. ................................................................................................................ 15 Geita License Status 2021 Map .............................................................................................................. 16 Geita geology map .................................................................................................................................. 22 Geita Gold Mine Simplified Stratigraphic Column .................................................................................... 23 Cross section and 3D oblique view (looking north) of Star and Comet Underground .............................. 24 3D oblique view (looking southwest) of Nyankanga Underground ........................................................... 24 3D oblique view (looking northeast) of Geita Hill Underground (Block 2)................................................. 25 Geita Infrastructure Map showing location of exploration drilling in 2021 ................................................ 32 Geita Hill UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest) .................................. 32 Star and Comet UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest) ........................ 33 Nyankanga UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest) ............................... 33 Nyamulilima open pit 2021 exploration drilling locations (3D oblique view looking northeast) ................. 34 Geita Gold Mine Assay Quality Assurance Workflow Map ...................................................................... 39 Geita inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface) ..................................................... 45 Geita inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground) ............................................ 45 Geita Gold Mine Site Map ....................................................................................................................... 64 Process flow chart .................................................................................................................................. 68 Operating Costs ...................................................................................................................................... 74 Cashflow ................................................................................................................................................. 76 Net Present Value ................................................................................................................................... 76 NPV Sensitivity ....................................................................................................................................... 77 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 8 1 Executive Summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Geita Gold Mine (Geita) is wholly owned by Geita Gold Mining Limited, a subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. Geita currently has three underground mines (Star and Comet, Nyankanga and Geita Hill) and one open pit (Nyamulilima Cut 1 and 2) in production in 2021, located on Special Mining License SML45/99 (SML) in the Lake Zone of northwestern Tanzania. Historically, Geita was an underground mining operation between 1934 and 1966, and in more recent times from 1999, it has operated as an open pit mine with underground mining commencing at Star and Comet in 2016, at Nyankanga in 2017 and at Geita Hill UG in 2020. Both Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground mines are in full production, with a Mineral Reserve of 0.18Moz and 0.71Moz respectively. The Geita Hill underground mine commenced development in November 2020, following government approval in September 2020, and is scheduled to reach full production in late 2022. Currently underground development is providing drilling access for Mineral Resource conversion drilling. Geita Hill underground mine has a Mineral Resource of 1.45Moz but with no Mineral Reserve declared. A Mineral Reserve is expected to be declared in 2022 for Geita Hill underground following drilling and mining studies, to be completed in 2022. The Ridge 8 underground deposit is part of the Star and Comet Complex, where currently Ridge 8 has a Mineral Resource of 467Koz but with no Mineral Reserve declared. Mineral Resource conversion drilling is scheduled to commence in 2022 at Ridge 8 to increase Mineral Resource confidence required for mining studies and future Mineral Reserve declaration. The Nyankanga open pit was mined to completion in September 2020, with ore stockpiled from Nyankanga open pit processed in mill feed up until the end of Q2, 2021. The Nyamulilima open pit, located near Star and Comet, and 22km and 17km respectively from the process plant, commenced production in April 2021 and is scheduled to reach full production by mid-2022. Nyamulilima open pit is the primary open pit ore source at Geita from 2022 with a Mineral Reserve of 1.67Moz. Open pit deposits that have a declared Mineral Resource at Geita with no declared Mineral Reserve include Matandani/Kukuluma, Chipaka, Kalondwa Hill and Selous deposits. Geita has 0.09Moz Mineral Reserve in stockpiles. Geita is located approximately 1,200km from the main Tanzanian business centre of Dar es Salaam. It falls within the Lake Zone of northwestern Tanzania, approximately 120km west of Mwanza and 4km west of Geita town. Geita is hosted in the Geita Greenstone Belt, which is a northern segment of the Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, located in the northwestern part of the Tanzania Craton and south of Lake Victoria. Geita is located at a latitude of 2.8676 S and longitude of 32.1865 E representing co-ordinates of the Geita process plant. Gold mineralisation is reported to be first discovered in the Geita district in 1898 by a German prospector. A regional survey by a Kenyan company, Saragura Prospecting Syndicate, followed in 1930. The first mine was developed in 1934, and between 1936 and 1966, the Geita mine was the largest gold mine in East Africa, producing a million ounces from underground operations. In 1996, Ashanti acquired the Geita tenure through the acquisition of Cluff Resources and acquired the Kukuluma and Matandani in 1998 from Samax Resources Limited. In December 2000, Ashanti reached an agreement to sell AngloGold a 50% interest in Geita for $324 million. AngloGold added its neighbouring Nyamulilima Hill deposits into the joint venture (JV) company. In 2004, the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti resulted in the operation being wholly run by AngloGold Ashanti. Geita commenced open pit mining in 1999, with open pit mining at Nyankanga between 1999 and 2020, at Geita Hill including Lone Cone between 2001 and 2018, at Kukuluma and Matandani between 2002 and 2007, and at Star and Comet between 2007 and 2014.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 9 In 2015, a decision was taken to go underground at Star and Comet and the underground development started in 2016. In 2017 the Nyankanga underground operation commenced and in 2020 the Geita Hill underground operation commenced and is scheduled to ramp-up to full production by end of 2022. In 2020, the Nyankanga open pit, the only remaining operating pit at the time, was mined to completion in September 2020. In April 2021, the Nyamulilima open pit (1.67Moz) commenced operations. The Special Mining License SML45/99 (SML) is 100% attributable to Geita Gold Mining Limited and covers an area of approximately 196km2 and expires on 26 August 2024. Within the SML there are also seven Primary Mining Licenses (PML) of about 0.629km2 which belong to third parties. There are a further 120km2 of Prospecting Licenses (PL), held by Geita Gold Mine Limited, in the immediate vicinity to the special mining license which do not contain any Mineral Reserve. Geita Gold Mining Limited also holds 690km2 of Prospecting Licenses located in Dodoma, Singida and Shinyanga regions, which do not contain any Mineral Reserve. All licenses are in good standing. The Geita process plant is crushing and milling approximately 5.2Mtpa and forecast to produce approximately 0.5Moz per annum over the next five plus years. The current operations are supported by a LOM plan to 2029, with an annually updated, five-year exploration strategy in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.5Moz per annum). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource conversion in the underground mines securing near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects exploring for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. 1.2 Ownership Geita Gold Mine Limited is the 100% owner and operator of Geita and is a subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti Limited. 1.3 Geology and mineralisation Geita is hosted in the Geita Greenstone Belt (GGB), which is a northern segment of the Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, located in the northwestern part of the Tanzania Craton and south of Lake Victoria. This Archaean sequence strikes almost east-west, extending for about 80km long and is up to 20km wide. The GGB sits dominantly within the Nyanzian Supergroup stratigraphy that is sub-divided into the Lower Nyanzian and the Upper Nyanzian groups. The Lower Nyanzian Group is composed of mafic volcanic units (basalts, pillow basalt, minor gabbro, and dolerites). This group of rocks within the GGB is collectively termed the Kiziba Formation. The Upper Nyanzian Group consists of black shales, banded iron formation, clastic sedimentary rock, tuffs, agglomerates and felsic volcaniclastics. The entire package (Nyanzian stratigraphy) is intruded by a variety of mafic to felsic rocks. The supra-crustal package shows variable thickness and is estimated to be more than 500m thick in places, mostly underlain by intrusive complexes. A simplified stratigraphy of the main igneous rocks in the Geita area is summarised as: Archaean Gabbro, Basalts, and intermediate to acid volcanoclastic sediments > Diorites > Tonalites-Granodiorites > Granites > Proterozoic Gabbro dykes. Across the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks there is a property-wide paleo-drainage system, which likely flowed towards Lake Victoria. These late sediments likely represent the remnants of a much thicker package that might have covered all the hills exposed today. Both the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks and paleo-alluvials are covered by ferricrete at different levels of induration and evolution, up to 15m thick. The region hosts several world-class shear-hosted Archaean lode gold deposits and forms the northern portion of the regional Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, itself one of several belts that comprise the Lake AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 10 Victoria goldfields. Other gold mines hosted in the Lake Victoria Goldfields include Golden Pride (Resolute Mining Limited), Bulyanhulu, Tulawaka, Buzwagi and North Mara (all owned by Barrick Gold Corporation). The Geita gold deposits are shear hosted, Archaean orogenic gold deposits. Within Geita leases the GGB is subdivided into three major mineralised trends: (i) Geita Central Trend, hosting the Nyankanga, Geita Hill, and Lone Cone deposits, (ii) Nyamulilima Trend in the west, hosting Star and Comet, Ridge 8 and Nyamulilima deposits, and (iii) Matandani-Kukuluma Trend to the northeast, hosting Matandani and Kukuluma deposits. The Geita Central Trend contains three major gold deposits occurring along a NE-SW mineralised trend. These are from northeast to southwest: Geita Hill, Lone Cone and Nyankanga. Other prospects occur singly: Chipaka in the centre of the greenstone belt, and Kalondwa Hill, P30, Fukiri-Jumanne along an NW- SE trending ironstone ridge. Geita Hill, Lone Cone and Nyankanga occur along a moderately NW dipping system of reverse faults that have been multiply reactivated during subsequent deformation events. The mineralisation is mainly related to diorite and banded iron formation contacts exploited by the shear system. The alteration is restricted within the ore zone and consists of secondary sulphide (mainly pyrite), silica, carbonate and moderate potassic alteration. The Nyamulilima Trend contains three major gold deposits on an approximately NW-SE mineralised trend. These are from SE to NW: Ridge 8, Star and Comet and Nyamulilima open pit (historically named Roberts). Individual deposits occur along a series of N-S trending, steeply dipping, left stepping en-echelon fault zones that cut across the ironstone-rich sediments and granite-granodiorite-tonalite intrusions. Mineralisation is preferentially localised along fault zones where they cut the ironstone-granitoid contacts. The mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, silica, carbonate and actinolite alteration. The Kukuluma Trend contains five gold deposits distributed along an approximately E-W mineralised trend. These are from east to west: Area 3 South, Area 3 Central, Area 3 West, Kukuluma and Matandani. The mineralisation is steeply dipping along the contacts of intermediate fine-grained intrusions and magnetite rich chert and ironstone showing a general en-echelon, left stepping geometry. The gold is associated with secondary pyrite, arsenopyrite and minor pyrrhotite. magnetite, silica, carbonate, and amphibole alteration are variably present within the mineralised zone. Deformation in the GGB comprises of early stages of ductile shearing and folding (D1 to D5), with periodic emplacement of large diorite intrusive complexes, sills, and dykes. Later stages of deformation (D6 to D8) involved development of brittle-ductile shear zones, with faults developed in the later stages of deformation, with late emplacement felsic porphyry dykes within the greenstone belt, and granitic intrusions located on the margins of the greenstone belt. Gold mineralisation occurred late in the tectonic history of the greenstone belt, synchronous with the development of brittle-ductile shear zones (D6). Mineralisation is dominantly sulphide replacement of magnetite-rich layers in ironstone, with local replacement of ferromagnesian phases and magnetite in the diorite intrusions. Primary gold mineralisation is associated with the intersection of the brittle-ductile shear zones and pre-existing fold hinges, with higher grade concentrations associated with banded iron formation lithologies and with diorite dyke and sill contacts. The mineralisation in GGB is preferentially hosted within deformation zones developed along the contact of banded iron formation and porphyries of various compositions and associated with major shear systems. The structures associated with the mineralised system are well defined, the alteration zone is restricted to the mineralised zone, quartz veins are rare or missing although silicification is common. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations Geita has an aggressive, annually updated five-year exploration plan in place, with approximately 20 drill rigs operating and forecast to drill approximately 180km in 2022. The exploration strategy targets Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve growth ahead of annual depletion in the Life of Mine (LOM) plan, where surface drilling is targeting new open pit and underground opportunities, and underground drilling is targeting Mineral Resource conversion to allow Mineral Reserve growth via engineering and extension of underground operations down-dip and along strike. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 11 1.5 Mining methods Mining at Geita is by both open pit and underground mining methods. Open pit mining at Nyankanga Cut 8 was completed in 2020. The Nyamulilima open pit commenced production in April 2021 and is scheduled to reach full production during 2022. This mining is done utilising a truck and shovel operated by Geita with a contractor providing drill and blast support. Underground mining commenced at Star and Comet in 2016 and subsequently at Nyankanga in 2017 and most recently Geita Hill in 2020. Star and Comet underground has successfully transitioned to owner mining and the mining contractor African Underground Mining Services (AUMS) is used at Nyankanga and Geita Hill for underground development and stoping. The underground mining method is a combination of longitudinal and transverse open stoping. Cement Aggregate Fill (CAF) is used at Nyankanga to fill the primary stopes and allows for mining of secondary stopes. Ore is hauled from the Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground operations to the central run of mine (ROM) pad by the Geita processing plant. 1.6 Mineral processing Geita ore processing method is via conventional carbon-in-leach (CIL) process with a throughput capacity of 5.2Mtpa. The circuit contains a primary gyratory crusher, secondary and tertiary crushers, a semi- autogenous mill, a ball mill and 12 leach tanks. This is coupled with a gravity circuit using two Knelson concentrators. In planning the plant feed blend material, hardness grade, oxide and sulphide content are considered to optimise throughput and recovery. Power to the mine is self-generated using diesel generators but planned construction of 33kV Hydropower Station (TANESCO National Grid Substation) is underway. 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates As per AngloGold Ashanti’s Guidelines for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve, 2021 (Guidelines for Reporting), the exclusive Mineral Resource is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied, all entities are reported from the equivalent Mineral Resource Model. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: Portion 1: Open Pit: The Mineral Resource that lies within the Mineral Resource model between the LOM design shell and the Mineral Resource shell optimised at the Mineral Resource cut-off grade and quoted at the Mineral Resource cut-off grade. Underground: The Mineral Resource that lies outside an underground design but within shapes defined at the Mineral Resource price and quoted at 0g/t cut-off Common: Note that an exploration anomaly that is considered to be a Mineral Resource, but not a Mineral Reserve is a subset of this category. Portion 2: Material within the LOM design shell that lies between the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve cut-offs as reported from the Mineral Resource model but not reported as Mineral Reserve. There is no underground equivalent. Portion 3: Open Pit: All Inferred Mineral Resource, including Inferred Mineral Resource within the LOM design shell that lies above the Mineral Resource cut-off. Underground: All Inferred Mineral Resource, including Inferred Mineral Resource within the Mineral Reserve designs. Portion 4: Mineral Resource where the technical studies to engineer a Mineral Reserve have not yet been completed. Portion 5: Stockpiles that qualify as a Mineral Resource, but not as a Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 12 The exclusive Mineral Resource = Portion 1 + Portion 2 + Portion 3 + Portion 4 + Portion 5. The total Geita exclusive Mineral Resource is estimated at 60.1Mt at 2.76g/t for 5.33Moz, where the open pit exclusive Mineral Resource is 1.85Moz (35%), the underground exclusive Mineral Resource is 3.21Moz (54%) and 0.27Moz (1%) in stockpiles. A significant portion of the open pit exclusive Mineral Resource is informed by Nyamulilima open pit (1.03Moz), being Inferred Mineral Resource inside the final pit design (less than 5%), and all Mineral Resource outside the final pit design and inside the $1500/oz 2021 Mineral Resource price optimisation shell. The Kukuluma / Matandani Mineral Resource is 0.68Moz and several small open pit Mineral Resource total 0.15Moz (Kalondwa Hill, Chipaka, Selous) and which have no Mineral Reserve declared. The underground exclusive Mineral Resource is informed by Geita Hill UG 1.45Moz (no Mineral Reserve declared), Nyankanga UG 1.07Moz, Ridge 8 0.47Moz (no Mineral Reserve declared), and Star and Comet UG 0.27Moz, all relating to Mineral Resource not in Mineral Reserve and in pillars not recovered. Stockpiles of 0.27Moz below Mineral Reserve cut-off and above Mineral Resource cut-off are exclusive, made up of low-grade (0.29Moz) and refractory ore (0.05Moz) stockpiles. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Measured 1.44 4.49 6.47 0.21 Indicated 28.18 2.06 58.15 1.87 Measured & Indicated 29.62 2.18 64.63 2.08 Inferred 30.48 3.32 101.29 3.26 The total Geita Mineral Reserve is 29.71Mt at 2.77g/t for 2.65Moz. This represents a net increase of 13.2% year to year was achieved, and an increase of 35% after depletion. Gold Mineral Reserve Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Proven 2.19 1.30 2.84 0.09 Probable 27.52 2.89 79.45 2.55 Total 29.71 2.77 82.29 2.65 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates Stay in Business (SIB) and capital expenditure (CAPEX) was estimated on a zero-based basis from the Geita’s BP2022 9+3 LOM mining schedule and is estimated at $294M for the LOM plan. The CAPEX relates to relates to Mineral Reserve development (ORD), surface and underground infrastructure and related development, mining fleet replacement, process infrastructure upgrades and other site SIB projects. Operating expenditure (OPEX) is estimated by a first principles budget process, applying known unit costs from mine contracts to physicals, and is estimated at $1,950M for the LOM plan. The average All in Costs (AIC) over the Mineral Reserve derived LOM plan equates to $1,113/oz. The total Mine Closure liability is included in the Processing Costs. The total liability is estimated in Q4 2021 at $69M. Decommissioning cost of infrastructures that have potential post-mining uses (re- usable infrastructures) is estimated at $13.8M. Hence, total liability excluding re-usable infrastructure is $55.2M.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 13 Operating Costs Item Unit Total LOM Operating costs Mining Cost USD M 967 Processing Cost USD M 550 General & Admin USD M 443 Other Operating Cost USD M 0 Total Operating costs USD M 1,950 Retrenchment USD M 30 Sustaining Capital USD M 294 1.9 Permitting requirements Geita holds a valid Special Mining License (SML45/99) which was awarded in 1999 and expires on 26 August 2024 and covers an area of approximately 196km2. In 2004 a license enlargement was granted to include Nyamulilima area. Another extension was granted in 2009 to include an extension of the Geita Hill area. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve as declared as at 31st December 2021 are contained within this SML and Geita has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for mining and infrastructure. More recently, in 2016, Geita has been awarded underground rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for underground mining and infrastructure at Star and Comet and Nyankanga, and in 2020 for Geita Hill underground. Geita has several prospecting Licenses (additional 120 square kilometres) which contain several exploration targets. All the deposits used in the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation are within the mine's SML area and the mine has permits for their exploitation. The SML expires 26 August 2024, and Geita will be engaging with the Government of the Republic of Tanzania to renegotiate existing development agreements and renewal of the SML from 2022 and concluding before expiry in August 2024. There were no changes to the SML boundaries and its term / duration during 2021. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership, in part or in whole, of the deposits that were used in estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve as of 31st December 2021. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations The inclusive Mineral Resource is estimated at 90.51Mt at 2.83g/t for 8.23Moz at end of 2021 and increased by 0.87Moz (10.9%) after depletion (0.56Moz) from 2020. The open pit Mineral Resource is 3.62Moz (44%), the underground Mineral Resource is 4.25Moz (52%) and 0.36Moz (4%) is contained in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is considered robust with high confidence classifications to support the Mineral Reserve and the LOM plan. The Geita Mineral Reserve is fully contained within the LOM plan. Stockpile Mineral Reserve is declared as Proven Mineral Reserve and mining Mineral Reserve is declared as Probable Mineral Reserve. The total Geita Mineral Reserve is 29.71Mt at 2.77g/t for 2.65Moz. Reconciliation of 2021 Mineral Reserve with 2020 Mineral Reserve shows a net increase of 309Koz mainly from exploration and model changes, primarily relating to the ongoing drilling for the Nyamulilima open pit during first half of 2021, and related Mineral Resource model update completed in October 2021. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 14 The Geita Mineral Reserve is derived from open pit, underground and stockpile ore sources with a 63%, 34% and 3% contribution in terms of ounces respectively. 2021 depletion represents depletion to 31 December 2021. Appropriate mining and processing modifying factors and a gold price of $1,200/oz were used to prepare the Mineral Reserve. 2 Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant This Technical Report Summary was prepared for Geita Gold Mining Limited, a subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti Limited. 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared The purpose of this QP report is to support the public disclosure of the 2021 year-end Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate at Geita located in Tanzania. AngloGold Ashanti requires that the Mineral Reserve that is an outcome of this process is generated at a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) level. Terms of reference are following AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve (Guidelines for Reporting) and based on public reporting requirements as per regulation S-K 1300. Although the term Mineral Reserve is used throughout S-K 1300 and this document, it is recognised that the term Ore Reserve is synonymous with Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti uses Ore Reserve in its internal reporting. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report, as stipulated in Subpart 229.1300 and 1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. The qualified person must draft the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in § 230.421 of this chapter. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of the Technical Report Summary: • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated • Unless otherwise stated, $ or dollar refers to United States dollars • Group and company are used interchangeably • Mine, operation, business unit and property are used interchangeably • Rounding of numbers may result in minor computational discrepancies • Numbers presented are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage to zero decimal places, content for gold to two decimals and copper, content with no decimals • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this report and all ounces are Troy ounces to zero decimal places. • Abbreviations used in this report: gold – Au • The reference co-ordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps / plans are stated in latitude longitude geographic co-ordinates in various formats, or relevant Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection. 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation Geita technical specialists prepared this report. For the purpose of this report, the QP’s have relied upon information provided by AngloGold Ashanti Corporations legal counsel regarding the validity of exploitation permits and licensing; this opinion has been relied upon in property description and location sections and in the summary of this report. Geita Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve was externally audited in 2019 by Golder Associates, and internally audited in 2020, with no significant flaws identified. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 15 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections The QP for Mineral Resource and the QP for Mineral Reserve are employed by Geita Gold Mine Limited and are based at the mine. As such, they regularly visit each of the Geita mineral deposits, operations, and projects. The regional office staff who perform peer reviews on Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve visit the mine site a minimum of once per year. 2.5 Purpose of this report This is first time reporting of the Technical Report Summary for this operation. There are no previously filed Technical Report Summaries for this operation / project. Reporting in this Technical Report Summary is related to Mineral Resource, Mineral Reserve, and exploration results. 3 Property description 3.1 Location of the property Geita is located approximately 1,200km from the main Tanzanian business centre of Dar es Salaam. It falls within the Lake Zone of northwestern Tanzania, approximately 120km west of Mwanza and 4km west of Geita town. Geita is hosted in the Geita Greenstone Belt (GGB), which is a northern segment of the Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, located in the north-western part of the Tanzania Craton and south of Lake Victoria. Geita is located at a latitude of 2.8676 S and longitude of 32.1865 E representing co-ordinates of the Geita process plant. Geita Gold Mine location map. There are no known technical, environmental, social, economic, political, or other key risks that materially impact the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for which the site management and parent company do not have mitigation plans in place. However, it should be noted that the Government of the Republic of Tanzania recently amended the mining legislation and while this does not pose any risk to the current AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 16 stated licenses to operate, Geita is engaging with the Government of the Republic of Tanzania to renegotiate existing development agreements and renewal of the SML from 2022 and concluding before expiry in August 2024. 3.2 Area of the property The SML covers an area of approximately 196km2 and expires on 26 August 2024. Within the SML, there are also seven Primary Mining Licenses (PML) of about 0.629km2 which belong to third parties. The third parties operate minor artisanal scale mining, where relationships with Geita are well managed. There are a further 120km2 of prospecting licenses in the immediate vicinity of the SML which do not contain any Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. Geita also holds 690km2 of prospecting licenses located in Dodoma, Singida and Shinyanga regions, which do not contain any Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. All licenses are in good standing. 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting Geita holds a valid SML, issued by the Ministry of Energy and Minerals in 1999 and which expires 26 August 2024. The SML covers an area of approximately 196km2. The declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are contained within this SML and Geita has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for mining and infrastructure. More recently, Geita has been given the underground rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for underground mining and infrastructure in 2016, and more recently has been given the surface open pit mining rights at Nyamulilima. Geita has several prospecting licenses (PL), with an area of additional 120km2, which contain several exploration targets. The PLs are located adjacent to the SML and currently have no reported Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. The PLs are Kifufu PL10566/2016, Nyamikonwa PL9413/13, Bukolwa South PL10925/2016, Kukujuma South PL9466/2013 and Kibugwe West PL9558/2014. The location of the PLs relative to SML is shown in Geita Licence Status 2021 Map. All the deposits used in Mineral Reserve estimation are within the mine's SML area and the mine has permits for their exploitation. There were no changes to the SML boundaries and its term / duration during 2021. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership, in part or in whole, of the deposits that were used in estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve as at 31 December 2021. Geita License Status 2021 Map

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 17 Approximately 77% of the mine lease falls within the Geita Forest Reserve which is typically dominated by Miombo woodland with minor area of grasses and shrubs. In addition to the SML the following permits and licenses are in place: • The mine has a permit # FD/RES/GEITA/44 of 1999 to mine in the forest reserve. • Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) were conducted and approved prior to the commencement of operations at Nyankanga (1998), Kukuluma (1998), Geita Hill (2005). • The underground EIA Certificate No. for Geita Hill West and Nyankanga, as well as the new replacement power plant is: 6020/EC/EIA/2874, and valid for the duration of the specific project. This is dated January 2017. • The underground EIA Certificate No. for Star and Comet is: 5397/EC/EIA/2336, and valid for the duration of the specific project. This is dated March 2016. • In relation to SML 45/99; approval of changing of mining method for underground mining was granted in 2016 for Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground operations. • Geita Hill UG mine approval granted in September 2020. • The open pit EIA was granted for Nyamulilima in January 2021 and is valid for the duration of the project. • The open pit mining approval was granted for Nyamulilima in February 2021 and is valid for the duration of the project. Permits or agreements that were needed to be obtained with respect to the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve declaration for Nyamulilima relate to an approval from the Ministry of Minerals to commence open pit mining at Nyamulilima. The approval was obtained in February 2021 and required for commencement of open pit mining in April 2021. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known impediments related to the security of tenure and the right to operate with respect to the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve declaration. Geita takes account of the environmental legal requirements through its certified Environmental Management System for better management of environmental aspects such as Tailings Storage Facilities (TSF), waste disposal facilities (landfill, bio farms etc.), waste rock dumps, power generation, source pits and other wastewater impoundments. Monitoring programs are periodically undertaken as detailed in the approved AngloGold Ashanti’s Geita Environmental Management Plan which is subject to annual audits by the National Environmental Management Council and the Tanzania Mineral Audit Agency. There are currently no legal proceedings or claims that influence the rights to mine and further explore the Geita SML and associated PL’s. Site Management is working with the Resident Mines Office and other relevant government entities ensure the area remains clear of illegal mining activities. The mine is permitted to extract water by pumping of approximately 25,000m3 of raw water from Lake Victoria per day. In addition, there is sustainable use of raw water through recycling of the process water. 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities Royalty is legislated at 6% of gross revenue with an additional 1% inspection fee of the gross revenue from gold exports is charged from 2017 (7% of gross revenue). Geita Gold Mine Limited is the 100% owner and operator of Geita SML and is a subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti Limited. Rehabilitation liability is included in the mine closure costs which is taken into consideration when defining the cut-off grade for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 18 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1 Property description Geita is surrounded by several natural hills and valleys extending from the eastern to western parts of the SML, issued by the Ministry of Energy and Minerals in 1999. Approximately 77% of the mine lease falls within the Geita forest reserve which is typically dominated by Miombo woodland with minor areas of grasses and shrubs. The mine is located approximately 4km west of Geita Town and approximately 25km upstream of the Lake Victoria water basin. Geita is situated at the headwaters of the Mtakuja River which drains directly into the Lake Victoria. Apart from Mtakuja river, there are other streams that drain straight to the lake such as Mabubi river, Kukuluma and Matandani streams that form part of the Lake Victoria basin. The mine can be accessed through a well-sealed tarmac road from Mwanza in the east. The area is a bimodal rainfall region that generally receives rainfalls from Mid-October to December and from March to mid-May of the year. However, changes in weather patterns have been experienced in recent times; this includes, but is not limited to, prolonged drought and storm events that lead to flood, siltation and sedimentation of rivers or channels. Changes in weather patterns are suspected to be contributed to by global climate change. The Geita population is approximately 1.7 million people with varying economic activities including small scale and artisanal mining works, animal husbandry and subsistence farming. Recently, the surrounding community has put high pressure on natural resources and highly impacted the natural forest due to demand for timber extraction, small and illegal mining workings and charcoal burning. 5 History Gold mineralisation is reported to be first discovered in the Geita district in 1898 by a German prospector. A regional survey by a Kenyan company, Saragura Prospecting Syndicate, followed in 1930. The first mine was developed in 1934, and between 1936 and 1966, the Geita mine was the largest gold mine in East Africa, producing a million ounces from underground operations. In 1996, Ashanti acquired the Geita tenure through the acquisition of Cluff Resources and acquired the Kukuluma and Matandani in 1998 from Samax Resources Limited. In December 2000, Ashanti reached an agreement to sell AngloGold a 50% interest in Geita for $324 million. AngloGold added its neighbouring Nyamulilima deposits into the joint venture (JV) company. In 2004, the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti resulted in the operation being wholly run by AngloGold Ashanti. Geita commenced open pit mining in 1999, with open pit mining at Nyankanga between 1999 and 2020, at Geita Hill including Lone Cone between 2001 and 2018, at Kukuluma and Matandani between 2002 and 2007, and at Star and Comet between 2007 and 2014. In 2015, a decision was taken to go underground at Star and Comet and the underground development started in 2016. In 2017 the Nyankanga underground operation commenced and in 2020 the Geita Hill underground operation commenced and is scheduled to ramp-up to full production by end of 2022. In 2020, the Nyankanga open pit, the only remaining operating pit at the time, was mined to completion in September 2020. In April 2021, the Nyamulilima open pit (1.67Moz) commenced operations. Geita an operating mine with a significant Mineral Resource (8.23Moz) and Mineral Reserve (2.65Moz) inventory. Based on past 20 years of production performance, and a current LOM plan forecasting production through to 2029 is considered to be a Tier 1 asset for AngloGold Ashanti. Gold production in excess of 0.5Moz per annum was achieved over the period 2017 to 2020, with 0.486Moz produced in 2021. Forecast gold production for 2022 is estimated between 480Koz and 492Koz. Currently plans are in place to increase production back to these levels (greater than 0.5Moz) in 2023, during the transition from completing the Nyankanga open pit in September 2020, and commencement of the new Nyamulilima open pit in April 2021, and commencement of the third underground operation at Geita Hill AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 19 underground mine in November 2020. Both Nyamulilima open pit and Geita Hill UG are scheduled to reach full production be end of 2022. The current operations are supported by a LOM plan to 2029, with an annually updated, five-year exploration strategy in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.5Moz per annum). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource conversion allowing for engineering of an increased Mineral Reserve in the underground mines securing near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects exploring for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. Geita been in operation since 2000, and the Mineral Resource to Reserve to production reconciliation is monitored and shows reliable performance between Mineral Resource/Mineral Reserve and mine production. Infill drilling plans ensure that the two-year production window is drilled to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource confidence status. The Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve to production reconciliation shows a steady improvement since 2009 when this infill drilling strategy was initiated for open pit mining. This strategy was then extended to underground operations in 2016 when Star and Comet started. Currently the underground Mineral Resource confidence is upgraded to Measured confidence levels 18 to 24 months ahead of mining through underground grade control drilling programs. The existing historical Mineral Resource estimates and performance statistics on actual production are presented below Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mineral Resource Model (oz) 461,227 511,310 627,356 301,146 Grade Control Model (oz) 604,210 608,493 741,355 298,094 Percentage (%) 131 119 118 99 Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mining Feed (oz) 682,241 651,041 711,042 489,753 Plant Accounted (oz) 642,997 665,840 680,915 530,830 Percentage (%) 94 102 96 108 Mining feed as obtained from the grade control models performs well against the plant accounted gold. Geita is reporting open pit, underground and stockpiled Mineral Reserve. Open pit Mineral Reserve is reported from Nyamulilima (maiden Mineral Reserve of 0.99Moz declared in 2020, increasing to 1.67Moz in 2021) and underground Mineral Reserve is reported from Nyankanga and Star and Comet (totalling 0.89Moz). Programs of exploration drilling are in progress with a Mineral Reserve expected to be declared for Geita Hill underground in 2022. 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting The Geita deposit is hosted in the Geita Greenstone Belt (GGB), which is a northern segment of the Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, located in the north-western part of the Tanzania Craton and south of Lake Victoria. This Archaean sequence strikes almost east west, extending for about 80km long and up to 20km wide. The GGB sits dominantly within the Nyanzian Supergroup stratigraphy that is sub-divided into the Lower Nyanzian and the Upper Nyanzian groups. The Lower Nyanzian group is composed of mafic volcanic units (basalts, pillow basalt, minor gabbro, and dolerites). This group of rocks within the GGB is collectively termed the Kiziba Formation. The Upper Nyanzian group consists of black shales, banded iron formation, clastic sedimentary rock, tuffs, agglomerates and felsic volcaniclastics. The entire package (Nyanzian stratigraphy) is intruded by a variety of mafic to felsic rocks. The supra-crustal package shows AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 20 variable thickness and is estimated to be more than 500m thick in places, mostly underlain by intrusive complexes. A simplified stratigraphy of the main igneous rocks in the Geita area are summarised as: Archaean Gabbro, Basalts, and intermediate to acid volcanoclastic sediments > Diorites > Tonalites-Granodiorites > Granites > Proterozoic Gabbro dykes. Across the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks there is a property-wide paleo-drainage system, which likely flowed towards Lake Victoria. These late sediments likely represent the remnants of a much thicker package that might have covered all the hills exposed today. Both the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks and paleo-alluvials are covered by ferricrete at different levels of induration and evolution, up to 15m thick. The region hosts several world-class shear-hosted Archaean lode gold deposits and forms the northern portion of the regional Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, itself one of several belts that comprise the Lake Victoria goldfields. Other gold mines hosted in the Lake Victoria Goldfields include Golden Pride, Bulyanhulu, Tulawaka, Buzwagi and North Mara. The GGB has been through a protracted history of deformation, which resulted in a large scale syn-formal configuration in the region, with west-northwest trending limbs connected by a northeast trending hinge zone. Eight deformation phases (D1 to D8) and four folding phases (F1 to F4) are identified at Geita, where deformation in the GGB comprises of early stages of ductile shearing and folding (D1 to D5), with periodic emplacement of large diorite intrusive complexes, sills, and dykes. Later stages of deformation (D6 to D8) involved development of brittle-ductile shear zones, with faults developed in the later stages of deformation, with late emplacement felsic porphyry dykes within the greenstone belt, and granitic intrusions located on the margins of the greenstone belt. Gold mineralisation occurred late in the tectonic history of the greenstone belt, synchronous with the development of brittle-ductile shear zones (D6). The mineralisation in GGB is preferentially hosted within deformation zones (both ductile and dominant brittle deformation) developed along the contact of banded iron formation and porphyries of various compositions and associated with major shear systems. The shear systems preferentially exploit fold axial planes as well as the contacts between the supra-crustal and intrusive rocks. The structures associated with the mineralised system are well defined, the alteration zone is restricted to the mineralised zone, quartz veins are rare or missing although silicification is common. Mineralisation is dominantly sulphide replacement of magnetite-rich layers in banded iron formation, with local replacement of ferromagnesian phases and magnetite in the diorite intrusions. Primary gold mineralisation is associated with the intersection of the brittle-ductile shear zones and pre-existing fold hinges, with higher grade concentrations associated with banded iron formation and with diorite dyke and sill contacts. The Geita gold deposits are shear hosted, Archaean orogenic gold deposits, and within the leases the GGB is subdivided into three major mineralised trends: (i) Geita Central Trend, hosting Nyankanga, Geita Hill, and Lone Cone deposits, (ii) Nyamulilima Trend in the west, hosting Star and Comet, Ridge 8 and Nyamulilima deposits; and (iii) Matandani-Kukuluma Trend to the northeast, hosting Matandani and Kukuluma deposits. The Geita Central Trend contains three major gold deposits occurring along a NE-SW mineralised trend. These are from northeast to southwest: Geita Hill, Lone Cone and Nyankanga. Other prospects occur singly: Chipaka in the centre of the greenstone belt, and Kalondwa Hill, P30, Fukiri- Jumanne along an NW-SE trending banded iron formation ridge. The deposits of the Central Trend are mainly located within the relatively low-strain hinge zone, where the Geita Hill, Lone Cone and Nyankanga deposits occur along a moderately NW dipping system of reverse faults that have been frequently reactivated during subsequent deformation events. At Geita Hill (and Lone Cone), dioritic rocks are present as sills and dykes intruded into a supra-crustal sequence that has been subject to extensive polyphase folding. The mineralisation is controlled by a

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 21 northeast-trending and northwest-dipping shear zone that exploits the axial surfaces of F3 folds. Ore is also hosted by deformation zones adjacent to the main shear. A low-grade (0.5g/t) mineralisation envelope can be defined along the length of the Geita Hill deposit, trending northeast-southwest, dipping moderately northwest, and cutting across bedding and the diorite layers. The mineralisation appears to be largely confined to the short limb of a major D3 fold pair. High-grade ore shoots are observed plunging 45 degrees, towards west to north-northwest, associated with a common linear direction that approximately parallels the orientation of F3 and F4 fold hinges. The mineralisation is mainly related to diorite-banded iron formation contacts exploited by the shear system. The alteration is restricted within the ore zone and consists of secondary sulphide (mainly pyrite), silica, carbonate and moderate potassic alteration. The Nyankanga deposit is hosted in a banded iron formation dominated supra-crustal package that is extensively intruded by, and locally forms a roof pendant within the dioritic Nyankanga Intrusive Complex. The mineralisation is controlled by a northeast trending and northwest dipping anastomosing shear system, with mineralisation typically located along the lowermost shears. The higher-grade mineralisation is mainly proximal to the basal contact of banded iron formation packages. High-grade ore shoots are developed and plunge to the northwest. Mineralisation is associated with potassic (chlorite-carbonate-silica) alteration and pyrite dominant sulphide in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces as veins, veinlets, local breccias and sulphide replacement of magnetite layers. The Nyamulilima trend contains three major gold deposits on an approximately NW-SE mineralised trend. These are from SE to NW: Ridge 8, Star and Comet and the Nyamulilima open pit. The deposits occur along a series of NW-SE trending, steeply dipping, left stepping en-echelon fault zones that cut across the banded iron formation-rich sediments and granite-granodiorite-tonalite intrusions. Mineralisation is preferentially localised along fault zones where they cut the ironstone-granitoid contacts. The mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, silica, carbonate and actinolite alteration. At Star and Comet, a folded sedimentary package of banded iron formation intercalated with clastic and tuffaceous meta-sediments is intruded by a tonalitic complex, with a major mineralised shear zone, oriented north-northwest to south-southeast dipping steeply west-southwest, developed through the deposit where it is localised along the contact of banded iron formation and tonalite. An envelope of mostly brittle deformation up to 10m thick (which affects both lithologies) occurs on either side of the shear zone and controls the distribution of mineralisation, extending southeast to Ridge 8. The gold mineralisation is hosted in pyrrhotite patches associated with strong silicification, and carbonate alteration. At Nyamulilima, the meta-sedimentary package depicts a regional F3 fold system having a dominant NW plunge (35 - 50 degrees) with significant tonalite intrusions. Mineralisation at Nyamulilima Cut 1 and 2 is hosted dominantly on northwest trending, moderate to steeply southeast dipping shears. Mineralisation is preferentially localised along the shear zones, with significant mineralisation forming where the shears cut the banded iron formation-tonalite contacts. The mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, and silica, carbonate and actinolite alteration. The Matandani-Kukuluma trend strikes west-northwest, with sub-vertical limbs being dominant over compressed, multiphase folded zones. The three major deposits in the area (Kukuluma, Matandani and Area 3) are located along a 5km long east-southeast mineralisation trend. The geology of the Matandani-Kukuluma trend deposits is dominated by volcano-sedimentary rocks that are poly-deformed and intruded by syn-to-late folding diorite bodies. Host rocks for mineralisation are fine- grained iron-rich clastic sediments, chert, banded iron formation (BIF) and tuffaceous rocks, with local intercalated carbonaceous shales. The mineralisation is steeply dipping along the contacts of intermediate fine-grained intrusions and magnetite rich chert and banded iron formation showing a general en-echelon, left stepping geometry. The gold is associated with secondary pyrite, arsenopyrite and minor pyrrhotite. magnetite, silica, carbonate, and amphibole alteration are variably present within the mineralised zone. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 22 Geita geology map 6.2 Geological model and data density Geological models are constructed using integrated geological data obtained through exploration work programs such as surface geological mapping, geochemical studies, geophysical surveys, and exploration drilling for each deposit at Geita. After the desktop studies have been completed around the acquired prospecting license, the exploration work programs mentioned above are designed based on the preliminary geological understanding gained from the desktop studies and ground truthing. Exploration targeting and interpretation identifies new prospects for exploration, where exploration drilling advances within the target area the level of geological confidence increases. The geological models are constructed and updated to provide the extent and geometries of the rock types, structural frameworks, orebody geometry and controls to mineralisation. For Geita deposits, the mineralisation is generally hosted in BIF and along the lithological contacts between BIF and other volcano-sedimentary units or intrusive rocks at locations where these host rocks have been cut by shear zones and fold axes, and where the site geology is generally well understood, and results in high quality geological interpretations. A significant amount of exploration drilling has been completed over the lease area, from the mid-1990s and drilling, sampling logging and assaying samples have been collected according to AngloGold Ashanti and industry best practice protocols. The exploration drillhole data combined with integrated geology and geophysical data sets forms the basis for the geological models, which are constructed using Leapfrog™ and Datamine™ software. The exploration drill spacing typically ranges from 20/25m x 20m to 40m x 20m for Indicated Mineral Resource classifications and up to about 40/80m x 80m for Inferred Mineral Resource classification. Grade control drill spacing is typically 15/12.5/10m x 10/5m for Measured Mineral Resource classification. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 23 Intensive exploration programs at Geita started mid 1990s and mining operations recommenced in 1999. Since then, Geita has been intensively investing on exploration to facilitate new gold discoveries and improvement on the known Mineral Resource to sustain the LOM. The geological concepts behind exploration initiatives and confidence within the GGB have been driven by presence of colonial mining at Geita Hill, Prospect 30 and Ridge 8, presence of historical and recent mining activities within the belt, strong geochemical anomalies in all known deposits and satellite targets, coherent geophysical features with good correlation with other geological data sets, favourable host rocks, confidence level on understanding the geology and mineralisation controls and confidence on ore recoveries (except Kukuluma and Matandani). Recent exploration drilling on underground deposits has also increased the confidence level on orebody plunges (Star and Comet and Nyankanga), and this concept appears to hold true in almost all deposits at Geita. Geita Gold Mine Simplified Stratigraphic Column AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 24 Cross section and 3D oblique view (looking north) of Star and Comet Underground 3D oblique view (looking southwest) of Nyankanga Underground

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 25 3D oblique view (looking northeast) of Geita Hill Underground (Block 2) 6.3 Mineralisation Significant sulphide minerals present in the deposits include pyrite (Nyankanga Deposit), pyrite and pyrrhotite (Geita Hill), pyrite and pyrrhotite (Nyamulilima, Star and Comet) and pyrite and pyrrhotite and arsenopyrite (Kukuluma-Matandani). These sulphide minerals are generally associated with gold and influence the gold recovery in the process plant. Silver occurs in small quantities, mostly in Geita Hill ore. The recoveries of the different ore types have been tested and ore types are blended to maximise the overall recovery. The major host lithology of ore is BIF. Minor host lithologies include intrusives and volcaniclastics. The mineralogy of the host lithology does not significantly impact gold recovery but does have an impact on plant throughput rates. Again, this is managed through blending of ore types to optimise process plant throughput. Significant mineralised zones for Geita deposits vary in thickness from approximately 5 to 15 m at Star and Comet Underground to 5 to 35m thick at Nyankanga and Geita Hill. The strike and plunge also varies by deposit, with the Star and Comet Underground mineralisation continuing for about 300m on strike and 500m on dip, Nyankanga mineralisation for about 2000m on strike and 1000m on dip and the Geita Hill mineralisation for about 2000m on strike and 700m on dip. The Nyamulilima open pit deposit is a shear hosted ore body in BIF and tonalite lithologies, continuing for about 1000m on strike and 700m on dip. All the deposits have a strong association of gold mineralisation with both geological structures and lithological contacts. In general, the mineralisation of all deposits is hosted in BIF and along the lithological contacts between BIF and other volcano-sedimentary units or intrusive rocks at locations where these host rocks have been cut by shear zones and fold axes. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 26 7 Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work The current operations are supported by a Life of Mine (LOM) plan to 2029, with an annually updated, five- year exploration strategy in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.5Moz per annum). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita’s BP2022 9+3 LOM Plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource conversion in the underground mines securing near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects testing for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. The Exploration Budget for the LOM totals $114.7M, with drilling programs totalling 594,000m. Exploration Drilling Cost Forecast Category Cost Type Units 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 TOTAL Greenfields Expensed Non-Sustaining $M 1.2 1.6 0.9 0.4 - - - - 4.1 Brownfields Expensed Non-Sustaining $M 6.2 3.8 3.5 2.8 2.8 2.1 0.6 0.5 22.3 Brownfields Expensed Sustaining (incl Labour) $M 8.3 9.7 7.7 5.2 4.2 2.1 0.7 0.7 38.4 Brownfields Capital (SIB) $M 12.9 14.3 8.8 5.3 2.3 - - - 43.5 Brownfields Capital Growth Non-Sustaining $M 6.4 - - - - - - - 6.4 Total 34.9 29.4 20.9 13.7 9.3 4.1 1.3 1.2 114.7 Exploration Drill Metre Forecast Category Cost Type Units 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 TOTAL Greenfields Expensed Non-Sustaining $M 4.1 5.3 3.0 1.4 - - - - 13.7 Brownfields Expensed Non-Sustaining $M 32.9 20.5 18.9 14.9 15.2 11.1 3.2 2.6 119.3 Brownfields Expensed Sustaining (incl Labour) $M 30.5 35.7 28.2 19.1 15.3 7.6 2.6 2.5 141.7 Brownfields Capital (SIB) $M 76.0 92.1 63.4 37.5 16.9 - - - 285.9 Brownfields Capital Growth Non-Sustaining $M 33.4 - - - - - - - 33.4 Total 177.0 153.6 113.5 72.9 47.4 18.7 5.9 5.1 594.0 Exploration drilling programs at Geita for 2021 completed a total of 167,445m for both capitalised and expensed projects for a total spend of $37.1M. Resource development drilling for Growth Projects (capitalised) completed 56,439m, with 49,673m from surface (21,573m at Nyamulilima open pit and 27,919m at Geita Hill) and 6,766m from underground projects (Geita Hill UG). This drilling was completed for a total spend of $17.6M. Mineral Resource development drilling (Mineral Resource conversion) for stay in business capital (SIBC) projects completed 43,610m of exploration drilling comprised of 27,405m from surface (Nyamulilima open pit) and 16,206m from underground projects (Star and Comet and Nyankanga UG). This drilling was completed for a total spend of $6.6M. Mineral Resource delineation/development drilling for expensed sustaining projects completed a total of 41,296m of exploration drilling comprised of 16,316m from surface (Nyamulilima open pit) and 24,980m from underground projects at Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground, targeting new Inferred Mineral Resource. This drilling was completed for a total spend of $8.9M. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 27 The Mineral Resource delineation and exploration upside drilling for expensed non-sustaining projects completed 26,100m from surface drilling at Nyamulilima open pit and Xanadu, in the Nyamulilima district, and underground extension at Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground operations. This drilling was completed for a total spend of $4M. Mineral Resource development drilling (478m) at Star and Comet Cut 2 on levels 940mRL was carried out in quarter 1 of 2021 for mine extension from level 950mRL through to 850mRL. Assay results associated with this drilling returned significant intersections that confirming continuity of the orebody between the targeted levels and the Mineral Resource was upgraded to Indicated Mineral Resource. Mineral Resource delineation drilling was designed from Cut 4 footwall to continue testing the down-dip extension of Cut 2, where this drill program is ongoing at the end of 2021. Mineral Resource development drilling (8,087m) was carried out at Star and Comet Cut 3 from levels 966mRL, 947mRL, 941mRL and 931mRL to convert the Cut 3 Mineral Resource model to Indicated Mineral Resource. The drilling from level 966mRL was intended to convert the Cut 3 Mineral Resource at level 916mRL and 891mRL, whereas on other levels the drilling was carried out as Mineral Resource conversion at levels 876mRL, 866mRL and 851mRL to Indicated Mineral Resource and fence the mineralisation below 700mRL. Another phase of drilling commenced close to end of Quarter 4 along the northern part of Star and Comet Cut 3 (896DSP) for Mineral Resource conversions on the same levels stated above. Assays results from 966mRL reported economic intersections which confirmed the mineralisation continuity between levels 916mRL and 891mRL as anticipated in the Mineral Resource model. The assay results from the other levels reported narrow intervals of medium and high-grade gold intersections confirming the down-dip extension of the mineralisation within the levels and potential continuity of mineable stopes towards Cut 4. Drilling is ongoing and supporting mineralisation continuity. Mineral Resource delineation drilling at Star and Comet Cut 3 (762m) was carried out from Level 956mRL to test the mineralisation continuity from Cut 3 towards Ridge 8. Assay results from this drilling confirmed an open-ended mineralisation continuity between Cut 3 and Ridge 8. The results assisted with planning for follow-up Mineral Resource delineation drilling at Star and Comet Cut 5 which is currently in progress. Mineral Resource delineation drilling (6,825m) was carried out at Star and Comet Cut 4 on levels 1030DDD SP5 and 1030DDD SP2 to upgrade the Mineral Resource to Inferred Mineral Resource between level 925mRL and 750mRL. Assay results reported from this drilling returned narrow zones of medium and high- grade intersections. The results continued to confirm the footwall and hanging wall mineralisation as anticipated on the drill plan. The mineralised zones are open-ended along strike and downdip, and further drilling is being carried out to justify an Indicated Mineral Resource. Mineral Resource delineation drilling was carried out at Star and Comet Cut 4 (930DDD) to test and convert the Cut 4 footwall mineralisation to Inferred Mineral Resource and test the down dip potential of Cut 2 deposit. The drillholes intersected the ore zones hosted along the brecciated contact between BIF and tonalite. The grades confirm the mineralised Cut 4 hanging wall and footwall structures as projected in the Mineral Resource model and they remain open ended downdip below 750mRL. Mineral Resource delineation drilling (11,833m) at Star and Comet Cut 5 was carried out from levels 1246DDD-SP 4 and 1021DDD. The drilling from 1246 DDD SP 4 tests the Upper part of Cut 5 (Cut3 - Ridge 8 gap) to convert the Mineral Resource between 1200mRL to 1000mRL to Inferred Mineral Resource. At 1021 DDD, the drilling is aimed at converting the Mineral Resource between 1000mRL to 800mRL to Inferred Mineral Resource and test the potential repetition of the fold limb to the far North of the Cut 5-Ridge 8 deposits. Mineral Resource delineation drilling at Star and Comet Cut 5 1021DDD was completed during the 4th quarter. The majority of the drillholes from this drilling reported medium to high- grade intersections with limited thickness, confirming the mineralisation continuity in the gap area between Cut 3 and Ridge 8. The ore zones are hosted mainly within the Cut 3 hanging wall and Ridge 8 structures and remain open-ended along strike and down-dip. Mineral Resource development (4,144m) and Mineral Resource delineation drilling (7,476m) programs were carried out at Nyankanga Underground Block 1 on level 1050 SP1 and SP2 to convert the Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource. At SP2, the drilling was conducted on two rings spaced 20m apart and the holes are designed at 20m spacing along the Nyankanga shear. The Mineral Resource AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 28 delineation drilling at Nyankanga Block 1 was carried out from level 1075mRL to convert the projected exploration upside to Inferred Mineral Resource as well as testing the potential continuity of mineralisation down the Nyankanga shear/fault zone. The results received from Block 1 confirmed an up-dip continuity of the mineralisation in the anticipated area - along the Nyankanga shear. The ore zones remain open-ended both up-dip and up-plunge towards southeast, hence, warranting an extension of the stopes towards the southeast. Further drilling towards southeast will be planned to pin-down the margin of the mineralisation. However, weak, erratic intersections are observed downdip of the host structures due to change/lack of geological complexities and weak development of the host structure. Very limited drilling was conducted at Nyankanga Block 2 - SP3 and SP4 due to assignment to higher priority targets. The Mineral Resource delineation (164m) drilling was carried out from level 940-SP4 while the Mineral Resource development drilling (631m) was carried out on Level 940-SP3 to convert the Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource. The drilling was aimed to convert the exploration upside to Inferred Mineral Resource and to test the potential continuity of mineralisation down the Nyankanga shear/fault zone. One of the drillholes reported economic intersection which confirmed an up-dip continuity of the mineralisation as anticipated in the model. A short Mineral Resource delineation drilling (784m) program was conducted at Nyankanga Block 5 - 1110OD1 to test the down-dip continuity of mineralisation beyond level 1095mRL. The assay results suggested a possible down-dip continuity of mineralisation along the Nyankanga shear. However, the intersection from one of the drillholes suggested a possible control within a splay from the main braided Nyankanga shear zone. Follow up drilling is planned for 2022. Mineral Resource development drilling was undertaken at Geita Hill to create Inferred/Indicated Mineral Resource for underground Blocks 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 and confirm the designed mine stopes ahead of underground mining developments. The drilling program comprised of both reverse circulation (RC) and diamond drilling (DD) from surface at Geita Hill East (Blocks 4, 5 and 6) totalling 15,835m of RC and 6,938m diamond drilling, for a total of 22,773m. DD drilling (6,766m) was completed from underground platforms at Geita Hill East area (Blocks 1 and 2). The first phase of exploration drilling from surface was completed at Blocks 5 and 6 aimed at converting the upper portion of the Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource. Drilling will continue in 2022 at Block 4 for the same purpose. Underground drilling will continue in 2022 at Block 1 and 2. Drilling results from Geita Hill Projects are reporting significant and economic intersections which confirm the open-ended down-dip extensions of the mineralised ore zones. At Block 1, the assay results are defining open-ended multiple ore zones hosted within the corridors of damage zones. Assay results from Geita Hill Block 2 underground continued to define the down-dip extension of the mineralisation below the Indicated portion of the Mineral Resource. The results are confirming the Indicated Mineral Resource with grade improvement as compared to previous drilling from surface. The intersections reported from Block 4 are confirming the down-dip continuity and widening up of the orebody compared to the upper portion, hence, suggesting good potential down-dip for further follow up. Assay results from Blocks 5 and 6 also intersected high-grade ore zones justifying the Indicated Mineral Resource with consistent down-dip continuity. The second phase of Mineral Resource development drilling is being planned to continue to define Inferred/Indicated Mineral Resource for the lower portions of the Inferred Mineral Resource around these Blocks. Drilling programs were conducted at Lone Cone (north of Lone Cone pits) to convert the Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource and to advance the exploration of upside zones to Inferred Mineral Resource. The drilling totalled 1,745m of RC and 3,401m DD, for a total of 5,146m. The drilling also tested the potential continuity of mineralisation down the projected Lone Cone shear zones. Assay results from this drilling are confirming the downdip continuity of the host structure within and below the projected Mineral Resource model as well as adding more confidence to the ongoing Mineral Resource conversion drilling. The braided nature of the shear zones with variable sizes ranging from 2-12m thick have also resulted from the pinch and swell nature of the ore body. Mineral Resource development and Mineral Resource delineation drilling programs were carried out at the Nyamulilima open pit deposit from surface converting Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource and build

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 29 more confidence in the orebody continuity and geometries. The drilling totalled 30,685m of RC and 35,306m DD, for a total of 65,991m. During this period, the infill drilling was focused on achieving a 25x20m spacing including the areas previously identified to have geological complexity. The Mineral Resource development drilling was also focused on confirming the sensitive parts of the pit design where the October Mineral Resource model defined regions of high-grade zones that needed further testing to firm up the Indicated Mineral Resource. Mineral Resource delineation drilling for strike extension was more focused on the delineating the continuity of mineralisation along and across the western limit of the pit design while the drilling for downdip extension was carried out on the footwall side of both the eastern and western orebodies to firm up the mineralisation along the pit margins and potential underground continuity away from the current pit limits. The 2021 exploration drilling at Nyamulilima open pit justified the Indicated Mineral Resource and increased the confidence on the Mineral Resource to an economically mineable pit. Majority of the intersections reported during the year justified presence of high-grade pods within the Mineral Resource shells with potential continuities which warranted further infill and extension drilling. The drilling results from the Mineral Resource delineation drilling continued to delineate and confirm the significant and economic intersections within and outside the current modelled Mineral Resource, hence, favouring the drilling objectives and Mineral Resource conversion methodology. The results require further drilling to expand the declared Mineral Resource and justification for underground potential. Sterilisation drilling at Nyamulilima was completed in May 2021 and all assay results were received. The drilling totalled 2,316m of RC and 5,218m DD, for a total of 7,534m. The drilling was planned to evaluate the area identified for the Nyamulilima waste dump and other mine infrastructure facilities (ROM pad for Nyamulilima open pit ore). No intersection of significant or economic mineralisation was identified confirming placement of the waste dump location. The first round of a Mineral Resource delineation program was carried out at Xanadu to delineate and convert the projected exploration upside material to Inferred Mineral Resource. The drilling totalled 9,135m of RC and 8,915m DD, for a total of 18,049m. Minor drilling will continue in 2022 to complete the 120m x 120m programme. Detailed review and re-interpretation of the existing geological data and new drilling data also is being undertaken to study the erratic nature of the ore zones and complexity of the intrusive bodies observed so far within the target area. Significant and economic intersections delineated from this drilling are not showing obvious downdip continuity and geometry of economic proportions, although the system in general is mineralised. Additionally, the prospect area is intruded with large intrusive bodies which are not mineralised nor related to mineralisation. Non-drilling exploration programs in 2021 involved detailed geological mapping and rock chipping across the SML, located at Nyamulilima, Geita Hill and Nyankanga areas. Field work included surface geological mapping and sampling to identify visible litho-types, structural mapping, mapping of historical and active artisanal diggings and alteration assemblages favourable to host gold mineralisation. Ongoing integration of various geological datasets (geophysical, geochemical, and geochronological) was completed to gain better understanding of the sub-surface geology and for exploration targeting. Non-drilling exploration greenfields programs in 2021 involved detailed geological review of the of greenfields PLs (Nhumbu PL located at Shinyanga, Manjaro PL located at Singida region, Blocks 1 and 2 located in Dodoma region). Field work included surface geological mapping and sampling to identify visible litho-types, structural mapping, historical and active artisanal diggings and alteration assemblages favourable to host gold mineralisation. Integration of various geological datasets (geophysical, geochemical, and geochronological) was completed to gain better understanding of the sub-surface geology. The initiatives seek to identify new exploration targets that will consequently lead to new Mineral Resource discovery, with further work planned, including geophysics and minor drilling in 2022. The greenfields exploration was completed for a total spend of $0.2M. Exploration activities were focused at Nyamulilima (16km2 area) and at the Geita Hill, Star and Comet and Nyankanga UG mines (15km2). Greenfields non-drilling exploration programs (mapping, soil sampling) were undertaken at Nhumbu PL located at Shinyanga, Manjaro PL located at Singida region and Blocks 1 and 2 located in Dodoma region (total area of 690km2). AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 30 Primary data collected includes bulk density, geological data (structure, lithology, alteration, mineralisation), survey data (downhole and collar), gold assay, bottle roll data and multi-element analysis data from RC and diamond drilling. The data capture process is completed in accordance with in-house guidelines aligned to the AngloGold Ashanti company guidelines. All data is captured into Core Fusion™ database which is validated bi-weekly and monthly basis to ensure that the collected data is accurate and validated. User access to the data is regulated. The database is regularly backed up to both on-site and Corporate Office servers. No data from surrounding properties was used for geological interpretation, geological modelling or Mineral Resource estimation. However, when AngloGold and Ashanti merged in 2004, exploration data was inherited from Ashanti. The Ashanti database was a merge from Ashanti Goldfields who owned Geita Central Trend, Anglo American who was the owner of Nyamulilima Trend and SAMAX Resources who owned Kukuluma Trend. During the merge of AngloGold and Ashanti Goldfields, a full data validation exercise was conducted as per in-house standard procedures before import into the database and incorporation into the geological and Mineral Resource models. 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing Both DD and RC drilling are undertaken. The average depth of drilling is variable depending on the objective of the drilling program. In summary, RC drilling techniques are used for surface exploration, and surface and UG grade control. DD with NQ sized core is used for surface and underground exploration, and NQ and LTK sized core for underground grade control. Further details for each technique are presented below. DD: • Type - Standard rod. • Core is orientated with the ACT Digital orientation tool during drilling and core is then aligned and marked on a "V" Rail/Angle Iron during core processing. • Down hole surveys are completed using Reflex and Champ gyroscopic downhole survey instruments. • Core Diameters are HQ/NQ2/LTK. RC: • No orientation, RC chip samples collected rotating cone splitters. • Down hole surveys are completed using Reflex and Champ gyroscopic downhole survey instruments. • RC drillhole diameters are 5.2 to 5.5 inches. Core logging (logging) is conducted as per in-house procedures which are compliant with AngloGold Ashanti geological logging guidelines. The logging is completed with sufficient detail on lithology, structure, alteration, mineralisation, geotechnical and rock mass quality to support the geological modelling, estimation, mining, metallurgical and technical studies required, and for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation. DD half-core is retained and stored in the Geita core yard for future reference and re-logging, sampling and assaying as required. RC sample chip trays are stored for future reference and re-logging, and RC bulk/reject samples are stored for 3 to 6 months and discarded once assays are received and validated. Logging is both qualitative and quantitative. All diamond drill core is oriented for collection of structural and geotechnical data. Core photography is conducted as per Geita’s in-house procedures and is electronically stored. Logging is completed for the entire length of all completed drill holes. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 31 All exploration drillholes are set up using Azi Alignment tools or survey control, with surveying at 6m to confirm correct hole trajectory after collaring. Downhole surveying is typically completed at 30m intervals as the drill hole progresses, with a final EOH survey completed. Downhole surveys are collected using north seeking gyroscopic downhole survey instruments. The survey results are sent electronically to the project geologists who verify the surveys and prepare data for import into the Fusion database. Drill hole spacing over the Geita projects is variable, where drilling at Geita varies from 20/25m x 20m grid for Indicated Mineral Resource and 40/80m x 40m for Inferred Mineral Resource. Drilling to Measured Mineral Resource is typically completed as grade control drilling to 12.5/10m x 10/5m spacing. Details of average drill hole spacing and drilling type in relation to Mineral Resource classification. Only RC and DD drilling is used to update Mineral Resource models at Geita. Category Spacing m (-x-) Type of drilling Comments Diamond RC Blasthole Channel Other Measured 10x15 10x5 5x10 Yes Yes No No No Measured classification achieved by grade control drilling 18 to 24 months ahead in underground operations. Indicated 20x20 25x15 25x40 40x20 Yes Yes No No No Indicated classification is variable by project. Drill spacing studies are undertaken to determine optimal drilling spacing for classification Inferred 40x40 50x40 50x50 80x40 Yes Yes No No No Inferred classification is variable by project. Drill spacing studies are undertaken to determine optimal drilling spacing for classification Grade Control 12.5x5 10x10 10x15 10x5 Yes Yes No No No Open pit and underground grade control programmes in place for mine production. 7.3 Results The geological data used to carry out the geological interpretation and geological modelling are extracted by the project geologist from the FusionTM database. Primary information to plot the drillholes trace are the collar, downhole survey, lithology and assay tables. The secondary tables to supplement the interpretation are the structure, alteration and mineralisation tables. 3D data viewing, validation, interpretation, and modelling are conducted using LeapfrogTM and DatamineTM. The project data can still be further integrated with geophysical data using a 2D based ArcGISTM software. Drill plans and sections are printed as hard copies for detailed geological interpretation on a light table. Once completed, they are scanned and digitised to continue with interpretation and 3D modelling in LeapfrogTM and DatamineTM. No drilling results relating to the Mineral Resource model areas have been excluded from use in Mineral Resource estimates. Both DD and RC samples are used for Mineral Resource calculations at Geita as these methods are believed to provide good quality samples. Assay results from the laboratory are accompanied by Certificates of Analysis for each batch. Assays are validated and imported into the FusionTM database as they are received, and the import notification is automatically generated to notify pass or failed batches. The laboratory is notified on the failed batches and re-assay is completed. QAQC reports are generated on weekly, monthly, quarterly, annually and for specific Mineral Resource model estimates. Geological models are routinely validated and updated as drilling progresses, and final review is conducted prior to Mineral Resource model updates. Exploration results are communicated on weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual basis through site and corporate reporting frameworks. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 32 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples Geita Infrastructure Map showing location of exploration drilling in 2021 Geita Hill UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest)

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 33 Star and Comet UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest) Nyankanga UG 2021 exploration drilling locations (long section looking southwest) AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 34 Nyamulilima open pit 2021 exploration drilling locations (3D oblique view looking northeast) 7.5 Hydrogeology Geita does not use laboratory techniques to test for groundwater flow parameters. Groundwater flow parameters are not laboratory-derived, they are determined from field tests such as pumping tests, packer tests and falling head tests. In these tests the changes in water level over time in a pumping borehole, together with measurements of water level response in surrounding piezometers (water level monitoring boreholes), are used to determine the hydrogeological parameters of an aquifer, i.e., the permeability (K), transmissivity (T) and storage or storativity (s) of the lithology through which groundwater is flowing in response to a flow gradient (i). Pumping tests are carried out comprising Step-Tests, Constant Discharge (or Constant Head) Test, followed by a Recovery Test. These are standard tests used by hydrogeologists to determine aquifer parameters where the data from the tests are collated and assessed using industry standard equations such as the Theis DuPuit and Thiem equations applied to Darcy’s Law. Routine rainfall measurements are taken from gauging stations across the Geita site. These data are used to determine surface flow and groundwater recharge rates based on surface catchment runoff and groundwater infiltration rates using ExcelTM spreadsheets and applying models such as CRD (Cumulative Rainfall Departure) and OPSIM (Operational Simulation of Industrial water Management and natural resource systems). Seasonal rainfall is compared to long-term site average conditions and predicted conditions (global meteorological forecasting models). Site dewatering pumping rates are set to cater for average as well as extreme events using pit stage curves to determine expected ingress volumes of water to the open pits based on average and extreme events. Open pit sump dewatering pump availability is set to enable pumping out a 1:100 RI event within 30 days. Surface water flow monitoring and site water balances are carried out using data from flowmeters and flow gauges (such as a V-notch weir) and data is collated and assessed in Excel spreadsheets as well as using software packages such as OPSIM. This is an integral component of routine water flow and storage monitoring and management at Geita to ensure operational efficiency (maximise re-use of water) and mitigate risks (e.g., inrush and inundation of underground workings from an extreme rainfall event). AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 35 Surface water and groundwater quality monitoring is routinely carries out by the environmental section at GGM to ensure quality compliance to the mining licence and national standards. Samples are collected and analysed at accredited laboratories for indicator parameters and compared with water use and discharge standards. Standard QA/QC and strict chain of custody procedures are followed. The hydrogeology section routinely makes in-field water quality tests for basic indicator parameters (salinity and pH). Water quality results are collated and assessed for compliance to, or deviation from, relevant standards and remediation measures put in place if required. 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis Geotechnical information that has been collected from laboratory testing and field measurements include: (i) various lithologies and alteration types present and their distribution within the deposit (ii) structural data regarding the location, orientation, length, spacing and character of infilling material for faults, defects, and veins (iii) strength properties of intact rock and of fresh and saw-cut joint planes. Geotechnical core logging is undertaken primarily to obtain information that can be used to determine the engineering properties of the rock mass, which is essential for open pit and underground mine design. The engineering properties of the rock mass determines behaviours and response of the rock mass when benches, slopes, tunnels and stopes are excavated in them. The data gathered from geotechnical logging forms the basis for determining the stable slope, stope and pillar size design parameters and design for stope and development ground support. The following geotechnical parameters are collected from geotechnical logging: (i) Material strength and anisotropy estimates (ii) Quantity of defects (iii) Strength quality of defects, and (iv) Orientation and geometry of structures Geotechnical field mapping is done to identify structures and rock masses that can have a material impact on production: (i) Major structure mapping, which involves collecting data about large structures that may affect the overall design of the underground mine or inter-ramp/overall slopes or multiple developments and/or stopes; and (ii) Cell mapping, which involves collecting relatively small structures that may affect a single bench, development, or stope. The mapped structures are projected to interim and final benches, inter-ramp and overall slopes for the open pits, and onto development and stope designs for the underground to identify possible failure geometries before they are exposed. Laboratory testing of rock material is undertaken to give confidence to the rock mass strength properties that are estimated from rock mass classification systems. Laboratory testing techniques used at GGM include uniaxial compressive strength (UCS), triaxial compressive strength and direct shear testing to some extent. Historically, the mine has utilised accredited rock testing laboratories to undertaking laboratory testing. However, in the recent past, the company has setup an inhouse rock testing laboratory with the aim of doing some of the initial testing in house. Rock sampling and testing procedures are used as part of quality control and assurance to ensure the samples are collected and prepared correctly and also to ensure that testing is done in accordance with International Society of Rock Mechanics’ Commission on Standardization of Laboratory and Field Tests (1978). The collected data (laboratory and field) is validated and stored in secure site databases and a central companywide geotechnical database. The results of laboratory testing at Geita show that the rock strengths in all the deposits (i.e., Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet) are generally greater than 100MPa, which equates to R5, which equates to very strong rocks. The strength parameter results for the major lithologies per deposit are summarised in the tables below: AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 36 Nyankanga: Lithology UCS Strength Mean (MPa) Standard Deviation (MPa) BIF 144.74 80.27 DPH 108.58 39.54 QFP 52.09 24.21 TUFF 189.11 63.98 Geita Hill: Lithology UCS Strength Mean (MPa) Standard Deviation (MPa) BIF 194.81 69.02 DPH 108.00 32.37 Star and Comet: Lithology UCS Strength Mean (MPa) Standard Deviation (MPa) BIF 214.48 101.04 DPH 367.32 101.87 QFP 344.67 156.33 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation Drilling samples are collected from RC and DD drilling methods. Samples from RC drilling are collected at 1m intervals using rotating cone splitters, with approximately 3kg collected in calico sample bags, and bulk reject sample collected in plastic sample bags (in case re- assaying is required). For DD, the samples are collected from half-core at an average of 1m interval, but the sampling interval can change based on geological observations (change in rock type, alteration, mineralisation, structural fabrics in the rock mass or core loss). The minimum sample length from drill core is 0.5m and up to a maximum length is 1.5m as per Mineral Resource estimation guidelines. The majority of exploration DD uses NQ size drilling equipment. The half-core is placed in calico sample bags. Grab samples are collected during geological mapping at the geologist's discretion and from underground face mapping, however, are not used in Mineral Resource estimation. Handheld pXRF instruments are used to collect pXRF data, and handheld hyperspectral (Terraspec™) scans are completed for geometallurgical studies from selected pulverized sample returned from the assay laboratory.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 37 For DD core, samples are collected from half-core at 1m intervals, with niche samples as required to honour lithological contacts and other geological observations. DD is typically NQ size. Rotating cone splitters (Sandvik Rotaport™) are fitted to RC drill rigs for sampling through which the samples are collected at 1m intervals, collecting approximately 3kg of sample for assaying. For Mineral Resource estimation, samples are composited to 1m intervals (with a minimum composite length of 0.5m) for Mineral Resource estimation. Geological logging is completed for RC and DD to describe rock type - lithology, mineralisation, alteration, texture, grainsize. Structural and geotechnical logging is completed on all DD core for structure, rock mass characterisation, rock quality designation (RQD) and core recovery. All DD core is oriented where possible. Bulk density is routinely collected from DD core using water immersion method, with measurements taken at 1m intervals. Gold mineralisation is determined by fire assay, with samples collected from the entire drillholes. Geometallurgical data collection includes routine bottle roll test work of mineralised zones to determine recovery, and hyperspectral scanning and pXRF analysis of assay pulp reject material is undertaken for geometallurgical project work. Routine metallurgical test work is undertaken to monitor recovery and hardness, and specialist test work is completed for new ore bodies. Drill hole planning takes into consideration the geometry of each ore body to ensure that the drillhole - ore body intersection is as close to perpendicular as possible. When reporting exploration results if true width intercepts are not possible, intercepts are noted as "downhole width, true width not known". DD core samples are generally retained throughout the LOM and beyond. If a need to dispose of DD core arises, a disposal permit is required to be obtained from the Ministry of Energy and Minerals, typically limited to DD core related to mined out volumes. RC samples (chips) are generally also retained until mined out, and if they need to be disposed of, the disposal process follows the company's environmental waste management protocols. RC bulk and reject samples are collected and stored for 3 to 6 months and discarded once assays are received and validated. In-house standard procedures (developed in line with AGA Sampling Guideline Rev 1.04 2019) are in place to ensure optimal sample recoveries through DD core recovery logging and mass balance studies for RC drill samples. Mass balance sampling of RC sample intervals requires routine testing of selected drillholes (target 10%) where the entire sample interval is weighed and compared to theoretical volumes and weights to determine RC sample recovery. NQ2 (50.7mm core diameter) and HQ (63.5mm core diameter) sized DD drill samples are generally cut with core saw and half is submitted as half-core for sampling and analysis. LTK60 (44mm core diameter) sized DD drill core, generated from underground grade control drilling, is sampled as full core. RC samples are taken at 1m intervals and are split using rotating cone splitter attached to the RC drill rig. DD and RC Samples are composited to 1m intervals (with a minimum composite length of 0.5m and maximum sample length of 1.5m for diamond core) for Mineral Resource estimation. NQ2 and HQ sized DD drill samples are presented to the laboratory as 1 metre, half-core samples (LTK sized core is sampled as full core from grade control drilling) which are oven dried (12 hours at 104 degrees Celsius), then crushed to 90% passing 2mm, samples are split to approximately 0.5kg to 1kg and pulverized to 90% passing 75µm. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 38 RC samples presented to the laboratory as air dried, approximately 3kg samples which are oven dried (12 hours at 104 degrees Celsius), then crushed to 90% passing 2mm, samples are split to approximately 0.5 - 1kg and pulverized to 90% passing 75µm. A 40g (site laboratory) or 50g (Mwanza laboratory) sample of pulverized material is assayed by fire assay with an AAS finish. 8.2 Assay method and laboratory All exploration, infill drilling and grade control samples are assayed by African Assay Laboratories (T) Limited owned by SGS group. The African Assay Laboratories (T) Limited is ISO 17025 accredited by SANAS. The Accreditation Number is T0470, and the registration number is TIN 100-139-677. African Assay Laboratories (T) Limited operates the Geita onsite laboratory and a commercial laboratory in Mwanza, Tanzania. Gold is determined using fire assay with an AAS finish. This is considered a total assay for gold. The Mwanza laboratory completes 50g fire assays and the Geita onsite completes 40g fire assays. The detection limit is 0.01 ppm in both cases. Gravimetric finish is used for samples returning assays in excess of 5g/t and screen fire assay for all samples returning values in excess of 20g/t (this is a QC measure to check for the presence of coarse gold). ICP12B by ICP (32 Elements) is used for multi element analysis and conducted on mineralised intervals. 8.3 Sampling governance Sample collection strictly adheres to AGA Sampling Guideline Rev 1.04 2019, and collection controlled as per in-house sampling protocols and procedures which are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti standards and guidelines for sampling, assaying and QAQC. It involves the secure packaging, labelling and transportation of samples to laboratories. Laboratories send an electronic reconciliation of samples received. Thereafter, assay results are reported electronically and captured into the Fusion™ database. A full QA/QC program is in place to monitor the sampling process to ensure quality and sample representivity. This program includes: • Mass balance for RC sampling and core recovery measurements • Internal and external QAQC checks and analyses as per AngloGold Ashanti and in-house QAQC protocols. • Monitoring and supervision of drilling activities (quality assurance) by a dedicated geology representative. • Monitoring the assay laboratories' performance (through regular audits and inspections). Results of the above monitoring programs are rigorously tracked through internal weekly and monthly reporting systems. Data is electronically stored in the Fusion™ database with built-in QC controls to prevent duplication, overlaps and gaps. Onsite database personnel conduct daily, weekly and monthly database health checks on the imported data to ensure validated and accurately captured data. Assay data is managed and controlled as per in-house QAQC protocols which are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti standards and guidelines for sampling, assaying and QAQC. The Fusion™ database is a SQL database, and is hosted on secure servers, with routine backup functionality. Audit processes include internal and external audits. Internal audits are conducted generally on an annual basis whilst external audits are conducted every 2 years. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 39 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance QAQC procedures and protocols are in place and are aligned to the AngloGold Ashanti QAQC guidelines. Control materials employed include certified reference materials (CRMs), coarse and pulp blanks, coarse rejects and duplicates which are used to monitor precision, accuracy and bias of assays during sample preparation and analytical procedures. Other methods include particle size analysis, gravimetric analysis and screen fire assay analysis. QAQC was conducted on exploration, grade control and underground activities. An illustration of the workflow with regards to holes generation, QC insertion, laboratory processes and quality assurance protocols is shown below. Geita Gold Mine Assay Quality Assurance Workflow Map 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy Exploration samples are adequately monitored and prepared to undergo laboratory tests. An initial process to prepare the samples for dispatch to the laboratory begins at exploration core yard. Samples are confirmed and identified with sample numbers and reconciled with drilling and sampling records. Once samples are confirmed in order, commercial and non-commercial quality control materials - blanks and standards are inserted for QAQC purposes. Samples transported to Mwanza Laboratory (outside the mine site) undergo security check at sample yard by government officials and sealed in a closed truck using the government seals. Samples processed onsite are transported to the site laboratory, and for both laboratories follow comprehensive sample transport procedures. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 40 The receiving laboratory sends back the electronic reconciliation report confirming the samples received. At the laboratory, assaying is completed and follows analytical procedures aligned with industry and AngloGold Ashanti standards. Assay results and Certificates of Analysis are sent electronically to the client, and QAQC verification is completed before assays are loaded to the company's database for geology and mine planning use. GGM completes routine site laboratory visits to check compliance to industry best practice and AngloGold Ashanti standards. No analytical procedures are used at GGM that are not part of conventional industry practice. 9 Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures Exploration drilling is done as per approved drill planning proposals. The drilling data is captured and loaded into Fusion™ database while the assay results are validated and loaded as soon as they are received. The database report is extracted after every two weeks for review and progressive validation. A summary form is completed and signed-off by the exploration manager confirming that the data recorded is reasonable, and that the missing information is recorded and addressed to the responsible project geologists for completion. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification No limitations are identified for data verification. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The data provided in this report is considered accurate, and exploration data used for Mineral Resource estimation is prepared to a high standard, and in accordance with the Guidelines for Reporting. 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing Mineral Resource model recovery estimates are based on appropriate levels of metallurgical test work performed on DD core samples. Geita Gold Mine is an on-going operation and Mineral Resource model predictions are reconciled to the actual process plant recoveries. The Mineral Reserve is currently stated on material from the same areas that are currently being mined and fed to the process plant. Nyamulilima open pit ore has added to the current feed blend. 10.2 Laboratory and results SGS laboratories and located onsite at GGM, at Mwanza, and South Africa. AMTEL Canada and Australian Laboratory Services (ALS) Australia are used as required for ore characterisation. No metallurgically deleterious elements are present that have potentially negative effect to recovery. 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy Geita has been in operation for more than 20 years since commissioning and has been successfully tested and optimised over the years. Appropriate recovery and throughput assumptions have been applied.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 41 11 Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource Appropriate modifying factors have been applied to the modelled grade and tonnage to account for anticipated dilution and ore loss in determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Open pit Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are supported by optimised pit shells and designs, while underground Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are supported by the sufficient designs and modifying factors. Sufficient work has been done to determine the prospect for economic extraction. Open pit mining at Geita, located at Nyamulilima (22km from process plant), is by conventional truck-and- shovel open pit mining method. The open pit mining is conducted using Geita owned, operated and maintained fleet. Capital Mining Services Tanzania Limited provides production drilling services and Orica provides blasting services. Underground mining commenced at Star and Comet in 2016 while at Nyankanga the operations started in 2017 using the services of an underground mining contractor. In 2018, Star and Comet became an owner operator operation, whilst Nyankanga and Geita Hill are mined using the services of an underground mining contractor. Stope mining is by a combination of longitudinal and transverse open stoping. Ore is hauled from the Nyamulilima open pit (22km) and from Star and Comet (17km), Nyankanga (4km) and Geita Hill (2km) underground operations to the central run of mine (ROM) pad by the Geita surface mining fleet. Geita ore processing method is via conventional CIL process. The CIL plant has a throughput capacity of 5.2Mtpa. The circuit contains a primary gyratory crusher, secondary and tertiary crushers, a semi- autogenous grinding (SAG) mill, ball mill and 12 leach tanks. This is coupled with a gravity circuit through two Knelson concentrators. In planning, the plant feed blend based on material, hardness, grade, and sulphide content are considered to optimise throughput and recovery. Ore from Nyankanga (90.7%) and Nyamulilima (92%) have recoveries greater than 90%, however Geita Hill (87.2%) and Star and Comet (Cut 2 88.3% and Cut 3 77.8%) ore have lower metallurgical recoveries. When blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores, at 30%, recoveries above 87% are maintained in the blends. A comprehensive strategy is in place to manage ore blending in the LOM. Geita has an established 5.2Mtpa CIL processing plant capable of processing hard ore. The Nyankanga open pit mining was completed in October 2020. Starting up of the Nyamulilima open pit in 2021 allows for 5.2Mtpa to be maintained, hence, no modifications required to the processing plant. GGM also has an established TSF with sufficient area to construct wall raises every three years to accommodate planned future production. A full workshop facility is in place to support the maintenance of all types of machineries (heavy and light mining equipment) and all types of supporting light trucks and light vehicles available on site. The mine also runs its own 36MW diesel generation power plant at full capacity and a 25km length water supply pipeline from Lake Victoria for water supply to the mine. Mine dewatering provides additional water for process plant and mining operations, and recycled tailings water is returned to the process plant. Contractor infrastructure supported on the mine site includes workshops for the production and exploration drilling contractors, workshops for the underground mining contractor, a plant for the explosive’s supplier as well as samples analysis laboratory. Geita has further support infrastructure in place including a mine village, medical facility, mine store, administration buildings, food catering facility and an airstrip. The Geita SML has been granted and Geita has legal permission to mine the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Permit number FD/RES/GEITA/44 of 1999 with initial period of 25 years has been obtained to mine the portion of the Mineral Resource and Reserve that falls within the Forest Reserve which covers a portion of the SML. There are no anticipated environmental or social factors that are a risk to an economic extraction of the declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Mining Permits are in place for all operations, with an Environmental Impact Assessment for Nyamulilima open pit and Underground Mining Permit for Geita Hill being recently approved by the Mining Commission. Costs for environmental rehabilitation and social sustainability projects are included in the optimisation cost model and modifying factors. Land compensation demands and speculations are being constantly monitored on site and attended to as they arise. Covid-19 pandemic has been well managed at the site but has future potential to impact operations, through reduction of manpower and technical personnel in times of widespread infection. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 42 No marketing parameters are significant in determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, however cost of selling and refining gold are included in cost models and modifying factors. The Mineral Resource is declared at an assumed gold price of $1500/oz. The Mineral Reserve is declared at an assumed gold price of $1200/oz. These gold prices are considered reasonable assumptions based on the recent historical gold price. Capital and operating costs used in cost models are based on projections of actual operating costs and the anticipated capital (for example for the mining fleet, TSF or asset integrity) required to sustain the production. At the time of compiling this report, there were no material risks identified that would prevent economic extraction of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. GGM does have a risk management process in place whereby operational risk is identified, mitigated, and managed. This risk register (AURISK) is managed by Corporate, and internally reviewed, audited and updated quarterly/annually. An independent external Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken in 2019 and found no fatal flaws in process or output. In 2020, an internal Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken and found no fatal flaws in process or output. GGM is an operating mine. The concept of economic extraction in terms of the Mineral Reserve is the on- going execution of the current operational and business plans. In terms of the Mineral Resource, the concept of economic extraction relies on conversion of exclusive Mineral Resource to inclusive Mineral Resource. The exploration budget is updated annually for the purposes of converting the Mineral Resource and allowing for the engineering of a Mineral Reserve to support and extend the Geita LOM. 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used Both Mineral Resource inclusive and Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is disclosed. The selected point of reference is 31 December 2021. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve ("exclusive Mineral Resource") is defined as the Inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: ▪ Inferred Mineral Resource, including that within the Mineral Reserve design or stope shape ▪ Mineral Resource that sits above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade but below the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade that resides within the defined Mineral Reserve volume ▪ Mineral Resource that lies between the LOM pit shell/mine design and the Mineral Resource pit shell/mine design (this material will become economic if the gold price increases) ▪ Mineral Resource where the technical studies to engineer a Mineral Reserve have not yet been completed. For the open pits, the mineralisation boundaries for the individual deposits are defined from detailed logging of all geological drill holes. This information is validated and then used to create a 3D model. The geological model is subsequently populated with an appropriately dimensioned block model. Ordinary kriging is used to interpolate values into the blocks. UC is used to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model which estimates the proportion of ore that occurs above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade assuming a specified selective mining unit (SMU). The open pit Mineral Resource is reported within a $1,500/oz optimised pit shell and above the calculated mineralised waste cut-off grade per pit. For the underground Mineral Resource, the geological model and the mineralised boundary are generated in the same way as for the open pits. However, a high-grade wireframe is delineated within the broader, lower grade mineralised envelope. In this instance, all geological controls are adhered to when determining this domain. Ordinary kriging models are then constructed within the low and high-grade domains and numerous validation exercises are completed to ensure robust estimates are achieved. The ultimate open pit designs are used as the limiting boundaries between open pit and underground during model compilation. The underground Mineral Resource is reported inside a mineable shape optimiser (MSO) volume generated using a determined underground cut-off grade for each deposit. The underground AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 43 stopes and development are evaluated using the ordinary kriging models and the open pit designs are evaluated using the UC models. Parameters under which the underground Mineral Resource was generated are summarised: Stockpiled material above mineralised waste cut-off grade is included in the Mineral Resource. The Geita Mineral Resource is reported as in situ Mineral Resource, as located at the Geita open pit and underground operations. Parameters under which the open pit Mineral Resource was generated are summarised: Cost inputs Unit Nyamulilima Cut 1 2 & 3 Ore Mined k tonnes 40,484 Waste Mined k tonnes 198,081 Total material mined k tonnes 238,565 Stripping ratio t:t 4.89 Costs Ore Mining cost $/t mined 2.96 Waste mining cost $/t mined 2.89 Material handling $/t treated 3.18 Processing Cost $/t treated 16.90 G&A $/t treated 9.92 Other Parameters Met. Recovery % 92% Slope angles degree 55 Mineral Resource cut-off grade g/t 0.80 Mineral Resource price $/oz 1,500 Royalties % 7.3 *Ore Mined equals Mineral Resource Tonnes reported above cutoff Cost Inputs Unit NYUG Block 1&2 NY UG Block 3&4 NY UG Block 5 S&C UG Cut 2 S&C UG Cut 3 Ridge 8 UG GH UG Block 1&2 GH UG East Ore mined* k tonnes 3,884 7,640 2,078 1,042 2,293 3,059 2,936 3,884 Total material mined** k tonnes 5,476 10,161 2,120 1,052 3,233 3,732 4,727 6,253 Costs Production (Mining Cost) $/t ore mined 46.82 63.88 41.65 28.50 34.03 80.93 68.08 68.08 Material handling $/t ore mined - - - - - - - - Backfill / Others $/t ore mined - - - - - - - - Mine Services $/t ore mined 19.51 19.51 19.51 19.51 19.51 19.51 19.51 19.51 Processing cost $/t treated 18.31 18.31 18.31 18.74 18.74 18.74 17.81 17.81 MSO optimising cut-off g/t 2.09 2.51 1.97 1.69 2.08 2.94 2.70 2.70 Mineral Resource cut-off grade g/t 2.09 2.51 1.97 1.69 2.08 2.94 2.70 2.70 Mineral Resource price $/oz 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 Metallurgical Recovery %MetRF 90.7 90.7 90.3 88.3 77.8 90.8 87.2 87.2 Royalties % 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 *Ore Mined equals Mineral Resource Tonnes reported above cutoff **Total material mined has been estimated using ore/waste ratios from LOM plan to calculate a Total GGM has four deposits which are active mining operations and supported by Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The primary Mineral Resource models are updated annually, and in place for Nyankanga UG, Star and Comet UG and Geita Hill UG operations and for Nyamulilima open pit operations. For each of the AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 44 deposits, 3D geological wireframe models are constructed for the mineralisation, structures and lithology which are used as the basis for the Mineral Resource estimate. These geological models and Mineral Resource estimates are updated when new information is received (updated at least once per year). Geological data is collected as per in-house data collection procedures and is later electronically stored in the Fusion™ database. Data in the database is locked to prevent unauthorised changes. Geita has been involved in active mining since 2000. There are currently no obvious geological, mining, metallurgical, environmental, social, infrastructural, legal, and economic factors that are anticipated to have a significant effect on the prospects of any possible future exploration target or deposit currently reported in the Mineral Resource. There is no known structural, lithological, mineralogical, or other geological data that could materially influence the estimated quantity and quality of the Mineral Resource. The arsenopyrite bearing ore at Matandani-Kukuluma is refractory in nature, but this has already been catered for in the pit shell optimisations and cut-off grade calculations. For the open pits, the mineralisation boundaries for the individual deposits are defined from detailed logging of all geological drill holes. This information is validated and then used to create a 3D model. The geological model is subsequently populated with an appropriately dimensioned block model. Ordinary kriging is used to interpolate values into the blocks. UC is used to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model which estimates the proportion of ore that occurs above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade assuming a specified SMU. The open pit Mineral Resource is reported within a $1,500/oz optimised pit shell and above the calculated mineralised waste cut-off grade per pit. Stockpiled material above mineralised waste cut-off grade is included in the Mineral Resource. For the underground Mineral Resource, the geological model and the mineralised boundary are generated in the same way as for the open pits. However, a high-grade wireframe is delineated within the broader, lower grade mineralised envelope. In this instance, all geological controls are adhered to when determining this domain. Ordinary kriging models are then constructed within the low and high-grade domains and numerous validation exercises are completed to ensure robust estimates are achieved. The ultimate open pit designs are used as the limiting boundaries between open pit and underground during model compilation. The underground Mineral Resource is reported inside a mineable shape optimiser (MSO) volume generated using a determined underground cut-off grade for each deposit. The underground stopes and development are evaluated using the ordinary kriging models and the open pit designs are evaluated using the UC models.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 45 Geita inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface) Geita inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground) Estimation Techniques: Estimation methodologies at Geita has evolved since 2001 to embrace nonlinear techniques. Progressive updates on Mineral Resource models since then have shown that Uniform conditioning (UC) is a robust technique and suitable for the ore bodies at Geita Gold Mine. Previous external audits conducted on the Mineral Resource Models for Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet by QG and Optiro consultants also confirmed that UC is an appropriate and robust technique that is suitable for the ore bodies at Geita Gold Mine. UC is considered appropriate based on the following assumptions: • Highly skew Au distributions. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 46 • The wide Exploration drill spacing of 40m x 40m or 20m x 20m versus short range variography that is characterised by 40% to 50% nugget effects and 90% variability within 10m. • Complex ore zones in which low-grade meta-sediments are structurally juxtaposed with higher grade banded iron formation (BIF). • Impracticality of using wireframes to separate mineralisation from waste within the ore zone. • The understanding that extensive grade control ahead of mining would be critical in determining the actual within-pit location of the ore blocks (SMUs). • The change of support is robust and can be demonstrated as correct at the validation stage. • The results can be validated against the theoretical grade distributions and grade control. • The method is robust in the presence of grade zonation. Localised Uniform Conditioning (LUC) has been adopted from 2018, involving post processing of UC results. Adoption of LUC is driven by inability to predict a spatial location of the recoverable mineralisation and hence regarded as a major disadvantage of the conventional UC method. Treatment of Extreme Grade Values: A thorough statistical analysis of the data set drives the determination of the top cutting / capping values to be applied during estimation for each deposit. On some instances local capping is applied on areas that are poorly informed or areas with high-grade anomalies that have shown to be influenced by presence of the high grades in the vicinity Compositing: Sample drilled through the core length (DD) or through non-core (RC) are sampled at an average of 1m interval, guided by the collected geological information. During Mineral Resource Estimation, sampling composites are applied at composite length of 1m and Minimum Composite Length of 0.5m, weighting field - lithological types. Domaining: Stationarity analysis is undertaken to identify distinct trends in the grade behaviour that links to geological characteristics. The identified distinct trends represent domains that describes homogeneity within a giving area. Parallel to stationarity analysis, geological interpretation is linked to the analysis to support/firm up the identified domains. Estimation Parameters: Optimisation of the estimation environment is a four to five stage process depending on data availability: These stages include: Search volume optimisation, various iterations are performed to: • stabilize the Kriging variance, • maximize the slope of regression, • minimise sample screening resulting in negative weights; and attaching maximum Kriging weight to the sample nearest the block centre. Maximum number of samples in the search environment. Based upon using sufficient samples to • stabilize the Kriging variance, • maximize the slope of regression, • minimize sample screening, and • attaching maximum Kriging weight to the sample nearest the block centre. Compare the average of the block estimates with the averages for both the clustered and de-clustered conditioning sample data. Conducting Regression analysis of borehole data against OK block estimates set at standard search and estimation environment parameters. Based upon the above, the kriging environment is adjusted as appropriate until satisfactory results are achieved. The final kriged estimates honour the validated exploration and Infill drilling data Estimation Unit Size: Estimation block sizes is determined based on average drilling spacing along X, Y and Z, and estimation is conducted on a Panel. The Panel is subdivided into sub-cells to improve on orebody resolution. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 47 For all Geita deposits the main variable is gold (Au). No other variables are currently modelled or correlated with gold. Computer programs used in Mineral Resource Estimates are: • Datamine™ Version 1.10.69.0 for mineralisation interpretation and Mineral Resource model compilation), • Leapfrog™ Geo 6.0 for mineralisation interpretation and geological modelling, • Isatis™ - 2017 Version 15.0.2.287 for de-clustering, Variography, Gaussian Anamorphosis, support • correction, uniform conditioning (UC), and localised uniform conditional (LUC). Mineral Resource Model checks and validation process steps includes: Krige Estimate Validation: • Visual Checks - This process involves check of Mineral Resource Estimates visually by comparing to the samples (borehole data) to krige estimate. It is conducted through stepping through the Mineral Resource Model, section by section. This process is used to determine whether the estimation has been effective locally. • Statistical Validation - The process involves running summary statistics of the kriged estimates in comparison to the clustered and borehole information. The objective is to ensure the estimate average is within the allowable limits. Observed huge discrepancies might require revisiting applied estimation methodology. • Trend Analysis along X, Y and Z of the model data vs the borehole data - The process involves checking Mineral Resource estimates agreement versus borehole data. Strip widths that correspond to kriged block sizes or search neighbourhood used for kriging in the X, Y and Z directions are used. The mean of the kriged values is compared to the mean of the de-clustered sample values. • Regression Plots of kriged mean values vs block sample averages - The process involves a re-krig of the exploration data and comparison against sample average values within the specified search. Regression plot of krig values against sample average values is created. Check of significant bias and outliers is done and further investigated in a 3D environment. • Discrete Gaussian Change of Support (COS) - The process involves comparison of estimates to the COS at the Panel Scale. Gaussian Anamorphosis is undertaken by zone using the appropriate variography and samples to generate theoretical grade-tonnage distributions. The aim of the process is to reproduce global grade-tonnage distributions at panel and SMU support from the ordinary kriging and uniform conditioning results respectively. • Uniform Conditioning Grade/Tonnage curves validation: The process involves selection of an area with adequate grade control drilling information. A common volume area is delineated and comparison of the distributions (Tonnage and Grade) for Mineral Resource Model (with the actual UC) and grade control model is conducted. The grade control model should be the same block size as the SMU block size used for the UC. At instances where the validation results are unsatisfactory, it will involve revisiting estimation process and re-modelling accordingly. No co-products, by-products or deleterious elements are modelled at GGM. 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty AngloGold Ashanti Classification guideline: Mineral Resource Classification is based on the 15% Rule. A Measured Mineral Resource should be expected to be within 15% of the metal estimated at least 90% of the time (three-month periods), while for an Indicated Mineral Resource estimate the annual estimate should be within 15% of the metal estimated at least 90% of the time (yearly periods). For Inferred Mineral Resource the error may be greater than 15%, 90% of the time (yearly periods). This is explained in detail in the Guidelines for Reporting. GGM Mineral Resource classification categories are: AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 48 Measured Mineral Resource - Only on completion of grade control drilling and modelling. Indicated Mineral Resource - Indicated Mineral Resource category spacing varies from 20m x 20m, 25m x 15m and 40m x 20m staggered pattern for different projects respectively. The 20 x 20m / 25m x 15m and 40m x 20m drill pattern covers for a 2-year open production window and a 40 x 40m drill pattern for the rest of LOM production schedule. The 40m x 40m drill pattern is the lower end of indicated Mineral Resource and where present these areas are classified as risk areas to be followed up by infill drilling prior to production. Inferred Mineral Resource - Mineralisation classification is defined within a grid spacing of greater than 40m x 40m to a maximum of 80m x 40m to 80m x 80m plus any mineralised blocks within the external waste volume. Ore material outside these ranges is extrapolated and classified as exploration upside. No uncertainties are identified that would materially impact the Mineral Resource, including classification or level of confidence of the or the Mineral Resource. All aspects of the data capture from drilling, geological logging, sampling and assaying are verified to ensure location / positional accuracy and sampling and assaying follows strict guidelines for data processing, gold analysis and QAQC validation. Drilling, sampling, data processing and handling, geological modelling and Mineral Resource estimation were conducted as per AngloGold Ashanti standard operating procedures and guidelines, aiming at addressing uncertainties to increase Mineral Resource confidence. Due to the nature of the orebodies the following key elements are adhered to as per AngloGold Ashanti standard operating procedures and guidelines, and implemented to minimise uncertainties in Mineral Resource confidence: • Exploration and Mineral Resource Development drilling is conducted at optimal drilling spacing, and supported by drill spacing studies to determine optimal drill spacing for Mineral Resource classification • Drilling, Sampling and Assaying QAQC programs in place. • Sample analysis and assaying conducted at an ISO accredited Assaying Laboratories (African Assay Laboratories (SGS) - ISO SO 17025 accredited by SANAS. • Geological modelling and Mineral Resource estimation are completed by technical experts and conducted as per AngloGold Ashanti Mineral Resource Estimation guideline. • Internal peer review processes are conducted upon completion of Mineral Resource models, bi- annual AngloGold Ashanti Internal Mineral Resource Audits. • External Mineral Resource audits conducted every two years by reputable Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve consulting firms. The Mineral Resource is based on Mineral Resource models prepared by Geita technical experts, in accordance with AngloGold Ashanti Mineral Resource estimation, modelling and reporting guidelines and procedures - no significant uncertainty is identified for disclosure. 11.4 Mineral Resource summary The open pit Mineral Resource is reported within a $1,500/oz optimised pit shell and above the calculated mineralised waste cut-off grade per pit. Stockpiled material above mineralised waste cut-off grade is included in the Mineral Resource. The underground Mineral Resource is reported inside a mineable shape optimiser (MSO) volume generated using a determined underground cut-off grade for each deposit. The underground stopes and development are evaluated using the ordinary kriging models and the open pit designs are evaluated using the LUC models.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 49 Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t Tonnes Moz Area 3 West (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.39 2.55 1.01 0.03 Measured & Indicated 0.39 2.55 1.01 0.03 Inferred 0.00 2.02 0.01 0.00 Chipaka Measured - - - - Indicated 0.31 2.19 0.68 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.31 2.19 0.68 0.02 Inferred 0.45 2.45 1.10 0.04 Kalondwa Hill Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.47 3.91 1.83 0.06 Kukuluma (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.05 3.56 0.16 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.05 3.56 0.16 0.01 Inferred 0.02 2.28 0.05 0.00 Kukuluma (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.09 4.70 0.43 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.09 4.70 0.43 0.01 Inferred 0.02 4.88 0.12 0.00 Kukuluma (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.02 4.89 0.12 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.02 4.89 0.12 0.00 Inferred 0.36 4.06 1.47 0.05 Matandani (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.61 2.00 3.21 0.10 Measured & Indicated 1.61 2.00 3.21 0.10 Inferred 0.75 2.14 1.61 0.05 Matandani (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.06 3.39 0.20 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.06 3.39 0.20 0.01 Inferred 0.17 4.70 0.80 0.03 Matandani (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.07 3.49 0.26 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.07 3.49 0.26 0.01 Inferred 3.02 3.82 11.54 0.37 Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 Measured - - - - Indicated 9.41 1.57 14.76 0.47 Measured & Indicated 9.41 1.57 14.76 0.47 Inferred 9.41 1.82 17.15 0.55 Selous (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.47 2.06 0.97 0.03 Geita stockpile (marginal ore) Measured - - - - Indicated 8.12 0.84 6.80 0.22 Measured & Indicated 8.12 0.84 6.80 0.22 Inferred - - - - Geita stockpile (refractory ore) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Measured & Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Inferred - - - - Geita Hill (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 1.81 3.73 6.74 0.22 Measured & Indicated 1.81 3.73 6.74 0.22 Inferred 1.13 4.01 4.54 0.15 Geita Hill (Underground) - East Measured - - - - Indicated 1.56 4.13 6.43 0.21 Measured & Indicated 1.56 4.13 6.43 0.21 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 50 Inferred 6.31 4.31 27.23 0.88 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.33 4.24 1.41 0.05 Measured & Indicated 0.33 4.24 1.41 0.05 Inferred 3.11 4.39 13.67 0.44 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 Measured 0.49 5.14 2.50 0.08 Indicated 1.72 3.80 6.54 0.21 Measured & Indicated 2.21 4.09 9.04 0.29 Inferred 1.66 3.54 5.87 0.19 Nyankanga (Underground) - Block 5 Measured 0.07 8.80 0.59 0.02 Indicated 0.55 3.27 1.80 0.06 Measured & Indicated 0.62 3.88 2.40 0.08 Inferred 0.36 2.38 0.85 0.03 Ridge 8 (Underground) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.69 4.84 3.36 0.11 Measured & Indicated 0.69 4.84 3.36 0.11 Inferred 2.36 4.72 11.16 0.36 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 2 Measured 0.33 3.55 1.16 0.04 Indicated 0.13 3.49 0.46 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.46 3.53 1.61 0.05 Inferred 0.13 3.83 0.51 0.02 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 3 Measured 0.56 3.95 2.23 0.07 Indicated 0.69 3.22 2.22 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.25 3.55 4.44 0.14 Inferred 0.26 3.13 0.82 0.03 Total Measured 1.44 4.49 6.47 0.21 Indicated 28.18 2.06 58.15 1.87 Measured & Indicated 29.62 2.18 6.47 0.21 Inferred 30.48 3.32 101.29 3.26 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion Geita has three underground mines and one open pit in production, with a LOM plan currently to 2029, and the ore bodies currently in production are well understood in terms of mining method, cost, geology, metallurgy and geotechnical parameters after 20 years of mining, and Geita has a strong exploration plan in place for continued Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve growth. It is the opinion of the QP that there is no material risk to continued economic extraction at Geita Gold Mine, from LOM plans based on those Mineral Resource and associated with Mineral Reserve. Through continuous exploration and Mineral Resource development of the Geita Mineral Resource there remains a reasonable expectation and potential for Mineral Resource growth and future economic extraction. 12 Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used Safety is AGAs First value, all economic extraction activities and operations are planned and executed with this value in mind. The Geita Mineral Reserve is 29.71Mt at 2.77g/t for 2.65Moz. Reconciliation of 2021 Mineral Reserve with 2020 Mineral Reserve shows a net increase of 309 Koz mainly from model changes. 2021 depletion represents depletion to 31 December 2021. Geita has three Underground Mines namely, Star and Comet, Nyankanga and Geita Hill and one open pit mine named Nyamulilima (historically known as Roberts). The open pit mine makes use of traditional truck and shovel mining while the underground mines make use of two methods; Up hole longitudinal retreat and/or transverse mining. For the Mineral Reserve the reference point is as received and accounted for by the processing plant. Mine designs are based on the following Mineral Resource models: • Open pit (Nyamulilima): GGMNYM0921_v3 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 51 • Star and Comet Cut 2: SC2_IPM_240421 • Star and Comet Cut 3: SC3_IPM_221021 • Nyankanga: NYUG_IPM_251021 Mine designs are derived from optimised mining shapes using the 2021 Mineral Reserve commodity prices as stipulated in the Guidelines for Reporting, are: • Gold at $1,200/oz. • Silver at $18.67/oz (Not considered during COG calculations due to marginal revenue contribution) For the open pit, optimised pit shells are created using WhittleTM optimisation software and typically select the optimisation shell that represents the revenue factor (RF1) shell, i.e., the 1,200$/oz shell. A practical mine design is created from the selected optimised Whittle shell allowing for in pit haul roads, berms, water deviation channels and other infrastructure considerations. All relevant geological, geotechnical, hydrogeological, equipment type, and mining rates are factored into the design and schedules. For the underground, a combination of Mineable Stope Optimiser (MSO) and Stope Notes (SN) are used for Mineral Reserve estimates. MSO is the underground optimisation equivalent of the open pit Whittle optimisation and is widely recognised as the industry-standard software tool for generating stope optimisation shapes. A SN is an AngloGold Ashanti approved method for creating signed off stope notes. All relevant geological, geotechnical, hydrogeological, ventilation, equipment type, and mining rates are factored into the design and schedules. Appropriate mining and processing modifying factors were applied such as: • Face and regional pit slope angles, • Dilution tonnage, • Mining recovery and • Met recovery factor. Stability of open pit and underground excavations are mainly affected by geotechnical structures such as faults, thrusts, shears. Groundwater is synonymous with these structures adding to the complication of stress management. The management of groundwater drainage and mining shapes in and around the proximity of these geotechnical structures are crucial to minimise the induced stresses that cause dilution and/or mining recovery. Management interventions include the following: • Cover hole drilling to determine presence of groundwater • Lithological Borehole logging derived from either Mineral Resource definition and/or grade control drilling to assess the ground conditions and weathering profile • Face sampling open pit and underground • Interpret and build structural models also included in Mineral Resource models used for planning purposes • Reduce face angle in open pit • Increase berm widths in open pit • Slope management plan and monitoring systems in open pit • Rockfall analysis using specialised software in the open pit • Minimise mining width and length to reduce hydraulic radius underground • Mining Sequence and backfill underground • Development support standard per excavation size and purpose underground • Seismicity sensors for open pit and underground The factors applied are Mineral Resource modifying factor (RMF), mining recovery factor (MRF), mine call factor (MCF) and metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF). For underground operations a MRF and dilution is applied. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 52 Mineral Reserve Modifying Factors as at 31 December 2021 Primary Commodi ty Price Local Price of Primary Commodi ty Unit Cut-off grade g/t Au Stoping width cm Dilution % Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 1,200 $/oz 1.20 - 7.4 Geita Hill (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 1,200 $/oz 3.38 2,500 10.0 Geita Hill (Underground) - East 1,200 $/oz 3.38 2,500 10.0 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 1,200 $/oz 3.21 450 10.0 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 1,200 $/oz 3.48 2,500 22.0 Nyankanga (Underground) - Block 5 1,200 $/oz 3.20 2,500 16.0 Star and Cornet (Underground) - Cut 2 1,200 $/oz 2.57 450 10.0 Star and Cornet (Underground) - Cut 3 1,200 $/oz 3.39 450 10.0 as at 31 December 2021 % RMF (based on tonnes) % RMF (based on g/t) % MRF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on g/t) % MCF MetRF % Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 90.0 90.0 95.0 95.0 99.0 89.2 Geita Hill (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 100.0 100.0 95.0 95.0 99.0 87.2 Geita Hill (Underground) - East 100.0 100.0 95.0 95.0 99.0 87.2 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 100.0 100.0 88.0 88.0 99.0 90.7 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 100.0 100.0 87.0 87.0 99.0 90.7 Nyankanga (Underground) - Block 5 100.0 100.0 88.0 88.0 99.0 90.3 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 2 100.0 100.0 95.0 95.0 99.0 88.3 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 3 100.0 100.0 92.0 92.0 99.0 77.8 12.2 Cut-off grades The Geita business model is primarily driven by revenue generated from gold sold, although some marginal revenue is generated from silver by-product sales. Nett revenue sales are derived considering the following: • Recovered gold revenue, • Recovered silver revenue, • Downstream expenses, • Transport Costs, • Smelting and refinery costs, • Deductions such as royalties and taxes. These are based on inputs compiled on site with assistance from the regional finance team. Some parameters have been tested - details in the Mineral Reserve statement document. Gold price input as per AngloGold Ashanti corporate directives issued annually in the Guidelines for Reporting. Open Pit All costs and parameters are based on BP2021. Cut-off Grade (COG) is based on economic factors using the break-even point to determine ore. A gold price of $1,200/oz for other parameters per mineralised zone include royalties, dilution, processing costs, recoveries, general and administration costs, and ore mining costs. The Mineral Reserve was based on a marginal cut-off grade. Mineral Resource contained within the final pit designs were estimated against these cut-off grades to produce the open pit Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. Cut-off grade sensitivities were done by adjusting gold price to determine impact. The following COGs were applied for the 2021 Mineral Reserve Declaration: • Nyamulilima Oxide: 1.25g/t • Nyamulilima Transitional: 1.25g/t • Nyamulilima Sulphide: 1.20g/t

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 53 Underground GGM updates the cut-off grade inputs and calculations once a year. Cut-off grade inputs are based on recent operating experience, projected costs, and AngloGold Ashanti corporate guidance. The break-even cut-off grade is used for Mineral Reserve estimation. All stopes that fail to meet the cut-off grade are classified as waste. Stope cut-off grade used for the estimation of the December 2021 Mineral Reserve is the diluted cut of grade. The cut-off grades were applied to stope panels after dilution and ore loss had been accounted for in the stope. The QP for the Mineral Reserve considers that the process used is appropriate for this deposit. However, it is important to acknowledge that cut-off grades calculated in this deterministic process have some limitations as they do not consider the impact that including low-grade material (grade just above the cut- off grade) may have in deferring the mining of higher-grade material and, hence reducing net present value. The 2021 Mineral Reserve cut-off grade is specific to a mining block; with different operating models and mining methods applied to Geita underground operations. The Nyankanga and Geita Hill operation are contractor operated and Star and Comet is owner operated. The following COGs were applied for the 2021 Mineral Reserve Declaration: • Nyankanga UG Block 1 and 2 at 3.21g/t • Nyankanga UG Block 3 and 4 at 3.48g/t • Nyankanga UG Block 5 at 3.20g/t • Star and Comet UG Block 2 at 2.57g/t • Star and Comet UG Block 3 at 3.39g/t 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The Mineral Resource models are used as the basis for Mineral Reserve estimation. Input parameters for estimating the Mineral Reserve include gold price, mining dilution and recovery, geotechnical information, stay in business capital, operating costs, metallurgical recovery, processing capacity and mining equipment capacities. Appropriate Mineral Reserve cut-off grades are applied, and optimised pit shells are generated for the open pit sources. Pit designs are then done on selected shells and signed off by all relevant parties to ensure compliance to specifications. Underground designs are completed and evaluated. These designs are incorporated into the production and treatment scheduling stages to yield ore tonnes and grades. Financial evaluations are completed for production and treatment schedules to check cash flow analysis from the estimated Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Reserve for open pit and underground operations was estimated using updated economic factors, latest Mineral Resource models, geological, geotechnical, mining engineering and metallurgical parameters. Environmental, socio-political, legal, and regulatory factors are also considered. The Mineral Reserve from stockpiles is declared as a Proven Mineral Reserve. The GGM mining based Mineral Reserve is declared as a Probable Mineral Reserve and has been derived from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. The total Mineral Reserve consists of stockpile (0.09Moz) for Proven Mineral Reserve, and by underground (0.89Moz) and open pit ore (1.67Moz) sources totalling 2.56Moz, which are classified as Probable Mineral Reserve. 26% of the Probable Mineral Reserve is informed by Measured Mineral Resource, where 69% (of 26%) is from underground ore sources. The major contributing factors to classification of the mining component includes: • Confidence in factors applied to transverse secondary stopes planned to be mined from 2022 onwards. This method has not been applied at GGM before but is a proven mining method. • Better understanding of geotechnical structures at Nyankanga Block5 and the risk it poses to achieve the desired MRF necessitated the down grading to Probable Mineral Reserve and AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 54 • Lack of auditable stope reconciliation used to substantiate MRF applied (to be formalised in 2022) The Mineral Reserve only includes components of the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource, noting Inferred Mineral Resource is not used in the estimation of the Mineral Reserve. The inclusive Mineral Resource includes the Mineral Reserve. 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary The GGM Mineral Reserve as at 31 December 2021 is estimated as 29.7Mt at 2.77g/t for 2.65Moz. A gold price of $1,200/oz was provided by the AngloGold Ashanti corporate office and viewed as sound and reasonable. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The Geita Mineral Reserve is derived from open pit, underground and stockpile ore sources with a 63%, 34% and 3% contribution in terms of ounces respectively The Geita SML number 45/99 has been subject to historic mining activities, the true extent of the recovered gold mineralisation is unknown. Mined out areas are considered in the LOM design but have no impact on the 2021 declared Mineral Reserve. No other sources of ore apart from what has been declared exist. Underground pillars are placed to improve Geotechnical stresses and form part of the MRF. The reference point for the Mineral Reserve is the point where the run of mine material is delivered to the processing plant. It is quoted as at 31 December 2021. Gold Mineral Reserve Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 Proven - - - - Probable 21.16 2.45 51.80 1.67 Total 21.16 2.45 51.80 1.67 Geita stockpile (full grade ore) Proven 0.70 1.86 1.30 0.04 Probable - - - - Total 0.70 1.86 1.30 0.04 Geita stockpile (marginal ore) Proven 1.49 1.04 1.54 0.05 Probable - - - - Total 1.49 1.04 1.54 0.05 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 Proven - - - - Probable 0.30 5.86 1.77 0.06 Total 0.30 5.86 1.77 0.06 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 Proven - - - - Probable 3.78 4.55 17.21 0.55 Total 3.78 4.55 17.21 0.55 Nyankanga (Underground) - Block 5 Proven - - - - Probable 0.99 3.01 2.99 0.10 Total 0.99 3.01 2.99 0.10 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 2 Proven - - - - Probable 0.51 3.57 1.83 0.06 Total 0.51 3.57 1.83 0.06 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 3 Proven - - - - Probable 0.77 5.01 3.87 0.12 Total 0.77 5.01 3.87 0.12 Total Proven 2.19 1.30 2.84 0.09 Probable 27.52 2.89 79.45 2.55 Total 29.71 2.77 82.29 2.65 AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 55 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion The GGM Mineral Reserve is fully contained within the LOM plan and is classified as Probable Mineral Reserve. Measured Mineral Resource is included in the Probable Mineral Reserve portion of the Mineral Reserve, with all unclassified material to be mined classed as dilution. 13 Mining methods Open pit Open pit mines are known to have high productivities, being flexible, with high ore recoveries and better working conditions than underground mines. The unit costs of mining with the open pit method are normally lower than the unit costs of mining using underground methods because of economies of scale. Usually when the unit costs of mining with open pit method becomes higher than unit costs of mining with underground methods, a decision must be made to switch to underground methods. For the open pit operations at Geita, a conventional drill, blast, load and haul shovel and truck open pit mining method is used. This is the same mine method that was used at completed open pits for Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Lone Cone, Matandani, Kukuluma and Star and Comet. Currently open pit operations are located at the Nyamulilima open pit deposit. The Nyamulilima open pit is comprised of three (3) phases or cutbacks (Cuts 1, 2 and 3). The deposit is situated 1km east of the on- going underground operation at Star and Comet and 22km from the processing plant. Studies for this mining this open pit deposit were completed to FS level in 2020. The open pit operations commenced in April 2021 and are scheduled to reach full production in mid-2022. Ore is trucked Caterpillar 785C haul trucks from the Nyamulilima ROM stockpile to the central stockpiling area about 22km away from the Nyamulilima Pit. Open pit mining activities are conducted as owner miner for both open pit operations and ore haulage from Nyamulilima open pit to the plant. An intermediate ROM pad at Nyamulilima has been designed to allow flexibility in ore haulage and provide safety around mining and ore haulage equipment interactions. The primary waste dump (WD17) has been designed and placed following sterilisation drilling in 2020 and 2021, to avoid sterilising any further potential pit expansions due to economics changes as well as staying within the exclusion zones and license areas. Mining operations at Nyamulilima open pit involves the conventional drilling of grade control and production holes, blasting, loading, and hauling. The design parameters are driven by previous open pit such Nyankanga and Geita Hill. These include a bench height of 10m mined in 3 flitches of 3.33m each. Open pit dewatering is carried out to ensure dry mining operations, prevent flooding of equipment and to prevent water inrush to or inundation of entrances/portals to underground workings. At the completed Nyankanga open pit a dewatering pumping rate of approximately 150m3/hr is maintained and stage- pumped to the completed Lone Cone pit for re-use in mining operations and process plant. Similarly, Geita Hill West pit is dewatered at a rate of approximately 160m3/hr and stage-pumped into Lone Cone Pit for operational use. Nyamulilima open pit dewatering has not yet commenced. The de-watering system has been designed for commissioning in quarter 2 2022. Some major considerations for the Nyamulilima open pit Mineral Reserve included the following: • The Mineral Resource model used for the BP2022 budget was released in April 2021, and a new updated model for Mineral Reserve was released in October 2021. • The process recoveries are based on the test results done on site and in lab in South Africa as well as actuals derived from the current feed. • The geotechnical slope angles are based latest geotechnical results. • The costs are based on the detailed Geita BP 2022. • A $1200/oz gold price was used for cut-off-grade (COG) calculation and optimisation. The open pit LOM plan is based on a mining schedule with a start position based on the 9-month actual plus 3-month forecast for 2021, therefore effectively started in October 2021. The mining operations is owner operated and uses the existing mining fleet on site, RH170 excavators and Cat785 haulage trucks. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 56 The pit design (robpit0920_v4) is based on a selected shell from the Whittle optimisation following metallurgical recoveries, economics, geotechnical assumptions and has been designed to accommodate the size mining fleet equipment. When deciding on the theoretical pit shell to use for design, the limiting pit is initially selected as the highest, best-case shell. A push back strategy is applied with the final shell lying between the best- and worst-case scenarios. This selection method can provide a final pit at a price below the base gold price used. In addition to the discounted value, overall cost per ounce, incremental cost by pushback, minimum mining width, pit size, required Mineral Reserve base, and ore and waste volumes are considered before selecting the final pit. The $1200/oz gold price used in the optimisation process was issued as part of the Guidelines for Reporting. The optimal open pit excavation rates were based on the existing heavy mining fleet capacity and in particular the hauling fleet. The mining schedule was optimised with the key objective of minimising cash and capital costs, while maximising free cash flow. Increased amount of stripping is expected ahead of ore mining in Nyamulilima open pit with mining volumes from 25Mbcm in 2022 to above 30Mbcm for 2022. Once the requisite sequence was determined, the equipment and materials inputs were estimated in line with the concept of resourcing to the schedule. The forecast fleet availabilities and utilisations were used to derive the fleet size. Any shortfall in the run of mine (ROM) ore delivery to the plant meant that plant feed had to be supplemented with ore on existing stockpiles, a large portion of that being low-grade marginal ore. The Mineral Resource models received from the geology department on site were first prepared for pit optimisation. The first step was performing the model data checks that include checking for zero densities, missing cells, and grade errors. Waste blocks were added to the Mineral Resource models by the geology departments evaluation team so as to cover projected practical pit limits. The models are also depleted using projected end of year surfaces. The conversion of Mineral Resource models to Gemcom’s Whittle 4XTM optimisation models also includes the digital insertion into the model of mining and processing costs. A reference level or elevation is selected for each pit and the base cost applicable at that reference level determined. Additional costs related to elevation and material type are added. These are termed the mining cost adjustment factors and processing cost adjustment factors. The model that was used in Whittle consists of a sub celled or parcel model where a single model can be used in Whittle 4X for different gold prices or material class (Measure, Indicated or Inferred Mineral Resource). In this process the uniform conditioned (UC) Mineral Resource model is converted into a sub celled model by generating multiple sub cells for each parent cell, each one representing one grade bin. The models were exported from DatamineTM with fields required to run the Optimisations, namely mining costs, processing costs, geotechnical zones, Mineral Resource classes, and material types. In the Whittle pit optimisation process only, Measured and Indicated (MI) full grade ore (FGO) Mineral Resource was considered for process plant treatment, with the combined marginal grade ore (MGO) and mineralised waste material (MW) being available for sensitivity studies, and later if required, treatment scheduling. The four components of the MI Mineral Reserve are the in situ FGO, the in situ MGO, stockpiled FGO and stockpiled MGO. The in-situ components are determined from the material above the respective FGO and MGO cut-off grades and lie within the practical design pit shell. A set of nested pits for each deposit is produced during the pit optimisation exercise. Using various scheduling simulations in the Whittle software, a series of NPVs, stripping profiles, and pushback options were generated. The pit with the optimum NPV was chosen as the ultimate theoretical pit for each area. Factors such as pit value, mill tonnes, pit depth, strip ratios, mining width, and incremental profit per tonne milled, and ounce of gold recovered were considered in arriving at the optimal shell. In general, the biggest pit with last significant increase in content whilst still having positive incremental shell value was selected. This selected pit was used as guideline to design the final practical pit in DatamineTM mine planning software.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 57 Pit shell selection during mine optimisation for Nyamulilima deposit based on two sets of optimisations conducted separately for Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource; and Measured and Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource. The pits were designed based on the shell generated from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource only. Mining blocks are generated and evaluated in the DatamineTM software provide the tonnes and grade classified into FGO, MO, MW and waste for Oxide, Transitional and Sulphide material types. In addition, any Inferred Mineral Resource within the cutbacks or practical pit designs is tracked so that it can be excluded from the Mineral Reserve to be published. Tonnage and grade factors and mining parameters are applied in SPRYTM to provide detailed mining production, ore tonnes and metal delivered to the run of mine stockpiles. To assist the sequencing of the Mineral Reserve sources, cash cost per recovered ounce for each cutback or pit was calculated and ranked from lowest to highest. To maximise the return on investment, cutbacks with the lowest cash cost (or in other words highest cash margins) are excavated first. Other considerations were: • Target range of volumes moved per annum matched to the heavy mining fleet capacity, • Satellite haulage capacity, and • Practical bench turnover rate. This sequencing is totally independent of any sequencing information obtained from the nested pits in Whittle. The ore treatment scheduling philosophy is that the higher grade, lower stripping ratio ore is preferentially treated, whilst the lower grade and marginal ore material is stockpiled for later treatment. From its very definition, marginal ore is treated at the end of mine life after all mining has stopped, i.e., under a much- reduced cost structure. Underground The current and proposed mining methods for underground operations at Geita are well proven mining techniques that do not introduce unknown risks to people, equipment, and the environment; and are mining methods adopted in other underground mining operations in Tanzania, and globally. At Geita, a combination of longitudinal and transverse stoping methods are used. The main underground mining activities include horizontal development, vertical development, production and grade control drilling, production blasting, bogging, and hauling, and all associated works required as part of the mining cycle. The advantages of this mining method include: • Less upfront capital with balanced development and stoping schedules, • Ability to access high-grade ore located at the top of the orebody during the early stages of the production schedule, • Rapid payback period due to early access to ore, • Provides flexibility through grade control, and then drill and blast techniques to define the ore boundary on each production level; and • Development ahead of mining for underground Mineral Resource conversion and extensional exploration drilling. Transverse longhole stoping is a bulk mining method in which the long axis of the stope and access drives are perpendicular to the strike of the orebody. Transverse longhole stoping is more favourable to longitudinal stoping in areas of increased ore thickness. Transverse longhole stoping is also used where the rock mass quality of the hanging wall limits the length of the stope strike length. Transverse open stope mining method with a variant of top-down and bottom-up mining sequence is used for primary and secondary stope mining respectively. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 58 Rockfill are used for stability support of primary and secondary stopes, respectively, in addition to cable bolting the sub-panel backs and hanging walls. At Nyankanga, Cemented Aggregate Fill (CAF) is used to fill primary stopes. A minimum crown pillar thickness from the base of the pit to the stopes was evaluated at 63m, with a minimum standoff of 25m of the stopes from the pit walls. However, due to the shallow dipping nature of the orebody, all planned stopes do not lie directly below the pit bottom. At Star and Comet (SC), the orebody is structurally controlled and sub-vertically dipping with a northwest- southeast strike. Orebody width varies from about 5m is generally less than 20m. The rock mass is competent and slightly blocky to massive. Ground stability is controlled by localised poor rock mass conditions associated with sub-vertical dyke contacts and faults; and interaction of steep dipping mineralisation controlling thrusts with the stope excavations. longitudinal longhole methods operate parallel to the strike of the orebody. longitudinal longhole stoping is more favourable to transverse stoping in areas where ore thickness is narrower. Longitudinal methods are used where the rock mass quality of the hanging wall rock is competent enough to allow the development of greater stope strike lengths. The resulting open stopes are supported using a combination of vertical (rib) pillars and horizontal (sill) pillars to achieve local and regional stability. Rib pillars are generally used to provide stope stability for thicker ore bodies while sill pillars are used to provide stope stability for thinner ore bodies. An inverted V mining advance shape is employed to manage regional stability. A minimum crown pillar thickness from the base of the pit to the stopes was evaluated at 25m, with a minimum standoff of 15m of the stopes from the pit walls. At Nyankanga (NY), the orebody is structurally controlled and shallow dipping to the north. Orebody width varies from about 10m to over 50m. The rock mass is moderately competent and generally blocky to very blocky. Ground stability at Nyankanga is controlled by poor rock mass conditions associated with Iyoda shears, shallow dipping thrusts and fault contacts; and interaction of shallow north dipping thrusts and fault contacts with trending NW-SE subvertical shears, veins and joints that tend to form blocks that can be released from stope backs and hanging walls. At strategic positions cover holes are drilled serving a dual purpose to validate the presence of water bearing structures/bodies and geotechnical rock conditions. The information derived from these holes guide further development plans and execution. The cover drilling is carried out at all underground operations ahead of 'blind' development zones supervised by the geotechnical section, to check for structure ahead of development, water, and voids. Underground water intersections from drilling are reported to and monitored by the hydrogeology and geotech departments, who are advise on appropriate water management strategies (i.e., whether to grout or plug drillholes or to allow drillholes to self-drain into the underground sumps). Water and void intersections encountered during exploration drilling follow the same procedure. Typically, the majority of water-bearing structures intersected are left open and drain with time, requiring minimal intervention. Depending on operational requirements, development plans and sump infrastructure some water intersections are sealed using a Van Ruth plug, which is removed once development has proceeded to allow gravity drainage. Overall, the preferred method to minimise piezometric pressure build-up in and around underground workings. For the underground schedule a combination of Mineable Stope Optimiser (MSO) and Stope Notes (SN) are used to generate Mineral Reserve estimates. The MSO process is run using DatamineTM mine planning software and is the underground optimisation equivalent of the open pit Whittle optimisation and is widely recognised as the industry-standard software tool for generating stope optimisation shapes. A SN is an AngloGold Ashanti approved method for creating signed off stope notes. All relevant geological, geotechnical, hydrogeological, ventilation, equipment type, and mining rates are factored into the design and schedules. Ore tonnes are planned at 996ktpa and 1,212ktpa at Star and Comet and Nyankanga resulting in a combined underground mined ounces profile of 250Kozpa. To sustainably mine the required ounce profile and create Mineral Reserve development rates of 4,800mpa and 6,000mpa for Star and Comet and Nyankanga respectively are required, where these include capital development and operation development headings with capital development contributing 60%. Mining Dilution and Recovery are mainly affected by the geotechnical structures, the methods of mining AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 59 have been adapted to safely operate within the geotechnical constraints to minimise dilution and recovery losses. The economic stable mining shapes are designed to include dilution that would otherwise create unsafe working conditions. The unplanned dilution and recovery factors depend on the mining methods used, values of 10% and 95% for dilution and mining recovery respectively are applied to stable shape designs. For stopes that that were derived from MSO, higher factors are assigned, and this is to allow for the geotechnical structures. Underground grade control (GC) forms an integral part of any mining operation being a precursor to any stoping activity. GC Drilling is conducted at a 10x10 optimal fan drilling pattern from the ore drives using specialised underground RC drill rigs, and minor DD. In addition, face sampling is done at every cut (nominally 4m). The information gathered from the GC drill sampling are used to create the GC models that the mine planners use for final stope designs. Geita underground staff include the following departments, mining and technical services, geology and exploration, infrastructure, engineering and reliability and site support for security, health, safety, environment and training (HSET), finance, supply chain and human resources. Mining personnel distribution depends on the operating model. • Owner operated (Star and Comet) • Expats 16 • Staff 132 • Operators 240 Contractor Operated (Nyankanga) • Expats 192 • Staff 8 • Operators 72 Mining production rates and grades are aligned with the strategic objectives of Geita, aiming to consistently produce 500koz per annum. The process plant is designed to treat approximately 5.2 million tons of sulphide ore per annum. The instantaneous plant throughput is around 680tph, and the mill availability and utilisation are about 96% and 94% respectively. Ore from open pit and underground sources are placed and blended on the ROM stockpile (SP) to achieve the desired feed grade blend. The following items form part of the main elements of the combined open pit and underground LOM plan: i) Capital constraints across the whole business meant that the mining volume movement had to be matched to the current aging fleet and its retirement schedule. ii) Mining production operations commenced in Nyamulilima the first half of Y2021. During the next three years, the mine will focus on Nyamulilima for open pit operation while underground will exploit Nyamulilima Block 1,2,3,4 and 5 and Star and Comet 2 and 3 for Mineral Reserve. iii) The mine continues with the cash conservation approach that implies reduced stripping levels and increased depletion of ore from existing ore stockpiles. iv) The marginal Mineral Reserve currently on stockpiles and direct from the pits will form part of the feed from 2022 onwards because the annual run of mine Full Grade Ore (FGO) is not adequate to fill the plant capacity of 5Mt pa. v) The gold production profile will increase gradually in the next three years to reach above 500Koz per annum in the next 4 years. The Nyamulilima pit and its push backs remain the backbone of the mine over current LOM. The pit has ore of higher grades, higher tonnages, and higher plant recovery than the rest of the pits. Therefore, it is of strategic importance that the ore supply from this pit flows constantly. vi) LOM scheduling was done using SPRYTM software, as a manual block by block scheduler, to produce material movements, equipment usage and an input into the processing plant schedule, budget system and financial models. Safety is AGAs first value, all economic extraction activities are planned and executed with this value in mind. Geita is compliant with ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 Standards. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 60 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling Mine scheduling strategies The guiding strategy is to develop the new Nyamulilima Pit and together with underground ore sources feed the plant. Any shortfalls in ore supply required to fill the plant will be supplemented by marginal ore stockpiles. Open pit stripping strategy This pit will require massive waste stripping ahead of ore mining. Substantial volumes of ore will be mined in 2022 and with forward stripping in 2022 will start to give relatively high ore tonnages going forward reaching bottleneck in 2025. Hence it is important that there is steady stream of ore supplied to the processing plant from this pit. Waste rock dump strategy A dedicated waste dumping schedule will be enhanced in Geita’s BP2022. The designs incorporate Potential Acid Forming/Non-Acid Forming (PAF/NAF) classifications, and these designs are converted to block models to calculate volumes and to have as models to fill for scheduling packages. Optimisation of the current fleet and waste dumping strategy based on the BP 2022 plan is enhanced. The waste dumping strategy is all about encapsulation of the PAF material. Nyamulilima WD17 waste dump is under construction while there is effort to include an additional lift on the existing WD16. Stockpile strategy Gold bearing material from the pit has three destinations namely, full grade ore stockpiles (ROM pad), marginal and mineralised waste stockpiles. The marginal and mineralised stockpiles need clear demarcation and regular volume and grade balances. Marginal ore will be stockpiled preferably close to the ROM pad and treated at the end of mines life and at any time when the full grade ore cannot fill up the plant. The plan will also strive to maintain at the ROM pad full grade ore tonnages equivalent 2 to 3 months of production at the planned feed grade. This is to enable smooth blending, manage the possible risks that can cause disruptions to pit operations (floods, small scale wall or ramp failures) as well as enable unhurried, carefully thought out and safe excavation of the pits. Stockpiles is an inherent part of a gold mine with different feed sources (especially if they all have different effects on the plant), high variability of grades in the model, pits, and pushbacks at various stages (pre-stripping, waste stripping and ore mining) and the mine striving to produce a certain target at a certain margin. By creating a stable feed and treating the higher grade at a stable enough high production rate, NPV is maximised under stable conditions. Blending strategy The blending strategy was established to ensure stable hardness, recovery, and grade blend to stabilise operations. Since the inception of the Star and Comet underground, it has been discovered that the blend of Geita Hill and Star and Comet material does not yield good recoveries because of pyrrhotite (iron sulphide) in the Star and Comet Cut 3 material, and the silver in Geita Hill material. There is also excessive consumption of reagents from the Geita Hill and Star and Comet blend. However, a better recovery is achieved from a blend of Nyankanga and Star and Comet material. Current practice is that before the Nyankanga and Star and Comet blend, the plant needs to run with only Nyankanga material for 24 hours before the new blend can be introduced. Geita Hill ore is similar, where Geita Hill ore maintains good recoveries when blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. The feeding of Star and Comet alone remains a challenge in the plant because of the mineralogy of the material. The excessive consumption of cyanide, lead nitrate and oxygen can result in low recoveries, of 88%. Star and Comet sulphide ore is also very hard and can result lower throughputs. In response Star

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 61 and Comet ore is limited to 30% of the plant feed blend at any time to manage both lower metallurgical recoveries and throughput relating to ore hardness. Star and Comet ore is only blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. Geita Hill ore is fed to a maximum of 35% with only Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. Oxide material, currently being mined from Nyamulilima, is limited to 35% of the blend. The oxide material poses major handling challenges, during the wet season, where high moisture in the oxide results in clogging and blocking of the crusher. This is managed by reducing the oxide blend where high moisture is encountered in saturated, oxide ores. There are two distinct sequencing patterns for the various mining methods, including transverse primary and secondary stoping and longitudinal retreat stoping. The transverse primary and secondary sequencing concept is that primary stopes mine from hanging wall to footwall on a top-down mining sequence with a vertical height not exceeding 50m. The secondary stopes follow a bottom-up approach, this is achieved by placing rockfill in the bottom stope before the next stope above can be mined. A secondary stope cannot start mining until the primary stopes on either side have been mined and filled with cemented aggregate fill (CAF). Regional pillars are required in areas of high stress. Access development is via portals in the open pit. Major development infrastructure is placed in the footwall side of the orebody with ore drives (OD) placed parallel to the transverse stopes, stopes are placed 25m apart. Hanging wall drives (HWD) connect the ODs with the foot wall drives (FWD) effectively forming multiple access points. Declines are spiralled as far as practically possible with longer straight sections strategically placed to maintain the optimal weighted strike per production level as it connects the production levels that are spaced 25m vertically apart. Longitudinal retreat stoping is used as the extraction method to mine the narrower stopes retreating from the furthest extent of the economical stopes back towards the cross cut. Access development is also via portals in the open pit. Major development infrastructure is placed in the footwall side of the orebody. Declines are spiralled as far as practically possible with longer straight sections strategically placed to maintain the optimal weighted strike per production level as it connects to the cross cuts that are spaced 25m vertically apart. Cross cuts are placed in the middle of the strike as far as practically possible to allow for dual mining horizons per level. Rib and sill pillars are required to stabilise the ore body to ensure safe stable mining extraction. All underground mines at Geita Gold Mine are ventilated by both primary and secondary ventilation systems. Ventilation requirements are modelled using VentsimTM software to ensure all working areas have adequate ventilation for both personnel and diesel equipment. Geita provides mine ventilation designs that support best practice and good quality air to ensure the health and safety of mine workers as well as providing a suitable atmosphere for the safe and effective operation of mining plant and equipment. The primary ventilation system utilises the decline as the fresh air intake, with a system of inter- level rises forming the return air circuit, exhausting the return air through the vent rises into the atmosphere. This system of rises provides the exhaust ventilation circuit for the mine development, preventing recirculation of contaminated mine air. The primary exhaust system is ventilated using dedicated primary fans, located at the top of the vent rises. Secondary ventilation is provided by underground secondary fans and ventilation ducting. Secondary fans are mounted in the main decline or incline development, drawing in fresh air, which will force fresh air to the working face via the ventilation duct. The ducting is extended periodically as the development advances and shifted to the new mine areas as they are developed. 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel The proposed continuous shift durations for mining activities are twelve (12) hour shifts for all personnel working underground and twelve (12) hour shifts for those working on the surface. A 4 day on 4 day off cycle is adopted for all personnel who operate machines with exception of the expat operators that work rosters of 9 weeks on 3 weeks off, having 2 rest days per week. Technical staff work normal week hours. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 62 Open Pit The conventional truck and shovel open pit mining method is used for extraction. Normal drilling and blasting operations are carried out on both ore and waste material. Mining equipment utilised for Nyamulilima Pit mining is RH 170 excavator with 18m3 bucket capacity along with CAT 785 truck types which are of 150t capacity. Drilling and blasting operation are conducted by utilising DML of 203mm hole diameter for production drilling activities and D65 of 127mm hole diameter for presplit activities for wall stabilisation. There are 62 Machines available on site, grouped by type, number and capacities below: • 2 x 6 cubic m Excavators (RH40) • 4 x 20 cubic m Excavators (RH170, RH170E) • 1 x 28 cubic m Excavators (RH340) • 2 x 5 cubic m Front End Loaders (Caterpillar 966) • 1 x 9 cubic m Front End Loaders (Caterpillar 990) • 3 x 12 cubic m Front End Loaders (Caterpillar 992K) • 6 x 100t Haul trucks (Caterpillar 777D) • 23 x 150t Haul trucks (Caterpillar 785C) • 5 x 240t Haul trucks (Terex MT4400) • 5 x Dozers (Caterpillar D10T) • 2 x Wheel Dozers (Caterpillar 834H) • 3 x Graders (Caterpillar 16H) • 3 x Water trucks (Caterpillar 777WC) • 3 x Support equipment (Caterpillar 336) Operational targets are set for daily, weekly, and monthly reporting. Operational targets vary by month depending on the available Mineral Resource per month, per week. For example, December 2021 open pit total movement targets are 36,078bcm, 275,935 bcm and 1,422,236 bcm for daily, weekly, and monthly respectively. Stripping ratios also vary on daily, weekly, and monthly depending on the areas planned to be mined, location of ore in the bench as well as positioning of excavators. For example, December 2021 planned stripping ratios for December 2021 are 24.15, 15.24 and 21.19 for daily, weekly, and monthly respectively. Work force available supporting mining operations, include, • Mining Underground 187 • Mining Open Pit 299 • Engineering 476 • Process 261 • Geology 197 Nyamulilima utilises a total of 3 drill rigs, 2 x DML with 203mm drill bit diameter for production drilling and 1 x D65 with 127mm drill bit diameter for presplit drilling. There are 2 x MMU charging trucks from Orica. Underground Star and Comet, Nyankanga, and Geita Hill underground operations will all be using the same standardised fleet of equipment. This has advantages for training, maintenance, and operation for all personnel at GGM. Equipment selection is aimed to achieve productivity, better safety performance and improved project economics. The underground fleet equipment includes twin boom jumbo drills, long-hole drill rigs, load- haul-dump (LHDs) and low-profile haul trucks as the primary mining fleet. Electric powered Sandvik DD420-60C jumbos are used for all development and ground support installation. Diesel powered Caterpillar R2900G loaders are the primary loaders used for the extraction of ore and waste. These loaders are used to load waste and ore onto trucks for transportation to the designated dumping areas. Diesel powered Caterpillar AD60 underground haul trucks are used as the primary haul and dump units for both waste and ore. The waste will be transported and dumped in the current mined out open pit whilst the ore is transported to the ore stockpile locations on surface. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 63 A Volvo L120 IT will be used as a utility and support vehicle. Some units will be fitted with quick hitch and forks, as well as fork extensions. Light vehicles including single and dual cab Land Cruisers and two (2) personnel carrier will be mobilised for the Geita Hill project. The LVs will be used for transportation into the mine and between the mine, workshop and camp. The personal carriers will be used to transport employees between their places of residence and work. The safety requirements for all light vehicles carrying passengers into the mine will follow the AngloGold Ashanti CAR Region Safe transportation of personnel guideline (AGTE 20.7.2). The equipment selection has been based on the rates that can be achieved in industry benchmark for each piece of equipment required. This is derived from the mining schedule and the unit rate for each piece of equipment. The table that follows summarises the benchmarked rates for each development and production machine required underground. There are 42 x Machines available on site, grouped by type, number and capability per machine below, Star and Comet Operation: • 2 x Jumbo drills capable of 300 m/month • 2 x Longhole drills capable of 5700 m/month • 3 x Tele Remote Loaders capable of 27,820 t/month • 2 x Conventual Loaders capable of 36,380 t/month • 5 x Trucks capable of 53,914 tkm • 2 x Charge wagons • 4 x Integrated Tool carriers Nyankanga Operation: • 4 x Jumbo drills capable of 300m/month • 2 x Longhole drills capable of 5,700m/month • 3 x Tele Remote Loaders capable of 27,820t/month • 2 x Conventual Loaders capable of 36,380t/month • 5 x Trucks capable of 53,914tkm • 3 x Charge wagons • 3 x Integrated Tool carriers The estimated peak manpower required for the underground operations is 660 persons. 13.3 Final mine outline Geita is an operating mine adequately equipped with all the facilities and infrastructure to safely maintain the production profiles. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 64 Geita Gold Mine Site Map 14 Processing and recovery methods The Geita processing plant treats ROM ore from underground and open pit mining operations through a Carbon in Leach (CIL) processing plant. ROM ore from the various mining operations is blended to achieve the desired grade and recovery before feeding the plant. Current ore sources include: Nyankanga (underground and open pit), Geita Hill (underground and open pit), Star and Comet (underground), and Nyamulilima (open pit). Approximately 80% of the gold is recovered through the CIL process with the balance of 20% recovered through the gravity concentration circuit. These proportions will vary depending on the source and characteristics of ore fed into the plant. The process plant is designed to treat approximately 5.2Mpta of sulphide ore per annum. The instantaneous plant throughput is around 680tph, and the mill availability and utilisation are about 96% and 94% respectively. Extensive metallurgical test work is conducted on all ore types and blends to optimise the metallurgical parameters for maximum gold recovery and optimal reagents consumptions. The optimum grind size for the CIL circuit is 80% passing 106µm. Gold recovery varies according to the type of ore blend fed into the plant; however, it ranges between 88% and 92% for sulphide ore – Star and Comet, Geita Hill at the lower end of the range, and Nyankanga, Nyamulilima ores at the higher end of the range), and up to 95% for Nyamulilima oxide ore. Processing starts with crushing through a three-stage crushing circuit. Mined ore is delivered to the ROM pad where it is temporarily stored before being blended and fed to the 42 x 70 primary gyratory crusher, using dump trucks and front-end loaders. The primary crusher is operated at a closed side setting of 120mm. The primary crushed product is screened to remove +120mm size fraction which is either fed to the secondary crusher or sent directly to the fine ore stockpile. The -120mm fraction is screened again in the tertiary screen to remove the -40mm (to the fine ore stockpile) before feeding the two off tertiary crushers (CH600 Sandvik). The tertiary crushers are in closed circuit with one 40mm aperture double deck screen. The +40mm and - 120mm material from the tertiary screen is delivered to the tertiary crusher. Products from both secondary

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 65 and tertiary crushers report to the double deck tertiary screen (closed circuit) which recovers the -40mm material as final product conveyed to the fine ore stockpile. The fine ore stockpile has a live capacity of 9,000 tonnes, and a total capacity of around 100 kt. Crushed ore from the fine ore stockpile is reclaimed by two hydraulically driven apron feeders to the mill feed conveyor which feeds the grinding circuit. Dry quicklime is added directly onto the mill feed conveyor to condition the ore for the leaching process. The grinding circuit is a two-stage milling process consisting of a SAG Mill in open circuit and a Ball mill in closed circuit with hydro-cyclones. Both mills are rated at 9.0MW individually. The SAG mill product is screen through a trommel which produces the oversize scats (pebbles) and the undersize mill product which reports to the mill discharge hopper. The scats product is recycled back to the SAG mill via a series of conveyors. The SAG mill product is combined with the ball mill product in the common mill discharge hopper where the two products are diluted using process water prior to cyclone classification. The cyclones include two primary clusters which produce the final product and two gravity (dewatering) clusters dedicated for the gravity circuit. The diluted mill discharge slurry is pumped to a distribution box which feeds the primary clusters and the gravity clusters. The cyclone overflow at about 40 w/w% solids (weight per weight percent) gravitate to the thickener via two trash screens for trash removal whilst the underflow gravitates to ball mill at 80 w/w% solids. The underflow from the gravity cluster feeds a scalping screen which removes and returns the +3mm particles to the SAG mill. Undersize from the scalping screen reports directly to the two off 52-inch Knelson concentrators. The Knelson concentrator is a centrifugal gravity concentrator that recovers free gold from the scalping screen underflow into a small mass concentrate suitable for treatment in the Acacia reactor by intensive cyanidation leaching process. The intensive leach reactor produces a highly concentrated gold solution which is pumped to an electrowinning cell where gold concentrate is plated before the smelting process. The tails stream from Knelson concentrator is gravity fed to the mill discharge hopper. Overflow from both the primary and gravity clusters gravitates to two linear trash screens (to remove trash and grit) before reporting to the 25m diameter high-rate thickener for solid-liquid separation. Flocculant is added to accelerate the settling rate of solid particles to the underflow stream. Thickened slurry at 52 w/w% solids as thickener underflow is pumped to the CIL circuit for the cyanidation process. The CIL circuit consists of two pre oxidation tanks and ten CIL tanks, each with a live capacity of 2,240m3. The slurry flows by gravity through the tanks which are interconnected by launders. Each tank has been fitted with a mechanical agitator for uniform slurry mixing. The ten CIL tanks are each fitted with two mechanically swept wedge wire screens (Kemix Screens) to retain the carbon. The pH is maintained around 10.5 for optimum cyanidation and cyanide stabilisation. Lead nitrate is added into the pre-oxidation tanks for gold recovery improvement. Oxygen is sparged through the agitator shafts for an optimal dissolved oxygen concentration. In addition, hydrogen peroxide is added to supplement the oxygen supply. Sodium cyanide solution is dosed in two stages to maintain the desired concentration for gold leaching process. The first dose is tank no. 03 (the first CIL stage) and the second one in tank no. 06. Regenerated and activated carbon is added in tank no.12 (last CIL stage) and advanced counter-current to the slurry flow until it reaches the first CIL tank (tank no. 03), where loaded carbon is recovered with slurry and pumped to the loaded carbon recovery screen. All parameters for the CIL operation are monitored and controlled by in line instruments for optimal metallurgical requirements. Two automatic samplers are installed before and after the CIL circuit to determine the CIL gold feed grade and the tails grade. Gold barren slurry (tailings) from the last CIL tank (tank 12) gravitates to the tailings hopper via the linear carbon safety screen where fine carbon is recovered for further treatment. Tailings slurry is pumped and safely stored at the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF). On the carbon recovery screen, slurry is washed off the loaded carbon through the screen underflow and gravitates back to the CIL tanks whilst the loaded carbon reports to the 14-ton acid wash column to commence the gold stripping processes. The acid wash process makes use of a dilute (3%) hydrochloric AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 66 acid to remove inorganic foulants from the carbon. After acid washing, the loaded carbon is hydraulically transferred to the elution column. Elution is by means of the AARL method using treated water (through the inline solution heaters and a heat exchanger) and sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) at high temperature and pressure. After desorbing, the gold from the surface of the carbon is transported in solution referred to as the pregnant solution which is directed to one of the pregnant solution tanks prior to electrowinning. After elution, carbon is re-activated in the regeneration kiln and recycled back to the CIL circuit through the carbon sizing screen. The pregnant solution is pumped through the electrowinning cells and recirculated back to the pregnant solution tank. Direct current is passed between stainless steel anodes and cathodes, which are covered with a fine stainless-steel mesh. Electrolysis causes the gold in solution to plate out on the cathodes. Seven cells are arranged in parallel, with an eighth cell dedicated to the gravity circuit. Electrowinning takes approximately 8 to 12 hours and continues until the solution leaving the electrowinning cells (barren solution) is depleted of gold. The barren solution is recycled back to either the strip solution tank or leaching circuit. Concentrate gold is washed off the cathodes, filtered and dried in electric ovens. The dried concentrate is then smelted and poured into bullion bars which are shipped to Rand Refinery in Johannesburg for further refining and sale. Bullion fineness ranges between 85% to 92% gold and 8% to 12% silver. Unit power consumption is currently 42kWh/ton on average which converts to approximately 18MWh per month. The existing Wartsila diesel power station has the required capacity to fulfil this demand. The water requirement for process is currently 1.6m3/t of ore treated. This equates to 564Mm3 of water per month. Half of the water supply is sourced from the water resources such as Lake Victoria and Nyankanga Dam and Lone Cone Pit. Total labour complement in the processing plant is approximately 265 employees including both operational and maintenance functions. The recent development of Nyamulilima pit has been going on quite well and has started delivering some medium-grade oxide ore into the plant. Treatment of oxides has continued without any major challenges except for material handling issues at the crusher resulting in frequent blockages. However, test work results indicate that although majority of the Nyamulilima sulphides can be treated without any major recovery issues, there were some very low recovery spots (up to 60% recovery) identified in the volcanoclastic rock type. Although mineralised ore from this rock type is small in volume, it has the potential to significantly affect total recoveries if not blended correctly. Overall base recovery for Nyamulilima sulphides has been set at 89% for planning purposes. Planning assumptions are based on extensive test work results which form part of the overall geometallurgical program. The test work program includes ore characterisation tests such as bond work index, abrasion index, hardness and also recovery test work such as bottle roll leach tests with reagent optimisation, optimum grind tests, mineralogy and solid-liquid separation tests. A large number of test work samples are required for the representativity of the test work. Majority of these are obtained from the grade control sampling and others are pure metallurgical testing samples. Majority of the test work is conducted on site whilst additional test work is conducted externally by certified laboratories abroad such as ALS in Australia and SGS in South Africa. On average, the onsite laboratory processes approximately 300 samples per month. Phase 1 of the test work program done during the development of Nyamulilima involved over 700 samples taken from various lithologies existing in the pit. A second phase of test work is currently ongoing and is aimed at better understanding the mineralogy and its relation to the lower recovery risks explained above. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 67 The base recovery assumptions used in the planning process are presented below. Oxide Transitional Sulphide (%) (%) (%) Nyankanga OP 95 94 92.7 Nyankanga - UGB4 91 Nyankanga - UGB5 90.3 Geita Hill 89.5 89.5 87.2 Lone Cone 89.2 88.9 86.1 Kukuluma 75.2 43.5 48.8 Matandani 84.4 52.7 47.1 Area 3 West 80.6 65.9 51.5 Chipaka 87.8 87.8 58.6 Nyamulilima 95 92 89 Star & Comet Open Pit 91.5 91 90.5 Star & Comet - UG Cut 2 88.3 Star & Comet - UG Cut 3 77.8 Selous 81.1 Ridge 8 85.1 82.4 90.8 The metallurgical process and flowsheet employed at Geita Gold Mine has been in operation for more than 20 years since commissioning and has been successfully tested and optimised over the years. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 68 Process flow chart

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 69 15 Infrastructure The Mineral Resource within the Geita SML is accessed from the existing road infrastructure. There are no anticipated impediments to the construction of new haul roads for open pit Mineral Resource. Access to underground Mineral Resource is assumed to be via mechanised mining methods and there are no anticipated impediments to developing the required underground access infrastructure. Extraction of the Mineral Resource will utilise existing administration, engineering, power and other utility and support infrastructure, upgraded or expanded where necessary. As part of the annual LOM process the following facilities and infrastructure need to be upgrade and or provided. • Tailings dam lift was completed in 2020. • A 36MW power plant was commissioned in July 2018 to cater for LOM power requirement. • Current waste dumps have sufficient capacity to accommodate all waste in the LOM plan. • Remnants of historical mining activities can be found on the property (underground mine shafts and surface workings) in various states of repair. Although remnants of the historical mining activities remain, the mine has been developed, with new facilities having been built to support the current mining and processing activities. • The key on-site surface and underground infrastructure at Geita include the following: • A 5.2Mtpa process plant. • Mine access and internal road network from the neighbouring Geita town. • TSF upgraded in 2013 and a recent lift completed in 2020. • Accommodation village for married and single staff and employees. • Administrative buildings, stores warehouses, laboratory, workshops for surface and underground equipment, security buildings, medical and emergency response facilities. • Fuel Storage. • Raw and process water containment and storage dams and water distribution network. • Communications and data transmission networks. • Airstrip. • Twin declines. All necessary logistics have been considered. Geita is a mature operation that has all necessary support infrastructure already in place. In the opinion of the QP, the infrastructure is adequate and has been, or is being, provided at Geita to support the anticipated production targets from both the open pit and the underground mine. 16 Market studies No by-products only gold declared at $1,200/oz as gold price for Mineral Reserve estimations provided by AngloGold Ashanti corporate office and are seen to be sound and reasonable. The primary product sold from the mining and beneficiation of ore at our operations, is gold doré. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold, is conformance to the loco London standard. Only gold that meets the LBMA’s Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a loco London contract. In the loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of an exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine ounce weight, purity and physical appearance. For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) – 430 fine troy ounces (max) • Purity / Fineness: Minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand fine gold • Appearance: Bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMA’s Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 70 and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. Annually, the gold prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve committee (RRSC). Two different prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. These prices are provided in local currencies and are calculated using the historic relationships between the USD gold price and the local currency gold price. The Mineral Resource price reflects the company’s upside view of the gold price and at the same time ensures that the Mineral Resource defined will meet the reasonable prospects for economic extraction requirement. Typically, the price is set closer to spot than the Mineral Reserve price and is designed to highlight any Mineral Resource that is likely to be mined should the gold price move above its current range. A margin is maintained between the Mineral Resource and ruling spot price, and this implies that Mineral Resource is economic at current prices but that it does not contribute sufficient margin to be in the current plans. The Mineral Reserve price provided is the base price used for mine planning. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The company uses a set of economic parameters to value its assets and Business plan, these economic parameters are set on a more regular basis and reflect the industry consensus for the next five years. These are generally higher than the Mineral Reserve price and enable more accurate short term financial planning. Finally, the company uses a fixed price to evaluate its project and set its hurdle rate. This price and the hurdle rate are set by the board and changed when indicated due to significant changes in the price of gold. The determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve prices are not based on a fixed average, but rather an informed decision made by looking at the trends in gold price. The gold prices and exchange rates determined are then presented to the RRSC for review, in the form of an economic assumptions proposal document once a year (generally the second quarter of the year). After review and approval by the committee, it is sent to AGA’s Executive Committee ("EXCO") for approval. The prices for copper, silver and molybdenum are determined using the same process used for gold. Major service contracts in place at Geita Gold Mine include: 1. African Underground Mining Services (AUMS) 2. Capital Mining Services (Tanzania) 3. Orica 4. African Assay Laboratories (SGS) African Underground Mining Services (AUMS) provide underground mining services (development and stoping) at Nyankanga and Geita Hill underground operations. Capital Mining Services (Tanzania) provide surface and underground grade control and exploration drilling and provide surface open pit production drilling for open pit blasting operations. Orica supply explosives to Geita Gold Mine and provide open pit and underground blasting services. African Assay Laboratories (SGS) provide onsite geological and metallurgical sample assaying services. All listed contracts are with unaffiliated third parties. 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting GGM operates under the SML granted on 27 August 1999. The license tenure is 25 years from the date of grant with the right to apply for renewal under the Mining Act. In 2004 a license enlargement was granted to include Nyamulilima area. Another extension was granted in 2009 to include an extension of the Geita Hill area. The SML covers a total area of 196.27 square kilometres. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 71 The SML was granted under the Mining Act of 1998. The law required an EIA report to accompany the application for the license. The first EIA study was done in 1998 to that end, in addition to company’s commitment to Environmental protection as a best practice. Over time, several EIAs were conducted for license enlargement and other projects in compliance with applicable Acts and regulations. The following is a list of EIAs conducted to date: • EIA for main Geita area (1998) • Supplementary EIA for Kukuluma and Matandani (1998) • EIA for Nyamulilima (2003) • EIA for relocation of air strip (2003) • EIA for Geita Hill (2005) • EIA for Star and Comet underground project (2016) • EIA for new power plant, Nyankanga and Geita Hill pits underground projects (2016) • EMP update (2016) • EIA for Nyamulilima open pit project (2021) • EIA for Installation of the new Incinerator (2021) Approximately 77% of the SML is within the Geita Forest Reserve. Geita has permission to carry out mining operations in the reserve from the Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism. Geita controls in place to comply with the Forest Act and regulations. Over and above, Geita closely works with Tanzania Forest Services (an agency under the Ministry) to manage the SML area falling within the forest reserve. In addition to the SML, Permission to Mine in the Geita Forest Reserve, and EIA certificates, Geita has all other environmental permits/licenses/approvals required for its operation in compliance with applicable legislation. These include, mining plan approval, water use permits, waste disposal facility, water discharge permits, chemical registration certificate, waste rock dump construction permits, change of mining method to underground operations, Permit to operate waste landfills, permit to operate a waste incinerator, registration of TSF, License to possess and use medical diagnostic x-ray equipment, petroleum consumer installation license, electricity own use generation license and registration of Nyankanga water dam. Controls are in place to ensure compliance with legal and other requirements, i.e., audits and inspections, legal register, evaluation of compliance. In addition, Geita is subject to regulatory audits and inspections. Over and above, Geita subscribes to ISO14001 and has managed to maintain a certification since 2001. 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management In Tanzania, Tailings Storage Facility is managed by the Water Resources Management Act, 2009 and the Dam safety regulations of 2013. In addition, the TSF management must comply with the Mining Act and the Environmental Management Acts, read together with their respective regulations. The TSF has been part of the EIA studies conducted. Water quality monitoring plans covers locations in and around the TSF. The TSF has been registered with the Ministry of Water in compliance with the Dam Safety regulations. In compliance with the same regulations, Geita has appointed an Approved Professional Person for management of the facility. Over and above, Geita is certified by the International Cyanide Management Institute (ICMI) for meeting the Cyanide code requirements. The TSF is part of the ICMI audit scope. Site monitoring and water management are covered in the approved Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The EMP is prepared to enable the company to comply with relevant legal requirements. The objectives of the water management plan include: • Prevent contamination of surface and groundwater, • optimise water use in mining and other activities, • minimise interference with natural drainage systems, • minimise impact on community water sources, • ensure availability of water for intended use in the area. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 72 17.3 Socio-economic impacts Geita is an operating mine and as such already has budget and programs in place to comply with legislated requirements. The Section 105 of the Written Laws (Miscellaneous Amendment) Act 2017 requires the Mineral rights holder to prepare a credible CSR Plan that considers social, economic, cultural, and environmental needs of the host community and in consultation with the Local Government Authorities. Geita complies with a Law requirement and the Company commits on annual basis to spend 0.7% of its total turnover on corporate social investment, estimated to about $4.7M. The funds are directed to financing of social infrastructure in education, health, water, environmental management, roads as well as small and medium enterprises. In addition to the social investment, Geita also plays a key role as a source of revenue for the Local Government Authorities. The Company pays a statutory local Government service levy at the rate of 0.3% equivalent to $3.4M to $3.6M of the net turn over to the LGAs (District and Town councils). From the time mining activities commenced, service levy fee was at a fixed amount of $200,000 per annum. However, it changed from September 2014, following renegotiation and amendment of the Mineral Development Agreement (MDA) between the Government and the Company resulting to payment of 0.3% of the Company gross turnover. At the time of this report, the extraction of the Mineral Reserve is not anticipated to have any additional socio-economic or cultural impact for which specific mitigations are required. For example, no relocation of communities, nor sensitive areas are required. Impacts from the current on-going operation of the mine are managed through dedicated budgets and teams and these operational costs are included in the Mineral Reserve estimation process. These ongoing programs includes Artisanal and small-scale mining and securing the tenement. Directed Security and restoration of the tenement vandalized areas and engaging with stakeholders for mutual benefit and building up trust. Understanding and responding to community socio-economic challenges, Geita Gold Mine allocated approximately. $4M/year to support Geita host Community and below areas are covered as required by AngloGold Ashanti. • Community Investment policies, • Art Culture and Heritage, • Social Infrastructure, • Small and Medium Enterprises (SME), • Health, • Environment. 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation In Tanzania, Mining Closure requirements are covered in the Mining Act, the Mining regulations, and the Mine Closure Guidelines. Geita has a mine closure plan (MCP) to guide closure activities. The current MCP was reviewed by the National Mine Closure Committee and approved by the Chief Inspector of Mines in April 2020. The AngloGold Ashanti’s GGM, Mine Closure Plan Volume 1, 2019 (MCP) covers Biophysical, Social and Human Resources closure. The Biophysical closure includes restoration and demolition plan over the life of mine. Progressive rehabilitation is carried out where disturbed areas are available for rehabilitation. The MCP is an active document which is updated on a regular basis. The Mine Closure Guidelines requires the MCP to be updated once in three years where the life of mine is more than three years, and annually where the life of mine is equal or less than three years. In addition, the associated closure liability estimate is updated on a quarterly basis. The estimated expenditure on rehabilitation outstanding and decommissioning as at December 2018 is $37.7M and $31.3M. These costs include restoration of all facilities and domains, decommissioning and demolition of all infrastructures, P&Gs at 6%, contingency at 10% and operational costs at closure. The total liability is estimated in Q4 2021 at $69M.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 73 Decommissioning cost of infrastructures that have potential post-mining uses (re-usable infrastructures) is estimated at $13.8M. Hence, total liability excluding re-usable infrastructure is $55.2M. This will form the basis of the bond to be posted by GGM. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans The plans in place are adequate. They cover everything needed for environmental compliance. Any new environmental concerns will be addressed as they arise. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring Geita Gold Mining Limited (GGML) complies with Tanzanian labour laws and adheres to ILO Conventions ratified by Tanzania and all other labour guidelines and international best HR practices in dealing with her employees. Strategic relations with employees are governed by: • The employment legislations regulating relationship at workplace. • Collective Bargaining Agreement between Geita Gold Mine management and the majority Trade Union. • Disciplinary Policy and Procedures. • Employee's engagements and communication. • A How We Work Program which is an internal AngloGold Ashanti based approach. GGM’s vision is to be the overall best mining employer in Tanzania in all employment aspects including, but not limited to: • Attraction and retention of critical human capital. • Occupational Health and Safety. • Employee’s development aimed at enhancing capabilities of Tanzanian employees to be able to deliver to their full potentials. • Labour Relations. • Compensation strategy. Our recruitment and selection process starts with the definition of each role description, advertising the position and choosing the most appropriate candidate for the job through a rigorous and objective interview and assessment processes. To date, Geita employs 97.5% Tanzanian Nationals while 2.5% being Non-Citizens. This is a very good ratio for a multinational entity; however, this attainment doesn’t stop Management efforts to build capabilities of local employees to run the mine in full. While the Company is yet to attain its desired level of women employment (currently only 12% of employees are female), several initiatives are in place to increase the level of diversity. We work very closely with the Association of Tanzania Employers through its Female Future program to enhance managerial and supervisory capabilities of Geita female employees. We implement affirmative actions to employ women when an opportunity arises. We have also increased female intake of our internship program, and this has helped us to increase the level to 12%. On Local Procurement, GGM is committed to empower local vendors by giving them preference over foreign vendors for goods and services that can be sourced in the local market. Geita complies with Local Content Regulations of 2018 and its 2019 amendments. All local vendors are given equal chance to Expressing their Interest to specified service or goods advertised in the Newspaper as per the Regulation 16 (2)(a). For the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) projects, Geita is using local vendors to supply goods and services required in the projects. Moreover, Geita is working very close with the Government to conduct capacity building program to the local business community to have knowledge and skills to participate in procurement processes. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 74 The statistics show positive increase on business awarded to local registered vendors as shown below: Percentage business awarded by year, • 2019 - 73%. • 2020 - 86%. • 2021 - 88%. 18 Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital and operating costs Stay in Business (SIB) Capital expenditure (CAPEX) was estimated on a zero-based basis from the Geita’s BP2022 9+3 LOM mining schedule and is estimated at $294M for the LOM plan. The CAPEX relates to relates to Ore Reserve development (ORD), surface and underground infrastructure and related development, mining fleet replacement, process infrastructure upgrades and other site SIB projects. Operating expenditure (OPEX) is estimated by a first principles budget process, applying known unit costs from mine contracts to physicals, and is estimated at $1,950M for the LOM plan. The average All in Costs (AIC) over the Mineral Reserve derived LOM plan equates to $1,113/oz. The total Mine Closure liability is included in the Processing Costs. The total liability is estimated in Q4 2021 at $69M. Decommissioning cost of infrastructures that have potential post-mining uses (re-usable infrastructures) is estimated at $13.8M. Hence, total liability excluding re-usable infrastructure is $55.2M. Operating Costs Item Unit Total LOM Operating costs Mining Cost USD M 967 Processing Cost USD M 550 General & Admin USD M 443 Other Operating Cost USD M 0 Total Operating costs USD M 1,950 Retrenchment USD M 30 Sustaining Capital USD M 294 18.2 Risk assessment The addition of Nyamulilima Cut 1 and 2 to the existing underground operations reduces the Mineral Reserve risk at Geita. The key is to have both open pit and underground operations onsite. Mitigating actions put in place focus on optimising the exploration and project plans to convert both surface and underground Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve. Other risks include, reduced underground production efficiencies when transitioning to owner mining in selected areas, ball mill and crusher plant integrity, and Mineral Resource conversion. An independent external Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken in 2019 and found no fatal flaws in process or output. The socio-economic impacts, political engagements and environmental concerns plans are well managed with Qualified Persons driving the outcomes and actions. The systems that have been put in place cover everything needed for the safe, effective, responsible governance of Geita. 19 Economic analysis 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods Business Plan for the Mineral Reserve 2021: • Gold price $1,200/oz real terms. • Royalties: 6% of gross gold revenue. • Service Levy: 0.3% of gross gold revenue. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 75 • Inspection and clearance fees: 1% of gross gold revenue. • Community Investment Spent:0.7% of gross gold revenue. • World Gold Council: 0.10% of gross gold revenue. • Income Tax: 30% gross gold revenue (as per current tax legislation). Cashflow and NPV calculations AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 76 19.2 Results of economic analysis The investment analysis received input for operating costs, capital expenditure, physical activity, tax and macro-economic assumptions from the technical functional areas involved in the project and from the corporate office. Over the LOM of the Mineral Reserve a DCF of $235M is achieved. The Cashflow per year is not optimal as a Mineral Reserve only schedule was not prepared hence the negative periods in 2025 and 2026. Cashflow The investment analysis received input for operating costs, capital expenditure, physical activity, tax and macro-economic assumptions from the technical functional areas involved in the project and from the corporate office. The economic evaluation results show: • NPV at WACC is $156.5M. • NPV5% is $190.7M. • NPV10% is $159.6M. • NPV15% is $137.2M. Net Present Value Inferred Mineral Resource was not included as part of the economic assessment. All Inferred tonnes reporting as part of Reserve estimation are due to partial inclusion in the smallest mining unit, 0g/t was assigned effectively discounting any Inferred Mineral Resource value.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 77 19.3 Sensitivity analysis The $1,200/oz Reserve estimation schedule was used for the sensitivity runs with the only variable being the gold price. Reserve sensitivities were run using $1,100/oz and $1,300/oz. At the lower price sensitivity of $1,100/oz Geita yields a positive NPV regardless of the discount rate selected. NPV Sensitivity 20 Adjacent properties There are no adjacent properties that have an important bearing on this report. No information is available for adjacent properties as there are no adjacent property owners. Geita is 100% owned by AngloGold Ashanti and all information used in Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates occurs within the current prospecting and site mining lease areas. No information in this report relates to adjacent properties. 21 Other relevant data and information 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource The inclusive Mineral Resource totals 90.5Mt at 2.83g/t for 8.23Moz at 31 December 2021. The Mineral Resource increased by 0.87Moz (10.9%) after depletion (0.56Moz) from 2020. The open pit Mineral Resource is 3.62Moz (44%), the underground Mineral Resource is 4.25Moz (52%) and 0.36Moz (4%) is contained in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is considered robust with high confidence Mineral Resource classification to support the Mineral Reserve and the LOM plan. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 78 Inclusive gold Mineral Resource Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t Tonnes Moz Area 3 West (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.39 2.55 1.01 0.03 Measured & Indicated 0.39 2.55 1.01 0.03 Inferred 0.00 2.02 0.01 0.00 Chipaka Measured - - - - Indicated 0.31 2.19 0.68 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.31 2.19 0.68 0.02 Inferred 0.45 2.45 1.10 0.04 Kalondwa Hill Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.47 3.91 1.83 0.06 Kukuluma (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.05 3.56 0.16 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.05 3.56 0.16 0.01 Inferred 0.02 2.28 0.05 0.00 Kukuluma (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.09 4.70 0.43 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.09 4.70 0.43 0.01 Inferred 0.02 4.88 0.12 0.00 Kukuluma (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.02 4.89 0.12 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.02 4.89 0.12 0.00 Inferred 0.36 4.06 1.47 0.05 Matandani (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.61 2 3.21 0.10 Measured & Indicated 1.61 2 3.21 0.10 Inferred 0.75 2.14 1.61 0.05 Matandani (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.06 3.39 0.20 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.06 3.39 0.20 0.01 Inferred 0.17 4.70 0.80 0.03 Matandani (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.07 3.49 0.26 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.07 3.49 0.26 0.01 Inferred 3.02 3.82 11.54 0.37 Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 Measured - - - - Indicated 31.08 2.24 69.71 2.24 Measured & Indicated 31.08 2.24 69.71 2.24 Inferred 9.41 1.82 17.15 0.55 Selous (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.47 2.06 0.97 0.03 Geita stockpile (full grade ore) Measured 0.70 1.88 1.31 0.04 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 0.70 1.88 1.31 0.04 Inferred - - - - Geita stockpile (marginal ore) Measured - - - - Indicated 9.61 0.87 8.36 0.27 Measured & Indicated 9.61 0.87 8.36 0.27 Inferred - - - - Geita stockpile (refractory ore) Measured - - - - AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 79 Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Measured & Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Inferred - - - - Geita Hill (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 1.81 3.73 6.74 0.22 Measured & Indicated 1.81 3.73 6.74 0.22 Inferred 1.13 4.01 4.54 0.15 Geita Hill (Underground) - East Measured - - - - Indicated 1.56 4.13 6.43 0.21 Measured & Indicated 1.56 4.13 6.43 0.21 Inferred 6.31 4.31 27.23 0.88 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.77 5.64 4.37 0.14 Measured & Indicated 0.77 5.64 4.37 0.14 Inferred 3.11 4.39 13.67 0.44 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 Measured 2.96 5.31 15.70 0.50 Indicated 3.03 4.18 12.67 0.41 Measured & Indicated 5.99 4.74 28.37 0.91 Inferred 1.66 3.54 5.87 0.19 Nyankanga (Underground) - Block 5 Measured 0.90 4.12 3.69 0.12 Indicated 0.83 3.27 2.70 0.09 Measured & Indicated 1.72 3.71 6.39 0.21 Inferred 0.36 2.38 0.85 0.03 Ridge 8 (Underground) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.69 4.84 3.36 0.11 Measured & Indicated 0.69 4.84 3.36 0.11 Inferred 2.36 4.72 11.16 0.36 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 2 Measured 0.74 3.60 2.68 0.09 Indicated 0.17 3.99 0.66 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.91 3.67 3.34 0.11 Inferred 0.13 3.83 0.51 0.02 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 3 Measured 1.23 4.73 5.84 0.19 Indicated 0.80 3.46 2.76 0.09 Measured & Indicated 2.03 4.23 8.59 0.28 Inferred 0.26 3.13 0.82 0.03 Total Measured 6.53 4.48 29.21 0.94 Indicated 53.51 2.34 125.39 4.03 Measured & Indicated 60.03 2.58 154.60 4.97 Inferred 30.48 3.32 101.29 3.26 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products Gold is the primary element mined at Geita. There are no other elements reported as by-products. 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products Gold is the primary element mined at Geita. There are no other elements reported as by-products. 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design With appropriate caution, a portion of the Inferred Mineral Resource was included in the business plan optimisation process. This accounts for 31% of the Mineral Reserve plan of six years. No Inferred Mineral Resource is considered in Mineral Reserve reporting. The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve conversion in the underground mines securing near-term ounces and increasing Mineral Resource confidence, in AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 80 conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects exploring for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. It is therefore the Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve conversion drilling that continues to convert lower confidence (Inferred) Mineral Resource into Indicated Mineral Resource approximately three years ahead of mining, ensuring only high confidence (Indicated/Measured) Mineral Resource is informing the short to medium term business LOM plan. Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design. Geita Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 million g/t Tonnes Moz Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2 and 3 9.37 1.82 17.10 0.55 Geita Hill (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 0.37 3.73 1.39 0.04 Geita Hill (Underground) - East 2.76 3.84 10.60 0.34 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 1 and 2 1.33 4.42 5.90 0.19 Nyankanga (Underground) - Blocks 3 and 4 0.40 2.99 1.19 0.04 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 2 0.07 2.80 0.19 0.01 Star and Comet (Underground) - Cut 3 0.01 2.07 0.03 0.00 Total 14.32 2.54 36.39 1.17 21.5 Additional relevant information The conversion from Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve follows the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (the SAMREC Code). The Qualified Persons are aware of the deposits considered for and included in the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The conversion from Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve follows the SAMREC code. The QP is aware of the deposits considered for and included in the Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti evaluates the conversion of Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource on an annual basis. An analysis for the Nyamulilima open pit shows conversion rates for the Nyamulilima open pit between 2019 and 2021. The Nyamulilima open pit inclusive Mineral Resource has grown from 0.41Moz in 2019 to 1.93Moz in 2020 to 2.79Moz in 2021. A maiden Mineral Reserve was declared of 0.99Moz in 2020 and increased to 1.67Moz Mineral Reserve in 2021, informed by Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. This demonstrates a strategy for conversion of open pit Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource. 0.5 g/t cut off Nyamulilima Open Pit 2019 2020 2021 Total Inferred To Indicated Remaining Inferred To Indicated Remaining Inferred Total Indicated oz (m) 0.79 0.78 0.18 0.14 0.06 0.92 % Yearly conversion 98% 76% 116% The current operations are supported by a LOM plan to 2029, with an annually updated, five-year exploration strategy in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.5Moz per annum). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource conversion in the underground mines securing near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects exploring for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 81 In the underground operations, exploration drilling is undertaken to extend the underground deposits down dip and along strike, with exploration drilling identifying extensions at a wide spacing with infill drilling converting the new zones to new Inferred Mineral Resource. The drill programs continue to convert Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource providing the opportunity to engineer new Mineral Reserve. This exploration drilling is typically occurring three years ahead of mining providing a continuous generation of new Mineral Resource and new Mineral Reserve, and thus supporting the LOM plan. 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) Damon Elder certificate of qualification As the author of the report entitled Geita, I hereby state: 1. My name is Damon Elder. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Resource. 2. My job title is: Senior Manager: Geology and Exploration 3. I am a member of the Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM 208240). I have BSc Hons (Geology) degree. 4. I have 25 years relevant experience. 5. I am a Qualified Person as defined in the SEC S-K 1300 Rule. 6. I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the Report that is not reflected in the Report, the omission of which would make the Report misleading. 7. I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. 8. I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd 9. I have read and understand the SEC S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. 10. I am an employee of the issuer, AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. 11. At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the Report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Report not misleading. Duan Campbell certificate of qualification As the author of the report entitled Geita, I hereby state: 1. My name is Duan Campbell. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Reserve. 2. My job title is: Technical Services Manager 3. I am a member of the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA Membership number 202101953). I have a BEng (Mining) degree. 4. I have 19 years relevant experience. 5. I am a Qualified Person as defined in the SEC S-K 1300 Rule. 6. I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the Report that is not reflected in the Report, the omission of which would make the Report misleading. 7. I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. 8. I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd 9. I have read and understand the SEC S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. 10. I am an employee in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Reserve. 11. At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the Report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Report not misleading. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 82 22 Interpretation and conclusions Geita holds a valid Special Mining License (SML45/99) which was awarded in 1999 and expires on 26 August 2024 and covers an area of approximately 196km2. In 2004 a license enlargement was granted to include Nyamulilima area. Another extension was granted in 2009 to include an extension of the Geita Hill area. The 31 December 2021 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are contained within this SML and Geita has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for mining and infrastructure. More recently, in 2016, Geita has been awarded underground rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for underground mining and infrastructure at Star and Comet and Nyankanga, and in 2020 for Geita Hill underground. Geita has several Prospecting Licenses (additional 120 square kilometres) which contain several exploration targets. All the deposits used in the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation are within the mine's SML area and the mine has permits for their exploitation. The SML expires 26 August 2024, and Geita will be engaging with the Government of the Republic of Tanzania to renegotiate existing development agreements and renewal of the SML from 2022 and concluding before expiry in August 2024. There were no changes to the SML boundaries and its term / duration during 2021. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership, in part or in whole, of the deposits that were used in estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve as of 31st December 2021. The inclusive Mineral Resource is estimated at 90.51Mt at 2.83g/t for 8.23Moz at end of 2021 and increased by 0.87Moz (10.9%) after depletion (0.56Moz) from 2020. The open pit Mineral Resource is 3.62Moz (44%), the underground Mineral Resource is 4.25Moz (52%) and 0.36Moz (4%) is contained in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is considered robust with high confidence classifications to support the Mineral Reserve and the LOM plan. The total Geita exclusive Mineral Resource is estimated at 60.1Mt at 2.76g/t for 5.33Moz, where the open pit exclusive Mineral Resource is 1.85Moz (35%), the underground exclusive Mineral Resource is 3.21Moz (54%) and 0.27Moz (1%) in stockpiles. A significant portion of the open pit exclusive Mineral Resource is informed by Nyamulilima open pit (1.03Moz), being Inferred Mineral Resource inside the final pit design (less than 5%), and all Mineral Resource outside the final pit design and inside the $1500/oz 2021 Mineral Resource price optimisation shell. The Kukuluma / Matandani Mineral Resource is 0.68Moz and several small open pit Mineral Resource total 0.15Moz (Kalondwa Hill, Chipaka, Selous) none of which have a Mineral Reserve. The underground exclusive Mineral Resource is informed by Geita Hill UG 1.45Moz (no Mineral Reserve), Nyankanga UG 1.07Moz, Ridge 8 0.47Moz (no Mineral Reserve), and Star and Comet UG 0.27Moz, all relating to Mineral Resource not in Mineral Reserve and in pillars not recovered. Stockpiles of 0.27Moz below Mineral Reserve cut-off and above Mineral Resource cut-off are exclusive, made up of low-grade (0.29Moz) and refractory ore (0.05Moz) stockpiles. The Geita Mineral Reserve is fully contained within the LOM plan. Stockpile Mineral Reserve is declared as Proven Mineral Reserve and mining Mineral Reserve is declared as Probable Mineral Reserve. The total Geita Mineral Reserve is 29.71Mt at 2.77g/t for 2.65Moz. Reconciliation of 2021 Mineral Reserve with 2020 Mineral Reserve shows a net increase of 309Koz mainly from exploration and model changes, primarily relating to the ongoing drilling for the Nyamulilima open pit during first half of 2021, and related Mineral Resource model update completed in October 2021. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 83 The Geita Mineral Reserve is derived from open pit, underground and stockpile ore sources with a 63%, 34% and 3% contribution in terms of ounces respectively. 2021 depletion represents depletion to 31 December 2021. Appropriate mining and processing modifying factors and a gold price of $1,200/oz were used to prepare the Mineral Reserve. The Geita process plant is crushing and milling approximately 5.2Mtpa and forecast to produce approximately 0.5Moz per annum over next five plus years. The current operations are supported by a LOM plan to 2029, with an annually updated, five-year exploration strategy in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.5Moz per annum). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM beyond 2029, with exploration drilling targeting Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve conversion in the underground mines securing near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration targeting underground extension for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects exploring for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. 23 Recommendations Exploration drilling and mining studies are scheduled to be completed in 2022 for Geita Hill underground operations, with the expectation that a maiden Mineral Reserve will be declared in 2022. The SML expires 26 August 2024, and Geita will be engaging with the Government of the Republic of Tanzania to renegotiate existing development agreements and renewal of the SML from 2022 and concluding before expiry in August 2024. Geita is scheduled to complete an external audit of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve in 2022. 24 References 24.1 References • Internal - AngloGold Ashanti’s Guidelines for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve, 2021 (Guidelines for Reporting) • Internal - AGA Economic Factors 2021 • Internal - AGA CAR Region Safe transportation of personnel guideline (AGTE 20.7.2) • Internal – AGA Geita Environmental Management Plan • Internal - AGA Sampling Guideline Rev 1.04 2019 • Internal - AGA Geita Cold Mine, Mine Closure Plan Volume 1, 2019 • International Society of Rock Mechanics’ Commission on Standardization of Laboratory and Field Tests (1978) 24.2 Mining terms All injury frequency rate: The total number of injuries and fatalities that occurs per million hours worked. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 84 Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility Study (FS): A Feasibility Study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A Feasibility Study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a Prefeasibility Study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 85 Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study and conceptual study): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 86 Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in-situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary Feasibility Study (Prefeasibility Study or PFS): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Project capital expenditure: Capital expenditure to either bring a new operation into production; to materially increase production capacity; or to materially extend the productive life of an asset. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: On 31 October 2018, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission adopted the amendment Subpart 1300 (17 CFR 229.1300) of Regulation S-K along with the amendments to related rules and guidance in order to modernise the property disclosure requirements for mining registrants under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Registrants engaged in mining operations must comply with the final rule amendments (Regulation S-K 1300) for the first fiscal year beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Accordingly, the Company is providing disclosure in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2021 and will continue to do so going forward. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. AngloGold Ashanti Geita - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 87 Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant Reliance in information provided by the registrant includes guidance from the annual update to the Guidelines for Reporting. This guideline is set out to ensure the reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve is consistently undertaken in a manner in accordance with AngloGold Ashanti’s business expectations and also in compliance with internationally accepted codes of practice adopted by AngloGold Ashanti. Included in this guideline is the price assumptions supplied by the Registrant which includes long-range commodity price and exchange rate forecasts. These are reviewed annually and are prepared in-house using a range of techniques including historic price averages. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The resultant plan is then valued at a higher business planning price. Gold price The following local prices of gold were used as a basis for estimation in the December 2021 declaration, unless otherwise stated: Local prices of gold Gold price Australia Brazil Argentina Colombia $/oz AUD/oz BRL/oz ARS/oz COP/oz 2021 Mineral Reserve(3) 1,200 1,633 6,182 134,452 3,849,000 2020 Mineral Reserve(2) 1,200 1,604 5,510 119,631 4,096,877 2021 Mineral Resource(1) 1,500 2,072 7,940 173,065 5,336,250 (1) Reported for the first time under Regulation S-K 1300. (2) Reported under Industry Guide 7. (3) Reported under Regulation S-K 1300.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 1 Technical Report Summary Obuasi A Life of Mine Summary Report Effective date: 31 December 2021 As required by § 229.601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti's Annual Report on Form 20-F pursuant to Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations (§ 229.1300 through § 229.1305). AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 2 Date and Signatures Page This report is effective as at 31 December 2021. Where the registrant (AngloGold Ashanti Limited) has relied on more than one Qualified Person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, the section(s) prepared by each qualified person has been clearly delineated. AngloGold Ashanti has recognised that in preparing this report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, when necessary, relied on information and input from others, including AngloGold Ashanti. As such, the table below lists the technical specialists who provided the relevant information and input, as necessary, to the Qualified Person to include in this Technical Report Summary. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Section 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this report. The registrant confirms it has obtained the written consent of each Qualified Person to the use of the person's name, or any quotation from, or summarisation of, the Technical Report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report. The written consent only pertains to the particular section(s) of the Technical Report Summary prepared by each Qualified Person. The written consent has been filed together with the Technical Report Summary exhibit and will be retained for as long as AngloGold Ashanti relies on the Qualified Person’s information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. MINERAL RESOURCE QUALIFIED PERSON Emmarentia Maritz Sections prepared: 1 - 11, 20 - 25 ________________ MINERAL RESERVE QUALIFIED PERSON Douglas Atanga Sections prepared: 1, 12-19, 21 - 25 ________________ Responsibility Technical Specialist ESTIMATION Kwadwo Sarpong EVALUATION QAQC Linda Acheampong EXPLORATION Raymond Trornu GEOLOGICAL MODEL Kwadwo Sarpong GEOLOGY QAQC Augustine Boachie GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Dawuda Konadu HYDROGEOLOGY Godwyll Quansah MINERAL RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION Linda Acheampong ENVIRONMENTAL AND PERMITTING Nixon Asante FINANCIAL MODEL Andrews Buadi INFRASTRUCTURE Awie Frey LEGAL Juliet Manteaw-Kutin METALLURGY Kwaku Buahin MINE PLANNING Douglas Atanga MINERAL RESERVE CLASSIFICATION Douglas Atanga /s/ Emmarentia Maritz /s/ Douglas Atanga AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 3 Consent of Qualified Person I, Emmarentia Maritz, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Obuasi Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Emmarentia Maritz /s/ Emmarentia Maritz AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 4 Consent of Qualified Person I, Douglas Atanga, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Obuasi Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Douglas Atanga /s/ Douglas Atanga

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 5 Contents 1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 8 1.1 Property description including mineral rights .................................................................................. 8 1.2 Ownership ..................................................................................................................................... 8 1.3 Geology and mineralisation ........................................................................................................... 9 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ........................................................................ 9 1.5 Mining methods ............................................................................................................................. 9 1.6 Mineral processing ......................................................................................................................... 9 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ....................................................................... 10 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates ............................................................................ 11 1.9 Permitting requirements ............................................................................................................... 11 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ........................................................................................... 11 2 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 12 2.1 Disclose registrant ....................................................................................................................... 12 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared .......... 12 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation ........................ 13 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections ............................................................................................. 13 2.5 Purpose of this report .................................................................................................................. 13 3 Property description ............................................................................................................................. 13 3.1 Location of the property ............................................................................................................... 13 3.2 Area of the property ..................................................................................................................... 15 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting ................................................ 15 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities ............................................................................................. 15 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................... 16 4.1 Property description ..................................................................................................................... 16 5 History ................................................................................................................................................. 16 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ..................................................................................... 18 6.1 Geological setting ........................................................................................................................ 18 6.2 Geological model and data density .............................................................................................. 19 6.3 Mineralisation .............................................................................................................................. 21 7 Exploration ........................................................................................................................................... 22 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................ 22 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing ................................................................................................... 23 7.3 Results ........................................................................................................................................ 24 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples ................................................................................... 24 7.5 Hydrogeology .............................................................................................................................. 25 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................ 31 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security ........................................................................................... 34 8.1 Sample preparation ..................................................................................................................... 34 8.2 Assay method and laboratory ...................................................................................................... 36 8.3 Sampling governance .................................................................................................................. 36 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance ........................................................................................ 37 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 6 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ...................................................................................... 40 9 Data verification ................................................................................................................................... 40 9.1 Data verification procedures ........................................................................................................ 40 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................ 40 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .............................................................................. 41 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ...................................................................................... 41 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing .................................................................................. 41 10.2 Laboratory and results ............................................................................................................... 41 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................ 42 11 Mineral Resource estimates ............................................................................................................... 43 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource . 43 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used...................................................................... 44 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty ........................................................................ 49 11.4 Mineral Resource summary ....................................................................................................... 52 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion ......................................................................................................... 53 12 Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................................................................. 53 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used...................................................................... 53 12.2 Cut-off grades ............................................................................................................................ 54 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty .......................................................................... 55 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary ......................................................................................................... 56 12.5 Qualified Person's opinion ......................................................................................................... 58 13 Mining methods ................................................................................................................................. 58 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling ...................................... 60 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ................................................................................ 65 13.3 Final mine outline ....................................................................................................................... 66 14 Processing and recovery methods ..................................................................................................... 66 15 Infrastructure ...................................................................................................................................... 68 16 Market studies ................................................................................................................................... 69 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups ............................................................................................................................................................... 70 17.1 Permitting .................................................................................................................................. 70 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management .... 70 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ............................................................................................................ 72 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation .................................................................................................... 72 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ........................................................... 73 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ............................................................... 73 18 Capital and operating costs ................................................................................................................ 73 18.1 Capital and operating costs ....................................................................................................... 73 18.2 Risk assessment........................................................................................................................ 77 19 Economic analysis ............................................................................................................................. 77 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods .............................................................................. 77 19.2 Results of economic analysis ..................................................................................................... 77 19.3 Sensitivity analysis ..................................................................................................................... 78 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 7 20 Adjacent properties ............................................................................................................................ 79 21 Other relevant data and information ................................................................................................... 79 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource ........................................................................................................ 79 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products .................................................................................... 81 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products ..................................................................................................... 81 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design .................................................... 81 21.5 Additional relevant information ................................................................................................... 81 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) ............................................................................................... 83 22 Interpretation and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 84 23 Recommendations ............................................................................................................................. 84 24 References ........................................................................................................................................ 84 24.1 References ................................................................................................................................ 84 24.2 Mining terms .............................................................................................................................. 86 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant ........................................................................... 89 List of Figures A schematic representation of the South Treatment Plant ...................................................................... 10 Map showing the location, infrastructure, and mining license area for Obuasi. ....................................... 14 Stratigraphic column for the southwest of Ghana (Perrouty et al, 2012) ................................................. 20 A typical S-N geological cross-section for Block 8 (X=13000mE) ........................................................... 21 Section showing the underground areas with the locations of drillholes, shafts, declines and development (in local grid) .......................................................................................................................................... 25 Rainfall and pumping .............................................................................................................................. 25 Underground water types for underground sampling points.................................................................... 27 Underground isotopic plots ..................................................................................................................... 27 Obuasi monitoring wells and infrastructure ............................................................................................. 30 Geotechnical logging/mapping data coverage within the mining blocks .................................................. 32 Example of Certified Reference Material SL-61 (2021) ........................................................................... 38 Example of Certified Reference Material SN-60 (2021) .......................................................................... 38 Coarse blank control chart for 2021 ........................................................................................................ 39 Pulp blank control chart for 2021 ............................................................................................................ 39 Obuasi inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface) ................................................. 48 Obuasi inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground) ......................................... 48 Example TOS design for Block 8L and LRS design for Block 11 ............................................................ 59 Obuasi in situ stress measurement locations.......................................................................................... 61 Relationship of Principal Stress with Depth ............................................................................................ 62 WASM AE stress measurements: pole plot ............................................................................................ 62 Obuasi mine outline................................................................................................................................ 66 Obuasi Mineral Reserve sensitivity on key value drivers ........................................................................ 79 A typical S-N vertical section (in local coordinates) for Block 1 comparing the 2020 gold grade estimates with the 2021 gold grade estimates for an area upgraded from Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource. 82 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 8 1 Executive Summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Obuasi Gold Mine (Obuasi) is owned and operated by AngloGold Ashanti Limited and is a production stage property. All required mineral rights to the property are held by the company. The mine is an underground operation, and it has been in operation since 1897 (more than 120 years). It has been owned and operated by AngloGold Ashanti since 2004. The mine is in the municipality of Obuasi, in the Ashanti region of Ghana, about 240km northwest of the capital Accra and 60km south of Kumasi. Obuasi has a long mining history dating back to 1897. It has been owned and operated by various operators during this time. The current operator became involved in 2004 following the merger of the former AngloGold Limited of South Africa and the Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited of Ghana. However, for several years leading up to 2014, the mine began to struggle due to ailing infrastructure and outdated methodologies. It was realised that significant rationalisation and/or replacement of current infrastructure would be necessary to enable the delivery of better utilisation and productivity metrics. In 2014, a Feasibility Study (FS) commenced that considered the optimum mining methodology and schedules for the underground mine, based on modern mechanised mining methods and refurbishment of underground, surface and process plant infrastructure. During this time, Obuasi operated in a limited operating phase with underground activities essentially restricted to continued development of the Obuasi deeps decline and underground infill drilling. The limited operating phase was brought to a halt after an incursion by illegal miners on Obuasi's concession in February 2016 at which point the mine was placed under care and maintenance. The study however continued and in 2016, a favourable FS was completed (the June 2016 Obuasi Optimised Feasibility Study; also referred to as the P300 study). The study indicated a strong technical and economical case with an anticipated 20-year life of mine (LOM). In 2018, approval was received from the AngloGold Ashanti board and the government of Ghana to proceed with the project. The redevelopment project kicked off in 2019. The Obuasi concession previously covered an area of 474km2 and had 80 communities within a 30km radius of the mine. This was reduced to 201km2 in March 2016 and subsequently reduced to 141.2km2 in January 2021. This 141.2km2 comprises of three mining leases including the Obuasi mining lease covering 87.5km2, the Binsere 1 mining lease covering 29.0km2 and the Binsere 2 mining lease covering 24.7km2. The Obuasi mining lease will expire on 4 March 2054 and the Binsere leases in April 2028. The leases are covered by a development agreement and tax concession agreement with the government of Ghana and all leases are renewable. The redevelopment project started in 2019 and underground development recommenced in 2019, with the first stope mined in October 2019 and first gold poured later that same year in December 2019. In 2020, production ramped up to 2,000 tons per day (tpd) and a further ramp up to 4,000tpd was planned for 2021. However, underground mining activities were voluntarily suspended following a sill pillar failure on 18 May 2021 which resulted in a fatality. A detailed review of the mining and ground management plans were initiated and conducted by a cross-functional internal team and supported by independent third-party, Australian Mining Consultants (AMC). Following this review, a comprehensive series of protocols were introduced to supplement existing operating procedures and underground ore mining resumed in October 2021. For the remainder of 2021, underground ore was used only to replenish the Run-of-Mine (ROM) stockpile. Gold production from underground ore sources was therefore expected to re-commence in January 2022. The safe production ramp up to the full mining rate of 4,000tpd is expected to be achieved by the end of the first half of the 2022. 1.2 Ownership Obuasi is owned by AngloGold Ashanti Limited. The mine is operated by AngloGold Ashanti Ghana Limited which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 9 1.3 Geology and mineralisation The mine is located within the Obuasi concession area in southwestern Ghana along the north-easterly striking Ashanti volcanic belt. The deposit is one of the most significant Proterozoic gold belts discovered to date. The Ashanti belt predominantly comprises sedimentary and mafic volcanic rocks and is the most prominent of the five Birimian Supergroup gold belts found in Ghana. The Birimian was deformed, metamorphosed, and intruded by syn- and post-tectonic granitoids during the Eburnean tectonothermal event around two billion years ago. Folding trends are dominantly north- northeast to northeast. Elongate syn-Birimian basins developed between the ridges of the Birimian system, and these were filled with the Tarkwaian molasse sediments made up primarily of conglomerates, quartzose and arkosic sandstones and minor shale units. Major faulting has taken place along the same trends. The Lower Birimian metasediments and metavolcanics are characterised and defined by argillaceous and fine to intermediate arenaceous rocks. These rocks are represented by phyllites, metasiltstones, metagreywackes, tuffaceous sediments, ash tuffs and hornstones in order of decreasing importance. Adjacent to the shear zones, these rocks are replaced by sericitic, chloritic and carbonaceous schists, which may be graphitic in places. Multiple lodes are a common feature. Mineralised shears are found in close proximity to the contact with harder metamorphosed and metasomatically altered intermediate-to basic Upper Birimian volcanics. The competency contrast between the harder metavolcanic rocks to the east and the more argillaceous rock to the west is thought to have formed a plane of weakness. During crustal movement, this plane became a zone of shearing and thrusting coeval with the compressional phases. Gold mineralisation is associated with, and occurs within, graphite-chlorite-sericite fault zones. These shear zones are commonly associated with pervasive silica, carbonate and sulphide hydrothermal alteration and occur in tightly folded Lower Birimian schists, phyllites, metagreywackes and tuffs, along the eastern limb of the Kumasi anticlinorium. Two main ore types are present, namely quartz vein and sulphide ore. The quartz vein type consists mainly of quartz with free gold in association with lesser amounts of various metal sulphides containing iron, zinc, lead and copper. This ore type is generally non-refractory. The sulphide ore type is characterised by the inclusion of gold in the crystal structure of arsenopyrite minerals. Higher gold grades tend to be associated with finer grained arsenopyrite crystals; the sulphide ore is generally highly refractory. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations Exploration, development, and operations recommenced during 2019 as part of the redevelopment project and production ramped up to 2,000tpd in 2020. These activities were temporarily halted in May 2021 due to the sill pillar failure incident. Development and exploration were gradually restarted again in August 2021 and underground ore mining steadily resumed in October 2021. 1.5 Mining methods Obuasi is an underground operation utilising both vertical shafts and declines as main access routes to the underground workings. The mine has seen extensive historical mining activities with varying applications of different mining methods to date. The current LOM design employs mostly the Long Hole Open Stoping (LHOS) mining method for ore extraction. LHOS is a highly selective and productive method of mining that can be employed for orebodies of varying thicknesses and dips. The three main distinct variations of the LHOS used at Obuasi are Longitudinal Retreat Stoping (LRS), Longitudinal Open Stoping (LOS), and Transverse Open Stoping (TOS). The Blind Upper Stoping (BUS) is a form of LRS or TOS used for partial sill pillar recovery. 1.6 Mineral processing The plant is configured for both conventional and flash flotation and BIOX™ treatment which is required for the refractory sulphide ore. The gravity gold recovery system also integrated with Knelson concentrators and Inline Leach Reactors (ILR). AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 10 A schematic representation of the South Treatment Plant 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates The exclusive Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the in situ component of the Mineral Reserve and includes that portion of the Mineral Resource which was not converted to Mineral Reserve. Further study and design, change in costs and/or gold price is required to develop economic extraction plans for the exclusive Mineral Resource. A large proportion of the exclusive Mineral Resource is Inferred Mineral Resource and will require drilling to upgrade its confidence. The exclusive Mineral Resource occurs in all areas but is mostly from underground sources. Anyinam and Gyabunsu-Sibi are surface sources (open pits), and they constitute about 1% of the total Mineral Resource. The remainder are underground sources, and the highest proportion is from Cote D'Or. However, there is no Mineral Reserve for Cote D'Or, Block 14 or the two open pits. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Measured 2.57 7.97 20.45 0.66 Indicated 25.81 7.04 181.57 5.84 Measured & Indicated 28.37 7.12 202.02 6.50 Inferred 50.15 7.47 374.66 12.05 The Mineral Reserve for Obuasi as of 31 December 2021 totals 30.80Mt at 8.34g/t for 8.26Moz, consisting of 4.73Mt at 7.79g/t for 1.19Moz Proven Mineral Reserve, and 26.07Mt at 8.45g/t for 7.08Moz Probable Mineral Reserve. The Obuasi Mineral Reserve estimate is based on the development of appropriately detailed and engineered LOM plan. The mine design and planning process incorporates realistic modifying factors and the use of appropriate cut-off grades for the individual mining Blocks and considers relevant geotechnical inputs and major equipment and infrastructure capacities. The 2021 Mineral Reserve was based on the review of the mine design on 2020 updated Block models for the southern mining blocks (Sansu, B8L, B10, B11, B1, and B2) and 2021 models for the northern blocks (Cote D'Or and Adansi). AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 11 The AngloGold Ashanti Corporate gold price of $1,200/oz was used in the Mineral Reserve estimates. The Mineral Reserve estimate is entirely from underground Mineral Resource with no surface potential included. Gold Mineral Reserve Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Proven 4.73 7.79 36.88 1.19 Probable 26.07 8.45 220.14 7.08 Total 30.80 8.34 257.02 8.26 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates The key capital cost expenditure relates to Mineral Reserve development (ORD), surface and underground infrastructure development, mining fleet replacement, process infrastructure upgrades and site process water improvement projects. Total capital cost is estimated at $1,427M. Non sustaining capital expenditure of about $174M is associated with the Obuasi Deeps Decline (ODD), Kwesi Mensah vent shaft (KMVS) development and the Obuasi phase 3 redevelopment project items. Mining costs are based on agreed rates with the mining contractor (UMA) and includes owner geology and mine technical costs. Mining cost averages about $79/t. However, this varies from block to block depending on location and mining method. Processing costs have been determined based on total material to be milled. Milling cost is estimated to be $42/tonne. General and administration costs are calculated based on per tonne milled. Closure cost is estimated at $255m. This is inclusive of a total security provision of $50.2m ($20.2m cash deposit and $30m bank guarantee). A royalty payable to the government of Ghana (GOG) of 3% of gold revenue is applied for a 10-year concession period. AngloGold Ashanti signed a tax and redevelopment agreement with the government of Ghana in 2017 and 2018 respectively. In these agreements, a royalty rate of 3% and corporate tax rate of 32.5% apply within a 10-year concession period. Beyond this concession period, standard rates of 5% and 35% apply for royalty and income tax respectively. An agreed schedule of input duties is applicable for an initial period of six years ending 31 December 2023. 1.9 Permitting requirements In terms of permitting requirements, there are currently no significant encumbrances and Obuasi holds valid mining leases and environmental permits for all projects planned under the Obuasi Redevelopment Project. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations Obuasi has been in operation since 1897 and all available, appropriate data has been used for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve compilation. This includes the geological and survey data collected over several decades prior to the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti Goldfields in 2004. The risk associated with the inclusion of this data has been mitigated by a comprehensive data validation project completed between 2015 and 2018 (for geological data) and by reduced Mineral Resource confidence (such as the downgrades of Indicated to Inferred Mineral Resource for Cote D'Or). The verification of historical survey data, used for depletion and sterilisation, is an ongoing project and will continue as areas become accessible and further infill drilling and verification work becomes possible. The Obuasi Mineral Reserve was derived from the complete LOM plan which is based on a full mine design review and production schedule. The mine design and production schedule have considered the required infrastructure and all relevant mining constraints to arrive at appropriate productivities. The mine plan is designed to optimise ounces produced as early as possible and with due regard to geotechnical considerations and available infrastructure. This is fundamentally in tandem with the Obuasi P300 FS which provided the basis for the project redevelopment. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 12 The key economic parameters including capital and operating costs have been considered in completing the Mineral Reserve estimates. These economic factors and costs have been reviewed and acceptably reflect the latest available information of the operations and are in line with best industry practices. All permitting requirements and regulatory approvals have been obtained for the operations and there are no outstanding permits that would cause a material impact on the Mineral Reserve estimate. A gold price of $1,200/oz used to represent the long-term price was provided by the AngloGold Ashanti Corporate office and group guidance and is seen to be sound and reasonable. The socio-economic and/or political factors in the local and general community are acceptably managed. The Obuasi sustainability department runs several community projects within its catchment area and there are regular engagements with community leaders. In the opinion of the QP, the Obuasi Mineral Reserve statement is sound, and the QP is not aware of any information that materially will affect the outcome of this work. 2 Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant This Technical Report Summary was prepared for the registrant, AngloGold Ashanti Limited. 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared The purpose of this Technical Report Summary is to report the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for Obuasi. Terms of reference are following AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve (hereinafter referred to as the Guidelines for Reporting) and based on public reporting requirements as per Regulation S-K 1300. Although the term Mineral Reserve is used throughout S-K 1300 and this document, it is recognised that the term Ore Reserve is synonymous with Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti uses Ore Reserve in its internal reporting. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report, as stipulated in Subpart 229.1300 and 1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. The qualified person must draft the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in§ 230.421 of this chapter. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of the Technical Report Summary: • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated • Unless otherwise stated, $ or dollar refers to United States dollars • Group and company are used interchangeably • Mine, operation, business unit and property are used interchangeably • Rounding off of numbers may result in computational discrepancies • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, content for gold to two decimals and copper, content with no decimals • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this report and all ounces are Troy ounces • Abbreviations used in this report: gold – Au • The reference co-ordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps / plans is latitude longitude geographic co-ordinates in various formats, or relevant Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 13 AngloGold Ashanti requires that the Mineral Reserve that is an outcome of the business planning process is generated at a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) level. 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation Sources of information include internal information generated as part of the mine’s business planning process (which is the overarching process to generate Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve at the operation) as well as various reports and publications (as cited in the reference section of this report). Most data used in preparation of this report comes from drilling and other non-drilling geological data collected over several decades by both the previous owners of the mine and AngloGold Ashanti (owners since 2004). A comprehensive data validation project was undertaken between 2015 and 2017 to improve the confidence in the historic data and to demonstrate that the database is an accurate representation of the data collected. 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections The QP for Mineral Resource and the QP for Mineral Reserve are both employed by AngloGold Ashanti Ghana Ltd and are based at the mine site. 2.5 Purpose of this report This is first time reporting of the Technical Report Summary for this operation. There are no previously filed Technical Report Summaries for this operation. Reporting in this Technical Report Summary is related to Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. 3 Property description 3.1 Location of the property Obuasi is in the municipality of Obuasi in the Ashanti region of Ghana, 260km northwest of the capital Accra and 60km south of Kumasi, the regional capital. The closest town is Obuasi (the mine is within 5km of the centre of town). Ghana is an English-speaking country in West Africa that is bounded by the Gulf of Guinea (Atlantic Ocean) to the south, and the countries of Ivory Coast, Burkina Faso and Togo to the west, north and east respectively. Ghana has a population of approximately 31 million people (worldometers info, 2019) and its capital is Accra which is located on the coast. Other major towns include Kumasi, Takoradi, and Obuasi. Ghana has two seaports, the largest at Tema (25km from Accra) which has 12 deep water berths, one oil tanker berth and is capable of supporting facilities for cargo traffic. Takoradi is the secondary port in Ghana but is still a major facility – handling most of the export traffic from Ghana. Ghana is divided into 16 administrative regions and 275 districts of which Obuasi is part of the Obuasi West district in the Ashanti Region. Ghana is a stable presidential constitutional democracy with multi-party politics that is dominated by two parties: the National Democratic Congress and the New Patriotic Party. Nana Akufo-Addo of the New Patriotic Party was elected and then appointed president of Ghana in 2017 and was re-elected president in 2020 (BBC News, December 2020). Ghana’s climate is tropical with two main seasons: a wet and a dry season with the south experiencing its wet season from March to mid-November. Ghana is a resource rich country and has significant gold mining, agricultural (coca) and oil resources. In 2020 Ghana produced 140 tonnes of gold making it the seventh largest gold producing country in the world, and the largest in Africa (Ghana Gold Production, CEIC Data, October 2020). Its 2020 estimated GDP is $73.6B with a per capita GDP of $8,343. Its currency is the Cedi which on the 31 of December 2021 had an exchange rate to the US dollar of 6.25:1. Ghana has an emerging economy however there is a rapid increase in the deficit and public debt and there are infrastructure challenges e.g., energy and transport. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 14 Map showing the location, infrastructure, and mining license area for Obuasi. The coordinates of the mine, as represented by the plant, are depicted on the map and are in the UTM co-ordinate system. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 15 3.2 Area of the property The current area of the property is 141.2km2. 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting The Constitution of Ghana as well as the Minerals and Mining Act, 2006 (Act 703) (GMM Act) provide that all minerals in Ghana in their natural state are the property of the state and title to them is vested in the President on behalf of and in trust for the people of Ghana, with rights of reconnaissance, prospecting, recovery, and associated land usage being granted under license or lease. The grant of a mining lease by the Ghana Minister of Lands and Natural Resources (LNR Minister) upon the advice of the Minerals Commission is subject to parliamentary ratification unless the mining lease falls into a class of transactions exempted by the Ghanaian Parliament. The LNR Minister has the power to object to a person becoming or remaining a controller of a company which has been granted a mining lease if the LNR Minister believes, on reasonable grounds, that the public interest would be prejudiced by the person concerned becoming or remaining such a controller. Except as otherwise provided in a specific mining lease, all immovable assets of the holder of a mining lease vest in the state upon termination, as does all moveable property that is fully depreciated for tax purposes. Moveable property that is not fully depreciated is to be offered to the state at the depreciated cost. A holder must exercise his rights subject to such limitations relating to surface rights as the LNR Minister may prescribe. The concession previously covered an area of 474km2 and had 80 communities within a 30km radius of the mine. This was reduced to the 201km2 in March 2016. in January 2021 a further reduction was approved by the Minister, bringing the total size of the lease to 141.2km2. The Obuasi Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are constrained within these mining leases and AngloGold Ashanti Ghana has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the mining license required for mining and infrastructure. Following the latest reduction of the lease area, Obuasi holds three mining leases including the Obuasi mining lease comprising 87.5m2, the Binsere 1 mining lease covering 29.0km2 and the Binsere 2 mining lease covering 24.7km2. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership in part, or in whole, of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The Obuasi mining lease will expire on 4 March 2054 and the Binsere 1 and 2 leases are valid until 8th April 2028. All the leases are renewable. In terms of existing agreements, Obuasi does not have a Joint Venture (JV) partner and is wholly owned by AngloGold Ashanti. There is no known heritage or environmental impediments over the leases and all required permits are in place. AngloGold Ashanti Ghana declared force majeure on 9 February 2016 with the incursion of Illegal mining activities on 5 February 2016 but law and order were restored with the arrival of the military and police in October 2016. The force majeure condition was lifted in mid-February 2017, and it is deemed that there is a low probability of this re-occurring. The Company has a security agreement with government in which the government has agreed to provide security for the mine especially against illegal mining. The tenure is secure at the time of reporting. Any future permits are reasonably expected to be granted and there are no known impediments to obtaining or retaining the right to operate in the area. There are no known legal proceedings that may influence the rights to prospect or mine. Obuasi has all governmental/statutory requirements and permits in place as required and future permits can be reasonably expected to be obtained. 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities Royalties are based on a sliding scale as covered by the tax concession agreement with the government of Ghana. The percentage rate payable is dependent on the gold price per ounce. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 16 The property is not owned or operated by any other party than the registrant. The AngloGold Ashanti closure planning standard and Ghanaian mining law require that the future risks and liabilities associated with closure are identified and managed appropriately to ensure that they are left in a condition which is safe, stable and minimises adverse impacts on people and the environment. Hence, rehabilitation and closure liabilities are considered and included in the mine closure costs and plans. The Company is required to post a reclamation bond based on approved work plan for reclamation. The estimated rehabilitation cost as per approved Environmental Impact Statement is $137.3 million. Out of the cost estimate, AngloGold Ashanti Ghana is required to post a reclamation bond of $50 million which is split into the cash deposit of $20 million currently held in an account with Stanbic Bank™ and a bank guarantee of $30 million (the Guarantee Amount). The bank guarantee is currently provided by Stanbic Bank and United Bank for Africa (UBA) in proportions of $20 million and $10 million respectively. 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1 Property description Obuasi is in the municipality of Obuasi in the Ashanti Region of Ghana. It is near Obuasi town, with a population of about 200 thousand people. The area has a rich mining history with good availability of mining personnel. The mine can be accessed by paved road network from Kumasi and by road or chartered air transport from the capital Accra. The topography of the Obuasi area is controlled by the strike of the Ashanti gold belt which results in a hill formation running in a northeast and southwest direction of the concession area for a length of 18km. The lowest and highest elevations of the entire concession area are respectively 50m and 540m above sea level with low-lying areas in the south, southwest and west of the concession. Topography does not affect mining activities. The climate in the region of the mine is defined as equatorial savannah and is characterised by high temperatures and humidity that remain relatively constant throughout the year. There are two well-defined wet seasons; the main wet season is between mid-March and the end of July, followed by a short wet season characterised by light rains between September and November. The wet seasons are separated by a relatively short, dry period in July and August, with the main dry season from December to March. The monthly average temperatures range from 24°C to 33°C, with February recorded as the hottest month. The average annual precipitation over the last 69-years is 1,600mm, with annual precipitation ranging from a minimum of 1,089mm to a maximum of 2,240mm. The operation is provided electricity by the national grid. There are also emergency diesel-powered generators available. The mine is permitted by the Water Resources Commission to extract water from the Jimi Dam and treated for domestic use, whilst underground water is extracted for operational use. The mine has sufficient land area for expansion of facilities such as tailings storage facilities (TSF) and waste dumps. Overall, the surface rights are deemed to be sufficient for the mining operations and it is deemed that none of the aforementioned conditions will impact significantly on mining activities (i.e., topography, access to the properly, climate and so forth). 5 History The Obuasi deposit was discovered in 1897 and has a long history of successful commercial gold production (over 120 years). It was owned by Ashanti Goldfields until the merger in 2004 with AngloGold to become AngloGold Ashanti. The historical ounce production from the mine is presented below. It is separated into tailings, open pit, underground or plant cleaning sources. The cleaning exercise was undertaken from 2015 to 2017 during the care and maintenance phase and the gold mainly came from carbon sludge. In total more than 30Moz has been produced from the deposit.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 17 Historical ounce production from 1897-2017 (koz) 1897- 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Tailings 767 42 44 31 32 41 36 34 34 Open pit 3,430 23 34 19 29 29 29 30 9 Underground 24,400 472 435 343 331 318 296 293 339 Plant cleaning - - - - - - - - - Total 28,597 537 513 393 391 387 360 357 381 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Total Proportion of Production (%) Tailings 18 0 - 4 24 - - - 1,106 3.3% Open pit 6 3 10 14 - - - - 3,665 11.0% Underground 293 309 270 221 148 - - - 28,467 85.5% Plant cleaning - - - - - 53 2 2 56 0.2% Total 317 313 280 239 172 53 2 2 33,293 100.0% In the years prior to 2014, the mine began to struggle due to ailing infrastructure and outdated methodologies. In November 2014, the mine decided to enter into a Limited Operating phase. At this time, a FS was initiated that aimed to determine more optimum mining methods and schedules based on modern mechanised mining methods and refurbishment of underground, surface, and process plant infrastructure. It was recognised that a significant rationalisation and/or replacement of current infrastructure was needed to enable the delivery of improved utilisation and productivity metrics. Following an incursion by illegal miners in February 2016, the mine was placed under care and maintenance. However, with law and order restored, the FS was finalised in March 2016, with a schedule for the potential restart of underground production. In 2018 approval was granted from the AngloGold Ashanti board and the Ghanaian government to redevelop the mine. The Obuasi redevelopment project commenced in 2019 and first gold was poured during December 2019. With the first gold pour, the reconciliation of produced grade and tonnage resumed. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates and performance statistics on actual production for 2020 and 2021 are presented below. Reconciliation of produced gold for 2020 and 2021 Year Reconciliation entity 2020 2021 Mineral Resource model (oz) 184,895 119,553 Grade control model (oz) 184,174 122,271 Percentage (%) 99.6 102.3 Year Reconciliation entity 2020 2021 Mining Feed (oz) 161,381 126,124 Plant Accounted (oz) 148,326 131,096 Percentage (%) 92 104 It is considered that the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are performing adequately. The Mineral Resource estimates are performing well against the grade control estimates. In 2020, the plant accounted for 92% of the mining feed and, in 2021, for 104%. The mining feed is based on the grade control model estimates. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 18 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting The Ashanti Region of Ghana, in which Obuasi is located, lies in the eastern margin of the Pre-Cambrian West African craton. This craton consists of Lower Proterozoic volcanic and flysch sediments which make up the Birimian system, overlain in part by the molasse sediments of the Middle Proterozoic Tarkwaian. The Ashanti belt is the most prominent of the five Birimian Supergroup gold belts found in Ghana and is a 300-km wrench fault system that propagated from Dixcove in the southwest to beyond Konongo in the north-east. The Paleoproterozoic rocks in the vicinity of Obuasi consist of volcano-sedimentary rocks of Birimian and Tarkwaian Series. The Birimian Series consists of the Sefwi group in the bottom of the stratigraphic column and the Kumasi group above it. These rocks are cut by voluminous intrusives, mostly granitoids of different ages. The Sefwi group forms the Lower Birimian Ashanti greenstone belt; and consists mostly of andesites and basalts interlayered with metasediments and gabbros (WAXI II, 2013). A syntectonic granitoid intrusion dated at 2,170Ma is being considered as a minimum age for the Sefwi group, while the maximum age of this group is still a matter of discussion. The Kumasi group contains mainly metaturbidites with graphitic interlayers and minor metavolcanics. Detrital and magmatic zircon geochronology revealed that sedimentation of this group is associated with minor volcanism during the Upper Birimian is between 2,154Ma and 2,125Ma (WAXI II, 2013). The youngest Paleoproterozoic Tarkwaian Series consists mostly of metasediments (meta-conglomerates, quartzites) and phyllites interlayered with dolerite sills in the upper part. The Tarkwaian Series rocks lie unconformably on the Sefwi Group within the Ashanti greenstone belt. The occurrence of Tarkwaian Series rocks on Kumasi basin sediments has not been reported. Re-interpretation of zircon geochronology revealed that the deposition of the Tarkwaian Series occurred in a short period between 2,107-2,097Ma. It is also constrained by intrusions of metagabbro sills dated at 2,102 plus-minus 13Ma (Adadey et al., 2009) and by granitoids at 2,097 plus-minus 2Ma (Oberthur et al., 1998). The Paleoproterozoic granitoids are usually divided into belt-type of Lower Birimian age (e.g. Sekondi granitoid, 2,174 plus-minus 2Ma and Dixcove suite) and basin-type of Upper Birimian age emplaced from 2,116 plus-minus 2Ma to 2,088 plus-minus 1Ma (Hirdes et al., 1992; Davis et al., 1994). Hydrothermally altered and auriferous basin-type granitoids are ubiquitous in the vicinity of Obuasi along the western flank of the Ashanti belt, at Anyankyerim, Nhyiaso, Yao Mensakrom and Esuajah (Ayanfuri); all have intrusion ages within error of 2,105 ±2Ma. Geochemistry shows that the belt-type granitoids are juvenile additions to the Paleoproterozoic crust, while the basin-type granitoids are a result of crustal recycling and partial melting of an existing crust (WAXI II, 2013). With the exception of some late granitoids and dolerite dykes, all other lithologies have undergone regional metamorphism that generally does not exceed upper greenschist facies. Muscovite, chlorite, actinolite and epidote define a general metamorphic assemblage (Oberthur et al. 1994). Calculated P-T ranges imply conditions of 340°C to 460°C at 2kb to 5kb based on the stability of the mineral assemblage (Schwartz et al. 1992). Peak metamorphic conditions occurred along the Ashanti Fault and have been estimated at 520°C and 5.4kb (John et al., 1999). The metamorphism has been dated on metamorphic titanites within the basin-type granitoids at 2,092 ±3Ma (Oberthur et al., 1998). The Obuasi deposit comprises three identifiable trends, namely the Main trend, the Binsere trend about 5km to the northwest of the Main trend and the Gyabunsu trend about 3km to the southeast of the Main trend. The bulk of the auriferous deposits occur in the Main trend. Five major shear zones have been identified within the Main trend with the Obuasi Fissure being the most prominent extending roughly NE-SW over a strike length of about 8km and mainly dipping towards the northwest at 65 to 90 degrees. The other identifiable mineralised structures within the Main trend are the Cote D’Or, the Ashanti, the Insintsiam, the 12/74 and various footwall and hanging wall mineralised structures. These secondary shears branch off the main shear in an anastomosing structural pattern. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 19 Gold mineralisation is associated with, and occurs within, graphite-chlorite-sericite fault zones. These shear zones are commonly associated with pervasive silica, carbonate and sulphide hydrothermal alteration and occur in tightly folded Upper Birimian schists, phyllites, meta-greywackes, and tuffs, along the eastern limb of the Kumasi anticlinorium (i.e., the Kumasi Group). They are found near the contact with harder metamorphosed and metasomatically altered intermediate to basic Lower Birimian volcanics (the Sefwi Group). The contact between the harder metavolcanic rocks to the east and the more argillaceous rock to the west is thought to have formed a plane of weakness. This is because of the contrast in competency at the contact between the lithological units. During crustal movement, this plane became a zone of shearing and thrusting coeval with the compressional phases. There are two broad styles of gold mineralisation at Obuasi which includes free milling quartz vein gold and sulphide rich disseminated gold lodes which form alteration haloes around the quartz vein lodes. 6.2 Geological model and data density The geological model is constructed using geological data that has been obtained through underground geological mapping, cross-cut and reef drive sampling and exploration and grade control drilling. This information is then used to build an understanding of the local geology of the deposit and to extrapolate the models to depth and beyond data to guide the exploration program. The mine has been exploited for over 120 years and the amount of geological data available is substantial and varied. The data has been collected over many years and the data density varies from close spaced grade control sampling (around 10m x 10m to 20m x 20m) to wider spaced exploration drilling ranging from about 50m x 50m up to 200m x 200m. Prior to 2014, all available data was converted to digital format and imported into a Fusion™ database. A review of the Obuasi Fusion™ database was undertaken in 2014 to ascertain the level of error associated with the database. Conclusions drawn was that the errors were varied and systematic and would necessitate a methodical approach to rectify the issues identified. A comprehensive data validation project commenced and in the ensuing years (2015-2017), the hard copy records were sourced, and a detailed validation exercise was undertaken. This, together with mine reconciliation records and a comprehensive QAQC program, implemented since 2005, improves confidence in the pre-2014 data. For all newly collected data, QAQC procedures are in place to ensure quality and reliability (as described in the following sections) both at collection and at the laboratory. The data density, distribution and reliability of information is considered sufficient to support statements concerning the mineralisation. The Obuasi deposit is an orogenic gold deposit and the geological concepts being applied, and forming the basis of the exploration program, centres around this and the shear-hosted nature of the deposit. The first broad zone marks the boundaries of gold occurrence within which the shearing has occurred resulting in the Main Fissure and other hangingwall and footwall mineralised lodes. These are further separated into quartz and sulphides as deemed appropriate. Most of the shearing are parallel to the general strike of the deposit. The mineralisation dips steeply which informs the drilling orientations so that they are appropriate (attempts are made to intercept mineralisation perpendicularly). Mineralisation models are extrapolated beyond data along strike and depth (as deemed appropriate and representative of the geological concepts). Extrapolations beyond 100m are not included in the Mineral Resource estimates but are rather deemed exploration upside (not declared as Mineral Resource, but only used internally by the company to represent an exploration target or upside potential). AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 20 Stratigraphic column for the southwest of Ghana (Perrouty et al, 2012)

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 21 A typical S-N geological cross-section for Block 8 (X=13000mE) 6.3 Mineralisation The mineralisation is classified into two types: sulphide hosted, and quartz lode hosted. Sulphide-hosted mineralisation is dominated by arsenopyrite (60-95% of all sulphides) with lesser amounts of pyrite, pyrrhotite, marcasite, chalcopyrite, and micrograins of native gold (Oberthur et al. 1994). This ore type has been responsible for half the gold production at Obuasi (Milesi et al. 1991). The larger arsenopyrite grains are zoned with gold-poor cores, gold-rich inner rims, and gold-poor outer rims. Gold within the sulphide mineralisation is refractory and locked in the sulphide lattice. The quartz lode hosted mineralisation is associated with spatially variable but exceptionally high-grade visible gold in quartz veins / lodes (up to 4m widths). The visible gold is within microfractures overprinting the quartz lodes. These lodes mainly comprise quartz but also minor amounts of ankerite and host rock fragments. The mineralised microfractures contain muscovite, gold, graphite and accessory minerals like galena, chalcopyrite, sphalerite, bournonite, boulangerite, and aurostibine (Oberthur et al. 1994). The mineralised zones have a strike length of approximately 8km and extend to depths ranging from about 1,000m in the south of the mine (near Sansu) to 2,200m in the north of the mine (Blocks 11 and 14). The width of the mineralisation varies across the deposit. It is thicker in the south (20m to 40m) than in the north (10 to 20m) and narrows with depth where it is around 2 to 8m thick. The mineralisation is associated with, and occurs within, graphite-chlorite-sericite fault zones. These shear zones are commonly associated with pervasive silica, carbonate and sulphide hydrothermal alteration and occur in tightly folded Lower Birimian schists, phyllites, meta-greywackes, and tuffs. The most significant mineralised zone encountered on the property is called the Obuasi Fissure. It is steeply dipping and strikes for approximately 8km. Although the structure itself has high continuity, it is variably mineralised with the best mineralisation plunging at about 45 degrees to the north. Various hangingwall and footwall mineralised lodes splay off the Obuasi Fissure. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 22 They can be very well mineralised (especially close to the Obuasi Fissure), but their continuity decreases with distance away from the Fissure and generally eventually pinch out. Other identifiable and more continuous mineralised structures within the Main Trend are the Cote D’Or, the Ashanti and the Insintsiam. However, these secondary shears branch off the main Obuasi Fissure in an anastomosing structural pattern. These mineralised lodes are persistent and deep seated, forming in shear zones controlled by thrust faulting along the contact between the Lower Birimian phyllites and Upper Birimian metavolcanics. The mineralised zones generally comprise of quartz mineralisation surrounded by sulphides. In the south and at shallower levels, the sulphide mineralisation dominates. It is thick and well developed surrounding less continuous and narrower quartz zones. Towards the north, and at depth, the mineralisation narrows, and quartz start to dominate especially at depth, where it is much more continuous with little surrounding sulphides. 7 Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work A substantial amount of exploration work has been carried out for the mine over several decades. Prior to the redevelopment of the mine in 2019, underground diamond drilling was carried out by an in-house drilling department and combined with systematic underground mapping and extensive reef drive and crosscut channel sampling. Since redevelopment, underground mapping activities have continued, but crosscuts and reef drives are no longer sampled. It has been fully replaced by diamond drill sampling which is being done by drilling contractors Boart Longyear™ and Westfield Drilling Limited™. During 2021, infill drilling focused on 41 and 32 levels, while the expensed drilling targeted the George Cappendell Shaft (GCS) top (Block 8). The GCS top area has extensive historical mining; however, the block has further opportunity for Mineral Resource identification and definition with the planned drilling program. The upside potential focused on between 900 Level to 1400 Level. The strategy is to make use of the existing stockpile cuddies along the main decline and drill from 8 Level towards 14 Level. A total of 10,998m have been planned for the area, results are showing that continuity and grades are improving as the drilling extends down dip and plunge. The focus of the definition and infill drilling during 2021 was to upgrade areas in Blocks 8L and 10 from Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource and ultimately prepare it for mining by completing the last phase of grade control drilling. The strategy is to use 32 and 41 Level as the main drilling platforms and target the area below 32 and 41 Level respectively. The Block 10 area being drilled lies along the trend of a flat plunging shoot of approximately 380m vertical extent, where the current geological interpretation shows wider mineralisation with multiple lodes. A total of about 32,000m is being drilled on 41 Level. Results from the drilling show that the dip of the Obuasi Fissure, which is the main drill target, appears to steepen and roll over an easterly plunging felsic igneous body. High-grade mineralised quartz veins seem to be concentrated around the margins of this felsic igneous body creating a drill target at depth. Where tighter spaced drilling has already been done into the area, elevated metal content has been observed. The shear zone, within which the mineralisation in Block 8 is focused, is around the 12/74 fissure which links the Obuasi Fissure to the east with a network of carbonaceous shears on the margin of the Sansu dyke to the west. The Obuasi and 12/74 fissures splay apart at the eastern end of Block 8 with the Obuasi Fissure continuing in a WNW direction. A total of about 16,000m is being drilled from the 32 Level platform targeting the mineralisation below the platform. Results show a continuous Obuasi Fissure below 32 Level but with strong display of pinch and swell characteristics. Both drilling and non-drilling geological data are collected for the mine. The non-drilling data include mapping data and reef drive- and crosscut sampling. For crosscuts, sampling was carried out on both the north and south walls of the crosscuts along channel cuts of about 1.0m from the floor. Three channels were sampled on each wall (at the bottom, middle and top). Only the mid channel samples are currently extracted from the database. For reef development, face cut samples were taken across the entire reef at the development face, at 5-metre intervals. Since redevelopment, crosscuts and reef drives are no longer sampled and it has been fully replaced by diamond drill sampling. However, the past crosscut and reef drive samples form a substantial and useful dataset and are therefore still used. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 23 The reef drive samples are not considered adequate for grade estimation, but they do supply useful information for geological interpretation and are therefore included for wireframe modelling. In contrast, the crosscut channel samples are deemed to be representative and of adequate quality to be included in grade estimation. The introduction of grade bias, because of the use of both diamond core and channel samples for grade estimation, has been highlighted as a potential concern. Yet, bias tests conducted to date, suggest that the bias between channel and diamond (DD) core grades are within acceptable limits and that they may be used together for grade estimation (see Section 8.1 for more information). With time, as mining progresses, there will be less reliance on channel sampling as all new sampling is by DD core drilling. Over the years, extensive underground mapping has been completed and this practice has been continued. All mapping information (old and new) is considered during geological wireframe interpretation and includes rock types (such as metasediments, metavolcanics, graphite, or quartz); the contacts between these or the positions of geological structures. Prior to 2019, conventional mapping was undertaken by washing of the development headings and observing the faces as well as the side walls. The rock types were noted, and the boundaries marked out. The attitudes of the geological structures and contacts were measured, and reference pegs put in place. Currently, a new mapping software, 3DM Analyst Mine Mapping Suite™ (3DM, Datamine™), is used in conjunction with the conventional method to map all geological structures and contacts. Pictures are taken underground, geo-referenced and exported to the 3DM software. The structures, as well as the lithological contacts, are then digitised to generate strings which can be used to guide geological interpretation. The data acquired from the drilling and non-drilling data include lithology, structure, alteration, mineralisation, geotechnical and rock characteristics, this is captured electronically where it is combined with the assay information to give an extensive database of geological data per mapping and sampling point. Since 2020, density data is also routinely collected for a representative subset of all new drill samples. The geological data collected are deemed to be to a level of detail that supports Mineral Resource estimation. Obuasi is a large deposit covering a strike length of about 8 km and extend down to depths of about 2 km in some areas. Exploration activities have been undertaken in most areas over many decades. Since drilling recommenced about three years ago for the redevelopment project, exploration, and infill during have focused on the south of the mine in the two active blocks (Sansu and Block 8) as well as on 41 level in Blocks 1 and 10. Sansu and Block 8 extend for about 2 km and drilling have focused on the central parts of the Sansu block and, in Block 8, at shallower levels near the ODD decline and around current active mining areas deeper down. The 41-level drilling is being done in Blocks 1 and 10 and will eventually target a strike length of around 1.9km. No recent exploration has been done for the remaining blocks (Blocks 2, Cote D'Or, Adansi, Block 11 and Block 14). The primary geological data collected over time include bulk density, geological data (lithology, alteration, mineralisation etc), survey data (downhole and collar), gold grade assays and quality control samples. All data is captured into a FusionTM remote database. A data validation program was completed to validate all pre-2019 data stored in the FusionTM database. Currently, all logging data is captured electronically (directly onto tablets); collar and downhole surveys are electronically transferred as well as laboratory assay results. Several validation checks are completed before the data is authorised and approved for geological modelling and grade estimation. Checks include items such as "completeness" (all required data, including the meta data and table data); checks on the spatial information (collar and survey) and interval checks (such as overlapping intervals or duplicates). Once the data is authorised, it is directly extracted from the FusionTM database for modelling and estimation (directly imported into the modelling software using ODBC links and SQL views). The FusionTM database is stored on a site-based server which is regularly backed up (daily; weekly and monthly). The monthly backups are in turn stored offsite at the Gold House office, Accra, in a safe box which is housed in a safe room. The FusionTM database also remotely synchronises with a server located off site in the corporate office in Johannesburg. No data from other parties or sources are used in Mineral Resource estimation. 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing Prior to the mine going into care and maintenance (2016), underground DD drilling was carried out by the in-house diamond drill department. The rigs used were the LM90™ and the LM75™ electric-hydraulic rig with NQ sized core. Currently, only DD core drilling is being done. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 24 It is outsourced to two drilling contractors namely Westfield Drilling Limited™ (Westfield) and Boart Longyear. Westfield operates two rigs (of ESD-9 type) which drills NQ2 sized core while Boart Longyear operates 3 rigs (one LM110™, one LM90 and one LM75) which also drills NQ2 sized core. The core is oriented by both contractors using a TRUCORE™ Core Orientation Kit (Boart Longyear) or a REFLEX ACT III™ system (Westfield) which digitally records the orientation of the core sample and other key data. Logging is conducted as per an in-house procedure which is compliant with company guidelines. The logging is done with sufficient detail on lithology, structure, alteration, mineralisation, and rock mass quality to support the geological modelling, estimation, mining, metallurgical and technical studies required to support the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation. Data is electronically captured (on handheld tablets) and stored in the FusionTM Remote database. Half-core and sample chip trays are retained for the purposes of further reference and detailed logging as required. Since 2019, only DD core samples are being collected. However, the previously collected channel samples are still retained and used in Mineral Resource estimation. Logging is both qualitative and quantitative in nature. Core photography is conducted in-house; is electronically stored and takes place before core cutting as well as after core cutting in the case of half- core sampling. Logging is completed over the entire length of each drillhole. Both Westfield and Boart Longyear use the REFLEX EZ-TRAC™ survey tool for downhole surveys. Downhole surveys are taken at 6m, 30m then every 30 meters down the hole and at the end of the hole. REFLEX EZ-TRACTM was also used in the past (pre-2019). The downhole survey data is provided electronically through either the IMDEX HUB-IQTM software hub or as CSV files. The data is validated by the project geologist before it is imported into the FusionTM database. Any anomalous results are queried and resolved or excluded. DD and reverse circulation (RC) samples informed the open pit estimates. For underground estimation, DD and channel samples were used. Channel samples are no longer collected and have been fully replaced by DD. Details of average drill hole spacing and type in relation to Mineral Resource classification Category Spacing m (-x-) Type of drilling Diamond RC Blasthole Channel Other Measured 15x15 Yes Yes - Yes - Indicated 60x60 Yes Yes - Yes - Inferred 90x90 Yes Yes - Yes - Grade/ore control 15x15 Yes Yes - Yes - 7.3 Results AngloGold Ashanti has elected not to provide drilling results for its operating mines as drilling at these operations are generally done to provide incremental additions, or conversions to already reported Mineral Resource and therefore they are not seen as material. While these increase confidence in our Mineral Resource as well as add LOM extensions, the incremental additions that occur on a yearly basis are not material to that operation or the company as a whole. In cases where the drilling projects are supporting a non-sustaining addition, these projects are commented on in the project section of the report (Section 1.4 and/or Section 7.1). In our major greenfield projects, if any single drill result is considered material, and may change the reported Mineral Resource significantly, then it will be reported. As such, this report is not being submitted in support of the disclosure of exploration results and therefore no disclosure of drilling or sample results is provided. 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples The Obuasi deposit is large, extending over 8km along strike and 2km in depth, with mining taking place for more than 120 years. Due to its extent, for practical purposes, the deposit is subdivided into various

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 25 blocks. The extent to which each block has been drilled, is illustrated below. It is showing the full mine extent along strike, in relation to the shafts, main Obuasi decline and primary development. It is presented in local grid. Currently mining is taking place in Sansu and Block 8 with exploration drilling in Blocks 1 and 10. Block 2, Cote D'Or and Adansi are older, more extensively mined areas, but no activity is currently taking place in these areas. No mining has yet taken place in the deeper Blocks 11 and 14. Section showing the underground areas with the locations of drillholes, shafts, declines and development (in local grid) 7.5 Hydrogeology Rainfall and underground pumping Mean annual rainfall at the site is about 1,580mm, of which about 75-80% falls within a seven-month wet season from April to October. The figure below shows that, for the past 15 years (2006-2021), the mine pumping rate varied seasonally with a minimum of about 5,218m3/day (60l/s) in June 2019 and a maximum of about 14,049m3/day (163 l/s) reported in June 2014. In addition to a general increase in pumping during the wet season, short term increases in the pumping rate also correlate with discrete high rainfall events, which suggests that a significant portion of the water is derived from discrete recharge sources. Available historical records and anecdotal information indicate that, since the aerial mine footprint area was expanded to its maximum extent in the early 1980s, the overall pumping rate has remained fairly constant, varying only and with rainfall patterns (seasonal and longer-term trends). The overall pumping rate has not increased significantly as a result of deepening of the mine workings. Rainfall and pumping AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 26 Water quality – ground and surface water sampling Environmental sampling at Obuasi is conducted both for surface water and groundwater. Surface water is sampled by the grab method where containers are used to collect the samples from the water bodies. Groundwater sampling is conducted in monitoring boreholes across the mine for the purpose of monitoring specific facilities. All boreholes are purged before sampling with submersible low flow pump (Grundfos® Redi-Flo2). Underground water from pump stations is also periodically sampled and analysed. Physical parameters including pH, electrical conductivity, Oxidation-Reduction-Potential, and turbidity is checked and recorded on field sampling sheets. In line with the mine’s sampling protocols, 10% duplicates and blanks are taken for every sampling regime. Samples are preserved for parameters that are not analysed immediately to ensure that the chemical composition of the sample at the time of analysis is the same as it was at the time and place of sampling. As part of the Obuasi water management strategy to reduce pumping from underground by recharge reduction, identifying sources of recharge was of concern. In line with that, and as part of the feasibility study work, about 149 and 139 water samples were taken for hydrochemical and isotopic analysis respectively. These samples were from underground workings, surface water, pit lake/ponds/dams, monitoring and water supply wells. The main objective was to identify sources of recharge to underground workings. Chemical composition analysis of all water samples were undertaken as a basis for understanding the interaction between the surface and groundwater using Piper and Durov plots, coupled with oxygen-18 and deuterium isotopic analysis of all the 139 water samples. Stable isotopes were used to understand the interrelationships between rainfall, surface water groundwater and pit lakes/ponds. Sampling locations were grouped for the purpose of evaluation and interpretation as: - Surface water: water sampled from rivers, streams and springs. - Underground water: water sampled within underground workings. - Groundwater: water sampled from monitoring and water supply wells. - Pit lakes/pond/dam water: water sampled from pit-lakes, ponds and dams. Chemical compositions of all groups were presented as a basis for understanding the interaction between surface and groundwater. Piper and Durov plots were developed for all groups of water occurrence in the sampling program. The hydrochemical analytical results are presented as descriptive statistical parameters (i.e., maximum, minimum, and average in the table below. Summary of major hydrochemical parameters of samples Parameter No 1 2 3 4 Water Surface water Under- ground Groundwater Pit lakes/ ponds/dams pH Max 7.8 8.4 7 7.9 Min 6.8 5.7 3.8 6.8 Avg 7.3 7.8 6.2 7.4 EC (umho/cm) Max 2,780 5,330 1,868 4,890 Min 61 352 27 233 Avg 706 2,452 291 1,563 TDS (mg/l) Max 2,272 6,144 1,380 5,016 Min 46 194 26 84 Avg 574 2,494 215 1,380 Total Hardness (mg/l) Max 1,427 4,915 587 2,151 Min 33 129 11 89 Avg 410 1,825 118 817 Total Alkalini as CaCO3 (mg/l) Max 260 504 235 248 Min 23 24 1 38 Avg 110 186 74 125 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 27 The Piper and Durov plots showed Ca and HCO3 as most dominant ions in surface water samples whereas Mg and SO4 were dominant in underground samples with 14% of the samples being of CaHCO3, 7% CaSO4, 4% MgHCO3 and 75% MgSO4. It was evident that CaHCO3 types of water within the underground workings were mostly recharged from the surface water. Isotopic signatures of some underground samples tend to plot in the same zone as the rainfall data implying recent rainfall recharged these areas (as presented in the figures below). Three types of water were identified within the underground workings: - Underground water: in situ groundwater. - Mixture of underground water and surface water. - Mixture of underground and rainfall. Underground water types for underground sampling points Underground isotopic plots AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 28 Aquifer system The mine occurs in basement metasedimentry and metavolcanic rocks (predominantly phyllites), beneath a well-developed regolith zone which may be up to 70 m thick in some places. Gold mineralisation is associated with major northeast striking graphite-chlorite-sericite fault zones. The northeast structural trend also exerts a major influence on the hydrogeology, with strongly enhanced permeability along strike. Compartmentalisation along the main structural strike is also evident due to cross-cutting faults, though the effect of these has become reduced with time because of the inter-connected nature of the workings along their 8km strike length. The aquifer system is defined on the basis of its permeability, saturation and extent. The underground geological settings restrict the groundwater flow to joints, fractures or other openings within the rock formations. The weathered zone which covers part of the mine catchment has a variable porosity as a result of variation in lithology from weathered to hard rock. This produces localisation of aquifer and perch aquifers. The lithology has a variety of primary and secondary porosity and is therefore permeable ranging from partly saturated to unsaturated. Hydraulic conductivity values for all major units of the stratigraphy have been defined based on results of pumping tests and the subsequent interpretation of constant discharge and recovery tests using the Jacob’s method (which forms the standard technique or pumping test data interpretation). It was then detailed from using FEFLOWTM for groundwater modelling. The hydraulic properties of the different units were initially entered based directly on the ‘average’ values for each lithology derived from pump tests. They were then iteratively adjusted within the limits of the minimum and maximum values derived from the tests until optimum model convergence was achieved. The values ultimately used in the calibrated numerical model are summarised in the table below. The fractured bedrock unit is discretised to represent the discrete formations with different K values. Hydraulic conductivities of main hydrogeologic units Hydrostratigraphic unit Hydraulic conductivity Specific storage (1/m) Laterite 1.70E-05 0.0001 Saprolite:Highly weathered phylite 2.00E-05 0.0001 Saprolite/Saprock: Moderately weathered phyll 9.00E-05 0.0001 Fresh Phylite 1.76E-05 0.0001 Phylite 5.00E-09 0.0001 Deep Phylite 1.26E-10 0.0001 Volcanics 5.00E-10 0.0001 Volcano-clastics (Upper-Birimian) 4.00E-10 0.0001 Quartzite (Tarkwaian) 3.00E-10 0.0001 Tarkwaian 4.50E-10 0.0001 Granite 1.00E-10 0.0001 Due to the mode of initial deposition of meta-sedimentary units of the fresh phyllite zone, anisotropy between horizontal and vertical hydraulic conductivity may occur. In addition, foliations and folds observed in the deep fractured bedrock may have an effect on the flow direction. In the absence of any specific basis for incorporating anistropy within this layer into the model, it was assumed however that vertical hydraulic conductivity is equivalent to horizontal conductivity. Recharge Virtually all groundwater inflows are now derived from ongoing infiltration and recharge over the mine area. There is virtually no regional-scale groundwater flow in the basement rocks away from the immediate mine area. There is no longer any significant component of groundwater storage removal, even as the workings are deepened.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 29 Groundwater levels observed in recently constructed environmental monitoring wells suggest that the area of dewatering influence extends past the 8km NE-SW strike length of the mine but is limited to 0.5 to 1 km to the north-west and south-east and is mostly limited to an area about 7- 8km2 in extent. Historical and recent underground flow mapping and field observations suggest significant mine water inflows are derived from infiltration through the overlying mined out pits, with the remainder derived from infiltration over the general area of drawdown influence, including holding ponds and other surface water infrastructure. Historical mapping has also indicated infiltration contribution from the Rusty Monkey and Sansu pits which are now partially backfilled. Typical natural recharge rates have been estimated through a number of previous studies, as summarised in the table below. These provide a range of values for recharge as a percentage of mean annual precipitation (MAP) which extends from 11 to 22.7%. Recharge estimates from previous studies Source Methodology Recharge (mm/yr) Recharge (%MAP) Golder,2010 Chloride 389 22.7 Kuma, 2007 Soil moisture 299 17 Baseflow analysis 192±30mm 12 SRK, (2011) Numerical model 173(natural) 11 225 (waste rock) 14 Groundwater Discharge Natural groundwater discharge at the mine occurs along the axes of surface water drainage channels in the form of river base flow. Very little surface water flow monitoring has been undertaken historically at the mine and hence the contribution of base flow to the stream hydrographs across the site is not well understood. In the sector of the Obuasi concession, which has been subject to underground mine development, the most important mechanism of groundwater discharge is essentially artificial and relates to the pumping of water from underground sumps. Within the mine, groundwater inflows are conveyed via a complex system of gutters, raise bores and cascade dams to the lowest level within each sector of the mine. The water is then pumped to surface from collection sumps. The rainfall and pumping figure presented earlier on in this section, shows monthly pumping rates in conjunction with monthly rainfall. Average daily pumping rates to surface is estimated to be of the order of 97L/s over the period 2006-2021. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 30 Obuasi monitoring wells and infrastructure AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 31 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis The geotechnical evaluations involve assessment of all available geotechnical data which includes rock mass and structural data from geotechnical logging of DD core and mapping of underground exposures together with laboratory testing of intact rock properties. Geotechnical parameters are logged to provide sufficient data for determination of all the major rock mass classification systems including Rock Mass Rating (RMR), Rock Tunnel Quality Index (Q and Q’) and Geological Strength Index (GSI). The parameters logged include rock types, geotechnical intervals, core recovery within geotechnical intervals, RQD, number of discontinuities, fracture infill types, number of joint sets, fracture frequency, Qualitative Strength Index (QSI), etc. An example of the rock mass logging parameters and the coverage of geotechnical logging/mapping data are shown below. Example of geotechnical rock mass core logging parameters BHID From (m) To (m) Inter- vals (m) Major Rock Type Weathe- ring Reef/ Waste QSI Recovery (m) RQD (m) Reco- very (%) RQD % OB115875 0.00 14.30 14.3 GK FR W R4 14 12.70 98 89 OB115875 14.30 28.04 13.7 GK FR O R4 13.7 13.30 100 97 OB115875 28.04 28.84 0.8 QTZ FR O R2 0.8 0.45 100 56 OB115875 28.84 39.80 11.0 GK FR O R4 10.96 10.52 100 96 OB115875 39.80 58.54 18.7 GK FR O R4 18.7 18.00 100 96 OB115875 58.54 63.80 5.3 QTZ FR O R3 5.26 3.88 100 74 OB115875 63.80 68.26 4.5 CSC FR O R3 3.76 2.40 84 54 OB115875 68.26 72.80 4.5 GK FR O R4 4.2 3.88 93 85 OB115875 72.80 78.80 6.0 GK FR W R4 6 5.88 100 98 OB115875 78.80 90.95 12.2 SCH FR W R4 12.15 11.50 100 95 OB115875 90.95 97.00 6.1 SCH FR O R4 6 6.00 99 99 OB115875 97.00 104.65 7.7 GK FR W R4 7.65 7.38 100 96 OB115875 104.65 112.00 7.3 MV FR W R4 7.21 5.32 98 72 BH ID Joint sets Fract (1) 0-30 Micro 0-30 Macro 0-30 Infill type Infill Thick JA JWA Fract (2) 30- 60 Micro 30-60 Macro 30-60 Infill type Infill Thick JA JWA OB115875 3 6 PS PL B 1 B 1 35 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2 - - - - - - - 16 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2+ 1 PS PL B 1 B 1 4 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2+ 4 PS PL B 1 B 1 16 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2+ 6 PS PL B 1 B 1 20 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2 - - - - - - - 19 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 3 10 PS PL B 1 C 1 20 PS PL B 1 C 1 OB115875 3 6 PS PL B 1 B 1 8 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2 - - - - - - - 8 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 3 8 PS PL B 1 B 1 17 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 2 - - - - - - - 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 3 6 PS PL B 1 B 1 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 OB115875 3 21 PS PL B 1 B 1 24 PS PL B 1 B 1 BH ID Fract (3) 60-90 Micro 60- 90 Macro 60- 90 Infill type Infill Thick JA JWA Total fracture FFPM OB115875 24 PS PL B 1 B 1 65 5 OB115875 15 PS PL B 1 B 1 31 2 OB115875 4 PS PL B 1 B 1 9 11 OB115875 17 PS PL B 1 B 1 37 3 OB115875 22 PS PL B 1 B 1 48 3 OB115875 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 29 6 OB115875 15 PS PL B 1 B 1 45 12 OB115875 7 PS PL B 1 B 1 21 5 OB115875 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 18 3 OB115875 16 PS PL B 1 B 1 41 3 OB115875 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 20 3 OB115875 10 PS PL B 1 B 1 26 3 OB115875 22 PS PL B 1 B 1 67 9 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 32 Geotechnical logging/mapping data coverage within the mining blocks The geotechnical logging parameters are assessed to generate rock mass classification which is used to build a 3D Mining Rock Mass Model (MRMM) for mine designs and stope stability assessment. The geotechnical rock mass model is represented by a simplistic set of domains (hangingwall, orebody, footwall) established per block, based on the dominant lithology present. Lithology of Obuasi consists of these main units: meta-sediments (schist, greywacke, carbonaceous/graphitic schist), meta-volcanics (dyke), graphite and/or quartz. The meta-sediment and meta-volcanic lithologies are intermixed throughout the hangingwall, orebody, and footwall areas. An example of rock mass classification for a logged borehole is shown below. Example of rock mass classification derived from geotechnical core logging parameters Borehole ID From TO ROCK TYPE RMR MRMR Q' RQD/ Jn Blk Size Class Jr/Ja Joint Strength Class Q' OB115875 0 14.3 Greywacke 52 38 10 Fair 1 Fair 9.87 OB115875 14.3 28.04 Greywacke 57 42 24 Good 1 Fair 24.2 OB115875 28.04 28.84 Quartz 41 30 9 Fair 1 Fair 9.37 OB115875 28.84 39.8 Greywacke 53 39 16 Good 1 Fair 16 OB115875 39.8 58.54 Greywacke 55 40 16 Good 1 Fair 16.01 OB115875 58.54 63.8 Quartz 48 35 18 Good 1 Fair 18.44 OB115875 63.8 68.26 Carbonaceous Schist 42 31 6 Poor 0.6 Poor 3.59 OB115875 68.26 72.8 Greywacke 51 37 9 Fair 1 Fair 9.5 OB115875 72.8 78.8 Greywacke 55 40 25 Good 1 Fair 24.5 OB115875 78.8 90.95 Schist 53 39 11 Fair 1 Fair 10.52 OB115875 90.95 97 Schist 54 40 25 Good 1 Fair 24.79 OB115875 97 104.65 Greywacke 53 39 11 Fair 1 Fair 10.72 OB115875 104.65 112 Dyke 47 34 8 Fair 1 Fair 8.04

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 33 Rock strength has been derived mainly from point load tests conducted on site. 948 rock samples from DD core were tested for point load strength. Samples were selected from the major rock types within geotechnically logged core from the various mining blocks. Uniaxial compressive strength (UCS) values were derived from the point load test results. Summary of point load test results by mining blocks Major Rock Type Average UCS from Point Load Test for Rocks in Individual Mining Blocks Average UCS (MPa) Block 1 Lower Block 2 Block 5 & 6 Block 8 Upper Block 8 Lower Block 9 & 10 Mine Range (MPa) Schist 125.8 113.3 N/A 104.8 133 146 125 80 - 160 Carbonaceous Schist 67.4 70.4 53.1 72.8 80.2 82.3 71 60 - 90 Greywacke 155.1 120.5 N/A 142.9 155 149.3 145 120 - 180 Quartz 121.3 112.1 133.3 91.6 142.6 124.4 121 120 - 180 Schist/Quartz 40.1 43.5 N/A 98.95 120.83 144.4 90 40 - 145 Phyllite N/A N/A N/A 90.1 N/A 103.6 97 80- 110 Dyke N/A 133.6 118.7 N/A 176.3 143 143 120 - 180 Graphite 0 - 15 Uniaxial compressive strength and elastic properties were analysed by an external, approved rock mechanics laboratory on some selected rock samples from the active mining blocks. Currently, active mining blocks at Obuasi include Sansu, Block 8 and Block 10. Rock samples were selected from the major rock types within defined geotechnical domains of logged DD core for laboratory testing. Thirty (30) rock samples were tested at the University of Mines and Technology (UMaT) Geotechnical Laboratory at Tarkwa (Ghana) for uniaxial compressive strength (UCS) according to ASTM: D2938-95 method specification. Fifteen (15) rock samples were tested for uniaxial compressive strength with elastic modulus & poisson ratio by means of strain gauges according to International Societies of Rock Mechanics (ISRM's) specification at Rocklabs Limited (a division of SOILLAB PTY LTD), Pretoria, South Africa. Single stage triaxial tests were conducted on 15 sets of samples at different confining pressures. For each set of triaxial tests, elastic properties were determined at each stage of confinement by means of strain gauges. The triaxial compression tests with elastic properties testing by means of strain gauges were done according to ISRM's specification at Rocklabs, South Africa. Twenty-eight (28) samples were tested for Brazilian tensile strength according to the ISRM's Specification at Rocklabs, South Africa. No direct shear tests on structural defects have been conducted. Shear strength parameters for structural defects are estimated from back-analysis of post-failure assessment of mined excavations/stopes. Quality and validity assessment of the laboratory test results for UCS, triaxial compressive strength and Brazilian tensile strength has not yet been conducted. The currently available laboratory tests for rock properties do not cover all the major rock types (schist, phyllite, greywacke, carbonaceous/graphitic schist, dyke, and quartz) across all mining blocks on the mine. The limited number of the UCS tests completed does not give a full representation of the known rock strength within all mining blocks. Hence, additional rock samples from the current DD program will be sent to external laboratories for rock strength properties testing to complement the existing dataset. A satellite geotechnical laboratory equipped with MATEST UCS equipment, which has been certified by the Ghana Standard Authority (GSA), has been set-up on the mine to undertake uniaxial compressive strength (UCS) tests of rock samples to generate sufficient rock property data for all the major rock types within the active mining blocks. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 34 Summary of rock properties test results for the active mining blocks Mining Block Rock Type Density (g/cm³) UCS Tensile Strength Young Modulus Poisson mi (Mpa) (Mpa) (Gpa) Ratio Sansu Greywacke 2.8 92.5 20.2 59.3 0.3 16.9 Schist 2.7 55.1 14.4 67.1 0.3 9.9 Carbonaceous Schist 2.6 58.3 17 63.7 0.2 10.1 Dyke 2.9 83.5 13.3 51.9 0.2 7.5 Quartz Not Available Graphite Not Available Block 8 Greywacke Not Available Schist 2.6 59.7 15.9 50.3 0.2 2.9 Carbonaceous Schist 2.7 63.5 11.3 58.8 0.3 9.6 Dyke 3 62.2 13 69.9 0.3 Not Available Quartz 2.7 50.7 Not Available Graphite Not Available Block 10 Greywacke 2.9 304.7 17.5 67 0.3 Not Available Schist 2.8 141.2 15 69.5 0.3 3.7 Carbonaceous Schist 2.6 75.7 10.4 61.3 0.3 5.9 Dyke 3 117.6 12.8 62.2 0.3 9.2 Quartz 2.6 89.3 Not Available 96.6 0.3 Graphite Not Available Rocscience RSData™ software is used to derive the rock mass properties by analysing the intact rock strength characteristics and constitutive behaviour to determine strength envelopes and other material parameters. The derived material strength properties are used as input parameters for numerical modelling. Material strength properties derived by RSData™ are directly imported into numerical modelling software for numerical analysis. It is generally asserted that meta-sediment and meta-volcanic units are of fair rock mass quality, while the graphite is of poor rock mass quality. The graphitic shear zone represents the main weakness and is a major driver of the potential failure mechanism because most of the stope and/or development failures observed are associated with presence of graphitic shears. However, the analysis of available geotechnical rock mass data coupled with field observations confirms that generally the rock mass quality of Obuasi decreases with depth. 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation DD core, RC chips and rock chip channel sampling (in crosscuts and reef drives) are the main sample types collected historically at Obuasi. Since 2019, only DD core samples are collected (although RC pre- collars were drilled during 2020; they are not used to drill mineralised areas and are not sampled). Although channel sampling is no longer being done, the previously collected samples are still used. There are usually three cross-cut samples at each location - one at the bottom, one in the middle and one at the top. Only the middle one is used. The DD, cross-cut and reef drive samples are all used for wireframe modelling whereas only cross-cut and drill samples are used for grade estimation. All samples are analysed by the laboratory using a portable XRF instrument (a Bruker™ CTX). The main elements from the pXRF analyses currently being utilised include As, Si, Fe and S. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 35 For RC (pre-2019), the sampling processes included sampling using multi-stage riffles to give a 25% split. If necessary, this was coned and quartered to give a sample of about 2kg to be sent to the laboratory for analysis. The sample condition is recorded in the logging sheet with reference to wet/dry and recovery. For face chip sampling (pre-2019), the sampling processes included sampling of both the north and south walls of the cross cuts along channels cut 1m vertically from the floor (perpendicular to the geological domain) based on geological contacts and changes in the mineralisation. The weight of sample was approximately 1.5kg, obtained by cutting a continuous even groove 1.3cm deep and 2.5cm wide. Sampling was at various intervals generally ranging from 0.5m to 3m. This practice of sampling (face chip) has ceased but historical results is still used for modelling and estimation where appropriate. For DD core samples, the zones to be sampled are clearly marked by the geologist based on the visual identification of quartz and/or arsenopyrite mineralisation, the presence of shearing or alteration and the presence of visible gold. The geologist marks the direction along which the core should be split, after considering the attitude of the bedding or foliation relative to core axis. Sampling is generally carried out at a maximum of 1m drill length intervals, with different geological units being sampled separately. In prior years, before the start of the redevelopment project, sampling was done at various intervals and could be as long as 3m with the average length at around 1.5m. All samples (old and new) are currently composited to 1.5m intervals (with minimum length of 0.3m). Datamine™ is used for the composting, with the Mode 1 method of compositing being used, which forces all samples to be included in one of the composites by adjusting the composite length, while keeping it as close as possible to the interval length of 1.5m. The appropriateness of the composite length is continuously reviewed. For exploration drilling, the core samples are sawn into two halves, one portion is broken up and bagged for submission for assay while the other half is placed in the core tray to be stored for future reference. The grade control cores are wholly sampled. The samples are recorded onto the logging application and registered with barcode tickets before they are dispatched to the laboratory. Sample sizes are considered appropriate to the grain size of the material being sampled. Spatial data (collar and downhole surveys) are collected (as described in previous sections) for each drillhole and stored in the database. Average bulk densities are used (2.65 g/cm3 for quartz and 2.89 g/cm3 for sulphide rocks). These are based on a bulk density study done in 2007 (Boachie, A., 2007). It was done across the mine, but based on few samples and, as such, required further confirmatory work. The routine collection of density data from drill core was instituted in late 2020 with the aim of improving on the bulk density confidence. The data collected so far, supports the values currently being used (based on the 2007 study) and shows low density variability within rock types. DD core (and previous face chip samples) are logged in full to collect lithology, structure, alteration, mineralisation, and geotechnical information prior to undertaking the sampling. Drillhole planning aims to take into consideration the geometry of the orebody, to ensure drillhole/orebody intersection is at right angle to the mineralisation. However, this is not always fully achievable given the limited availability of sites for drilling underground. Underground holes are often of a "fan" nature and hence, don't always optimally intersect the orebody. As all holes are surveyed, intersection angles are known and true widths can be calculated and are reported (not drillhole lengths, unless otherwise stated). Exploration DD half-core samples are permanently retained (throughout the LOM). If the need arises to dispose of these, it requires approval, through a written disposal permit from the AngloGold Ashanti Ghana environmental department. Pulp rejects from the laboratory are retained for 3 months, in case re-assay is required. All these samples are stored at the geology coreyard, where a purpose-built shed has been built to store and protect the core from the elements. This facility has 24/7 security. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 36 Core recovery is measured for all core and is recorded in the FusionTM database. The core depths are checked against the depth marked on the core blocks to calculate the core recovery. Any core loss is recorded in the database. Overall core recoveries are generally good and more than 90%. The introduction of grade bias, because of the use of both DD core and channel samples for grade estimation, has been highlighted as a potential concern. Yet, bias tests conducted to date, suggest that the bias between channel and DD core grades are within acceptable limits and that they may be used together for grade estimation. In the Sansu area, comparison of the mean grades of the drillhole and channel samples within a suitable test area, showed differences of between 1% and 8% for adequately informed domains. With time, as mining progresses, there will be less reliance on channel sampling as all new sampling is by DD. Exploration samples are sawn into two and one half prepared and dispatched for analysis and the other half is photographed and stored for future reference. Grade control samples are wholly sampled. There are no current RC samples, but previously they were rotary split dry. 8.2 Assay method and laboratory Prior to the merger between the former AngloGold Limited and the Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited in 2004, all samples were analysed by a mine site laboratory facility (operated and managed by the mine) situated in the plant area. After the merger, the facility continued to analyse the grade control samples, but exploration and overflow samples were sent to Australian Laboratory Services (ALS) Chemex™, an accredited laboratory, situated in Kumasi. The current onsite laboratory facility was constructed outside the plant area and operated by TMP Ghana Limited™ (TMP) in 2012. Soon after, in January 2013, TMP was acquired by SGS, and the laboratory was then operated by SGS until the mine went into care and maintenance in 2016. All samples are currently analysed by this same onsite laboratory facility which was refurbished in early 2019. This facility is owned by Obuasi but managed and operated by SGS Soluserv Limited (SGS Soluserv™) under a 3-year contract. SGS Soluserv is a JV between SGS Inspection and Testing Services Limited (SGS) and Soluserv (Ghana) Limited. Sample analysis recommenced in May 2019 and all samples are dispatched to this onsite laboratory. SGS Soluserv is not accredited, however, the parent company (SGS) is accredited and globally reputable. At the laboratory, samples are placed in an oven until dry (typically for 8 hours), then passed through a jaw crusher which reduces the maximum size to less than 6mm. A rotary splitter is used to reduce the sample size to 500 grams which is then pulverised to a nominal 95% passing -75µm using an LM2 pulverize. Wet sieve tests are done for 1 in 20 samples to check for 90% to 95% passing 75µm. A 30g sub-sample is taken for analysis. It is considered that the sampling method is appropriate, is properly implemented and that the resultant samples are representative. To minimise the potential for contamination, the jaw crusher, splitter and pulverize is flushed with barren material between each sample. The mass of the samples is also cross-checked, in and out to ensure there has been no sample loss and/or contamination. Gold determination is by fire assay on 30g aliquots with atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) or gravimetric finish (gravimetric for samples greater than 100 g/t). This analytical method is considered appropriate for the style of mineralisation and is considered total. 8.3 Sampling governance Sample recovery is measured for all core samples and is considered good (greater than 90% recoveries). It is not suspected to be a significant source of bias. A comprehensive Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QAQC) process is in place. It includes internal QAQC processes used by the laboratory as well as an independent, external process used by AngloGold Ashanti to independently verify QAQC performance. Overall, the QAQC results showed adequate accuracy and precision with no significant contamination. In addition, ongoing production data confirms the reliability of prior sampling and assaying.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 37 Both DD core and channel samples (cross-cut) are used for grade estimation. Due to the difference in sampling methodology, there is potentially a bias between these sample types, although the latest bias tests (completed over the Sansu area) showed that bias was within acceptable limits. Comparison of the mean grades of the drillhole and channel samples within the Sansu bias test area, showed differences of between 1% and 8% for adequately informed domains. The other source of potential bias that may exist, is between the different sample campaigns conducted over the many decades of drilling and sampling. The comprehensive data validation exercise was done to minimise this risk and, as older areas become accessible, confirmatory drilling will be completed as a further step. Barcodes are used at all stages of core movement and sampling. Initially, the core samples are transported by the drilling contractor in barcoded trays with the hand over point being the coreyard where the core is checked and is electronically recorded as "core received". This barcoding is retained through all the logging and sampling stages, so that an individual core trays status can be checked at any point. Samples taken for assay are also barcoded at the coreyard before dispatch to the laboratory, with the individual sample's barcode being retained throughout its preparation and assay. When logging and sampling is complete, the laboratory collects the samples from the coreyard, and a sample dispatch sheet is signed by all parties. The dispatch of the samples is also electronically recorded as "dispatched". A new coreyard facility was built in 2019 which is significantly more secure than the old coreyard facility. All existing core has been moved and is now stored at the new facility. Data used to update the Mineral Resource estimates at Obuasi is stored in a Datamine FusionTM database. Much of the older data were captured on paper sheets and were manually entered into the database. During 2015-2018 a comprehensive data validation project was undertaken that focused on validating the data in the database by comparing the database against the original input data (such as the paper logs) and any noted errors (like transcription, survey grid or input errors) were corrected. Currently all data both logging and mapping is electronically captured and processed. It is all stored in the FusionTM database which has numerous data checks in place to ensure veracity and requires checks and logged authorisation before data can be loaded. The data is also directly extracted from the FusionTM database for modelling and estimation. The geology department completes monthly audits of the laboratory processes and procedures to ensure that the delivered assays are of adequate quality and reliability and that contract conditions are being met. A more comprehensive audit by a specialist is instituted on an ad-hoc basis. Such an audit was completed in August 2021. Several continuous improvement items were identified by the auditor, but no material risks. 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance The current independent QAQC measures undertaken at Obuasi include the routine submission of Certified Reference Materials (CRMs), blanks (pulp and coarse) and duplicates (pulp and coarse) at regular intervals. Each QC type is inserted at a rate of approximately 1 in 20 (5%) for both grade control and exploration samples. This level of insertion is in line with company guidelines and is considered adequate to comprehensively test for assay accuracy, precision and contamination. The results are analysed by the database and QAQC Specialist as received and is compiled into a monthly report. Re-assay is requested for failed samples. The accepted range for the CRMs is the expected value ± 2 standard deviations. The expected value and standard deviations are as per the product certificate. It is expected that, if the laboratory is performing well, less than 5% of submitted CRMs will be outside of the 2 standard deviation limits. For samples submitted during 2021, there was a 1.7% failure rate; well within acceptable limits and demonstrating good assay accuracy. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 38 Blanks are expected to report below 0.03 g/t for coarse blanks and 0.02 g/t for pulp blanks. Very few blank failures were recorded during 2021 (less than 0.3%) which indicates no significant contamination within the laboratory. Pulp- and coarse duplicates are inserted and compared with the original assay to measure assay precision and bias. For pulps, 85% of the duplicate pairs measured precision less than 20% (as measured by a Half- Absolute-Relative-Difference analysis). It is outside the ideal limit of 90%, but still considered adequate. For coarse duplicates, 82% of the pulp duplicate pairs measured less than 10% precision. This is also outside of the ideal limit of 90% but considered acceptable given the nature and style of mineralisation. Overall, these results show that the primary laboratory (SGS Soluserv) is achieving good accuracy and precision and that no significant contamination is occurring. Example of Certified Reference Material SL-61 (2021) Example of Certified Reference Material SN-60 (2021) AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 39 Coarse blank control chart for 2021 Pulp blank control chart for 2021 This QAQC program is run in addition to the normal QC insertions and monitoring undertaken in house by the laboratory. The results for the QAQC samples are frequently analysed with any discrepancies dealt with in conjunction with the laboratory prior to the analytical data being imported into the database. QAQC records are available for samples collected since 2005. Currently Intertek Minerals Limited™ (Tarkwa) is being used as referee laboratory and 10% of assays are sent to them for analysis. Like the process followed for the primary assay laboratory, CRMs, blanks, and duplicates are inserted at regular intervals into the sample stream at a rate of about 1 in 20. To date, the referee laboratories’ CRM performance has been sub-standard with significantly more than 5% of the CRMs reporting outside of the two standard deviation limits. The appointment of an alternative referee laboratory is currently being investigated. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 40 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy The QP considers that sample preparation, security and analytical procedures are adequate. Industry standard practices are followed by the laboratory for sample preparation and analysis. Rigorous QAQC processes are applied (internal and external) to check for contamination and ensure that sample results are reliable and representative. Laboratory audits are completed to identify any non-conformances and external check assaying is done on a quarterly basis. The handover point of the samples to the laboratory is a secure core yard facility and samples are directly transported to the laboratory which is within the mine perimeter (less than a kilometre away from the core yard) and is also a secure facility. The analytical procedures used do not deviate from conventional industry practice. 9 Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures For all new sampling (i.e., samples collected since 2019), several data controls are in place to ensure adequate data quality, processing, and handling. All drilling data are collected, validated, managed, and delivered to end users using the Datamine FusionTM mining and geological database management system (GDMS). The database is managed by an experienced database and QAQC specialist. Primary data elements used for Mineral Resource estimation include density, geological data (lithology and mineralisation), survey data (downhole and collar), gold grade assays, etc. All data is captured electronically. Logging data is captured directly onto handheld tablets; collar and downhole surveys and assay results are electronically received and transferred. Data validation checks are completed before the data is authorised and approved for geological modelling and grade estimation. Checks include items such as "completeness" (all required data collected including the meta data and table data); checks on the spatial information (collar and survey) and interval checks (such as overlapping intervals or duplicates). Once the data is authorised, it is directly extracted from the FusionTM database for modelling and estimation (directly imported into the modelling software using ODBC links and SQL views). The handover point for DD samples is the core yard (drill contractors’ hand over the core to the company). The core is stored in a secure facility and a core library is in place for easy access of core. All drill core is photographed with a digital camera before sampling to create a permanent record of the initial rock condition. The photographs are stored and linked to the drilling intervals. The core is oriented, and logging captured electronically using handheld tablets. Several validations are included in the capture software which prevents erroneous data entry. Approximately 30% of the logs are verified and reviewed by a senior geologist. Data collected prior to 2019, and collected over several decades, were included for Mineral Resource estimation. A comprehensive data validation project was completed from 2015 to 2018 to validate all pre- 2019 data stored in the FusionTM database. The historic data underwent several phases of validation which aimed at checking the database information against the original scanned logs and checking for other issues such as grid conversions, collar issues, transcription issues, duplicate data, magnetic declination adjustments and so forth. A significant proportion of these drill core samples were also re-logged (most notably in Block 11). In addition to these measures, the QP has physical access to the logging area and is well versed in the methodology of data capture. She has access to the FusionTM database into which the data is captured. A process map has been created that clearly defines individual parties’ accountabilities, the handover points, and steps to be followed to ensure security of samples and the quality of results. The QP was involved in the drafting of the processes, has taken time to review the process and is convinced that it is accurate and meets industry standards. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification There is considered to be no limitation on or failure to conduct required verification. Both Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve QP’s are based at the mine site and can conduct verification as required. This is done as part of their routine job tasks.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 41 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The QP considers that the data used is adequate for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation. The sample preparation, analysis, quality control, and security procedures have changed over time to meet evolving industry practices. It is reasoned that practices, at the time the information was collected, were industry-standard and includes the geological and survey data collected over several decades prior to the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti Goldfields in 2004. The risk associated with the inclusion of the historic sampling data has been further mitigated by a comprehensive data validation project completed between 2015 and 2018. Verification work continues as areas become accessible and further infill drilling becomes possible. It is worth noting that there is a reliance on historical survey information for depletion and sterilisation of the Mineral Resource in areas that have been historically mined over many decades but are currently not accessible. The verification of this information is an ongoing project. However, in some areas with a high degree of uncertainty (such as Cote D'Or), the Mineral Resource was classified into the Inferred Mineral Resource category to reflect reduced confidence. 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing The Obuasi Feasibility Study (FS) metallurgical test work program did not test multiple different flowsheets but tested and optimised the existing sulphide treatment plant (STP) flowsheet. The test work program was truncated and focused primarily on testing and optimising the condition for the gravity and flotation (i.e., flash, and bulk flotation) circuits and excluded the regrind, mesophuile BIOX batch amenability test (BAT), settling, neutralisation and BIOX carbon-in-leach (CIL) test works. This was supported by the consistently good performance of the BIOX circuit at Obuasi (typically 93% - 95%) and the relatively poor performance of the gravity and flotation circuits. As the operations reach steady state Mineral Resource model predictions will be reconciled to the actual process plant recoveries to determine performance levels. The metallurgical process is also not new and Obuasi has a long track record of production to support the metallurgical assumptions used. 10.2 Laboratory and results The FS test results were derived from historic plant recoveries, original as built data and test work program done by SGS Lakefield, South Africa on samples from the Block 8L and 10 grade control drilling programs, which provided an opportunity to reassess the stage recoveries based on representative samples of future ore sources. Upside allowance was made for higher grade ore and forecasted improved process control. SGS is a global giant in metallurgical test works and is ISO/IEC 17025 accredited. Block 8L master composite confirmatory test: flotation conditions Product Grind Size Activator Dosage Collector Dosage Co-collector Dosage Frother Dosage Flotation Time Pulp Density P80 (µm) Rate (g/t) Rate (g/t) Rate (g/t) Rate (g/t) (min) (% w/w) Flash Flotation 425 150 125 30 25 3 60 Rougher Flotation 106 100 180 65 40 30 30 Cleaner Flotation 25 10 Master composite confirmatory test: gravity recoverable gold test Product Mass Assay Grades Stage Recovery to Pull Feed Concentrate Tailings Concentrate Fraction (%) Au (g/t) Au (g/t) S2- (%) Au (g/t) Au (%) S2- (%) Flash Flotation 4.1 7.0 96.7 11.7 3.36 55.1 55.0 Rougher Flotation 12.3 2.4 16.5 3.5 0.32 87.8 90.7 Cleaner Flotation 59.4 16.5 27.2 5.7 0.87 97.9 97.5 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 42 Summary master composite confirmatory test Test Assay Head Calculated Head Residue Mass Pull to Concentrate Concentrate Grade Stage Recovery Increment al Recovery Au (g/t) Au (g/t) Au (g/t) Fraction (%) Au (g/t) Au (%) Au (%) Flash Flotation 7.0 7.21 3.38 4.11 96.7 55.1 55.1 Gravity Concentration 3.38 3.69 2.40 0.39 316 33.8 15.2 Rougher Flotation 2.40 2.31 0.32 12.3 16.5 87.8 26.1 Cleaner Flotation 16.5 0.87 59.4 27.2 97.9 -0.6 Overall Recovery 95.8 Master composite confirmatory test: products Product Stream Mass Assay Grade Recovery Fraction (%) Au (g/t) S2- (%) (%) Gravity Concentrate 0.39 316 15.2 Final Flotation Concentrate 11.4 52.2 7.9 80.6 Final Tails1 88.2 0.35 0.06 4.2 Block 8L master composite: diagnostic leach test data Diagnostic Component Description Fraction Cyanide Soluble Free milling gold that could be extracted via direct cyanidation (i.e. free and exposed gold). 31.1% Preg-robbed Gold that was ‘preg’-robbed, but recoverable via CIL processing. 9.5% Hydrochloric Acid Leach Gold that could be extracted via a mild oxidative pre-leach, (i.e. gold associated with calcite, dolomite, pyrrhotite, haematite etc.) 0.1% Nitric Acid Leach Refractory gold associated with sulphide minerals (i.e. pyrite, arsenopyrite etc.) 24.3% Roast Gold associated with carbonaceous material such as kerogen 33.0% Silica/Gangue Gold locked in quartz and silicates 2.0% Total 100% CIL Recoverable Gold 40.6% Refractory Gold 24.4% All elements have been factored into the approved process route as per the FS and original plant design so no significant effect to economic extraction efficiencies and recovery targets. Recovery targets beyond the FS also considered historical data since the plant was originally commissioned and upon reaching stable operations after the redevelopment project, optimisation exercises will be pursued as by way of continuous improvement. 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy It is the opinion of the QP that the supporting technical information is adequate for this Technical Report Summary. The 2016 FS provided the base information upon which subsequent mine design reviews, schedules and analysis have taken place. In addition, historical data support the assumptions and procedures used. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 43 11 Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource There are no geological parameters that are deemed to negatively impact the prospects for economic extraction. The processing plant is designed to appropriately recover both ore types including the quartz and sulphide ores and no deleterious elements have been identified during the long history of mining and processing at Obuasi. The mining method is LHOS. Development recommenced in early 2019 and stope mining in late 2019. The ODD (Obuasi Deeps Decline) is currently used as the main access into the mine. In future, material movement will utilise the Kwesi Renner Shaft (KRS) rock winder in the early years whilst the Kwasi Mensah Shaft (KMS) ore handling system will complement the later years of production. Surface trucks will rehandle material from the KRS and KMS bins to the run of mine (ROM) pad or waste dump. Stope and mine design have been based on a detailed geotechnical assessment of the relevant mining areas including review of the intact rock strength and rock mass characterisation programs. Geotechnical modelling was undertaken of mined out areas to determine appropriate regional support and the stoping sequence to control stress. Hydrogeological data for the underground operations is limited but show pumping rates roughly following a seasonal trend with higher inflow rates during the rainy season. In general, the mine appears fairly dry because of substantial under draining of the current workings by underlying excavations. An independent review was undertaken by Australian Mining Consultants (AMC, Perth) during April 2015 of the conditions on site and SRKs geotechnical assessments. AMC concluded that there are no fatal flaws in the geotechnical assessments or associated mine and stope design recommendations. The existing process plant (STP) was refurbished in 2019. The STP circuit contains a single-toggle jaw crusher, semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) and Ball mills as coarse grinding circuits coupled with gravity and flash flotation units, conventional flotation circuit coupled with fine grinding unit and thickening units, Biological Oxidation (BIOX), CCD/Neutralisation, Conventional CIL. The engineering parameters used are summarised in Section 11.2 and support the prospects for economic extraction. Appropriate infrastructure is available at Obuasi for mining including sufficient water, power, and site access for reasonable and realistic prospects for economic extraction. The infrastructure to support mining has been in place for a number of decades, the current project being undertaken to resume mining at Obuasi has included significant capital to upgrade and rehabilitate existing infrastructure to support a world class operation. These include underground ventilation system, conveyor systems, material and human hoisting infrastructure, crusher and associated conveyors, SAG and Ball Mills, flotation, thickeners, BIOX, CIL, elution and electrowinning and tailings management facilities. These facilities are powered by electricity from the National grid and an onsite 20MW emergency gensets facility and serviced by site water and air reticulations. Currently Obuasi holds 3 mining leases of which the extents are: • Obuasi mining lease comprising 87.5km2 • Binsere 1 mining lease 29.0km2 • Binsere 2 mining lease 24.7km2 • Totalling 141.2km2 The concession previously covered an area of 474km2 and had 80 communities within a 30km radius of the mine. This was reduced to the current 201km2 in March 2016. In January 2021 a further reduction was approved by the Minister, bringing the total size of the lease to 141.22km2. The Obuasi Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are contained within these mining leases and AngloGold Ashanti Ghana has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the mining license required for mining and infrastructure. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 44 Presently there are no anticipated environmental or social factors that are considered a risk to economic extraction. While historically there have been issues with illegal miners, more recently these incursions have been curtailed with active support from local and national government. They will continue to be closely monitored and managed. Costs for environmental rehabilitation and social sustainability projects are included in the cost model and modifying factors. There is a transparent quoted derivative market for the sale of gold and the cost of selling and refining gold are included in cost models and modifying factors. Marketing parameters are not considered an impediment to the reasonable and realistic prospects for the economic extraction of the Mineral Resource. The economic assumptions and parameters used are considered sufficient to support reasonable and realistic prospects for economic extraction. For the underground Mineral Resource, the gold price used was $1500/oz. It was used together with the appropriate cost assumptions (as per the Mineral Reserve) to calculate the appropriate cut-off grades for the Mineral Resource. The cut-off grades varied by block and was typically between 3.15g/t and 4g/t. The cost assumptions, and other factors that went into the cut-off grade calculations, are expanded on in the Section 12.2. The only difference between the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve cut-off grade inputs, was the gold price assumption ($1200/oz for Mineral Reserve versus $1500/oz for Mineral Resource). Cut-off grades were incorporated via the Mineable Shapes OptimiserTM (MSO) software tool. The shape optimiser creates and evaluates three dimensional envelopes of material using the cut-off grade and other relevant factors such as the minimum size, shape, dilution, and orientation of the mining units. The reported Mineral Resource is constrained within these mineable shapes. The economic assumptions used for the open pit Mineral Resource are somewhat outdated (based on work done in 2013). A slightly different gold price assumption of $1600/oz was used and there is limited information available on the cost assumptions and pit optimisation parameters used. However, the open pit Mineral Resource contribution is small (around 1% of the total Mineral Resource) and therefore, this is not considered material. A review of this work will be considered for the next round of reporting. Annually, the gold prices used are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Steering Committee (RRSC) of AngloGold Ashanti. Two different prices are determined - one for Mineral Resource and one for Mineral Reserve and these are used across all operations. The source and rational for the selected commodity prices are discussed in further detail in the Mineral Reserve section of this report. All available, appropriate data has been used for Mineral Resource estimation. This includes historical geological and survey data collected over several decades prior to the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti Goldfields Company in 2004. The risk associated with the inclusion of the historical geological data has been mitigated by a comprehensive data validation project completed by a team of geologists between 2015 and 2018, which included the re-logging of all available holes below 50 level. With regards to the historical survey data, given the mine's long history, there is uncertainty in the reliability of some of the previous mining volumes. Certain measures have been taken to lessen this risk including large-scale sterilisations for unreachable or extensively mined areas, or downgrades to the Inferred Mineral Resource category to reflect reduced confidence. However, verification of this historical information is ongoing and there may be additions and subtractions over time as further assessments are made, areas become accessible and more detailed investigations can be undertaken. The economic extraction relies on a "futuristic" gold price assumption ($1,500/oz) and constraining the Mineral Resource to mineable shapes (as generated by the Mineable Shapes Optimiser). An annual exploration budget is included in the mine's business plan for the purposes of upgrading the Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated and ultimately to Measured Mineral Resource. 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve in this Technical Report Summary and is reported as at 31 December 2021. The exclusive Mineral Resource is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the in situ Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 45 The majority of the Mineral Resource is from underground sources with only a small proportion from open pits, namely, Anyinam and Gyabunsu-Sibi. The Anyankyirem open pit was returned to the government during 2021 and removed from the Mineral Resource. The surface Mineral Resource is constrained by pit optimisation and the underground Mineral Resource by optimised stope shapes. These shapes maximise the recovered Mineral Resource value above a cut-off while also catering for practical mining parameters. The cut-off grades are based on a gold price assumption of $1,500/oz for underground and $1,600/oz for open pit Mineral Resource. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are estimated and reported in situ and stockpiles are reported as broken material. The parameters under which the Mineral Resource was generated, is presented below. It includes the cut- off grades, the high-level costs informing the cut-off grade calculations and the other MSO parameters. The shape optimiser creates and evaluates three dimensional envelopes of material using the cut-off grade and other relevant factors (such as the minimum size, shape, dilution, and orientation of the mining units). The reported Mineral Resource is constrained within these mining units and all material within these shapes are reported (i.e., the cut-off grade is considered for shape creation itself and no further cut-off grade is applied when reporting from these shapes). Parameters under which the Mineral Resource was generated Inputs Block 1 Block 2 Block 8 Block 10 Adansi Cote D'Or Sansu Block 11 Block 14 Gold Price Gold Price ($/oz) 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 Costs Mining cost ($/oz) 67.71 70.99 63.08 73.56 70.99 70.99 59.52 98.01 98.01 Processing cost ($/oz) 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 42.06 G&A ($/oz) 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 Royalty (%) 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% Metallurgical Recovery Metallurgical Recovery (%) 87% 87% 87% 87% 87% 87% 87% 87% 87% Cut-off grades MSO optimising cut-off grade (g/t) 3.26 3.34 3.15 3.40 3.34 3.34 3.06 4.00 4.00 Mineral Resource cut-off grade (g/t) 3.26 3.34 3.15 3.40 3.34 3.34 3.06 4.00 4.00 Other MSO parameters Dynamic Dip and Strike Control Used (mineralisation wireframes for stope dip and strike control) Sub Stope Definition Method Used (Combination of Proportional Shapes; Alternating Sequence, Horizontal Proportional Division Type with 5 Divisions) Stope Sections (m) Fixed at 15m or 20m increments Stope Levels Aligned with development levels or proposed development levels Stope Width (m) Apparent Width Method (Min 4m, Max 100m, Min Pillar 8m) Stope Dilution (m) Applied (ELOS Dilution; Near/Far Method; Single Values of 0.5 m for Near and Far) Stope Dip Angles (degrees) Min 60, Max 180, and Max Change 20 Stope Strike Angle (degrees) Min -45, Max 45, and Max Change 5 The geological model includes 3D wireframes representing the weathering profile (for the open pit models), the main rock types (metavolcanics, metasediments, graphite, and quartz), the shear boundaries, the mineralised lodes within the shears and, for the Obuasi Fissure, a further subdivision of the sulphides into low, medium, and high-grade zones. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 46 The mapping, drillhole, channel and reef drive sample data informs the interpretations. For the open pits, DatamineTM software (explicit modelling) is used, and for the underground areas, Leapfrog™ software (implicit modelling). The main units (Obuasi Fissure and Cote D'Or) are geologically continuous, but the Cote D'Or is very narrow, and the Obuasi Fissure is variable mineralised. Numerous hangingwall and footwall mineralised lodes splay off the Obuasi Fissure. They are often well mineralised (especially close to the Obuasi Fissure), but generally their continuity decreases with distance away from the fissure (eventually pinching out). The quartz zones are less continuous (they pinch and swell) in the south of the mine and at shallower levels, but they become very continuous and dominate at depth. The data density is considered sufficient to assure the continuity of mineralisation and geology to a conclusive level for Measured Mineral Resource and to a reasonable level of certainty for Indicated Mineral Resource. The Inferred Mineral Resource data density is low and is based on limited geological evidence; evidence that is only sufficient to establish that geological and grade or quality continuity are more likely than not. The geological information informing the interpretations are deemed to be of sufficient detail, quality, and reliability to support Mineral Resource estimation. The geological logs include detailed descriptions of lithology, alteration, structure, weathering, mineralisation style and geotechnical characteristics. In addition, underground mapping, which records lithological and mineralisation contacts and structures, is completed, and incorporated into the geological models. Geological logging and mapping are completed by qualified and experienced Geologists and about 30% of the logs are reviewed by a senior geologist to ensure reliability and consistency. The data is electronically collected and stored in the FusionTM database. Pre-2019 data was validated by a re-logging exercise and the data validation project undertaken by a team of geologists between 2015 and 2017. Obuasi has a long history of commercial mining and there are no obvious geological, mining, metallurgical, environmental, social, infrastructural, legal, or economic factors that are deemed to have a significant effect on the prospects of the deposit. In addition, it is also considered that there are no known geological data that could materially influence the estimated quantity and quality of the Mineral Resource. In terms of the estimation techniques for the underground areas (which form the bulk of the Mineral Resource), 3D wireframe models of the mineralisation and key lithologies are developed. The resulting wireframes are then used to code the drillhole samples before compositing. The lode, quartz and grade domain wireframes are used to define the estimation domains. There are several domains for each block including those representing the quartz and the surrounding low, medium and high-grade sulphides of the main Obuasi Fissure and several more for the Cote D'Or shear and other hangingwall and footwall lodes, also separated into quartz and surrounding sulphides where appropriate. The samples are composited to 1.5m intervals within the specified domains using the Mode 1 method of compositing in DatamineTM that forces all samples to be included in one of the composites by adjusting the composite length, while keeping it as close as possible to the interval length of 1.5m. Top capping exercises are done for each block to identify suitable capping thresholds (to prevent very high samples from overestimating the average grade of an area). The grade capping (top capping) applied differs from block to block. It is kept to a minimum as far as is possible and is usually less than 0.5% of the samples in a particular domain. Histograms, log-probability, and mean-and-variance plots are used to decide on appropriate values. The means and Coefficient of Variation (CV; standard deviation divided by the mean) before and after capping are compared. Generally, the top caps employed, resulted in a reduction to CVs to below 1.5 with the means not changing by more than a few percent. This was true of all domains with exception of the quartz domains, which are much more variable due to the coarse gold nature of the free gold mineralisation. Semi-variograms are calculated and modelled to represent the grade continuity. Each block is done separately. In general, the greatest continuity is along the strike (sometimes with a plunge), the second direction of continuity is down dip, and the shortest direction, along the thickness of the orebody. Typically, the variogram ranges along strike vary between 50m to 90m and down dip, between 30m and 70m. Along the shortest direction, it is typically 10m to 30m. The modelled nuggets are variable and typically range from around 10% to 40% of the population variance. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 47 The optimal set of estimation parameters are determined by kriging neighbourhood analyses (KNAs). kriging efficiency (KE) and slope of regression (PSlope) are used to investigate conditional bias for a given set of estimation parameters. Kriging efficiency compares kriging variance against block variance. If the kriging variance is low compared to the block variance, the degree of smoothing is minimised, and the grade tonnage relationship is best reflected. The slope of regression statistic describes the linear relationship between actual and estimated grades. If the slope statistic is close to one, then an unbiased relationship is expected. For most of the areas and domains, a search of 100m x 100m x 50m meters was used and the search ellipses were oriented to the approximate strike and dip of the mineralisation (with a plunge in some cases). Minimums and maximums were selected based on the KNA optimisations (completed per block and domain) and were typically between 5 to 10 composites (as minimums) and 30 to 80 composites (as maximums). Gold grades are estimated into the block model using ordinary kriging for a parent/panel size of 20mE by 5mN by 15mRL (with exception of Block 11 which was slightly larger at 30m x 5m x 15m). Negative weights are used and a discretisation of 5m x 5m x 5m meters is employed in all cases. The bulk of open pit mining from Obuasi took place in the 1990s and production declined over the years from 39 open pits. Since 2013, there has been no open pit mining activity and the surface Mineral Resource is very small (approximately 1% of the total Mineral Resource) and is limited to two open pits: Anyinam and Gyabunsu-Sibi. These do not form part of the Mineral Reserve. The Anyankyirem open pit (which was part of last year’s Mineral Resource) was returned to the government during the year and therefore removed from the Mineral Resource. The open pit Mineral Resource declaration is based on model updates and pit optimisations completed in 2013. Limited documentation is available for this work. However, the broad assumptions and the model data (block models, wireframes, sample data etc.) are available. The wireframing and grade estimation was done using DatamineTM software. Wireframing was explicit (by linking strings interpreted on a section-by-section basis). Wireframes were generated for the mineralised zone and oxidation horizons to represent oxidised, transitional, and fresh material. The densities were applied by oxidation horizon. Estimation was by ordinary kriging into block models of size 30mN by 30mE by 10mRL. Due to the lack of documentation, further details around the estimation parameters used are not available. This includes details around variogram parameters, searches, grade capping strategy, classification criteria etc. For pit optimisation, it is known that the cut-off grade of 1g/t was determined from a gold price assumption of $1,600/oz and the mining costs being achieved at that time for the Sibi open pit. Given that this work was completed some years ago, some of the assumptions used are now outdated and some key information about the estimation techniques are unavailable. However, the open pit Mineral Resource comprise about 1% of the total Mineral Resource and is not part of the Mineral Reserve. The lack of complete information is therefore not considered material but is planned to be addressed for the next statement (by appropriate model updates, the generation of comprehensive supporting documentation and pit optimisations using more up to date economic assumptions). The grade-tonnage curves presented below show the tonnes and grade above cut-offs for the inclusive Mineral Resource (Section 21.1), ranging from 0g/t to 5g/t for open pits and 0g/t to 20 g/t for underground. The graphs are separated into surface (above) and underground (below) Inclusive Mineral Resource: AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 48 Obuasi inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface) Obuasi inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground)

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 49 The estimation technique used at Obuasi is ordinary kriging and the primary estimation unit size is 20mE by 5mN by 15mRL. This estimation unit size is representative of the underground mining units and is considered appropriate given the style of mineralisation and mining methods. Compositing by length is employed and the influence of extreme grades are restricted by grade capping. Sample spacing is highly variable across the deposit and ranges from 10mE by 10mN (for grade control areas) up to 200mE by 200mN (for exploration targets). However, for Mineral Resource, the maximum extrapolation from data points is 100 m. Any areas beyond this, are considered to be upside potential rather than Mineral Resource. No correlations were made between variables as only gold grade is interpolated for Mineral Resource estimation. Computer programs used are LeapfrogTM Geo (version 5.0.4) for the wireframes and DatamineTM Studio RM (version 1.5.62) for the block modelling and estimation. SupervisorTM (version 8.13) is used for statistical analysis, variogram modelling and kriging neighbourhood analyses. The ordinary kriging estimates are compared with the input data visually; by means of a global mean comparison; by sectional plots comparing the number of composites, model grades and composite grades and grade tonnage curves (theoretical change-of-support curves versus actual curves). Prior to the mine going on care and maintenance, mine reconciliation was completed monthly whereby the Mineral Resource estimates were compared with grade control estimates, mining, and production data. This practice recommenced in 2020. The mine reconciliation for the year (up to the suspension of mining in May) showed acceptable performance. There are no co-products, by-products or deleterious elements considered at present. 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty Several criteria were considered to classify the Mineral Resource into the Inferred, Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource categories. The sample types used for Mineral Resource estimation are considered appropriate for the geological, chemical, physical, and mineralogical properties of the mineral occurrence. Since 2019, only underground DD samples are being collected and it is considered the preferred sample type. Prior to 2019, other types of samples were also collected and, of these, only the channel and reef drive samples are considered. Reef drive, channel, and DD samples are all used for geological wireframe modelling, but only the channel and DD samples are used for grade estimation. There is a potential risk of sample bias between the channel and DD samples. However, all bias test work conducted to date, suggests that the bias is not material and within acceptable limits. For all new sampling (i.e., samples collected since 2019), several data controls are in place to ensure adequate data quality, processing, and handling. All drilling data are collected, validated, managed, and delivered to end users using the Datamine FusionTM mining and geological database management system (GDMS). The database is managed by an experienced database and QAQC Specialist. The database is stored on a site-based server which is regularly backed up (daily) with monthly backups stored off site (permanently). Primary data elements used for Mineral Resource estimation include density, geological data (lithology and mineralisation), survey data (downhole and collar), gold grade assays, etc. All data is captured electronically. Logging data is captured directly onto handheld tablets; collar and downhole surveys and assay results are electronically received and transferred. Data validation checks are completed before the data is authorised and approved for geological modelling and grade estimation. Checks include items such as "completeness" (all required data collected including the meta data and table data); checks on the spatial information (collar and survey) and interval checks (such as overlapping intervals or duplicates). Once the data is authorised, it is directly extracted from the Fusion database for modelling and estimation (directly imported into the modelling software using ODBC links and SQL views). The handover point for DD samples is the core yard (drill contractors’ hand over the core to the company). The core is inspected for quality and cleanliness before accepting the core. The desired quality controls are specified in the contract with the drilling contractor. The core is not accepted if specified quality is not achieved. If the quality issue can be corrected, the drill contractors are asked to correct and return the core. In extreme cases (where issues cannot be corrected), re-drilling must be done. Weekly meetings are held with the drill contractors to communicate any quality of other issues. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 50 Core recovery is measured and marked by the drill contractors and checked when receiving the core. A barcoding system is in place for core trays and samples to ensure electronic tracking. The core is stored in a secure facility and a core library is in place for easy access of core. All DD core is photographed with a digital camera before sampling to create a permanent record of the initial rock condition. The photographs are stored and linked to the drilling intervals. The core is oriented, and logging captured electronically using handheld tablets. Several validations are included in the capture software which prevents erroneous data entry. Approximately 30% of the logs are verified and reviewed by a senior geologist. Zones to be sampled are clearly marked by the geologist based on the visual identification of quartz and/or arsenopyrite mineralisation, the presence of shearing or alteration and the presence of visible gold. The samples are recorded onto the electronic logging app and registered with barcode tickets before they are dispatched to the laboratory. All samples are dispatched to the onsite laboratory, which is owned by the company, but is being managed and operated by SGS Soluserv Limited (SGS) under a 3-year contract. Gold determination is by fire assay and atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) finish (except where gold grade is more than 100 g/t, then a gravimetric finish is used). The contract with SGS specifies several minimum controls to be adhered to by the laboratory and several additional controls are in place to monitor the quality of assaying. This includes a comprehensive Quality Assurance and Quality Control program which includes the routine insertion of Quality Control (QC) materials into the sample stream. QC materials comprise Certified Reference Materials (CRMs), blanks, crusher and pulp duplicates and check assay. These programs are run in addition to the normal QC insertions and monitoring undertaken in-house by the laboratory themselves. The laboratory makes the results available to the client electronically through their monthly reporting and Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). The LIMS system also has some security and validation features, and it stores audit trails of any manual adjustments of results which must be explained. Other controls include monthly review meetings between the Company and the Contractor; monthly laboratory audits conducted by the Company to identify any non-conformance issues (which the contractor is expected to amend urgently) and a requirement for the laboratory to participate in international round robins and other proficiency laboratory tests. The results received by the onsite laboratory are deemed to be accurate and precise with no significant contamination introduced. Data collected prior to 2019, and collected over several decades, were included for Mineral Resource estimation. There is some risk associated with the inclusion of this data (particularly for the data collected prior to the merger in 2004 as the records and QAQC information available for this data is more limited). To account for the uncertainties related to the estimates based on historical data without QAQC information, the highest level of confidence assigned to these areas was the Indicated Mineral Resource category (although in some places, the amount of data was sufficient for Measured Mineral Resource). It is only the blocks in which recent work (with QAQC) has been undertaken, where Mineral Resource has been classified into the Measured Mineral Resource category (i.e., Sansu, Block 8 and Block 10). In addition to these measures, a comprehensive Data Validation project was completed from 2015 to 2018 to validate all pre- 2019 data stored in the FusionTM database. The historic data underwent several phases of validation which aimed at checking the database information against the original scanned logs and checking for other issues such as grid conversions, collar issues, transcription issues, duplicate data, magnetic declination adjustments and so forth. A significant proportion of these drill core samples were also re-logged (most in Block 11). In conclusion, because of the re-logging and the data validation project, the current database is considered an accurate reflection of the data collected. The bulk densities used are based on a 2007 study which included 1,004 samples of which 627 samples were from ore material. The samples were taken across the entire underground mining area, but it has been questioned whether the amount of data collected lends sufficient confidence to the Bulk Density estimates across the entire mine. To improve on the situation, since late 2020, the routine collection of density measurements (for a representative sub-set of all new drill core samples) was implemented. To date, new density information collected in early, active areas (including Sansu, Block 8 and Block 10) supported and improved the confidence in the bulk densities determined from the 2007 study. Hence, for these early areas, no further consideration of the density in classification was deemed necessary. For the other blocks, significant differences in densities were not anticipated and it was considered that the highest confidence level of Indicated Mineral Resource adequately catered for any uncertainties in density that may be uncovered (but is not anticipated) in these future areas. Ordinary kriging is used for Mineral Resource estimation and the block size and domaining approaches are considered suitable given the style of mineralisation and mining methods. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 51 The reported Mineral Resource was considered to have reasonable prospects for economic extraction. This was considered by constraining the Mineral Resource to a gold price of 1500 $/oz. The gold price was designed to reflect the company's upside vision for the gold price and to capture any ore that is potentially economic to mine at a future realistic price. It was determined by examining long term price trends and validating against peer companies. The Mineral Resource is constrained by mineable shapes generated by a process designed to produce the optimal size, shape, and location of stopes for underground mine design using an input block model with grades or values. The process mimics what an engineer would do, and it provides a stope-shape that maximises recovered Mineral Resource value above a cut-off (based on the gold price assumption) while also catering for practical mining parameters. The cut-off grade calculations were considered reasonable and replicated those used for the Mineral Reserve (with the only difference being the gold price used). Due consideration was given to the geological, mining engineering, processing, metallurgical, legal, infrastructural, environmental, marketing, socio-political and economic assumptions in assessing the potential viability of the Mineral Resource. None of these were considered impediments to the viability. A process called the 15% rule was used to generate sampling data spacings for separation of the Mineral Resource into the Inferred, Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource categories. This process is described in the Guidelines for Reporting. The technique provides an average grade above cut-off estimate with less than 15% relative error and 90% confidence. For an Indicated Mineral Resource, annual production and for a Measured Mineral Resource, quarterly production should meet these criteria. The study concluded that a minimum definition grid of 60m x 60m x 1m was required for an Indicated Mineral Resource and 20m x 20m x 1m for a Measured Mineral Resource. The Inferred Mineral Resource targets a 90m x 90m x 1m spacing. It is deemed that the spacing identified for the Measured Mineral Resource using the 15% rule is adequate to confirm geological and grade continuity. The Measured Mineral Resource is considered to be that part of the Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade are estimated based on conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with it is sufficient to allow application of modifying factors in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. For the Indicated Mineral Resource, the spacing identified using the 15% rule is considered adequate to establish geological and grade continuity with reasonable certainty. The Indicated Mineral Resource is considered to be that part of the Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade are estimated based on adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with the Indicated Mineral Resource is considered sufficient to allow application of modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. The quantity and grade of the Inferred Mineral Resource estimates are estimated based on limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with the Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Limited geological evidence means evidence that is only sufficient to establish that geological and grade or quality continuity are more likely than not. The survey data used to deplete and sterilise the Mineral Resource is historical and have been collected over several decades. It is therefore a source of uncertainty in the older areas. The verification of this historical data and Mineral Resource sterilisations are ongoing and will continue as areas become accessible and further infill drilling and verification work becomes possible. The Mineral Resource confidence for some of the areas was downgraded to reflect this uncertainty and a lower confidence category for the Mineral Resource was assigned. It includes the Cote D'Or block for which all Indicated Mineral Resource was downgraded to Inferred. Estimates of confidence levels to support the disclosure of uncertainty surrounding Mineral Resource classification have not been used, but it is deemed that all sources of uncertainty associated with each class of Mineral Resource have been considered. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 52 The most prominent factors and sources of uncertainty are judged to be related to drill spacing, the inclusion of the historic data for Mineral Resource estimation, the potential sample bias introduced due to the use of both channel and diamond core samples and the use of historical survey data for depletion and sterilisation. Drillhole spacing is used as the basis for classification and downgrading is considered from this point based on any additional factors that may warrant an increase in uncertainty in an area, such as the quality of historical survey data. The decision to downgrade is largely subjective based on empirical evidence. 11.4 Mineral Resource summary The cut-off grade used for the Mineral Resource has been estimated based on the costs of the operation and a gold price of 1,500 $/oz. This gold price was provided by the company. It was designed to reflect the company's upside vision for the gold price, while providing an economic margin, and to capture any ore that is potentially economic to mine at a future realistic price. It was determined by examining long term price trends and validating against peer companies. The Mineral Resource is reported in situ and exclusive of Mineral Reserve as at 31 December 2021. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Anyinam Measured 0.00 2.50 0.01 0.00 Indicated 0.45 3.54 1.59 0.05 Measured & Indicated 0.45 3.53 1.60 0.05 Inferred 1.02 4.23 4.32 0.14 Gyabunsu-Sibi Measured 0.05 4.00 0.21 0.01 Indicated 0.05 3.48 0.16 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.10 3.76 0.37 0.01 Inferred 0.28 3.97 1.13 0.04 Above 50 Level - Block 1 Measured - - - - Indicated 5.79 5.50 31.80 1.02 Measured & Indicated 5.79 5.50 31.80 1.02 Inferred 2.40 5.90 14.15 0.45 Above 50 Level - Block 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 6.72 8.75 58.76 1.89 Measured & Indicated 6.72 8.75 58.76 1.89 Inferred 3.06 5.09 15.58 0.50 Above 50 Level - Block 8 Measured 1.57 7.73 12.13 0.39 Indicated 3.56 4.42 15.75 0.51 Measured & Indicated 5.13 5.43 27.88 0.90 Inferred 2.92 4.51 13.17 0.42 Above 50 Level - Block 10 Measured 0.17 9.27 1.57 0.05 Indicated 3.00 7.81 23.41 0.75 Measured & Indicated 3.16 7.89 24.97 0.80 Inferred 4.41 5.58 24.63 0.79 Above 50 Level - Adansi Measured - - - - Indicated 2.27 11.30 25.68 0.83 Measured & Indicated 2.27 11.30 25.68 0.83 Inferred 2.66 9.53 25.39 0.82 Above 50 Level - Cote d’Or Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 24.71 7.85 193.88 6.23 Above 50 Level - Sansu Measured 0.77 8.46 6.53 0.21 Indicated 2.86 4.83 13.81 0.44 Measured & Indicated 3.63 5.61 20.35 0.65 Inferred 2.48 4.19 10.41 0.33

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 53 Below 50 Level - Block 11 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.57 10.90 6.16 0.20 Measured & Indicated 0.57 10.90 6.16 0.20 Inferred 2.47 16.81 41.52 1.34 Below 50 Level - Block 14 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.55 8.05 4.47 0.14 Measured & Indicated 0.55 8.05 4.47 0.14 Inferred 3.72 8.19 30.48 0.98 Total Measured 2.57 7.97 20.45 0.66 Indicated 25.81 7.04 181.57 5.84 Measured & Indicated 28.37 7.12 202.02 6.50 Inferred 50.15 7.47 374.66 12.05 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion It is considered that the issues relating to relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction, can all be resolved with further work. Verification of historical depletion and sterilisation information is ongoing and is a long-term undertaking. Some early opinions can be formed regarding the likelihood of re-entering a particular area for mining, but this can only be fully verified once these areas become accessible. 12 Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used 3D DatamineTM Mineral Resource models for each of the mining Blocks are used as the basis for the Mineral Reserve estimates. The selected point of reference for reporting the Mineral Reserve is as of 31 December 2021. Mineral Reserve estimation considers mining criteria for the economic cut-off grade and minimum mining width (between 2.5m to 4m) for the anticipated mining method. All design and scheduling work are undertaken to an applicable level of detail by mine planning engineers in consultation with other technical specialists using Datamine Studio UGTM and Enhanced Production SchedulerTM (EPS) software. The cut-off grade parameters used site projected mining, processing, and general and administrative (G&A) costs. The gold price of $1,200/oz has been used based on guidance provided by AngloGold Ashanti corporate. The cut-off grade also considers the processing recovery factor (87% applied for all blocks), mining dilution and recovery, and tonne-kilometer (tkms) of all Blocks as well as fill type. Stopes are designed using the MSOTM software where the outputs are further optimised by manual edits. The stope shapes are generated at section intervals of 15m to 20m based on geotechnical guidance for each Block. MSOTM allows the class field to be assigned to each stope generated. The mine design is reviewed taking into consideration the updated stope shapes, existing development, and future infrastructure need. A LOM plan is generated which considers fleet and infrastructure capacities. All mining Blocks are designed for LHOS mining method. The Obuasi Mineral Reserve is reported from the LOM plan and only includes Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. Mineral Reserve in the Measured Mineral Resource category was classified as Proven Mineral Reserve. This is because of improved confidence in mining in the currently active blocks supported by the completion of key ventilation and material handling infrastructure. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to plant (the point where material is delivered to the processing facility) and is therefore inclusive of ore loss and dilution parameters. Appropriate modifying factors were applied to each mining Block. The modifying factors applied include dilution factors, mining recovery factors, and cut-off grades (COG). Dilution factors range from 12% to 17% depending on the mining method applied and geotechnical considerations. Unplanned dilution was included by applying a 0.5m skin as an equivalent linear over break slough to the hanging wall and footwall during the MSO processing. Geotechnical design parameters were considered and signed-off during the P300 FS. These parameters were considered in the stope design process. Mining recovery applied is 95%. Assumed metallurgical recovery of 87% was used in the COG calculation. However, in the mining and milling plan, there is usually a minimal variation due to metallurgical recovery model which takes into consideration the head grade of the processed ore. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 54 The cut-off grade parameters used site projected costs and a gold price of $1,200/oz provided by AngloGold Ashanti corporate. Obuasi mine has a long history of mining from which a comprehensive set of data is available for use. The LOM plan considers available access, material handling capability of the primary hoisting shafts, and horizontal trucking of ore and waste to the surface ROM stockpile. Underground mining is contracted to Underground Mining Alliance (UMA) that provides the requisite expertise to achieve the mine plan. AngloGold Ashanti management team runs the mine operations with the required technical, operational, supervisory, skilled, and general personnel. A contractors team headed by a project manager supported by operational, technical, supervisory, and administrative staff provides the operational workforce. The processing plant is managed by AngloGold Ashanti and the underground mobile fleet is managed by the contractor. The modifying factors used for the Mineral Reserve estimates are those adopted from the P300 FS. These factors were reviewed against historical performance parameters and compared with empirical analysis conducted by SRK and considered to be reasonable. The modifying factors applied include dilution factors, mining recovery factors, and cut-off grades. Dilution and mining recovery factors used for the Mineral Reserve estimates are based on historical performance parameters and geotechnical guidance. The mine has a long history of mining from which a comprehensive set of data is available for use. The cut-off grade parameters used site projected costs and a gold price of $1,200/oz provided by AngloGold Ashanti corporate. Mineral Reserve Modifying Factors as at 31 December 2021 Primary Commodity Price ($/oz) Cut-off grade g/t Au Dilution % Above 50 Level - Block 2 1,200 4.18 17.0 Above 50 Level - Block 8 1,200 3.93 17.0 Above 50 Level - Block 10 1,200 4.25 12.0 Above 50 Level - Adansi 1,200 4.18 17.0 Above 50 Level - Côte d’Or 1,200 4.18 14.0 Above 50 Level - Sansu 1,200 3.82 17.0 Below 50 Level - Block 11 1,200 5.01 12.0 as at 31 December 2021 % MRF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on g/t) % MCF MetRF % Above 50 Level - Block 1 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Block 2 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Block 8 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Block 10 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Adansi 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Côte d’Or 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Above 50 Level - Sansu 95.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 Below 50 Level - Block 11 98.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 12.2 Cut-off grades Cut-off grades (CoG) are calculated in line with AngloGold Ashanti’s Guideline for the Calculation of Cut-off Grades, 2014 (Cut-off Grades Guideline) to include ore development, production, processing, and G&A costs. The CoG estimation used LHOS mining method as the basis of the estimation. The estimation of CoG includes all the respective operating costs associated with mining including the lateral ore development associated with the stope. To simplify the CoG calculation, the physicals were determined per ore tonne with previous designs providing information to support the estimation of physicals used. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 55 The CoG per Block was determined as in situ (un-factored) and extracted (factored) with the extracted value used in the design process since it accounted for the impact of dilution and mining recovery in the costs. The costs used for the CoG were estimated based on agreed rates for various activities as provided by UMA and which had some aspects reviewed using the 2021 business plan (8+4) submission. The key cost assumptions such as processing, and G&A were also reviewed using the 2021 business plan. The mining cost however was estimated for each mining Block to account for the associated tkms, and the individual Block Modifying factors. The haul truck tonne-kilometres is important as it’s a key driver of haulage cost. The P300 FS modelled and provided the optimal routes for material handling for the various Blocks. This was considered in the calculation of the tkms. The modifying factors are based on site inputs and industry standards compiled on-site by the P300 feasibility study team. The key financial assumptions used in determining the cut-off grades are: • Gold price of $1,200/oz, provided by AngloGold Ashanti Corporate, • Royalty 3%, • Mill recovery of 87%, • Mining cost (Averaging $79/t but varies per Block), • G&A $22.92/t, • Processing $42.06/t. 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty 3D DatamineTM Mineral Resource models for each of the mining Blocks are used as the basis for the Mineral Reserve estimates. Mineral Reserve estimation considers mining criteria for the economic cut-off grade and minimum mining width for the anticipated mining method. All design and scheduling work are undertaken to an applicable level of detail by mine planning engineers in consultation with other technical specialists using Datamine Studio UGTM and Enhanced Production SchedulerTM (EPS) software. The cut-off grade parameters used site projected mining, processing, and G&A costs. The gold price of $1200/oz has been used as per AngloGold Ashanti’s Guidelines for Reporting. The cut-off grade also considers the processing recovery factor (87% applied for all blocks), mining dilution and recovery, and tonne-kilometer (tkms) of all Blocks as well as the fill type. Processing recovery factor applied was based on historic plant recoveries and test work program carried out by SGS Lakefield, South Africa on samples from Block 8L and Block 10 grade control drilling program. Mining dilution and recovery factors were based on P300 FS. Stopes are designed using MSOTM software where the outputs are further optimised by manual edits. The stope shapes are generated at section intervals of 15m to 30m based on geotechnical guidance for each Block. Inter-level spacing are between 20m to 25m spacing. The stope design evaluation considered all existing and current geotechnical data and underground observations. In areas of thicker graphite zones (greater than 0.3 m) along the longitudinal stope contacts, tactical adjustments in the form of reduced strike spans and re-slotting may be required. In the more adverse areas (stacked stopes, presence of extensive graphitic schist) sublevel heights may need to be reduced. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 56 P300 FS stope design dimensions and modifying factors recommendations Block Mining Method Sublevel Spacing (m) Max Stope Length (m) Stope (Orebody) Width (m) Mining Recovery (%) Dilution Factor (%) Block 8 (blocks 8L,8U & GCST) Longitudinal 20 20 - 30 5-15 95 20 Transverse 25 15 - 20 >15 95 12 Block 10 (blocks 9&10) 38L and above Longitudinal 20 20 - 30 3-10 95 20 Block 10 (blocks 9&10) Below 38L Longitudinal 20 20 - 30 5-10 95 20 Transverse 25 15 - 20 >15 95 12 Block 11 Longitudinal 20 15 - 20 3-7 95 20 Sansu Longitudinal 22 20 - 30 5-10 95 20 Transverse 22 15 - 20 >10 95 12 Block 1 Longitudinal 20 20 - 25 5-10 95 20 Transverse 20 15 - 20 >10 95 12 Block 2 (blocks 2,3 & 4, Adansi, Cote D’or) Longitudinal 20 15 - 20 5-10 95 20 The MSO allows the class field to be assigned to each stope generated. The mine design is reviewed taking into consideration the updated stope shapes, existing development, and future infrastructure need. A LOM plan is generated which considers fleet and infrastructure capacities. All mining Blocks are designed for LHOS mining method. The Mineral Reserve reported from the LOM plan has been derived from the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and is exclusive of any Inferred Mineral Resource. With caution, the Mineral Reserve estimate was based on approved economic factors, updated Mineral Resource models and appropriate modifying factors. The Mineral Reserve is classified as Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve based on the confidence levels determined in the Mineral Resource and the level of understanding of historical performance the appropriate modifying parameters. Obuasi has a long history of mining with available data that support the modifying factors being applied. The entire Probable Mineral Reserve have been derived from only Indicated Mineral Resource. All Measured Mineral Resource declared as Mineral Reserve have been classified as Proven Mineral Reserve. This is due to the improved confidence in undertaking mining activities over the last two years in the key Blocks that are currently active. Mineral Reserve only include Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. The Mineral Resource is exclusive of the Mineral Reserve. 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary Annually, the gold prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve committee (RRSC). Two different prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. These prices are provided in local currencies and are calculated using the historic relationships between the dollar gold price and the local currency gold price. The Mineral Resource price reflects the company's upside view of the gold price and at the same time ensures that the Mineral Resource defined will meet the reasonable prospects for economic extraction requirement. Typically, the price is set closer to spot than the Mineral Reserve price and is designed to highlight any Mineral Resource that is likely to be mined should the gold price move above its current range. A margin is maintained between the Mineral Resource and ruling spot price, and this implies that Mineral Resource is economic at current prices but that it does not contribute sufficient margin to be in the current plans.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 57 The Mineral Reserve price provided is the base price used for mine planning. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The company uses a set of economic parameters to value its assets and Business plan, these economic parameters are set on a more regular basis and reflect the industry consensus for the next five years. These are generally higher than the Mineral Reserve price and enable more accurate short term financial planning. Finally, the company uses a fixed price to evaluate its project and set its hurdle rate. This price and the hurdle rate are set by the board and changed when indicated due to significant changes in the price of gold. The determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve prices are not based on a fixed average, but rather an informed decision made by looking at the trends in gold price. The gold prices and exchange rates determined are then presented to the RRSC for review, in the form of an economic assumptions proposal document once a year (generally the second quarter of the year). After review and approval by the committee, it is sent to AGAs Executive Committee ("EXCO") for approval. The prices for copper, silver and molybdenum are determined using the same process used for gold. The Obuasi Mineral Reserve is estimated using a gold price assumption of $1,200/oz. The cut-off grades for the various mining Blocks are estimated by considering modifying factors specific to each Block. Processing and G&A costs are calculated per tonnes milled and applied for all Blocks. The Obuasi Mineral Reserve is mainly from underground ore sources. Seven (7) mining Blocks comprising Sansu, Block 8, Block 10, Block 11, Block 1, Block 2 and Adansi make up the key mining blocks from which the Mineral Reserve is derived. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. Gold Mineral Reserve Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Above 50 Level - Block 1 Proven - - - - Probable 2.02 7.46 15.06 0.48 Total 2.02 7.46 15.06 0.48 Above 50 Level - Block 2 Proven - - - - Probable 2.41 8.16 19.64 0.63 Total 2.41 8.16 19.64 0.63 Above 50 Level - Block 8 Proven 3.80 7.72 29.34 0.94 Probable 7.78 5.98 46.47 1.49 Total 11.58 6.55 75.80 2.44 Above 50 Level - Block 10 Proven 0.00 8.75 0.01 0.00 Probable 8.40 7.06 59.33 1.91 Total 8.40 7.06 59.34 1.91 Above 50 Level - Adansi Proven - - - - Probable 0.72 17.78 12.78 0.41 Total 0.72 17.78 12.78 0.41 Above 50 Level - Sansu Proven 0.93 8.09 7.53 0.24 Probable 2.22 6.01 13.33 0.43 Total 3.15 6.62 20.86 0.67 Below 50 Level - Block 11 Proven - - - - Probable 2.53 21.18 53.54 1.72 Total 2.53 21.18 53.54 1.72 Total Proven 4.73 7.79 36.88 1.19 Probable 26.07 8.45 220.14 7.08 Total 30.80 8.34 257.02 8.26 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 58 The Obuasi Mineral Reserve was derived mainly from underground ore sources and does not include any material from ROM stockpile, tailings, or open pit. For the Mineral Reserve the reference point is as delivered to the processing plant and it is quoted as at 31 December 2021. 12.5 Qualified Person's opinion Obuasi has a long history of mining with comprehensive historical stope performance database that support the modifying factors being employed in the Mineral Reserve estimates. As a result, there is no expectation the modifying factors that are used will significantly change over time to have any adverse impact on the Obuasi Mineral Reserve estimates. 13 Mining methods Obuasi is an underground operation utilising both vertical shafts and declines as main access routes to the underground workings. The mine has seen extensive historical mining activities with varying applications of different mining methods to date. The current LOM design employs mostly the LHOS mining method for ore extraction. LHOS is a highly selective and productive method of mining that can be employed for orebodies of varying thicknesses and dips. The three main distinct variations of the LHOS used at Obuasi are longitudinal retreat stoping (LRS), longitudinal open stoping (LOS), and transverse open stoping (TOS). The blind upper stoping (BUS) is a form of LRS, or TOS used for partial sill pillar recovery. TOS is designed in areas of the orebody that are greater than 15m in thickness. Stopes are accessed by a cross-cut in the centre of the stope and then a tee along the hanging wall contact on the extraction level (lower) and on the upper level is developed to create the initial slot for stope blasting. Stope heights are on average 20m to 25m with a stope length along strike of 15m to 20m. Primary TOS stopes are the initial stopes in the mining sequence which are surrounded by fresh rock. Secondary stopes are stopes that have at least one wall of cured paste fill or hydra fill from an adjacent primary stope. LRS is designed in areas of the orebody that are less than 15m in thickness can be also known as LOS. In LRS or LOS, stopes are accessed by a single ore drive along strike on the extraction level (lower) and on the upper level. Stope heights are on average 20m with a current geotechnical constrained stope length along strike of 20m. Stoping is by way of a continuous cycle of production drilling, blasting to a slot, tele- remote mucking, then filling with cemented pastefill. A curing time for the cement is required before mining the next stope along strike or underneath. BUS has been designed in the upper crown pillar areas remaining at the top of the mining sequence within the mining Blocks. This top stoping lift completes a bottom-up mining sequence from historic production, undercutting older completed mining sequences from above. The BUS method was initially intended for partial extraction of the sill pillar stopes by drilling up holes and leaving in situ pillars 5m above. With most of the blocks now being planned to be filled with paste, this has been reviewed to be mined fully without leaving any thin pillar between the sill stopes and the upper stoping horizon. This is considered a safe way to recover sill pillars rather than leaving a 5m skin which has the potential of collapsing uncontrollably. Mining methods are selected based on their suitability for various orebody geometries and expected ground conditions. Designs are varied in order to accommodate local conditions, changes in geometry, minimise waste development and dilution, and maximise ore grade and Mineral Resource recovery. Stopes are designed for either transverse open stoping or longitudinal retreat stoping. Geotechnically, an ore body width of greater than 15m is designed for transverse open stoping and less than 15m is designed for longitudinal stoping. The P300 FS determined the strike lengths using Mathew’s stability graph. Other factors that may dictate the mining method include proximity to historically mined stopes and the nature of geological structures within the orebody. The figure below provides a schematic of the TOS method, with the numbered blue stopes showing the primary stope extraction sequence, whereby double lifts one stope above another are mined at the same time. This improves the ratio of ore that can be mucked conventionally from the lowest draw point and increases the size of the pastefill cycle, both of which benefit the production rate from any given ore block. The white shapes between the numbered blue represent the secondary stopes which will be mined in a AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 59 similar manner. The purple drives running parallel to the orebody are the footwall access drives from which the green coloured cross-cuts are developed to the hanging wall of the orebody. Finally, the pink coloured development along the hanging wall represents the "T" design from where the raise and slot are drilled in order to open up the stope. An example of the LRS method along with an underhand extraction sequence for a portion of Block 11 is shown below. The mining sequence is such that a mining front (represented by the diagonal red line) is created and then retreated in the direction of the arrow so that rock stress build up is minimised in localised areas and is directed into the solid unmined mass below the mining front. Example TOS design for Block 8L and LRS design for Block 11 The LOM design is aligned with the P300 FS and updated regularly in accordance with the AngloGold Ashanti mine planning cycle. Mine development is targeted at accessing critical infrastructure and stoping fronts in order for the mine to ramp up production from the current 2,000tpd to 4,000tpd by quarter 4 2022. Production is then planned to increase by a gradual increment to 4,500tpd by 2023. Beyond 2023, production is to be sustained at an average of 5,000tpd to 5,500tpd to the end of LOM. A fleet of Sandvik™ load-haul- dump (LHDs) and trucks are used for material loading and transport from the various underground working areas through ore passes and internal decline systems that connects all levels to the either the ODD or the various hoisting shafts. The fleet is a typical underground metalliferous mine mobile mechanised fleet. Key to the applicability and effectiveness of this fleet is the central access provided by the ODD. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 60 This roadway allows efficient access to all regular mining fleet and specialised mining equipment (i.e., raisebore rigs, exploration, and grade control DD rigs) and key equipment in support of fixed plant and infrastructure projects. Exploration and grade control drilling activities are continuing to upgrade Mineral Resource to either Indicated or Measured Mineral Resource. To this end exploration drill cuddies are designed and prioritised for development in the LOM plan. The geology across Obuasi consists of three main units: meta-sediments (phyllite, greywacke, carbonaceous/graphitic schist), meta-volcanics (dyke), graphite and/or quartz. It is generally agreed that meta-sediment and meta-volcanic units are of fair rock mass quality, while graphite is of poor rock mass quality. The geotechnical evaluation focused on each mining block, and the conditions in the adjacent mined- out areas which are considered to be mining analogues. The context of each block is different, based on proximity to mined-out areas, size, and geometry. The stope design evaluation considered all existing and current geotechnical data and underground observations. Ultimately, the established rock mass properties for each of the major rock types (per major Block) were used as an input to an empirical stope design method. Additional inputs to account for stress were reviewed against numerical models, and the impact of prevailing structures in each mining block. The mine is predominantly hosted by phyllites beneath a well-developed regolith zone up to 70m in thickness. The northeast/southwest striking mineralised fault zones exert a dominant influence on the hydrogeology, with preferential permeability controlled by structures along strike. The available hydrogeological data for the underground operations do show that the pumping rates roughly follow a seasonal trend: the water inflow rates are higher during the rainy season. This is potentially due to high permeability between the open pits and underground workings. The catchment area of the open pits helps to collect and channel water to the underground voids. In general, the mine appears fairly dry as a result of substantial under draining of the current workings by underlying excavations. Before designing the selected blocks with Studio UGTM, economic cut-off grade evaluation sensitivity was carried out to know areas of economic value. Inaccessible areas or areas of severe ground deterioration have been excluded in the stope designs. 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling Obuasi operates an underground mine only. The main Obuasi decline (ODD) is situated on the southern side of Obuasi and currently is the main access ramp to the active Blocks of the mine where production and development are ongoing. The decline is planned to reach approximately 1.6km vertical distance from the surface, reaching the base of the high- grade Block 11. From the decline, access drifts have been designed into the central parts of the mine and linking the main Kwesi Mensah (KMS) hoisting shaft. The northern part of the mine is accessed through the Cote D’Or decline which links Cote D'Or and Adansi Blocks. Geotechnical considerations The P300 FS Geotechnical work on Obuasi started in August 2014 with SRK Consulting (Canada) being the main architect, supported by the AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi geotechnical team. Four major mining blocks (Sansu 3, Block 8 Lower, Block 10, and Block 11) and five minor mining blocks (Block 1, Block 2, Block 9, Adansi, and CDOR were assessed. The study with SRK ended in December 2014. Australian Mining Consultants (AMC) were contacted to review the SRK work. However, between September 2015 and December 2015, Randgold Resources Limited (RRL) during a due diligence of the mine contracted Dempers and Seymour Pty Ltd (D and S) and SKCA Pty Limited/PIRAN Mining (with Beck Engineering as an associate Consortium to carry out stress modelling) to also conduct a geotechnical assessment on three major mining blocks (Block 8 Lower, Block 10 and Block 11) on its behalf. AMC Consultants Pty was again asked by AngloGold Ashanti to review the recent work done by RRL and form a considered view on the expected ground conditions and mining at depth, and the stress environment in the future production areas of Obuasi to optimise the Obuasi FS.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 61 The outcome of AMCs comprehensive review including an alignment of views across numerous geotechnical consultants were incorporated into the overall mine design process resulting in significant improvement to the P300 FS mine design. These included an assessment of the rock mass condition and other geotechnical parameters such as stope dimensions and support designs. The P300 FS geotechnical work is also based on the recently consolidated mining block names or boundaries which define Sansu mining block as the combined Sansu 1, 2, and 3; Block 8 as the combined GCS Top, Block 8U and Block 8L; mining block 10 comprises of Block 9 and Block 10, whilst mining block 2 combines blocks 2, 3 and 4. The other mining blocks such as Block 1, Cote D'Or, Adansi, and Block 11 remain unchanged. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the geotechnical assessments are based on the consolidated Block names as represented above. Currently, P300 FS is being implemented and since the commencement of the operations various empirical and numerical analyses have provided a better understanding of the various active working areas. Mine stress modelling In situ stresses are an important requirement for understanding and predicting rock mass behaviour. Initial measurements were carried out by AMC in 1996 at 26S 333 cross-cut in the Block 8L area. A second measurement was conducted in August 2007 in 50S 131 cross-cut and 32S 249 cross-cut. This was carried out by Rock Mechanics Technologies™ (RMT) from the UK using the CSIRO™ Hollow Inclusion (HI) 12 Gauge Cell. The various measurements show general good agreement of bearing and dip between tests. RRL in December 2015 conducted in situ stress measurements as part of the due diligence specifically targeting Blocks 10 and 11 using Western Australian School of Mines™ (WASM), acoustic emission (AE) technique a methodology that can be undertaken for a specific target area remotely, without the need for direct personnel access. A total of five target areas were selected, three associated with Block 10 and two associated with Block 11. Obuasi in situ stress measurement locations BLACKIES SHAFT 1996 HI In-situ Stress 2007 HI In-situ Stress 26L 50L 32L 2015 AE In-situ Stress LEGEND AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 62 Relationship of Principal Stress with Depth WASM AE stress measurements: pole plot AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 63 In terms of the relationship of principal stress measurements with depth, as shown above, the WASM AE orientation results compared well with the HI Cell results. However, there is a slight difference with the WASM AE magnitudes when compared with the HI Cell result and this might be due to possible depth difference and/or rotation effects due to rock strength and/or structure. The in situ stress field used in the assessment was based on the overcoring results of HI cells completed by RMT (2007) as the 2015 measurement completed by RRL was considered less reliable. With the mine now in active operations, another in situ stress measurement programme has been planned for 2022 to provide up-to-date data from which a review of mining sequence and support requirements can be undertaken. Stope dilution estimates Stope dilution assessment was carried out per mining Block based on the mining method employed. Two approaches were used to arrive at the dilution percentages for each mining method (LOS and TOS). In the case of LOS, the varying orebody widths (5m, 10m, and 15m) were considered since mining width has a great impact on dilution. Empirical models using equivalent linear overbreak/sloughage (ELOS, Clark 1998) were used by SRK. ELOS calculation using measured volumes and overbreak information from the cavity monitoring survey (CMS) and stope performance back-calculated from CMS reconciliations by AngloGold Ashanti Ghana were applied. A database of approximately 50 CMS reconciliations from stopes mined using longitudinal and transverse open stopes from current mining blocks were considered in the assessment. External dilution recommendations Stope type CMS back-analysis SRK empirical analysis Recommended range 5m Longitudinal 27-45% 26-40% 25-29% 10m longitudinal 5-62% 15-25% 18-25% 15m longitudinal 14-43% 12-16% 16-22% 15m transverse (primary) 5-17% 5-11% 7-12% Dilution applied for the various blocks in the Mineral Reserve estimates Block Main stope type Dilution Applied Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Block 1 LOS and TOS 17% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Block 2 LOS and TOS 17% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Block 8 LOS and TOS 12% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Block 10 LOS 17% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Adansi LOS and TOS 14% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Cote D or LOS and TOS 17% Obuasi Underground - Above 50 Level - Sansu LOS and TOS 12% Obuasi Underground - Below 50 Level - Block 11 LOS 16% Stope dilution estimates have been applied for the LOS and TOS with pastefill (except for Sansu which uses cemented rock fill), and are based on improved mechanisation and improved mining controls such as: • Higher orebody drill definition and understanding of graphitic structures • Improved geology control in ore development • Correct selection and installation of ground support • Improved drilling accuracy and blasting practices (development and stoping) AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 64 • Strict adherence to stope designs; and • Reduction in stope backfill cycle times and use of cemented pastefill Ground support regimes The ground support requirements for the mine were determined in the P300 FS based on the following: rock mass quality, graphitic shear type, prevailing stress regime and whether static loading or dynamic loading is being experienced. The support regime is, however, grouped into two categories: development and stoping support. The approach used during the development ground support design includes: the analytical method, empirical techniques, computer modelling using the Rocscience Unwedge™ software, and observations underground. Cable bolt support is required for stoping to control wall instability. An option exists on occasions (when deemed unnecessary) to mine without cable bolts per the geotechnical engineer’s advice. All stope cable bolts are plated and tensioned to ensure maximum support effectiveness. Backfill system The Obuasi backfill system was redesigned during the P300 FS in response to limitations imposed by the previous system. In the previous system, stopes were often left open for excessive times resulting in time dependent failure, or alternatively un-cemented rockfill was placed in primary stopes resulting in sterilisation of ore and dilution when mining adjacent stopes. Consequently, paste fill was identified as the preferred fill method. The paste fill system and reticulation underwent technical and engineering review by AMC, who endorsed the overall design and backfill requirements. The system currently utilises the GCS shaft for delivery of the paste from surface to 20 Level from where further holes are drilled to 26 and 32 Levels. Reticulation on 20 Level provides the primary underground distribution point. The 26 Level in conjunction with 2603 Level are used for distribution to Block 8L, whilst 32 Level serves as the reticulation backbone for all the Blocks to the north of GCS, including Blocks 10, 1, 2 and 11. Reticulation into the Blocks to the south of Block 8L is carried out with pipework along 20 Level to the southern operating limits of the reticulation. The primary reticulation system design incorporates an element of redundancy, allowing for duplicate holes for the primary vertical connections from surface through to all blocks. This is to ensure high system availability and as risk mitigation when lines are temporarily blocked with cemented fill. This approach will provide flexibility and contingency to the reticulation network and increase effective system utilisation. Assessment of planned stope shapes determined paste strength requirements for transverse stopes of up to 500 kPa, whilst the paste strength for longitudinal stopes is 300kPa with these strengths including a factor of safety of 1.25 which is suitable for non-entry mining methods. The test work undertaken during the study demonstrated favourable results with use of an alternative fly ash binder, with an optimal blend ratio of 80:20 slag to cement binder ratio using Ghana general purpose (GP) cement at 70% solids density showing that 3% binder will be sufficient for LHOS of up to 500 kPa. For higher strengths up to 1,200 kPa, 6% binder will be required. Ventilation and refrigeration Obuasi is a very large and complex underground system of vertical and horizontal excavations, consistent with a mine in excess of 100 years of mining life. Historical mining operations, ore extraction methods, vast abandoned and worked out areas, past ventilation related decisions, lack of adequate / efficient ventilation controls, open voids, illegal activities affecting ventilation flows, poor maintenance of existing ventilation systems and appliances all contributed in varying degrees in the past to the condition of the overall ventilation system.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 65 During the P300 FS, ventilation design and estimation were completed for Obuasi with due consideration of the complex nature of the operations. The design and technical assumptions were primarily focused on optimising key ventilation infrastructure (sizes) and mine air volumes to reduce the overall ventilation cost (capital and operating costs). The overall ventilation network was audited by Prysm Ventilation™ Services, South Africa with no fatal flaws found; indicating the methodology for design and macro layout is robust and appropriate to support the P300 LOM plan. The primary ventilation design has fresh air delivered into the mine from the surface via the existing fresh air shafts (GCS, KRS, KMS, and FPS) and the decline system. The mine design incorporates new and larger ventilation raises (5.5m GCVS and 5.5m KVMS) into mining blocks to ensure the required volumes of primary fresh and return air are delivered in support of the mine plan. A system of smaller diameter raises within each block is designed to allow for effective distribution of the primary air to the secondary system. Refrigerated air is planned for all mining blocks below 29 Level. The new GCVS consists of a 5.5m shaft fitted with bifurcated fans. This shaft is supported with a network of internal underground raises extending below 41 level. The GCVS provides primary ventilation to Sansu, Block 8 and 10. The New KMVS surface fans and network will consist of the following: • New 6.5m ventilation shaft extending from surface to 32 Level. This raise is designed to be vertical and will miss all existing mine infrastructure; Three centrifugal type fans fitted to trifurcated surface duct arrangement, each fan duty is 250m3/s at 3.1kPa; • Primary vent collection levels on 32 Level directly servicing exhaust demand for Blocks 1 and 2 as well as crushing, trucking and infrastructure areas around 41 level. Direct linkage to second collection level on 4902 Level (to accommodate the exhaust system for Block 11) and a host of other internal raises to support the effective operation of the KMVS ventilation shaft. The newly optimised and simplified ventilation network allows for quantity allocation shifting between GCVS and the new KMVS primary systems as needed. This inherent redundancy provides system flexibility and capacity reallocation, providing risk mitigation opportunities in the event of an unplanned (or planned) fan outage. The GCVS system was commissioned in quarter 4 2021 and KVMS-2 is planned to be completed in 2024. Mine heat and refrigeration A heat load assessment for the mine was undertaken during the P300FS on an annual basis over the LOM, allowing for annual cyclic ambient temperature variations specific to Obuasi. The following heat sources were used for heat load calculation purposes: • Diesel equipment, • Auto compression, • Electrical equipment, • Strata heat, • Broken rock; and • Groundwater. The refrigeration requirements for Obuasi were calculated by determining the total heat load from these identified sources, applying a design target reject temperature of 31.0°C wet bulb. Prysm Ventilation Services South Africa, reviewed the work and found no fatal flaws; indicating the methodology for design and macro layout is robust and appropriate for the mine plan. 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel A full-scale mechanised underground mining fleet is used by UMA mining contractor, to meet the mine plan. The fleet is owned by AngloGold Ashanti but is serviced and maintained by the mining contractor, under the mining contract agreement. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 66 Six twin-boom development drill rigs (Jumbos) are being used for all lateral developments (including stope preparations for production). These drill rigs enable scaling, installation of ground support, and face drilling to be undertaken by a single unit. One boom mounted and two "horse-shoe" type production drills capable of drilling 76mm to 102mm have been selected to allow greater flexibility in current and future planned excavations sizes. A combination of 17t and 21t Sandvik loaders are selected to match with 60t Sandvik trucks (Sandvik TH663i) for material loading and transport from the various underground working areas through ore passes and internal decline systems that connect to the ODD. The production hoisting shafts (KRS, BSVS) at the south as well as the centrally located KMS production shaft will be used for material handling to surface after completion of planned refurbishment work. Above 2900 Level, ore trucking to surface using the ODD is considered optimal until the 2400 Level haulage where a dedicated truck tip system becomes operational. For the north mining areas of Adansi and Cote D'Or, material handling will be via the Cote D'Or Decline. Other auxiliary equipment is in place to either support development or stoping activities. The Obuasi management team runs the mine operations with the required technical, operational, supervisory, skilled, and general personnel. A contractors team headed by a project manager supported by operational, technical, supervisory, and administrative staff provides the operational workforce. The process plant is managed by Obuasi, and the underground mobile fleet is managed by the contractor. A workforce of some 1,458 comprising 864 Obuasi employees and 594 mining contractor employees are engaged for various roles within the operations. All significant surface activities, including ore processing, environmental management and community engagement are carried out by Obuasi staff. 13.3 Final mine outline The Obuasi mine outline is presented below. Obuasi mine outline 14 Processing and recovery methods The full Obuasi FS metallurgical test work program to simulate the Obuasi process plant (STP) flowsheet from start to finish was truncated and was also performed only on Block 8 Lower and Block 10 grade control drilling samples. The key focus was on gold recovery determination and optimisation with the primary area of gold loss from the STP flowsheet being the gravity/flotation unit operation. Even though some further opportunities exist, preliminary geometallurgical modelling results however indicate good correlation with the FS metallurgical test work results. The Obuasi Mineral Resource statement assumes economic extraction through the processing plant in all cases for the other blocks. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 67 It is however assumed that the process plant flowsheet will be modified to improve recoveries as further metallurgical test work is performed on other blocks. The assumptions on processing route and recovery are appropriate for the styles of mineralisation. The processing methods include crushing, ore handling, coarse and fine grinding, gravity, flotation, thickening, BIOX, neutralisation, CIL and tailings/water management. The original design capacity of the STP was 180,000 t/month (6,000 t/day). Since operations commenced, the plant has undergone several stages of modification, expansion, and reconfiguration, with the addition of some unit processes, in particular flash flotation and gravity separation, and the discontinuation of others, notably the CIL circuit treating the flotation tailings. The key process units of the STP are: • Single stage crushing through an open circuit jaw crusher (600mm x 600mm, single toggle jaw crusher with an upstream scalping grizzly). It should be noted that all shaft hoisted ore will go through primary crushing through underground ore handling and crushing when hoisting commences at the KMS. • Key function of the STP primary crusher is to serve as secondary crushing unit to reduce the mills energy consumption and to crush surface ore hauled directly to the ROM pad. • Grinding using an open circuit SAG mill (6.15m x 7.60m effective grinding length (EGL) with 3,800kW motor) followed by a ball mill (5.20m x 7.80m EGL with 3,800kW motor) operating in closed circuit with a bank of hydrocyclones. The design product size is 80 % passing 75µm; • Within the ball mill circulating load (hydrocyclone underflow) is a feed splitter box with three controlled outlets. One outlet feeds the primary gravity circuit, consisting of three 1.2m (48 inch) Knelson Concentrators (located in a separate structure) operating in parallel and, second outlet feeds the flash flotation circuit (OK 500) whose concentrate product is giving a further grind at the Vertimill®. The last outlet of the splitter box serves as a bypass to directly feed the ball mill in case the Knelson concentrators and flash flotation units are not available. • Knelson concentrate is cyanide leached in an In-line Leach Reactor (ILR) in a batch process with the leached gold recovered in the gold room by electrowinning. • The hydrocyclone overflow is processed in the conventional bulk flotation circuit, which consists of rougher, scavenger, cleaner, and scavenger-cleaner stages. The rougher and scavenger flotation cells are self-aspirating while the cleaner cells are forced air. Each rougher (three-of) and scavenger (four-of) cells are 130m3 in volume, whilst the cleaner (two-of) and scavenger cleaner (four-of) cells are each 40m3 in volume. Flotation tailings are thickened and report to either the backfill circuit or to final tailings. • The combined flash and conventional flotation concentrates are re-ground in a Metso VTM-1000- WB Vertimill. operating in closed circuit with a bank of hydrocyclones, ahead of bioleaching. The target regrind size is 92% passing 45µm. • The SAG mill described above is designated SAG 1. There is another SAG mill which is designated SAG 2 (5.35m x 7.20m EGL with a 2,700kW motor) which run as a parallel process route from the same crushed ore stockpile (COS) and circuit product fed directly to the conventional bulk flotation plant but at a reduced feed rate of about 90tph. The SAG no.2 process route is what is referred to as the phase 1 circuit and incorporated with its own cyclone cluster. • The BIOX circuit consist of four parallel trains, with each train consisting of six reactors (895m3 live volume per tank), the first three operating in parallel (primary reactors) and the remaining three operating in series (secondary, tertiary and quaternary reactors); • The BIOX circuit product slurry (BIOX residue) is subjected to four stages of Counter Current Decantation (CCD), each stage consisting of a 20m diameter high-rate thickener. • CCD overflow is treated in the neutralisation circuit, consisting of six 290m3 tanks in series operated in two stages, with limestone neutralisation in the first stage and lime neutralisation in the second. Product slurry from neutralisation reports to a neutralisation tails hopper which is pumped to the desliming thickener at the backfill tailings area. • CCD underflow reports to the BIOX CIL circuit, which consists of a pre-oxidation stage using three 372m3 tanks in series (for pH adjustment and oxygen conditioning) but with option of bypassing according to operational or maintenance requirements. The pre-oxidation tanks product immediately gravitates into the gold dissolution process aided by milk of quicklime from the lime mill and cyanide from the cyanide sparging plant all located within the plant perimeter. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 68 • Loaded carbon from the BIOX CIL circuit is processed in an Anglo-American Research Laboratory (AARL) elution and electrowinning circuit, with a batch size of 12 tonne of carbon. CIL tailings is pumped to join the neutralisation tails which is thickened in another thickener, the underflow of which is pumped to the new BIOX TSF while the cyanide overflow (part of dirty water) gravitates to the OTP pond to be treated through the Rotating Biological Contactor (RBC) at the water treatment plant. This arrangement forms the basis for the dirty and clean water separation strategy for water management. • The flotation tailings are sent to the thickening facility designated as thickener number 2 which dewaters the flotation tails to between 40% to 50% solids ready to service the paste backfill plant via the STP final tails area. • The newly installed pastefill plant located at GCS but operated by the processing department serves the circuit product to the underground paste fill distribution system (UDS). • The pastefill plant comes with a receiver agitated tank, thickener, and filtration unit to a cake density of about 80% solids. A combination of the cake feed, binding agent (cement), slurry and trim with water will deliver the final product at about a production rate of 150 m3 per hour to the UDS. • Excess water generated from the paste plant returns to the STP process stream. The labour requirement has been developed to provide a wider range of operational and technical functions and categorised as follows: • Stratum III - Operations/Technical Manager • Stratum II - Superintendent • Stratum I - High Control room operator, leading hand; and • Stratum I - Low Operator. The processing operations currently employ 117 personnel. Obuasi is an operating mine, and the existing plant has been refurbished and in use since 2019. The processing methods include crushing, ore handling, coarse and fine grinding, gravity, flotation, thickening, BIOX, neutralisation, CIL and tailings/water management. Description of Obuasi process methodologies, equipment, plant capacities, efficiencies, and personnel requirements to be employed during restart have been detailed in the FS. This Metallurgical process is a proven process route and used on other mines with success. 15 Infrastructure Sufficient infrastructure exists and is in good condition to support the exploration drilling program. This includes water, air, and electricity reticulations underground. Also available and in good condition are hoisting infrastructure to aid in lowering drilling gear down and hoisting back to surface. Sufficient infrastructure exists on the mine to support the current and future LOM. These include underground ventilation system, conveyor systems, material and human hoisting infrastructure, crusher and associated conveyors, SAG and Ball mills, flotation, thickeners, BIOX, CIL, elution and electrowinning and both contaminated and non-contaminated tailings management facilities. These facilities are serviced by site water, air reticulation and powered by electricity from the national grid and an onsite 20MW emergency genset. Obuasi has well-established housing facilities for all employees. The accommodation facilities consist of six refurbished estates that accommodate all employees on site. The six estates collectively have a total of 1,307 properties. Other smaller estates which used to be owned by the mine have been relinquished to third parties for management. Primary health care for employees and their dependents is provided by AngloGold Ashanti Foundation (AGAHF) hospital situated at the northern end of the mine. The hospital also provides health services to the local community. The health facility has been reconfigured to a self- sustaining business unit, with the mine only providing support for its operations. All necessary logistics including spares, inventory management, inventory preservation, material handling, consumables, reagents transportation, after sales and services have been considered around existing and future infrastructure requirements in estimating the Mineral Reserve

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 69 16 Market studies Obuasi has no by-products and only gold is declared in the Mineral Reserve. The primary product sold from the mining and beneficiation of ore at our operations, is gold doré. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold, is conformance to the loco London standard. Only gold that meets the LBMAs Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a loco London contract. In the loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of an exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine ounce weight, purity and physical appearance. For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) and 430 fine troy ounces (max), • Purity / Fineness: Minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand fine gold, • Appearance: Bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMAs Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. Annually, the gold prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve committee (RRSC). Two different prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. These prices are provided in local currencies and are calculated using the historic relationships between the gold price and the local currency gold price. The Mineral Resource price reflects the company’s upside view of the gold price and at the same time ensures that the Mineral Resource defined will meet the reasonable prospects for economic extraction requirement. Typically, the price is set closer to spot than the Mineral Reserve price and is designed to highlight any Mineral Resource that is likely to be mined should the gold price move above its current range. A margin is maintained between the Mineral Resource and ruling spot price, and this implies that Mineral Resource is economic at current prices but that it does not contribute sufficient margin to be in the current plans. The Mineral Reserve price provided is the base price used for mine planning. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The company uses a set of economic parameters to value its assets and Business plan, these economic parameters are set on a more regular basis and reflect the industry consensus for the next five years. These are generally higher than the Mineral Reserve price and enable more accurate short term financial planning. Finally, the company uses a fixed price to evaluate its project and set its hurdle rate. This price and the hurdle rate are set by the board and changed when indicated due to significant changes in the price of gold. The determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve prices are not based on a fixed average, but rather an informed decision made by looking at the trends in gold price. The gold prices and exchange rates determined are then presented to the RRSC for review, in the form of an economic assumptions proposal document once a year (generally the second quarter of the year). After review and approval by the committee, it is sent to AGAs Executive Committee ("EXCO") for approval. The prices for copper, silver and molybdenum are determined using the same process used for gold. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 70 The underground mining operations is contracted to Underground Mining Alliance (UMA), a JV between African Underground Mining Services (AUMS, Australian) and Rocksure (Ghanaian). AUMS holds a 70% interest while its Ghanaian counterpart holds 30%. Exploration and grade control drilling are undertaken by two third party contractors, Boart Longyear and Westfield Drilling Limited. The listed contracts are with unaffiliated third parties. 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting All environmental permits have been received for the project at the time of completing this report. The permits are the Obuasi Redevelopment project and Tailings and Water Infrastructure project. The existing legal social management requirement is the legislated 3% royalty payment to be made to the Stool lands through the central government and property rates of GHC120,000 and GHC 48,751.82 payable every quarter to the Obuasi Municipal Assembly and the Jacobu District Assembly respectively, for use in social development programs. The Obuasi township is an integral part of the mine, as such maintaining peaceful co-existence is critical to the operations. To this end, Obuasi through its sustainability department, carries out regular engagement with the community leaders and maintains an open dialogue with the various stakeholders within the communities. As of 31 December 2021, the extraction of the Mineral Reserve is not anticipated to have any additional socio-economic or cultural impact for which specific mitigations are required, for example, no relocation of communities, nor sensitive areas are required. Impacts from the current on-going operation of the mine are managed through dedicated budgets and teams and these operational costs are included in the Mineral Reserve estimation process. These ongoing programs include, but not limited to, the following: • Securing the mine tenement by mitigating small-scale and artisanal mining activities within the mine concession through alternative livelihood introduction, provision of security to, and restoration of, the tenement vandalised areas and relocation of illegal miners to ceded concession. • Engaging with stakeholders for mutual benefit and building trust through community consultative committee meetings and community forums and seminars, scheduled engagements with local, regional, and national government authorities and regulators and responding to community socio- economic challenges where possible. For AngloGold Ashanti, investment in the community is to be achieved through the following areas: • Art, culture and heritage. • Social infrastructure. • Small and medium enterprises (SME). • Health. • Environment. • Education. There are currently no sensitive areas that impact on the operations requiring specific mitigation measures to be put in place. 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management The Environmental Impact Statements for the two (2) permits details on tailings disposal using the BIOX tailings storage facility (TSF) and describes site water management philosophy. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 71 A reclamation plan is being implemented following a signed Reclamation Security Agreement with the Environmental Protection Agency in 2018. Waste rock generated during underground development, will be used to fill secondary voids; any excess waste rock will be disposed at a designed waste dump site, covered with topsoil and revegetated following closure. The processing tailings comprise of flotation tailings, which constitute 85% of the entire tailings stream with the rest being BIOX® tailings. The BIOX® tails is deposited at the new TSF. Flotation tailings will either be sent to the paste fill plant for paste generation for backfilling voids underground or be stored in a designed tailings dam at the south TSF. The percentage of flotation tails used for paste fill will depend on the volume of void ready for backfilling at a particular point in time with the remainder transferred to the south TSF. However, in situations where no void is ready for filling the entire flotation tails will be deposited on the south TSF. The South TSF is an upstream laterite paddock hybrid TSF with a disturbance footprint of approximately 200ha. The South TSF was initially formed behind a compacted laterite starter wall which has been progressively raised as required since construction in 1993. The most recent raise of 1.5m was completed in August 2015. Deposition of flotation tailings on South TSF is operated in a manner which provides a very low arsenic-no cyanide layer over the combined tailings and establishes a water-shedding surface for closure of the facility. The water-shedding surface on South TSF will require in the order of 4.9 Mt flotation tailings, after which, the flotation tailings will be deposited in the new Dokyiwa TSF flotation compartment which will be constructed later. A decant pump and a one tower penstock located on the east side of the TSF is the primary decant method. This operational decant facility returns water to the processing facilities via the East Holding Pond. The bacteria used in the BIOX® process at the STP have a very low tolerance to trace levels of cyanide, hence all decant water returned from the TSF is treated in the STP water treatment plants prior to reuse in the STP circuit. In this manner, no water is discharged directly from the TSF to the environment as all water is treated via the South Processing Plant (SPP) water treatment plant and discharged to the various water management ponds. Water excess to the demands of the circuit is treated through the Reverse Osmosis (RO) 250 and 500 water treatment plants operated by Veola (plant operator-Contractor) to compliant quality criteria prior to discharge to the environment. An emergency penstock arrangement is located on the south side of the TSF to decant water and prevent overtopping of the TSF in the event of extraordinary rainfall event. A three-tower penstock has also been constructed on the north side in anticipation of directing decant water to the process water dam (PWD). Water management at Obuasi encompasses underground dewatering, surface catchment and storm water run-off across the mine site, water storage and treatment facilities, water extraction from, and discharge to, local watercourses, and a complex process water circuit. The site water balance, which is ‘positive’, is complex and intimately linked with the TSF. Significant improvements in water management and stability of the facility, including penstock improvements and buttressing of the North wall has resulted in good control of the water pool on the TSF surface and improved the stability of the facility. The minimum required distance of the pool from the TSF walls of 120m is consistently maintained and often well exceeded. Additionally, the installation of gauge posts has resulted in a more informed management approach. Management practices on the TSF to ensure its safety and stability are; • Recording of freeboard and pool depth. • Recording of rainfall figures and pool distances from the walls. • Regulate, pumping and transfer of return water from the TSF and the holding pond to the plant and seepage sump back to the TSF. • Visual inspections and recordings of the embankment, berms, canal, drain boxes and finger drains. • Recording of piezometers to check the phreatic levels in the embankment. • Fixing of erosion gullies on TSF service roads and embankment AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 72 The general principle and aim are to always manage the pool to the minimum size especially during the rainy season and ensuring that the TSF remains in a safe and stable condition and ensure that all monitoring systems remain in place to best practice standards. This care and maintenance plan has been developed to ensure that the TSF complies with regulatory provisions and conforms to best practices within AngloGold Ashanti tailings management framework. Reclamation activities are scheduled over the full LOM and provide for operational synergies, particularly minimising the liability that will remain when gold production has ceased. It also allows for progressive relinquishment of the environmental liabilities outside the core operational area and the return of this land to the Obuasi community. Reclamation practices are governed by EPA and Minerals Commission Acts and legislative instruments principally. AngloGold Ashanti Ghana is implementing an approved reclamation plan submitted to the EPA as part of the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for which an environmental permit has been granted. The reclamation plan is based on the methodology and closure approach as concluded in the reclamation security agreement (RSA 2018). In addition to the national regulations which AGAG is required to comply firstly, the company has also developed Corporate Closure Planning Standard (2013) and associated Closure Planning Guideline (2014) which require the reclamation and closure plans developed to mitigate site-specific closure risks and meet several overall objectives, including: • Compliance with host country requirements and site-specific commitments (noting that where the legal requirements cannot be met or are not the optimal requirement for closure, every effort must be made to negotiate an alternative with the applicable authority). • Mitigation and management of contamination (water, air, soil) and disturbed land. • Minimise costs, but not at the expense of meeting other closure objectives. • Establish sustainable land use(s) that do not compromise future public health and safety. • Evaluate the potential use of existing structures and infrastructure for future economic benefit 17.3 Socio-economic impacts In compliance with the stability agreement between AngloGold Ashanti Ghana and the government of Ghana, a Community Trust Fund has been established where $2 for every ounce of gold produced is paid into the fund. The fund is expected to contribute positively to the development of communities within AngloGold Ashanti Ghana catchment area. Apart from the Community Trust Fund that is legislated, there are other voluntary programmes that AngloGold Ashanti Ghana has initiated aimed at promoting socio-economic activities within its catchment areas. A 3-year socio-economic management plan which was launched in 2019 and ended in 2021 focused, among other things, the promotion of diversity and inclusion in AngloGold Ashanti Ghana host communities. Specifically, AngloGold Ashanti Ghana has supported the sustainable capacity development of women and girls through its Enterprise and Educational development programmes. A longer-term socio-economic development is currently being worked on to provide investment in the areas of Science, Engineering, Technology and Mathematics (STEM) with emphasis on promoting girls’ participation in these areas. The mine has also established a $300,000 fund for the repair of cracks on buildings that may be impacted by blasting operations for communities that are near the mine. 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation The Environment Protection Agency is the primary agency regulating environmental-related closure issues on mine sites in Ghana, including reclamation bonds and agreement of when environmental responsibility can be divested. The Minerals Commission regulates the relinquishment of mining concessions in their entirety or part thereof.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 73 Obuasi closure plans have been well-developed and are currently being implemented according to plan. The reclamation plan is based on the methodology and closure approach as concluded in the reclamation security agreement (RSA 2018). In addition to the national regulations which AngloGold Ashanti Ghana is required to comply firstly, the company has also developed Corporate Closure Planning Standard (2013) and associated Closure Planning Guideline (2014) which require the reclamation and closure plans developed to mitigate site-specific closure risks and meet several overall objectives, including: • Compliance with host country requirements and site-specific commitments (noting that where the legal requirements cannot be met or are not the optimal requirement for closure, every effort must be made to negotiate an alternative with the applicable authority). • Mitigation and management of contamination (water, air, soil) and disturbed land. • Minimise costs, but not at the expense of meeting other closure objectives. • Establish sustainable land use(s) that do not compromise future public health and safety. • Evaluate the potential use of existing structures and infrastructure for future economic benefit The standard requires consultation with key stakeholders throughout the closure planning process, particularly on post-closure land uses and objectives. All closure options considered for individual disturbance areas were selected to meet the following overarching closure objectives: • Minimise the potential for health risks arising from closure areas; • Be technically and economically viable; • Be compatible with surrounding land use to the extent possible; and • Optimise land use suitability to the extent practicable. The full closure cost is estimated at $255M. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans Obuasi currently holds valid permits to operate and complies with all requirements of the permits. The closure plans have been catered for in the mine plan and there are no outstanding permit issues that the QP is aware of. The social-economic, local, and general community issues are acceptably managed, and the QP considers these plans to be adequate. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring To bolster the local economy, AngloGold Ashanti has implemented policy interventions targeted at communities within its catchment area. These interventions include: • The AngloGold Ashanti community trust fund: an establishment that contributes positively to the development of communities within the AngloGold Ashanti Ghana catchment area, • The AngloGold Ashanti Health Foundation: an AngloGold Ashanti Ghana supported hospital in Obuasi and the establishment of an enterprise development program. • Local content/procurement plan: This is part of the broader social management plan aimed at creating opportunities for local businesses to increasingly participate in AGA’s supply chain. This has been supported through the Commercial and Procurement department of the mine. • A local employment programme where AngloGold Ashanti Ghana and Companies who have contract with it must fill all unskilled roles from the community through the sustainability department. 18 Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital and operating costs Capital (CAPEX) and operating (OPEX) expenditures were estimated based on the LOM mining schedule. The gold price, exchange rates, and others are provided by the corporate office. AngloGold Ashanti signed a tax and redevelopment agreement with GOG in 2017 and 2018 respectively. In these agreements, a royalty rate of 3% and corporate tax rate of 32.5% apply within a 10-year concession period. Beyond this concession period, standard rates of 5% and 35% apply for royalty and income tax respectively. An agreed schedule of input duties is applicable for an initial period of six years ending 31 December 2023. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 74 Economic criteria used, including capital and operating costs, royalties are also considered in the COGs calculation. Capital (CAPEX) and operating (OPEX) expenditures were estimated based on the business plan and LOM mining schedule. These are updated on an annual basis. The key cost components comprise of Ore Reserve development (ORD), underground DD program, mining fleet replacement, and an upgrade of processing infrastructure. The remaining capital costs are categorised as non-sustaining and involve capital spend on the Obuasi Deeps Decline (ODD), which is the main access ramp to the mine running through to the deepest part of the mine in Block 11 and the KMVS shaft, a major return air raise designed to support the mining of the central blocks of the mine, which is currently planned to be completed by 2024. The other non-sustaining capital spend are associated with the Obuasi phase 3 projects involving KMS and BSVS shaft upgrades, and power and mine services upgrades. The key operating costs are categorised into three main components: mining, processing and G&A. These costs are based on the LOM Plan (Mineral Reserve only). The top five costs for mining (excludes ORD cost), by cost element are: • Ground support. • Operational development. • Electricity and power (significant contributor being ventilation refrigeration units). • Labour (mining, mine technical and geology). • Material handling. • The mining cost model is based on, and built around, the current mining contractor scenario. • The OPEX cost is approximately $79/ore tonne mined, although this varies from Block to Block. • A similar cost breakdown for both processing operating costs and G&A are shown below. Processing operating cost estimates were developed as a matrix based on cost type and expenditure area. The following key inputs form the basis of the operation cost estimate: • Operating, technical services and maintenance labour, • Electrical power draw derived from the mechanical equipment list, • Reagent and operating consumables, • Maintenance consumables cost, • General and administration costs, within the process plant only, • Mobile equipment; and • Metallurgical analysis expenses. All applicable freight costs associated with transporting goods to, and within Ghana, are included in the estimate. The operating cost estimate includes the following: • Cost of labour for staff, including all applicable other payroll and non-payroll costs. • Labour costs for supervision, management and reporting of onsite organisational and technical activities directly associated with the processing plant. • Labour numbers have been estimated for operating and maintaining the process plant and supporting infrastructure including the newly established paste fill plant. • Costs of operating consumables, are based on current costs as supplied to site. • Cost of power; which is based on a unit cost for power supplied to the site. • Fuels, lubricants and maintenance materials used to operate and maintain the process plant and vehicles. • Miscellaneous operating costs including safety, training, recruitment and communications; and AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 75 • Costs associated with the analysis of metallurgical samples at the onsite laboratory operated by Obuasi as well as the contract laboratory. The top five (5) contributors of processing cost are: • Reagents-$560M. • Electricity and power-$279M. • Labour-$146M. • Service Water-$103M. • Engineering materials-$88M. The remaining operational cost is associated with general and administrative costs, covering key overheads, labour, contractors and general mine services. The major cost associated with G&A is labour followed by corporate recharges. Capital budget in financial model Sustaining Capital LoM (2022-2037): $M ORD Development 708 UG Infrastructure Development 198 Surface & UG Infrastructure Development 80 Mining Fleet 145 Processing Infrastructure 116 Site Process Water Improvement Projects 15 Replacement Of Sansu Emergency Faulty Genset 3.55 Lom Asset Integrity 8.20 Brownfields Exploration 80.11 Other Capital 72.42 Total 1,426.68 Other Capital (Non-Sustaining) LoM (2022-2037) : $M Mining Decline 65.98 KMVS Raise Boring 10.76 Obuasi Redevelopment Project Phase 3 90.23 Other 6.81 Total 173.78 AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 76 Key operational costs Mining cost LoM (2022-2037) : $M Labour 380.64 Explosives And Accessories Material 104.10 Support And Construction Material 96.16 Material Steel 10.08 Fuel 124.40 Electricity & Power 462.71 Mining Development & Operations 615.36 Ground Support 809.55 Load & Haul - Waste 6.03 Load & Haul - Ore 329.93 Contract - Drilling 201.80 Ore Rehandle Rom 26.64 Contract Fixed Costs Overheads 351.39 ORD and Other Capital Credit* (1,280.40) Contract - Hire Equipment 11.74 Services 10.07 Other 183.50 Total 2,443.70 *ORD and Other Capital Credit represents the contra entry of the amounts allocated or apportioned out of the mining cost to Obuasi underground decline capital, Mineral Reserve and SIBC underground infrastructure development. Processing Cost LoM (2022-2037): $M Labour 146.11 Cement 0.28 Reagents 560.20 Engineering Materials 88.10 Fuel 45.31 Mill Liners & Spares 59.00 Electricity & Power 279.33 Contractors & Consultants 18.91 Ore Rehandle ROM 25.30 Metallurgical Analysis Expenses 18.03 Plant & Equipment Hire 3.46 Service Water 103.16 General Materials 14.17 Other 47.29 Total 1,408.64 General and Administrative cost LoM (2022-2037): $M Labour 399.79 Engineering Material 19.83 Fuel 11.07 Other Material 22.20 Power 40.95 Aircraft 6.73 Labour Contractor and Consultants 72.04 Mining Contractors 7.08 Plant And Equipment Rental 2.19 Water 24.79 Offsite Repairs 0.14 Services 119.78 Corporate Recharges 129.30 Other 44.17 Total 900.07

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 77 18.2 Risk assessment Obuasi has a long history of mining activities, experiencing various mining methods, mining equipment and application of varying technical and operational management methods compounded by difficult ground conditions resulting in a large complex mine with significant footprint of disturbed areas. Existing operating workings are overlain by extensive worked out and abandoned areas, through which the new working horizons are required to integrate. This complexity and the associated uncertainty of historical information have been mitigated by rigorous design optimisation process in historically mined areas to ensure local and regional stability. There is also a comprehensive ground control management program in place to manage any other geotechnical risks as the mine transitions deeper, and a robust management operating system to manage the operations. As such, these risks are not anticipated to impact the execution of the Mineral Reserve mine plan. All relevant permits have been obtained for the operations. In the political space, Ghana is a peaceful country with a stable democratic system, and the mine has maintained a peaceful coexistence with the communities within its catchment area. 19 Economic analysis 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods • The following are material assumptions used for the Obuasi 2022 Mineral Reserve Business Plan: Power Rate: $0.140/kwh. • Diesel cost: $0.988/l. • Gold: $1200/oz. AngloGold Ashanti signed a tax and redevelopment agreement with the government of Ghana in 2017 and 2018 respectively. In these agreements, a royalty rate of 3% and corporate tax rate of 32.5% apply within a 10-year concession period. Beyond this concession period, standard rates of 5% and 35% apply for royalty and income tax respectively. An agreed schedule of input duties is applicable for an initial period of six (6) years ending 31 Dec 2023. 19.2 Results of economic analysis Inferred Mineral Resource has been excluded from the demonstration of economic viability in support of disclosure of a Mineral Reserve. As described in Section 21.4, AngloGold Ashanti takes into consideration the potential impact of the Inferred Mineral Resource in the planning process for the Mineral Reserve, but the cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Obuasi cash flow analysis (Mineral Reserve material only) AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 78 Revenues LOM cashflow at NPV0 is $13,082.7. This decreases to $653.3 at a discount rate of 10% and at 15% decreases to $459.3. 19.3 Sensitivity analysis A sensitivity analysis on NPV0 model for key value drivers (gold price, capital cost, operating cost, and processed grade) were completed on the Mineral Reserve financial model. A 20% change in either gold price or processed grade resulted in the NPV0 change by about the same amount. However, a 20% change in operating and capital costs resulted in 72% and 23% changes to the NPV0 respectively. As shown below, the Mineral Reserve is most sensitive to gold price and processed grade changes. Capital and operating costs have less impact compared to price and feed grade. Sensitivity analysis for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV0, in $M) AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 79 Obuasi Mineral Reserve sensitivity on key value drivers 20 Adjacent properties There are concessions to the south of Obuasi owned by Adansi Gold. Edikan Gold is owned by Perseus Mining Ltd (also to the south). To the north of Obuasi, is Asanko gold mine which is a JV between Asanko Ltd and Goldfields Ltd. Goldstone Resource took over the previous Homase concession from AngloGold Ashanti Ghana in 2002/2003. These adjacent properties do not have an important bearing on this report and no information from these properties was used 21 Other relevant data and information 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource The majority of the Inclusive Mineral Resource is from underground sources with the surface sources (Anyinam and Gyabunsu-Sibi) constituting less than 1% of the Inclusive Mineral Resource. The largest contributions are from Cote D’Or (all Inferred Mineral Resource), Blocks 2, 8, 10 and 11. The remaining blocks each contribute less than 10%. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 80 Inclusive gold Mineral Resource Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Anyinam Measured 0.00 2.50 0.01 0.00 Indicated 0.45 3.54 1.59 0.05 Measured & Indicated 0.45 3.53 1.60 0.05 Inferred 1.02 4.23 4.32 0.14 Gyabunsu-Sibi Measured 0.05 4.00 0.21 0.01 Indicated 0.05 3.48 0.16 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.10 3.76 0.37 0.01 Inferred 0.28 3.97 1.13 0.04 Above 50 Level - Block 1 Measured - - - - Indicated 7.80 6.00 46.86 1.51 Measured & Indicated 7.80 6.00 46.86 1.51 Inferred 2.40 5.90 14.15 0.45 Above 50 Level - Block 2 Measured - - - - Indicated 9.12 8.59 78.39 2.52 Measured & Indicated 9.12 8.59 78.39 2.52 Inferred 3.06 5.09 15.58 0.50 Above 50 Level - Block 8 Measured 4.58 9.47 43.35 1.39 Indicated 12.13 4.97 60.33 1.94 Measured & Indicated 16.71 6.21 103.68 3.33 Inferred 2.92 4.51 13.17 0.42 Above 50 Level - Block 10 Measured 0.90 9.90 8.88 0.29 Indicated 10.67 7.07 75.44 2.43 Measured & Indicated 11.57 7.29 84.31 2.71 Inferred 4.41 5.58 24.63 0.79 Above 50 Level - Adansi Measured - - - - Indicated 2.99 12.86 38.46 1.24 Measured & Indicated 2.99 12.86 38.46 1.24 Inferred 2.66 9.53 25.39 0.82 Above 50 Level - Cote d’Or Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 24.71 7.85 193.88 6.23 Above 50 Level - Sansu Measured 1.38 9.51 13.15 0.42 Indicated 5.40 5.20 28.06 0.90 Measured & Indicated 6.78 6.08 41.20 1.32 Inferred 2.48 4.19 10.41 0.33 Below 50 Level - Block 11 Measured - - - - Indicated 3.09 19.30 59.70 1.92 Measured & Indicated 3.09 19.30 59.70 1.92 Inferred 2.47 16.81 41.52 1.34 Below 50 Level - Block 14 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.55 8.05 4.47 0.14 Measured & Indicated 0.55 8.05 4.47 0.14 Inferred 3.72 8.19 30.48 0.98 Total Measured 6.91 9.49 65.60 2.11 Indicated 52.26 7.53 393.45 12.65 Measured & Indicated 59.17 7.76 459.04 14.76 Inferred 50.15 7.47 374.66 12.05

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 81 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products There are no Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products. 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products There are no Mineral Reserve by-products. 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design AngloGold Ashanti's planning process allows the use of Inferred Mineral Resource in Mineral Reserve determination and reporting as well as in our business planning. These two are closely aligned with the Mineral Reserve being a subset of the business planning process. It is important to note that in all AngloGold Ashanti processes, despite the use of Inferred Mineral Resource, there is never a conversion of Inferred Mineral Resource to a Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti completes an Inferred Mineral Resource risk test on all plans. This involves setting the Inferred Mineral Resource grade to zero within the Mineral Reserve design (thereby considering a worst- case scenario whereby the Inferred Mineral Resource totally fails to deliver, and it is completely made up of waste). The Mineral Reserve design is evaluated with the Inferred Mineral Resource at zero grade, and if the design using Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource remains financially positive, it has been proven that the Mineral Reserve is robust enough to make a positive financial return and therefore satisfies the requirements of a Mineral Reserve. With appropriate caution, a portion of the Inferred Mineral Resource was included in the business plan optimisation process. This accounts for 10% of the Mineral Reserve plan of 16 years. No Inferred Mineral Resource is considered in Mineral Reserve reporting. Inferred Mineral Resource in Mineral Reserve design Obuasi Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 million g/t tonnes Moz Above 50 Level - Block 1 0.18 8.31 1.46 0.05 Above 50 Level - Block 2 0.25 6.80 1.73 0.06 Above 50 Level - Block 8 0.88 5.96 5.25 0.17 Above 50 Level - Block 10 1.45 6.83 9.90 0.32 Above 50 Level - Adansi 0.59 10.23 6.00 0.19 Above 50 Level - Sansu 0.49 6.02 2.93 0.09 Below 50 Level - Block 11 0.11 18.45 2.02 0.06 Total 3.95 7.43 29.29 0.94 21.5 Additional relevant information AngloGold Ashanti evaluates the conversion of Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource on an annual basis. During 2020 and 2021, Sansu, Blocks 1, 8 and 10 were drilled. Only Block 8 had Inferred Mineral Resource upgrades to Indicated Mineral Resource during both 2020 and 2021. Blocks 1 and 10 had upgrades only in 2021 and, for Sansu, no appreciable Inferred Mineral Resource was upgraded during either of the years. The conversion evaluation is presented below. For ounces, conversion rates of 22% and 121% was achieved in Blocks 1 and 10 respectively. For Block 8, the cumulative conversion achieved over the two years was 132%. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 82 Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource Conversion for 2021 2020 2021 2022 Tonnes (t) Grade (g/t) Gold (oz) Tonnes (t) Grade (g/t) Gold (oz) Tonnes (t) Grade (g/t) Gold (oz) Block 8 Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 470,507 5.45 82,464 245,503 4.78 37,728 115,418 4.60 17,069 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource (year+1) 671,009 5.47 117,984 245,582 5.19 40,977 - - - Conversion between years (%) 143% 100% 143% 100% 109% 109% - - - Cumulative conversion (%) 143% 100% 143% 128% 104% 132% - - - Block 10 Starting Inferred Mineral Resource - - - 418,942 7.69 103,550 243,298 5.26 41,114 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource (year+1) - - - 319,809 12.19 125,341 - - - Conversion between years (%) - - - 76% 159% 121% - - - Cumulative conversion (%) - - - 76% 159% 121% - - - Block 1 Starting Inferred Mineral Resource - - - 87,328 19.21 53,941 7,880 6.50 1,647 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource (year+1) - - - 43,131 8.63 11,966 - - - Conversion between years (%) - - - 49% 45% 22% - - - Cumulative conversion (%) - - - 49% 45% 22% - - - The Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve conversion rates for Blocks 8 and 10 were very good, but a significantly poorer conversion rate was achieved in Block 1. Compared with Block 1, Blocks 8 and 10 are more mature areas where the geology and the mineralised boundary extents are better understood. Block 1 is an immature, future mining area where drilling was focused on the base of a mineralised lode to firm up on the thickness and extents of the mineralisation. With infill drilling, it was found that the mineralisation narrowed more rapidly than interpreted from the broad, Inferred Mineral Resource confidence level drilling. A typical S-N vertical section (in local coordinates) for Block 1 comparing the 2020 gold grade estimates with the 2021 gold grade estimates for an area upgraded from Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 83 AngloGold Ashanti reconciles the conversion of the Inferred Mineral Resource via grade control if it is not converted to Indicated Mineral Resource before it is mined. This is seen as the final standalone measurable point of the delivery of Inferred Mineral Resource. However, no Inferred Mineral Resource was converted directly to grade control during the two years assessed. 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) Emmarentia Maritz certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Obuasi Technical Report summary, I hereby state: • My name is Emmarentia Maritz. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Resource. • My job title is Chief Geologist Evaluation. • I am member of SACNASP (South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions) with • membership number 118345. I have a BSc Hons (Geology) degree, a BSc (Geology) degree and a MSc (Mineral Resource Evaluation). • I have 18 years of relevant experience. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation S-K 1300 Rule. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. • I have read and understand Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. • At the effective date of the report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. Douglas Atanga certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Obuasi Technical Report Summary, I hereby state: • My name is Douglas Atanga. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Reserve. • My job title is Chief Mining Engineer. • I am a member of the AusIMM (Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy) with • membership number 334391. I have a BSc (Mining Engineering) degree. • I have 13 years relevant experience. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation S-K 1300 Rule. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the Report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. • I have read and understand Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 84 • I am an employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. • At the effective date of the report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. 22 Interpretation and conclusions Unmitigated risks and uncertainties that could affect the confidence in the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates pertain to historical geological and survey data. The Obuasi Mine has been in operation since 1897 and all available, appropriate data has been used for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve compilation. This includes the geological and survey data collected over several decades prior to the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited in 2004. The risk associated with the inclusion of this data has been mitigated by a comprehensive data validation project completed between 2015 and 2018 (for geological data) and by reduced Mineral Resource confidence (such as the downgrades of Indicated to Inferred Mineral Resource for Cote D'Or). The verification of historical data is an ongoing project and will continue as areas become accessible and further infill drilling and verification work becomes possible. 23 Recommendations AngloGold Ashanti runs a comprehensive business planning process which is framed by the Company’s Strategic Options process. This sets the mine’s budget requirements aligned to both the larger group and the necessities of the operation. The decisions that result from this process are ultimately approved by AngloGold Exco and the regional and mine’s senior management. While the Qualified Person is an intimate part of this process, he/she does not make recommendations for the operation without it being part of the described framework. 24 References 24.1 References The references cited in the Technical Report Summary include the following: Publications: Adadey, K., Clarke, B., Theveniaut, H., Urien, P., Delor, C., Roig, J.Y., Feybesse, J.L. (2009) Geological map explanation - Map sheet 0503 B (1:100 000), CGS/BRGM/Geoman, Geological Survey Department of Ghana (GSD). No MSSP/2005/GSD/5a Allibone AH, McCuaig TC, Harris D, Etheridge M, Munroe S, Byrne D, Amanor J, Gyapong W (2002) Structural Controls on Gold Mineralization at the Ashanti Gold Deposit, Obuasi, Ghana. Society of Economic Geologists Special Publication 9:29 Blenkinsop, T.G., Schmidt Mumm, A., Kumi, R., Sangmor, S., 1994, Structural Geology of the Ashanti Gold Mine, Geologisches Jahrbuch, D 100, 131-153 Clark, L., 1998. Minimizing Dilution in Open Stope Mining with Focus on Stope Design and Narrow Vein Longhole Blasting. M.Sc. University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC. John, T., Klemb, R., Hirdes, W., Loh, G., 1999, The metamorphic evolution of the Paleoproterozoic (Birimian) volcanic Ashanti belt (Ghana, West Africa), Precambrian Research, 98, 11-30 Matthews, K.E., Hoek, E., Wylie, D., and Stewart, 1981. Prediction of Stable Excavation Spans for Mining at Depths Below 1,000m in Hard Rock. CANMET DSS Serial No: 0sQ80-00081., Ottawa, ON Oberthur T, Vetter U, Schmidt Mumm A, Weiser T, Amanor J, Gyapong W, Kumi R, Blenkinsop T (1994) The Ashanti gold mine at Obuasi, Ghana: Mineralogical, geochemical, stable isotope and fluid inclusion studies on the metallogenesis of the deposit. Geologisches Jahrbuch, D 100:31-129

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 85 Oberthur T, Vetter U, Davis DW, Amanor JA (1998) Age constraints on gold mineralization and Paleoproterozoic crustal evolution in the Ashanti belt of southern Ghana. Precambrian Research 89 (34):129-143. doi:10.1016/s0301-9268(97)00075-2 Perrouty S., Ailleres L., Jessell M., Baratoux L., Bourassa Y., Crawford B., 2012, New Field and Geophysical Evidence of Pre-Tarkwaian Deformation in the Southern Ashanti Belt, Ghana Implications for Gold Mineralisation, Precambrian Research, 204-205, 12-39 Schwartz MO, Oberthuer T, Amanor J, Gyapong WA (1992) Fluid inclusion re-equilibration and P-T-X constraints on fluid evolution in the Ashanti gold deposit, Ghana. European Journal of Mineralogy 4 (5):1017-1033 West African Exploration Initiative (2013). Stage II. Australia: AMIRA International Limited Web References: Multistage mineralization of the giant Obuasi gold deposit, Ghana - Scientific Figure on ResearchGate. Available from: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Geological-map-of-northern-Ghana-geology-and- locations-of-major-gold-deposits-modified_fig1_266375609 [accessed 26 Jan, 2021] Intrusion-related affinity and orogenic gold overprint at the Paleoproterozoic Bonikro Au (Mo) deposit (Côte d'Ivoire, West African Craton) - Scientific Figure on ResearchGate. Available from: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Geological-map-of-the-southern-part-of-the-West-African-Craton- modified-after-Milesi-et_fig1_333116695 [accessed 26 Jan, 2021] "Ghana Gold Production". CEIC Data. Available from: www.ceicdata.com/en/indicator/ghana/gold- production [accessed 26 October 2020] "Ghana election: Nana Akufo-Addo re-elected as president". BBC News. 9 December 2020. Available from: www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-55236356 [accessed 21 June 2021] "Ghana Population (LIVE)". Worldometers. Archived from the original on 5 July 2019. Available from: www.worldometers.info/world-population/ghana-population/ [accessed 22 June 2019] Internal Company Reports: Boachie, A., 2007. Obuasi U/G Mine Density Project, 2007. Chamberlain, V, 2020. Code for the Reconciliation of Produced Grade and Tonnage, June 2020 Revision No 3. Document Number CODE2020-267-2. Crisp, S., 2018. Competent Persons Report, Mineral Resource of Obuasi Mine as at December 2018. Ulrich, S., Fougerouse, D., Miller, J., Jan 2013. Annual project report 2012 controls on the genesis, geometry and location of the Obuasi deposits, Ghana. Report produced for the Centre of Exploration Targeting (CET) project with AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. Maritz, E., 2020. The Modelling and Estimation of Sulphur, Iron, Silica and Arsenic from pXRF data Obuasi Mine April 2020. Obuasi Feasibility Study Final Draft January, 2015. Obuasi Optimized Feasibility Study (P300), June 2016. Project AKAN - Geotechnical Assessment Draft Report, January 2016. AMC215039 Obuasi Geotechnical Review, May 2015. PHD Thesis: AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 86 Fougerouse, D., 2015. Geometry and genesis of the giant Obuasi gold deposit, Ghana. The thesis was presented for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy from the Centre for Exploration Targeting, School of Earth and Environment, The University of Western Australia. 24.2 Mining terms All injury frequency rate: The total number of injuries and fatalities that occurs per million hours worked. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 87 Feasibility Study (FS): A Feasibility Study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A Feasibility Study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a Prefeasibility Study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study and conceptual study): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 88 Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in-situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary Feasibility Study (Prefeasibility Study or PFS): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Project capital expenditure: Capital expenditure to either bring a new operation into production; to materially increase production capacity; or to materially extend the productive life of an asset. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein.

AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 89 Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: On 31 October 2018, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission adopted the amendment Subpart 1300 (17 CFR 229.1300) of Regulation S-K along with the amendments to related rules and guidance in order to modernise the property disclosure requirements for mining registrants under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Registrants engaged in mining operations must comply with the final rule amendments (Regulation S-K 1300) for the first fiscal year beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Accordingly, the Company is providing disclosure in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2021 and will continue to do so going forward. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant Reliance in information provided by the registrant includes guidance from the annual update to AngloGold Ashanti’s Guidelines for Reporting. This guideline is set out to ensure the reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve is consistently undertaken in a manner in accordance with AngloGold Ashanti’s business expectations and in compliance with internationally accepted codes of practice adopted by AngloGold Ashanti. Included in this guideline is the price assumptions supplied by the Registrant which includes long-range commodity price and exchange rate forecasts. These are reviewed annually and are prepared in-house using a range of techniques including historic price averages. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The resultant plan is then valued at a higher business planning price. AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 90 Gold price The following local prices of gold were used as a basis for estimation in the December 2021 declaration, unless otherwise stated: Local prices of gold Gold price Australia Brazil Argentina Colombia $/oz AUD/oz BRL/oz ARS/oz COP/oz 2021 Mineral Reserve(3) 1,200 1,633 6,182 134,452 3,849,000 2020 Mineral Reserve(2) 1,200 1,604 5,510 119,631 4,096,877 2021 Mineral Resource(1) 1,500 2,072 7,940 173,065 5,336,250 (1) Reported for the first time under Regulation S-K 1300. (2) Reported under Industry Guide 7. (3) Reported under Regulation S-K 1300.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 1 Technical Report Summary Iduapriem A Life of Mine Summary Report Effective date: 31 December 2021 As required by § 229.601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti's Annual Report on Form 20-F pursuant to Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations (§ 229.1300 through § 229.1305). AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 2 Date and Signatures Page This report is effective as of 31 December 2021. Where the registrant (AngloGold Ashanti Limited) has relied on more than one Qualified Person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, the section(s) prepared by each qualified person has been clearly delineated. AngloGold Ashanti has recognised that in preparing this report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, when necessary, relied on information and input from others, including AngloGold Ashanti. As such, the table below lists the technical specialists who provided the relevant information and input, as necessary, to the Qualified Person to include in this Technical Report Summary. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Section 25: Reliance on the information provided by the registrant in this report. The registrant confirms it has obtained the written consent of each Qualified Person to the use of the person's name, or any quotation from, or summarisation of, the Technical Report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report. The written consent only pertains to the particular section(s) of the Technical Report Summary prepared by each Qualified Person. The written consent has been filed together with the Technical Report Summary exhibit and will be retained for as long as AngloGold Ashanti relies on the Qualified Person’s information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. MINERAL RESOURCE QUALIFIED PERSON Charles Kusi-Manu Sections prepared: 1 - 11, 20 - 25 ___________________ MINERAL RESERVE QUALIFIED PERSON Mashudu Justice Davhana Sections prepared: 1, 12-19, 21 - 25 ___________________ Responsibility Technical Specialist ESTIMATION Yelena van der Grijp EVALUATION QAQC Yelena van der Grijp EXPLORATION Divine Kwapong GEOLOGICAL MODEL Harry Ayer GEOLOGY QAQC Mohamed Shafiyu GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Abubakari Bediako HYDROGEOLOGY Philip Nyoagbe MINERAL RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION Yelena van der Grijp ENVIRONMENTAL AND PERMITTING William Addo FINANCIAL MODEL Rose Amoah INFRASTRUCTURE Bernard Fynn LEGAL Juliet Manteaw-Kutin METALLURGY Abraham Badu MINE PLANNING Anita Appianin MINERAL RESERVE CLASSIFICATION Mashudu Davhana /s/ Charles Kusi-Manu /s/ Mashudu Justice Davhana AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 3 Consent of Qualified Person I, Charles Kusi-Manu, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Iduapriem Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Charles Kusi-Manu /s/ Charles Kusi-Manu AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 4 Consent of Qualified Person I, Mashudu Justice Davhana, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Iduapriem Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Mashudu Justice Davhana /s/ Mashudu Justice Davhana

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 5 Contents 1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 9 1.1 Property description including mineral rights ............................................................................ 9 1.2 Ownership ............................................................................................................................... 9 1.3 Geology and mineralisation ..................................................................................................... 9 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ............................................................... 10 1.5 Mining methods ..................................................................................................................... 11 1.6 Mineral processing ................................................................................................................ 11 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................. 11 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates ...................................................................... 12 1.9 Permitting requirements ......................................................................................................... 12 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ..................................................................................... 12 2 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 13 2.1 Disclose registrant ................................................................................................................. 13 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared .... 13 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation .................. 13 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections ....................................................................................... 14 2.5 Purpose of this report ............................................................................................................ 14 3 Property description ............................................................................................................................. 14 3.1 Location of the property ......................................................................................................... 14 3.2 Area of the property ............................................................................................................... 15 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting .......................................... 16 3.4 Agreements, royalties, and liabilities ...................................................................................... 16 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................... 16 4.1 Property description ............................................................................................................... 16 5 History ................................................................................................................................................. 17 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ..................................................................................... 17 6.1 Geological setting .................................................................................................................. 17 6.2 Geological model and data density ........................................................................................ 18 6.3 Mineralisation ........................................................................................................................ 20 7 Exploration ........................................................................................................................................... 21 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ...................................................................... 21 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing ............................................................................................. 22 7.3 Results .................................................................................................................................. 23 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples ............................................................................. 24 7.5 Hydrogeology ........................................................................................................................ 26 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis ......................................................................................... 26 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security ........................................................................................... 27 8.1 Sample preparation ............................................................................................................... 27 8.2 Assay method and laboratory ................................................................................................ 28 8.3 Sampling governance ............................................................................................................ 28 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance .................................................................................. 29 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 6 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ................................................................................ 29 9 Data verification ................................................................................................................................... 30 9.1 Data verification procedures .................................................................................................. 30 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ..................................................................... 30 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ........................................................................ 30 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ...................................................................................... 30 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing ............................................................................ 30 10.2 Laboratory and results ......................................................................................................... 31 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ...................................................................... 31 11 Mineral Resource estimates ............................................................................................................... 31 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource .................................................................................................................................................... 31 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ............................................................... 33 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty .................................................................. 35 11.4 Mineral Resource summary ................................................................................................. 36 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion ................................................................................................... 37 12 Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................................................................. 37 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ............................................................... 37 12.2 Cut-off grades ...................................................................................................................... 40 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty .................................................................... 40 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary ................................................................................................... 41 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion ................................................................................................... 42 13 Mining methods ................................................................................................................................. 42 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling ................................ 43 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ......................................................................... 44 13.3 Final mine outline ................................................................................................................ 45 14 Processing and recovery methods ..................................................................................................... 47 15 Infrastructure ...................................................................................................................................... 62 16 Market studies ................................................................................................................................... 62 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups ............................................................................................................................................................... 64 17.1 Permitting ............................................................................................................................ 64 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management .................................................................................................................................................... 66 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ...................................................................................................... 68 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation .............................................................................................. 68 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ..................................................... 69 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ......................................................... 70 18 Capital and operating costs ................................................................................................................ 70 18.1 Capital and operating costs ................................................................................................. 70 18.2 Risk assessment ................................................................................................................. 71 19 Economic analyses ............................................................................................................................ 71 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods ........................................................................ 71 19.2 Results of economic analysis ............................................................................................... 71 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 7 19.3 Sensitivity analysis .............................................................................................................. 72 20 Adjacent properties ............................................................................................................................ 72 21 Other relevant data and information ................................................................................................... 73 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource .................................................................................................. 73 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products .............................................................................. 74 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products ............................................................................................... 74 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design .............................................. 74 21.5 Additional relevant information ............................................................................................. 75 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) ......................................................................................... 76 22 Interpretation and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 77 23 Recommendations ............................................................................................................................. 77 24 References ........................................................................................................................................ 77 24.1 References .......................................................................................................................... 77 24.2 Mining terms ........................................................................................................................ 78 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant ........................................................................... 82 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 8 List of Figures Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining license area for Iduapriem. The co-ordinates of the mine, as represented by the plant, are depicted on the map and are in the UTM co-ordinate system. .... 15 Map showing Tarkwaian Series, stratigraphy and locations of the various mining blocks (1) .................. 19 Map showing Tarkwaian Series, stratigraphy and locations of the various mining blocks (2) .................. 20 Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (1) 24 Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (2) 25 Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (3) 25 Grade recovery curve – Block 7&8 Cut 1 ................................................................................................ 31 Iduapriem inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve ............................................................ 35 Teberebie Layout .................................................................................................................................... 45 Ajopa Layout ........................................................................................................................................... 46 Iduapriem Process Flowsheet ................................................................................................................. 47 Leach Methods Recovery Kinetics .......................................................................................................... 48 Grade Recovery Curve (Plant Historic Data) ........................................................................................... 49 Grade Recovery Curve (Block 7&8) ........................................................................................................ 49 Grade Recovery Curve (Block 7&8) ........................................................................................................ 50 Mill Feed Throughput versus Final Grind (January 2010 – 2021) ............................................................ 52 Comparison of Bond Work Indices of various pit based on EquotipTM-Bwi Corrrelation (Geomet Studies) ............................................................................................................................................................... 54 Iduapriem Gold In Process ..................................................................................................................... 57 Summarised the Water Flow Schematic for Iduapriem Mine ................................................................... 59 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the GTSF dam (Sep 2021- Dec 2022) .... 60 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the Block 3 Sump (Sep 2021 - Dec 2022) ............................................................................................................................................................... 61 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the Block 4 Raw Water Dam (Sept 2021 – Dec 2022) ............................................................................................................................................... 61 Sensitivity Analysis ................................................................................................................................. 72 Proposed New TSF layout plan .............................................................................................................. 76

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 9 1 Executive Summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Iduapriem Mine, a production stage property, is owned by AngloGold Ashanti (Iduapriem) Limited, a company registered in Ghana. This is owned by AngloGold Ashanti (Ghana) Limited which also operates the Obuasi Mine. AngloGold Ashanti (Ghana) limited through successive hierarchal holdings is 100% held by the AngloGold Ashanti parent company. The mine is a multiple open pit operation that currently sources ore from the Block 3W, Ajopa, and Blocks 7 and 8 pits. More recently the Block 5 pit was re-instated in the mining plan. The mine is located in the western region of Ghana, some 70km north of the coastal city of Takoradi and approximately 10km southwest of the town of Tarkwa. Iduapriem Mine is bordered to the north by Gold Fields Ghana Limited (Tarkwa Mine) and to the east by the Ghana Manganese Company Limited (a manganese mine in existence since the 1920s). The Iduapriem Feasibility Study (FS) was completed in 1990 and in October 1991, the then owners, Golden Shamrock Limited (Golden Shamrock) began construction of a 1.36Mtpa semi-autogenous milling circuit and carbon-in-pulp (CIP) plant. Mining commenced in August 1992 with the first gold pour achieved in September of that year. Golden Shamrock was acquired by Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited in 1996. In 2000, a portion of the non-operational Teberebie Goldfields Limited company (a subsidiary of Pioneer Goldfields Limited) was acquired by then Ashanti Goldfields Corporation now (AngloGold Ashanti) resulting in an increased Mineral Reserve and life of mine (LOM). In 2002, Ashanti upgraded the plant capacity to 4 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa), and in 2004 AngloGold merged with Ashanti to become AngloGold Ashanti - this included the Iduapriem mine. In 2009 the plant capacity was further extended to the current 5.2Mtpa. A heap leach started in 1996 and ended in 2006 when the low-grade oxide material was depleted, and fresh rock was mined from Block 1s and 2. Iduapriem comprises the following mining leases: • Iduapriem Concession LVB1539/89 covering 36.47 km2, renewed during 2020 and extends to 2035. • Ajopa Concession LVB/WR326/09 covering 46.12km2, renewed during 2020 and extends to 2035. • Teberebie Concession LVB3722H/92 covering 28.98km2, renewed during 2020 and extends to 2035. • Ajopa South West Concession (LR#1109/199) covering 28.10 km2, renewed during 2020 and extends to 2035. 1.2 Ownership Iduapriem Mine is wholly owned and operated by AngloGold Ashanti (Iduapriem) Limited, a company registered in Ghana. AngloGold Ashanti (Ghana) Limited which also operates the Obuasi Mine holds 30% of Iduapriem Shares and GSM Gold Limited, a Company registered in the British Virgin Islands, holds 70% of its shares. AngloGold Ashanti limited owns both these companies. The original local holding company of the Iduapriem leases was the State Gold Mining Corporation (SGMC), Tarkwa. Mining activities around Tarkwa date back in 19th Century. SGMC, Tarkwa operated the underground mine which exploited main and west auriferous conglomerates (reefs) of the banket Series of the Tarkwaian system. Around 1985, the then State Gold Mining Corporation, relinquished part of its Concession to Mineral Commission (MINCOM). Mincom later awarded a prospecting license to Ghanaian Australian Goldfields Limited to commence prospecting and mining starting in late 1980. 1.3 Geology and mineralisation Iduapriem Mine is located within the Tarkwaian Group which forms part of the West African Craton that is covered to a large extent by metavolcanics and metasediments of the Birimian Supergroup. In Ghana, the Birimian terrane consists of northeast-southwest trending volcanic belts separated by basins, and the Tarkwaian Group was deposited in these basins as shallow water deltaic sediments. The Tarkwaian lithologies are considered to represent the erosion products that accumulated following uplift and deformation of the underlying Birimian rocks during the Eburnean orogeny. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 10 The basins (grabens) are believed to have formed as a result of rifting, preferentially in the central parts of the Birimian volcanic belts. The Tarkwaian Group consists of a thick sequence of clastic metasedimentary rocks that have undergone low-grade regional metamorphism. At Tarkwa, the entire Tarkwaian Group has been folded into a broad syncline and is locally referred to as the Tarkwa Syncline. The Banket Series Formation comprises a sequence of individual quartz pebble conglomerates (Banket beds), breccia conglomerates and metasandstones (also called quartzites and grits). All known gold mineralisation within the Banket Formation is associated with the conglomerates and is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. Gold content is a function of the size and amount (packing) of quartz pebbles present within a conglomeratic unit the bigger and/or more pebbles present, the higher the gold grade. The upper stratigraphic limit of the Banket Series Formation is marked by the hangingwall quartzite which exhibits well-developed and characteristic trough-and-cross bedded haematitic black sand banding. The hangingwall quartzite also contains thin discontinuous grit interbeds. Dykes and sills of doleritic composition intrude the sedimentary sequence and frequently occur adjacent to complex structural zones. There are four recognised conglomerate reefs namely A, B, C, and D which are equivalent to the Tarkwaian Sub-basal, Basal (or Main), Middle (or West), and Breccia Reefs respectively. The B and C reefs are oligomictic and consist of well-sorted conglomerates and have been mined underground in some areas more than a century ago. The A and D reefs have a lower gold tenor and are polymictic containing both well-rounded and angular fragments. Gold is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. The gold content is a function of the size and amount (packing) of quartz pebbles present within a conglomeratic unit – the more pebbles present suggests more gold. The gold is fine-grained, particulate, and free milling (i.e., not locked up with quartz or iron oxides). Mineralogical studies indicate that the grain size of native gold particles ranges between 2 and 500µm (0.002 to 0.5mm) and averages 130µm (0.13mm). The thickness of the main mineralised B and C reefs are approximately 15m and 6m respectively. The mineralised sequence dips at angles varying from steep and sub-vertical, at Blocks 1 and 2, to steep (70°- 80° north dipping) towards Block 3 East. The dip continues to be shallower at Block 3 West (50°), through Blocks 4 and 5 (45°) to become 35° at Block 7 South and 30° at Block 8. At Ajopa, the average dip is 50° - 60°. At Block 7 and 8, the western limb of the syncline extends over 4km on the property, with the eastern limb reaching the surface just beyond the eastern boundary of the concession. The western and the eastern limbs outcrop about 4km apart with the mineralised horizons buried some 400m below the surface at the centre of the syncline. The gold is fine-grained, free milling and not associated with sulphides. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations The exploration programs are reviewed on an annual basis and covers the life of mine project areas. A detailed 18-month program focusses on the short to medium term priorities. These include mine-wide geochemical sampling (Ajopa Southwest, Mile 5&8 and Badukrom), Mineral Resource conversion drilling at Blocks 1 to 5, Blocks 7 and 8, Ajopa and Block 5 extension. Exploration activities during 2021 focused on Mineral Resource conversion drilling at Block 1 Central, Block 3, Block 5 and its extension, Ajopa South, and Ajopa Cut 3. The focus of exploration in 2021 was on improving Mineral Resource confidence, replacement of depletion and additional Mineral Resource. Successful Mineral Resource conversion drilling at Ajopa, Block 5 and Blocks 7 and 8 added approximately 349koz of new Mineral Resource to Iduapriem in 2021. A total of 43,292.6m was drilled, comprising 36,235.6m DD and 7,057m RC. In addition, the regional auger drilling, mapping, and geochemical sampling were undertaken at Mile 8 and Ajopa Southwest respectively during the year. In 2021 regional exploration works continued in the year with line cutting and soil sampling at Ajopa Southwest. In summary, 65.38km of line cutting was completed during the year with 1,548 samples taken and 1,625 samples dispatched to the SGS laboratory for assaying. The Badukrom drilling project also continued in 2021. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 11 Mining operations continued in Block 3, Block 5 and Block 7 and 8. Block 5 contributed approximately over 80% volume to produce approximately 202koz. 1.5 Mining methods Iduapriem mine is an open pit mine which makes use of contract mining. It uses conventional drill and blast, with truck and excavator load and haul. The open pit Mineral Reserve shell optimisations are conducted on the relevant Mineral Resource models. Detailed mine designs are then completed for open pit mining. This incorporates the mining layout, operating factors, stripping ratio, relevant cut-off grades, and modifying factors required for the reporting of a Mineral Reserve. 1.6 Mineral processing The current processing plant treats free-milling material from open cast mining, by a conventional crush with a semi-autogenous ball milling circuit and cyanide leach. Iduapriem operates a two-stage crushing circuit consisting of a Metso Superior MKIII primary gyratory crusher and two GP550 gyratory crushers for secondary crushing. The Iduapriem treatment plant has two SAG mills and two ball mills which run in two parallel circuits each with a SAG mill and a Ball mill. The second Ball mill, a new Thickener, a cluster of cyclones and Knelson were commissioned in March 2009. In July 2017 three (3) of the four (4) leach tanks namely leach tanks 2, 3 and 4 were converted into CIL tanks by introducing carbon into the 3 leach tanks with the installation of inter tank screens and carbon recovery screens. Carbon for elution is harvested from leach tank 2 to the acid wash column and the carbon recovery screen underflow is pumped back to the leach tanks. 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates The Mineral Resource model is generated using the interpreted conglomeratic reef positions with borehole grades kriged into a relevant block model. The exclusive Mineral Resource is that portion of the Mineral Resource that is not incorporated into the Mineral Reserve. This includes all Mineral Resource between the Mineral Resource limiting shell and the Mineral Reserve pit design, all Inferred Mineral Resource, and all Mineral Resource within the Mineral Reserve pit design between the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve cut-off grades. The difference in Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve gold price is also a contributor. The majority of the exclusive Mineral Resource is confined within Block 7 and 8, Ajopa, and Block 5 orebodies. It is estimated to be 70.3Mt and 3.15Moz of gold at an average grade of 1.40g/t. These figures are calculated after applying the depletion as at the end of October with 2 months projection to the end of 2021. In comparison to the 2020 Exclusive Mineral Resource, there has been a decrease of 17.3Mt of material containing 0.649Moz of gold at an average grade of 1.17g/t. This represents a decrease of 17% based on ounces and is shown in the exclusive Mineral Resource table below. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Measured 1.52 0.72 1.10 0.04 Indicated 41.39 1.37 56.69 1.82 Measured & Indicated 42.91 1.35 57.80 1.86 Inferred 27.34 1.47 40.24 1.29 The Mineral Reserve for Iduapriem Mine has been evaluated as of 31st December 2021 using updated economic factors, latest Mineral Resource models, geological interpretations, geotechnical inputs, and the latest metallurgical updates. The Mineral Reserve estimate has been prepared according to S-K 1300, as adopted on 31st October 2018 by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The total open pit and stockpile Mineral Reserve for Iduapriem have been estimated at 59.9Mt at 1.36g/t AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 12 for 2.62Moz of Gold. This is a combination of Proven (2.15 Mt at 0.68 g/t) and Probable (57.78 Mt at 1.39 g/t) Mineral Reserve. Apart from the stockpiles, Mineral Reserve is reported for Ajopa, Block 5 and Blocks 7 and 8. The total Iduapriem Mineral Reserve is shown in the table below. Gold Mineral Reserve Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Proven 2.15 0.68 1.46 0.05 Probable 57.25 1.39 79.32 2.55 Total 59.40 1.36 80.78 2.60 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates A summary of Iduapriem’ s capital and operating cost estimates for the next 4 years are given in the table below. 1.9 Permitting requirements Iduapriem holds valid mining and prospecting leases as required by law. Iduapriem is also required to hold a valid environmental permit from the Environmental Protection Agency. All required permits have been obtained and are currently valid. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations After consideration of sampling techniques, data quality, and estimation techniques, the Mineral Resource is classified according to the AngloGold Ashanti standard 15% error at 90% confidence rule, which is in line with industry standards and international reporting codes. The Mineral Reserve has been estimated in accordance with all guidelines provided. It is the opinion of the qualified person that the planning process used to estimate Mineral Reserve is appropriate and modifying factors and other technical-economic assumptions used are up to date.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 13 2 Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant This Technical Summary Report was compiled for AngloGold Ashanti Limited who is the registrant. The report was compiled by the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve QPs who are employed by AngloGold Ashanti. 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared The Mineral Resource is reported in situ for pit material while for stockpiles it is reported for broken material. Old heap leach material is reported in its compacted state as it was historically built. All Mineral Resource is reported as of 31 December 2021 using actual mining to the end of September 2021 and forecast depletions up to 31 December. The Mineral Resource is estimated using the AngloGold Ashanti Mineral Resource gold price of $1,500/oz. Terms of reference are following AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve (Guidelines for Reporting) and based on public reporting requirements as per regulation S-K 1300. Although the term Mineral Reserve is used throughout S-K 1300 and this document, it is recognised that the term Ore Reserve is synonymous with Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti uses Ore Reserve in its internal reporting. The Mineral Reserve is reported as delivered to the processing plant and are inclusive of any planning factors. The open pit Mineral Reserve is based on the Mineral Resource models while stockpiles or heap leach Mineral Reserve is based on sampled grades and volumetric measurements. The Mineral Reserve is reported as of 31 December 2021 using actual mining to the end of September 2021 and forecast depletions from there until 31 December. The Mineral Reserve is estimated using the AngloGold Ashanti Mineral Reserve gold price of $1,200/oz. AngloGold Ashanti requires that the Mineral Reserve that is an outcome of this process is generated at a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) level. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report, as stipulated in Subpart 229.1300 and 1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. The qualified person must draft the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in § 230.421 of this chapter. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of the Technical Report Summary: • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated • Unless otherwise stated, $ or dollar refers to United States dollars • Group and company are used interchangeably • Mine, operation, business unit and property are used interchangeably • Rounding off of numbers may result in computational discrepancies • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, content for gold to two decimals and copper, content with no decimals • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this report and all ounces are Troy ounces • Abbreviations used in this report: gold – Au The reference co-ordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps / plans is latitude longitude geographic co-ordinates in various formats, or relevant Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection. 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation The sources of information of this technical report summary were obtained from Iduapriem’s business planning process which is reflective of an ongoing mine. This process uses data obtained from recent activities such as mining and processing to provide cost and production guidance for future operations. This data is updated with future forecasts to be representative of expected activities and this used to AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 14 generate extraction volumes, mining and processing schedules and associated supporting activities including staffing, and environmental and social commitments. Furthermore, this document uses the Guidelines for Reporting as issued by AngloGold Ashanti’s Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Steering Committee. Additionally, this report utilises technical specialist reports which were prepared in line with the Guidelines for Reporting. It also includes both internal and external audit reports that are referenced in Section 24.1. 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections The Mineral Resource is signed off by the Qualified Person - Mineral Resource (QP) who is based at the mine site as the Senior Manager Geology and who is head of the geology discipline at the Iduapriem mine. Charles Kusi-Manu is involved in all day-to-day geological activities as well as generating geological strategy for the mine. The Mineral Reserve is signed off by Justice Davhana who is a mining engineer employed by AngloGold Ashanti based in Johannesburg. Justice visited Iduapriem from 10 November 2021 to 25 November 2021 where during this time he reviewed pit optimisation modifying factors, Mineral Reserve models, the whittle project for Mineral Reserve and production schedules. Based on the site visit and reviews, Justice Davhana is willing to sign off as the Iduapriem Mineral Reserve QP. 2.5 Purpose of this report This is first time reporting of the Technical Report Summary (based on the S-K 1300 requirements) for Iduapriem Mine and there are no previously filed Technical Report Summaries for this operation at the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Reporting in this Technical Report Summary is in support of the declaration of a Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for AngloGold Ashanti’s Iduapriem Mine in Ghana. 3 Property description 3.1 Location of the property Iduapriem is located in the western region of Ghana, some 70km north of the coastal city of Takoradi and approximately 10km southwest of the town of Tarkwa. Iduapriem is bordered to the north by Gold Fields (Ghana) Limited’s Tarkwa mine and to the east by Ghana Manganese Company (GMC) a Manganese mine in existence since the 1920s. Ghana is an English-speaking country in west Africa that is bounded by the Gulf of Guinea (Atlantic Ocean) to the south, and the countries of Ivory Coast, Burkina Faso and Togo to the west, north and east respectively. Ghana has a population of approximately 31 million people and its capital is Accra which is located on the coast. Other major towns include Kumasi, Takoradi, and Obuasi. Ghana has two seaports, the largest at Tema (25km from Accra) which has 12 deep water berths, one oil tanker berth and is capable of supporting facilities for cargo traffic. Takoradi is the secondary port in Ghana but is still a major facility – handling most of the export traffic from Ghana. Ghana is divided into 16 administrative regions and 275 districts of which Iduapriem falls part of the Tarkwa-Nsuaem district in the Western Region Ghana is a stable presidential constitutional democracy with multi-party politics that is dominated by two parties: the National Democratic Congress and the New Patriotic Party. Nana Akufo-Addo of the New Patriotic Party was elected and then appointed president of Ghana in 2017 and was re-elected president in 2020. Ghana’s climate is tropical with two main seasons: a wet and a dry season with the south experiencing its wet season from March to mid-November. Ghana is a resource rich country and has significant gold mining, agricultural (coca) and oil resources. In 2020 it produced 140 tonnes of gold making it the sixth largest gold producing country in the world, and the largest in Africa. Its 2020 estimated GDP is $73.6B with a per capita GDP of $8,343. Its currency is the Cedi which on the 31 of December 2021 had an exchange rate to the US dollar of 6.25:1. Current challenges in Ghana include a rising deficit account and major infrastructure issues. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 15 Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining license area for Iduapriem. The co-ordinates of the mine, as represented by the plant, are depicted on the map and are in the UTM co-ordinate system. 3.2 Area of the property The Iduapriem Mine Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve is spread over an area totalling 139.22km2. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 16 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting Iduapriem comprises the following mining leases: • Iduapriem Concession LVB1539/89 covering 36.47 km2, extended in February 2020 for 15 years • Ajopa Concession LVB/WR326/09 covering 46.12km2, extended in 2020 for 15 years • Teberebie Concession LVB3722H/92 covering 28.98km2, extended in 2020 for 15 years • Ajopa Southwest Concession covering 28.10 km2, extended in 2020 for 15 years In February 2020 the extension of all four mining leases were obtained which, allows for the continuation of mining up to 2035 with an option to extend further. All Iduapriem leases have been ratified by Parliament. There are no cultural or historical site of interests on the Iduapriem mining lease. There are local villages on the lease, but the current Mineral Reserve plan does not require any relocation of these villages. Should this change in the future AngloGold Ashanti will operate according to Ghanaian law, the company’s sustainable/community practices, and engage with the communities as is necessary. There are areas of forest reserve on the Iduapriem leases, but none of these inhibit the mining of the Mineral Reserve. If exploration is required in any of these areas, Iduapriem will operate to Ghanaian and AngloGold Ashanti standards to access this ground. The Iduapriem Mine does not have a joint venture partner and it is wholly owned by AngloGold Ashanti through its holdings in Ghana. The tenure is secure at the time of reporting. No known impediments or encumbrances exist to operate in the area. Iduapriem Mine has, through its approved leases, security of tenure for the mining leases that covers its Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The rights to the leases extend to 2035 which fully covers the Mineral Reserve mining period, however if the Mineral Reserve period is extended, AngloGold Ashanti is confident that the relevant extensions will be achieved. Iduapriem Mine is an operating mine and has the required permits to continue operating under Ghanaian law. All the mining leases have been ratified in accordance and valid in accordance with Ghanaian laws. Mining can continue in the current lease areas. There are no material land claims that may have an influence on the rights to prospect or mine for minerals. A new environmental management plan (EMP) has been submitted and approval obtained. All government permits are in place, with the site permit requirements regularly reviewed. The Iduapriem mining leases expired during 2018 and 2019 but have been duly extended to February 2035. 3.4 Agreements, royalties, and liabilities A 5% royalty is payable on gold produced to the government of Ghana. According to company standards and Ghanaian legislation, AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem Limited is required to identify and manage current and future risks and liabilities associated with closure to ensure they are left in a condition which is safe, stable, and minimises adverse impacts on people and the environment. The Company is required to post a Reclamation Bond (the Reclamation Bond) based on approved work plan for reclamation. 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1 Property description Iduapriem Mine covers four tenements including the Ajopa Southwest, Iduapriem, Ajopa North and Teberebie tenements. The mine is located in the Western Region of Ghana approximately 10 kilometres southwest of Tarkwa and approximately 70 kilometres north of the port city of Takoradi. Tarkwa is a densely populated town and access is by road or air (from the port city of Takoradi). The climate is tropical with lush vegetation. The operating season stretches throughout the year. The topography of the mine site is dominated by pronounced ridges which reflect the underlying structural

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 17 geology. The area is drained by secondary streams towards the west. There are no major rivers located on the mine property. Annual rainfall in the Tarkwa region averages 2030 mm, but annual and seasonal fluctuations are becoming increasingly pronounced. Storm events that deposit more than 70 mm in an hour are becoming frequent. Structural geology complexity and extreme rainfall events pose serious challenges to pit design and maintaining depressurised, stable slopes. The current tailing storage facility (GTSF) will reach its full capability by 2023 and a larger facility named as Beposo Tailings Storage facility (BTSF) is under construction by WBHO. 5 History A feasibility study was completed by Golden Shamrock Limited (an Australian company) in 1990. In October 1991 construction of a 1.36 Mtpa SAG and CIP plant commenced. Mining operations started in early August 1992, with the first gold pour achieved in September of that year. Golden Shamrock Limited maintained a historical annual production rate of about 120koz of gold until its acquisition by Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited in 1996. After the Ashanti acquisition, the mine facilities were upgraded, and production rates increased to over 150koz per annum. In 2002, Ashanti further upgraded the plant capacity to 4 Mtpa. In mid-April 2004, the merger of AngloGold Ltd and Ashanti Goldfields Company Ltd was completed. AngloGold Ashanti extended the capacity of the plant again in 2009 with the plant currently doing 5.2mtpa. There is a plan to upgrade the plant to 5.4Mtpa with an additional tertiary crusher being constructed. Iduapriem has been in production since 1992 and the historical operating success is indicative of the future viability of the mine. Monthly reconciliation is performed on the Mineral Resource models vs grade control model vs plant production (on record and available since 2011). It showed overall good performance with estimates and actual generally within 10% (table below) of each other on an annual basis. The existing historical Mineral Resource estimates and performance statistics on actual production are presented below: Reconciliation of Produced Grade, Tonnage and Gold – 2018 to 2021 Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mineral Resource Model (oz) 283,592 320,219 318,603 182,612 Grade Control Model (oz) 286,785 331,564 326,389 170,875 Percentage (%) 101 104 102 94 Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mining Feed (oz) 273,079 293,842 285,894 220,364 Plant Accounted (oz) 264,477 286,145 284,916 211,639 Percentage (%) 97 97 100 96 Mining feed as obtained from the grade control models performs well against the plant accounted gold. Based on these low variances, the Mineral resource models as used in mine planning are deemed to be reasonably accurate and robust. 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting Iduapriem Mine is geologically located within the Tarkwaian Group and forms part of the West African Craton which is covered to a large extent by metavolcanics and metasediments of the Birimian Supergroup. In Ghana, the Birimian terrane consists of northeast-southwest trending volcanic belts separated by basins, and the Tarkwaian Group was deposited in these basins as shallow water deltaic sediments. The AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 18 Tarkwaian lithologies are considered to represent the erosion products that accumulated following the erosion of the uplifted and deformed underlying Birimian rocks during the Eburnean orogeny. The basins (grabens) were believed to have formed as a result of rifting, preferentially in the central parts of the Birimian volcanic belts. The Tarkwaian Group consists of a thick sequence of clastic meta-sedimentary rocks that have experienced low-grade regional metamorphism. Economic gold mineralisation of the Tarkwaian occurs in the Banket Series Formation which is composed of stacked fluvial sedimentary rocks developed within a braided river system about two billion years ago. The Banket Series Formation comprises a sequence of individual quartz pebble conglomerates (Banket beds), breccia conglomerates, and metasandstones (also called quarzites and grits). Gold mineralisation within the Banket Formation is associated with the conglomerates and it is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. The gold content is a function of the size and amount (packing) of quartz pebbles present within a conglomeratic unit the bigger and/or more pebbles present, the higher the gold grade. The upper stratigraphic limit of the Banket Series Formation is marked by the hanging wall quartzite which exhibits well-developed and characteristic trough and cross-bedded haematitic black sand banding. The hanging wall quartzite also contains thin discontinuous grit interbeds. Dykes and sills of doleritic composition intrude the sedimentary sequence and frequently occur adjacent to complex structural zones. There are four recognised conglomerate reefs namely A, B, C, and D which are equivalent to the Tarkwaian Sub-basal, Basal (or Main), Middle (or West), and Breccia Reefs respectively. The B and C reefs are oligomictic and consist of well-sorted conglomerates. The A and D reefs have a lower gold tenor and are polymictic containing both well-rounded and angular fragments. Gold is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. The gold is fine-grained, particulate, and free milling (i.e., not locked up with quartz or iron oxides). Mineralogical studies indicate that the grain size of native gold particles ranges between 2 and 500µm (0.002 to 0.5mm) and averages 130µm (0.13mm). The thickness of the main mineralised B and C reefs are approximately 15m and 6m respectively. The mineralised sequence dips at angles varying from steep to sub-vertical, at Blocks 1 and 2, to steep (70° to 80° north dipping) towards Block 3 East. The dip continues to be shallower at Block 3 West (50°), through Blocks 4 and 5 (45°) to become 35° at Block 7 South and 30° at Block 8. At Ajopa, the average dip is 50° to 60°. At Blocks 7 and 8, the western limb of the syncline extends over 4km on the property, with the eastern limb reaching the surface just beyond the eastern boundary of the concession. The western and the eastern limbs outcrop approximately 4km apart with the mineralised horizons. At Tarkwa, the Gold Fields operation to the north, the entire Tarkwaian Group has been folded into a broad syncline and is locally referred to as the Tarkwa Syncline. The Banket Series Formation (BSF) comprises a sequence of individual beds of quartz pebble conglomerates (Banket beds), breccia conglomerates and meta-sandstones (also called quartzites and grits). As at Iduapriem, all known gold mineralisation within the Banket Formation is associated with the conglomerates and is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. Gold content is a function of the size and amount (packing) of quartz pebbles present within a conglomeratic unit the bigger and/or more pebbles present, implies more gold. The upper stratigraphic limit of the Banket Reef Zone (BRZ) is marked by the hangingwall quartzite, siliceous and metamorphosed sandstone of buff colour, which exhibits well-developed and characteristic trough-and- cross-bedded haematitic black sand banding. 6.2 Geological model and data density 3D wireframes of the conglomerate reefs and the faults that offset them are produced. The conglomerate reefs and faults are extrapolated down dip and beyond data to guide the exploration program. At depth, the reefs are believed to have a "basin" like geometry and the reefs are deemed to become less steeply dipping with depth as a result. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 19 Map showing Tarkwaian Series, stratigraphy and locations of the various mining blocks (1) Drill hole spacing along strike and across strike typically ranges from 50m x 75m to 200m x 200m. The majority of the Mineral Resource area has been drill tested at a spacing of 100m x 100 m with the spacing increased to 50m x 50m for the shallower, Indicated Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 20 At Ajopa, estimates informed by a drill spacing of around 50m x 50m were classified as Indicated Mineral Resource. Drill spacing more than the Indicated Mineral Resource spacing and up to about 200m x 100m was classified as Inferred Mineral Resource. Measured Mineral Resource is defined by drill spacing of 20m x 15m. At Block 1, drill hole spacing of 50m x 50m is considered to be Indicated Mineral Resource; and spacing of up to120m x 120m is considered to fall within the Inferred Mineral Resource. For Block 3W, estimates informed by a drill spacing of about 50m x 50m were classified as Indicated Mineral Resource, those informed by a drill spacing of up to about 100m x 100m were classified as Inferred Mineral Resource. Measured Mineral Resource is defined by drill spacing of 20m x 15m. For Block 5, the Indicated Mineral Resource is defined by drilling spacing of 50m x 50m or 50m x 75m, but less than about 120m x 120m were classified as Inferred Mineral Resource. No Measured Mineral Resource is defined. The Block 7 and 8 spacing of 50m x 100m was classified as Indicated Mineral resource and drill spacing of up to about 100m to 150m was classified as Inferred Mineral Resource. Measured Mineral Resource is defined by drill spacing of 20m x 15m. (Map below shows locations of Blocks 1 to 8 and Ajopa) The dominant deposit type at Iduapriem is that associated with the Banket reefs of the main sedimentary basin. These are well known and have been mined since the start of the operation. As such, exploration for these uses the basin model developed over time. Minor potential is postulated to exist in the hydrothermal quartz veins which occur remote to the sedimentary reefs. These are typical of quartz vein systems in that they occur in areas of geological strain where some deformation may have occurred. Frequently they are associated with fold hinges. The quartz veins generally occur in narrow-width corridors and are steeply dipping. The corridors have limited strike extent, generally less than 300m. Exploration has probed a few of these areas, but to date, no Mineral Resource has been declared for any of them. Map showing Tarkwaian Series, stratigraphy and locations of the various mining blocks (2) 6.3 Mineralisation Gold is the main mineral present. Sulphide mineralisation is present only at trace levels and is not associated with the gold.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 21 The deposit can be described as a palaeoplacer, in which the gold was deposited simultaneously with the sediments and therefore similar to that found in the Witwatersrand of South Africa, only younger. All known gold mineralisation is associated with conglomerates. It generally occurs within four conglomerate reefs namely the A, B, C, and D Reefs which are equivalent to the Tarkwaian Sub-basal, Basal (or Main), Middle (or West), and Breccia Reefs respectively. Gold is found within the matrix that binds the pebbles together. The gold is fine-grained, particulate, and free milling (i.e., not locked up with quartz or iron oxides). Mineralogical studies indicate that the grain size of native gold particles ranges between 2 and 500µm (0.002 to 0.5mm) and averages 130µm (0.13mm). The width of the reefs varies from Block to Block. Generally, the grade decreases from Block 1 to Block 5, and at Block 7 and 8 the grade increase from south to north. In Block 1 the Reefs are fused together to average between 20m to 30m averaging 1.80g/t with narrow waste bands in between. The reefs diverge into various bands (A_D) and at Block 5 there are about nine separate reefs i.e., AF1, AF2, A1, A2, B1, B2, C1, C2, and D. At Block 5 the significant mineralised zones are A1(2.5m), A1 (3m) and C1(5-8m) averaging 1.5g/t, 1.65g/t and 1.35g/t respectively. However, at Block 7 and 8, the prominent mineralised reefs are B and C averaging between 8-15m width and average grade 2.3g/t and 3.2g/t respectively. 7 Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work Exploration activities comprising of 43,293m drilled during 2021 focused on Mineral Resource conversion drilling at Block 1 Central, Block 5, Block 7 and 8, and Mineral Resource delineation at Ajopa south, Block 5 Extension. 36,235.6m DD and 7,057m RC were drilled. Exploration upside target drilling was carried out at Block 2 and 3 and Badukrom. Continued Mineral Resource delineation drilling at Block 1 and Block 5 Extension added 640koz of total Mineral Resource to Iduapriem. Regional mapping and geochemical sampling at Ajopa South West prospect commenced during the year as well as auger drilling at Mile 8 and Mile 5W targets. At Block 1, 11 infill drill holes were drilled to convert Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource. Significant intersections were returned for samples submitted from all drill holes. At Block 5 and Block 5 ext., 2,080m of RC and 9,348.60m of DD were drilled with significant intersections returned. Exploration work at Ajopa Southwest involve 65.38km of line cutting and geochemical sampling. Infill Auger drilling at the Mile 8 and Mile 5W hydrothermal targets commenced with 1,097 sample points/auger pegs planned for seven priority targets. Exploration drilling comprises DD and RC drill holes. Exploration drilling is done by drill contractors (Minerex, Deeprock, and Westfield). All activities related to the drilling program, e.g., drill rig set-up, site reclamation, drilling logistics, safety, core recovery, logging, sampling, and the interpretation of drill results are overseen by responsible site geologists. For RC drilling, all samples are collected in lengths of 1m into sample bags and arranged according to depth in ascending order. The samples are split at the rig using a Jones Riffler. If wet, the samples are collected in calico bags and dried out in the sun for later splitting. The dry samples are split using a riffle splitter, out of which an eighth part is taken for gold analysis. The remainder is kept in case further re-assay is required. Small representative quantities of each meter sample are washed with a sieve and kept in well-labelled sample trays for logging. The hole number, bench, dip, depth, azimuth, sampler, date, etc. are recorded on the RC log sheet. Lithological logging of RC chips and DD core is carried out by the responsible site geologists. The information is captured on spreadsheets which are equipped with standard geological code lookups via tough books and then imported into the database. For RC samples, a representative mass of the rock chips are kept in a plastic tray for sorting and further checking when anomalies occur in assay results. Of the remaining reject samples, every 25th is re-split for a field duplicate. The samples from the same hole are kept in one sack for easy storing at the core shed. The measurement of recovery for RC samples relies on the use of mass balances. For DD drilling, samples are taken at 1m intervals honouring mineralisation and lithological contacts. Sampling of barren lithologies is done at the geologist’s discretion, usually a few meters into the hanging wall and footwall of the reefs. Core samples are cut utilising a rock saw where the rock is hard and competent, and a knife where the material is soft or sheared. The core is cut in half in a way to render a representative sample of a zone. In a case where a duplicate sample is needed, a quarter core is cut from the un-sampled half of the core for analysis. Core recovery in the reef conglomerates is around 95-100%. At the core shed, samples are sorted and laid out in increasing order with coarse blank samples in place for checking before packaging. A sample ticket is written for each sample and the bag is tied with tape. All the samples are thoroughly checked again prior to submission to avoid errors clerical errors. A sample AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 22 submission form is filled, clearly stating sample type, sample numbers, assay method, element to be analysed, etc. A laboratory representative checks the samples and countersigns the submission form. The bulk density determination is carried out by a contracted analytical laboratory (SGS) and also used the University of Mines and Technology for a period. The Archimedes immersion method, involving drying of the samples, waxing, and weighing both in air and water is used. Currently, exploration activities cover almost half the total lease area, this is approximately 110km2. All field data is captured on paper log sheets and are subsequently entered into the Fusion™ database by data entry clerks under the supervision of the database administrator. Each section is signed off on completion by the data capture clerk and checked by the senior geologists for consistency and errors for the collar, surveys, sample information, geological coding, and sample QAQC insertion. Assay results are directly imported into the database as received from the laboratory (direct digital capture). User access to the database is regulated by specific user permissions and once data has been validated, only the database manager based in the head office can change it. The database is backed up as part of the mine’s IT protocol and a copy is stored off-site in Johannesburg. Drill data collected by the previous owners, Golden Shamrock Limited and Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited, prior to 2004 are included for Mineral Resource estimation. Data are considered acceptable for inclusion based on the good performance of mine reconciliations as well acceptable bias tests showing no significant grade bias between this historic data and more recent data collected by AngloGold Ashanti. The quality and acceptability of this data are continuously checked by confirmation drilling/twinning. 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing Exploration work which involves a combination of auger drilling, full length RC and full-length DD were executed in 2021. The depth of the RC or DD drilled holes varied depending on the target depth, amount of groundwater, penetration rate and ground conditions. DD is utilised for exploration; Mineral Resource extension work and for twinning previous RC or DD intercepts as a validation exercise. The 2021 surface DD at Block 1, Block 5 Extension, Block 5, Block 7 and 8, Ajopa South and Block 3 were completed by Minerex drilling contractors, Westfield Limited and Deeprock Ghana Limited using two multi-purpose (UDR- M3 and GEMSA-M16) rigs and five diamond rigs (Hanji-M20, Fordia-M19, ECR12, CS14 and SA1300). All drilled core was oriented using a Boart Longyear™ true core/devicore™ digital core orientation tool. All DD holes were drilled dominantly NQ (47.6mm), which provides a representative sample. RC holes were used for exploration, advanced grade control and infill grade control (GC) drilling. RC drilling was completed by Minerex drilling contractors using their multi-purpose rigs. RC holes were drilled using 100mm diameter rods with a 5.25-inch face sampling bit. The drill hole is continued with a DD tail when the penetration rate of the RC drilling slows down due to poor ground conditions and ingress of groundwater. Auger drilling at Mile 8 hydrothermal prospects were drilled to depths averaging 6m using mechanical auger drill rigs. DD core and RC drill chips undergo detailed logging for the entire hole (at 1m intervals for RC chips), with records kept of lithology, structure (from oriented core), texture, mineralisation, alteration type, colour, weathering intensity, presence of quartz veining and sulphide and visible gold occurrences, and water table etc. Specific drill programs are designed and completed where data is required for metallurgical and geotechnical purposes on both new and existing deposits. DD core drilled for geotechnical purposes is logged for recovery, Rock Quality Designation (RQD) and structural data required for geotechnical analysis. Samples are taken for geotechnical strength testing. Core drilled for metallurgical purposes is logged as per standard exploration protocols and sampled as per AngloGold Ashanti metallurgical guidelines (Ref: AGA Metallurgical guidelines). The level of detail of the geological and geotechnical logs is considered appropriate for Mineral Resource estimation. Logging is both qualitative and quantitative depending on the property being logged. For core drilling, interesting intersections (occurrence of conglomerate package or mineralised zone) are photographed and stored. Some of photos and logs are included in monthly reports. All drill holes are logged in full, with a greater level of detail for core samples compared to RC chips. Downhole surveys are done by the drill contractors using Boart Longyear True shot and Devi shot instruments at 30m downhole intervals. Rig geologists check the downhole survey measurements and request extra readings if the values seem abnormal. The geologist assigns and approves the data before AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 23 it is transferred to the central database. The survey tools are calibrated on yearly basis and checked every quarter by qualified technician from the supplier company, during regular site visits. Details of average drill hole spacing and type in relation to Mineral Resource classification Category Spacing m (-x-) Type of drilling Diamond RC Blasthole Channel Other Measured 20x15 Yes Yes - - - Indicated 50x75 Yes Yes - - - Inferred 100x100 Yes - - - - Grade/ore control 20x15 - Yes - - - In general, 200 x 200m drill hole spacing is used to define the extent and geometry of an anomaly. The majority of the Mineral Resource area has been drill tested at a spacing of a 100 x 100m with the spacing closed up to 50 x 75m for the shallower, Indicated Mineral Resource. The appropriate grid for each phase is optimised for each project based on the geometry of the mineralisation, the continuity of geology and grade, and mining experience from the pits. In some cases, the data spacing may be reduced where structural complexity is encountered. Apart from the major fault structures, geological continuity is considered to be very good with the conglomerate reefs being laterally consistent and continuous. 7.3 Results AngloGold Ashanti has elected not to provide drilling results for its operating mines as drilling at our brownfields operations is generally to provide incremental additions, or conversions to already reported Mineral Resource and therefore they are not seen as material. While these increase confidence in the Mineral Resource and adds life of mine extensions, the incremental additions that occur on a yearly bases are not material to that operation or the company as a whole. In our major greenfield projects if any single drill result is considered material and may change the reported Mineral Resource significantly then it will be reported. This report is not being submitted in support of the disclosure of exploration results and therefore no disclosure of drilling or sample results is provided. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 24 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (1)

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 25 Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (2) Exploration drill hole and sample locations on the Iduapriem property are shown below in plan view (3) AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 26 7.5 Hydrogeology At Iduapriem, the host rock of the active mining areas is quartzite which hosts the Banket Series gold mineralisation. This generally has low permeability with groundwater (aquifers) flow paths exclusively in fractures such as joints etc. The site has an annual mean rainfall of 1,925mm per year. A range of groundwater recharge by rainfall depends on the land use, topography and underlying rock type and state. Generally, 11 to 22% of rainfall is estimated to contribute to recharge however at Ajopa mining area, 5 to 7% of rainfall is estimated to contribute to recharge at 100mm/year. It is estimated that hydraulic conductivity of the weathered zone of the Banket series is 0.04to- 0.2m/d (SRK, 2011, 2) and this was obtained from pumping test analysis site boreholes at the Greenfields Tailing Storage Facility (GTSF) area. Also, fracture zone hydraulic conductivity of 0.15m/d is estimated (SRK, 2011). Yield to well range of 0.02 to 1.3l/s (Delta H, 2020, 5) was obtained in the Banket Series around Block 3 West area. All active mining areas notably Block 7 and 8 Pit, Block 5 Pit and Block 6 (Ajopa) pit are characterised by weathered zone aquifers which are perched in nature and therefore quickly drain out at the end of the rainy seasonal. However, an exception exists in Block 3 West pit which has an active spring flow with an average inflow rate of 280m3/d from an inactive waste rock dump nearby. Site conceptual and numerical models exist for area specific site studies, especially for risk assessments for new projects. The models predict the extent of contaminant migration from their source to downstream areas and this may be used to apply appropriate corrective actions. Iduapriem has a monthly water sampling programme for both surface and groundwater sources with a defined sampling protocol. 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis Geotechnical information that has been collected from laboratory testing and field measurements include: (i) various lithologies present and their distribution within the deposit (ii) structural data regarding the location, orientation, length, spacing and character of infilling material for faults, defects, and veins (iii) strength properties of intact rock and of fresh and saw-cut joint planes. The data gathered from geotechnical logging forms the basis for determining the stable slope. The following geotechnical parameters are collected from geotechnical logging: (i) Material strength (ii) Quantity of defects (iii) Strength quality of defects, and (iv) Orientation and geometry of structures Laboratory testing of rock material is undertaken to give confidence to the rock mass strength properties that are estimated from rock mass classification systems. Laboratory testing techniques include uniaxial compressive strength (UCS), triaxial compressive strength and direct shear testing to some extent. Historically, the mine has utilised accredited rock testing laboratories to undertaking laboratory testing. Rock sampling and testing procedures are used as part of quality control and assurance to ensure the samples are collected and prepared correctly and also to ensure that testing is done in accordance with International Society of Rock Mechanics’ Commission on Standardization of Laboratory and Field Tests (1978). The reviews and most recently slope optimisation exercises have improved the understanding of the geotechnical environment resulting in the mine adopting a 90-degree batter angle which is easier to pre- split compared to the 82 degrees recommended by SRK in 2012. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 27 The strength parameter results for the major lithologies per deposit are summarised in the tables below. Pit Name/ID Lithology UCS Mean (MPa) SD (MPa) Block 5 Quartzite 128.6 39.7 Conglomerate 115 0 Intrusive 104 0 Block 7/8 Quartzite 180.62 33.49 Conglomerate 170.5 30.5 Intrusive 137.5 33.58 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation Samples used for Mineral Resource estimation are solely from RC drilling chips and DD core. The samples are composited to 1 m intervals for Mineral Resource estimation. DDl cores were drilled using HQ and NQ bit sizes and sampled at nominal 1 m intervals or to lithological boundaries. All DD completed has been sampled to lithological contacts and varies in length at a range of 0.3m to 1.5m. The core is cut in half to provide nominal 1kg to 2kg samples which are sent for analysis. RC drill holes were sampled at 1 m. The RC samples were split using a riffle splitter to an approximate weight of 3kg for analysis. All samples are split dry. The split DD core and RC samples are sent directly to the SGS laboratory in Tarkwa for analysis. For both DD core and RC samples, the laboratory prepares the samples by drying the field sample at 105°C, crushing the entire sample to 75% passing 2mm, splitting to a 1.5 kg split using a riffle splitter or automatic rotary splitting device, then pulverising the 1.5kg split to 90 to 95% passing 75µm in an LM2™ mill. A 200g sub-sample is then collected from the 1.5kg split and the remaining material stored. The entire milled sample is transferred from the pan onto a plastic sheet where multiple scoops of material by means of a spatula are randomly taken using a gridded pattern until such time that the aliquot mass of 50g is obtained. This process is complete when the craft paper bag is full. For samples received in pulp from (standards or blanks), the laboratory screens 1 in 20 samples to ensure 90-95 % pass 75µm, if the screen test fails then all samples are screened, any samples failing the screen test are milled to attain the required particle size. Sample sizes and preparation techniques are considered appropriate for the material being sampled. Due to an unusual sample turnaround time (TAT) of 4 days minimum, a mobile sample preparation unit was established on-site to handle all RC samples to promote better controls on sample delivery and confidence in the assay results yielding better Mineral Resource and GC models. Samples are oven-dried at 105° C (rocks, drill cores, and chip), crushed, and milled. The pulps are then dispatched to the SGS laboratory at Ahwitieso which is 5km from the site for analysis. Gold assay data is collected from RC and DD drill core, generally on 1m intervals. The determination of the in-situ bulk density was completed in 2011 when a study was completed by the geotechnical laboratory of the University of Mines and Technology in Tarkwa, Ghana. The densities were generally not very variable and based on the 2011 work, the use of a global bulk density of 2.65g/cm3 was considered appropriate albeit slightly conservative (lower by about 2 to 3% for some of the zones). However, in October 2018 the University was contracted to conduct bulk density tests in all the pits, and the results averaged 2.670 g/cm3, though it was not used in the 2018 resource estimation due to timing. It has been included in the subsequent Mineral Resource models. Drill hole planning takes into consideration the geometry of the orebody, to ensure that, as far as is possible, drillhole/orebody intersection is at right angle. The true width of the conglomerate reefs is represented and determinable by the 3D wireframe models. All of the pulps and all remaining half core and RC rejects are stored at the Iduapriem mine exploration core yard. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 28 Since June 2015, mass balance measurements are taken for RC drilling. This involves measuring the entire drilled sample mass for 1m intervals to check the split sample mass (percentage split) as well as the theoretical mass expected for the hole diameter and material density (for percentage recovery). The DD core is reconstructed into continuous runs for orientation marking and depths are checked against the depth marked on the core blocks to calculate core recovery. Any core loss is recorded in the database. Overall sample recovery of the reef conglomerates is considered adequate at around 95 to 100%. A portion of the DD core of geological interest is split longitudinally by a core cutting machine mounted at the core shed. Half-core samples are taken from the DD core for analysis. Non-core or RC samples are split using a riffle splitter. If the RC samples are wet, the entire sample is bagged and dried before splitting in the core yard. A RC sample size of 2 to 4kg collected at the rig is considered appropriate and representative for the grain size and style of mineralisation. For DD Core, sample cutting is completed by extracting half core and lengths not exceeding 1.5 meters nor less than 0.4 meters is considered appropriate and representative. At the laboratory, the sample is dried, disaggregated, and jaw crushed to 3 mm sample. It is then pulverised to a nominal 95% passing 75µm using an LM2 pulveriser. Two pulp samples are taken for analysis and pulp storage. 8.2 Assay method and laboratory Assay services are provided by SGS Tarkwa laboratory, and they handle almost all exploration samples. As per assurance standards a percentage of samples are also sent to Intertek laboratory for Umpire laboratory testing. The laboratories are officially recognised by the South African National Accreditation System (SANAS) for meeting the requirements of the ISO/IEC 17025 standard for specific registered tests for the minerals industry. The accreditation number for SGS Tarkwa is T0638 and Intertek is ISO17025:2017. The SGS laboratory recently acquired and commissioned a sample preparation laboratory at the Iduapriem site to improve the turnaround time (TAT) for the mine. For both DD core and RC samples, the laboratory prepares the samples by drying the field sample at 105°C, crushing the entire sample to 75% passing 2mm, splitting to a 1.5 kg split using a riffle splitter or automatic rotary splitting device, then pulverising the 1.5kg split to 90 to 95% passing 75µm in a LM2™ mill. A 200g sub-sample is then collected from the 1.5kg split and the remaining material stored. RC and DD core samples are assayed using a 50g fire assay for gold which is appropriate for this style of mineralisation and measures total gold. All exploration samples are assayed by fire assay with AAS finish (50g charge, fire assay fusion, lead collection and AAS determination to 0.1 ppm). 8.3 Sampling governance Sample collection strictly adheres to AGA Sampling Guideline (AGA sampling guideline, 4), and collection controlled as per in-house sampling protocols and procedures which are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti standards and guidelines for sampling, assaying and QAQC. It involves the secure packaging, labelling and transportation of samples to laboratories. Laboratories send an electronic reconciliation of samples received. Thereafter, assay results are reported electronically and captured into the Core Fusion™ database. A full QA/QC program is in place to monitor the sampling process to ensure quality and assurance. This program includes: • Mass balance for RC sampling and core recovery measurements • Internal and external QAQC checks and analyses as per AngloGold Ashanti and in-house QAQC protocols. • Monitoring and supervision of drilling activities (quality assurance) by a dedicated geology representative. • Monitoring the Assay laboratories' performance (through regular audits and inspections).

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 29 Iduapriem stores all samples securely on-site at the core shed and it is guarded by security 24/7. Samples are dispatched twice a day to the SGS Tarkwa laboratory at Ahwitieso which is 5km from the site. An SGS laboratory driver together with a sample bay attendant cross-checks the samples/submission sheet before it leaves. A waybill is also prepared by security to accompany the samples. Similar procedures are put in place when Intertek are picking samples from the core yard Due to unusual sample turnaround time (TAT) a mobile sample prep unit was established on-site to handle all RC samples to promote better controls on sample delivery and confidence in the assay results yielding better Mineral Resource and GC models. Samples are oven-dried at 105°C (rocks, drill cores and chip), and then crushed and milled. The pulps are then dispatched to SGS laboratory at Ahwitieso which is 5km from site for analysis. All field data is captured on paper log sheet and subsequently entered by data entry clerks under the supervision of the database administrator. Each section is signed off on completion by the data capture clerk and checked by senior geologists for consistency and errors on collar, surveys, Meta data, sample information, geological coding and sample QAQC insertion. User access to the database is regulated by specific user permissions. The database is backed up as part of the mine’s IT protocol and a copy is stored off site in Johannesburg. Annual audits of the laboratory are undertaken. Inhouse company sampling experts are used in these audits. The last audit was completed during 2021 by a sampling specialist from the head office. No material issues were identified, and numerous good practices were observed. Some recommendations were made around housekeeping, turnaround time, sample storage and CRM splitting. A recommendation was made to address the long TAT in previous audits, and it was subsequently motivated for Iduapriem to construct a sample mobile preparation unit (MSPU). This was approved in 2019 and resulted in current improvements in TAT from 5 to 3 days. 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance The QAQC measures carried out include the routine insertion of QC materials into the sample stream. QC material comprised Certified Reference Materials (CRMs), blanks, field, and pulp duplicates and pulp reject repeats from previous sample submissions, as well as sieving analysis. The laboratory is required to analyse a quality control (QC) sample first; and then after assaying every seven samples, a QC sample must be inserted. QC samples are picked from a box of 100 QC samples in the proportion of 40% standards, 30% pulp repeats and 30% milled/fine blanks, with all these samples being blind to the laboratory. Note that a box of QC samples is prepared and sent to the laboratory prior to the regular samples. However, for Intertek laboratory QC insertions are done onsite. Less than 5% of samples generated annually are sent to Intertek for analysis and are mostly used for umpire checks. Standards, pulps, blanks, duplicates, and repeats from the laboratory are compiled periodically to determine the precision of results. If standards, pulps, or blanks deviate from expected values, then samples in close proximity to the deviating QC samples are re-analysed. Any deviation from the expected value requires re-analysis of a portion of the whole batch. The performance of the results of the certified reference materials (CRMs) received from the laboratory is the best value (BV) 2 standard deviation, i.e. the standard deviation as per the CRM certificate. Failure occurs when any of the CRM results in plots outside this range. Every quarter, 100 pulp samples from the pulp rejects are requested, re-labelled, and submitted for umpire analysis at Intertek Laboratory. Regular reviews of these QAQC procedures are carried out by the supervising geologists to ensure all procedures are followed and best industry practices are carried out. The quality and reliability of the assay data informing the Mineral Resource estimate are considered adequate with acceptable assay accuracy and precision as measured by the QAQC samples. 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy In the QPs opinion, the sample preparation, analysis, and security procedures at Iduapriem are appropriate for use in the estimation of Mineral Resource. The analytical procedures, together with the independent quality assurance protocols are in line with industry best practice standards. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 30 9 Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures The Century™ borehole database database system (also known as Fusion™) was adopted in 2012 to store and manage all geological data. Data is validated during input and storage by the Resource Geologist for reporting and use in Mineral Resource modelling. The DHLogger™ tool allows drill hole (DH) to be created, loaded and validated. Once all DH attributes have been verified as correct and complete and compared with the raw data, the data is then sent back to Fusion™ for storage. Query Builder™ facilities are used for querying, graphing, and custom reporting, and this is done by the system administrator. Additionally, once all editing is done and assays imported from the laboratory results of the drill hole are sent into Fusion™. Such drill holes can no longer be manipulated and are therefore not susceptible to change errors. Assays and other drill hole attributes are exported into Datamine™ in CSV format for ore modelling. The exported files are de-surveyed to ensure no deviation or flaws occur and these are checked against the raw data by the exploration manager before the modelling process commences. The database used is user-friendly and with useful standard reports which can be customised to suit mine standards/reporting methods. This process secures and centralises all data and also Increases confidence in interpretations. The supervising geologist checks the planned and actual drill hole collars plotted to verify accurate locations. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification In the QP's opinion there is no limitations or failures that have a material impact. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The QP is of the opinion that the sample collection, preparation, analysis, and security used at Iduapriem are performed in accordance with exploration best practices and industry standards and are suitable for use in Mineral Resource estimation. In the QPs opinion, the drilling and sampling procedures at Iduapriem are robust, suitable for the style of mineralisation, and are at or above industry-standard practices. There are no drilling, sampling, or recovery factors that could materially impact the accuracy and reliability of the results. 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing The table below presents recovery factors per material type as the basis for the overall plant recovery in the business plan BUP 2022. This is based on historical plant data and test work on material from various ore sources. It must be emphasised however that, Iduapriem mine from the Tarkwaian ore body and material properties does not vary significantly. Basically, the ore body does not present any variation in mineralogy or properties and recovery factors do not significantly vary. Impact of reduction in residence time with the current 5.4 Mtpa plant and potential future 5.8 Mtpa plant on recovery will need be assessed. Ore Type 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Ajopa Re-handle 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.8 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.45 Tarwaian- FGO Stockpile 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.8 94.5 95.8 96.2 95.45 Tarwaian- Block 5 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.8 94.5 95.8 96.2 95.45 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 31 Grade recovery curve – Block 7&8 Cut 1 10.2 Laboratory and results SGS-Tarkwa is the analytical and testing laboratory for the mine. SGS is recognised as the global benchmark for quality and integrity. University of Mines and Technology (UMaT) is also used for small investigative programs, while Amtel laboratory is used for diagnostic leaching tests. Test work has been conducted to establish a grade recovery curve, upon which recovery predictions are based. Iduapriem ore is predominantly free milling with no deleterious element. The plant recovery is mostly impacted by particle liberation, residence time and reagent levels. 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy It is the opinion of the QP that the data is adequate for this Technical Report Summary. No unconventional analytical procedures were used in the analysis. 11 Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource Gold (Au) is the only element estimated in Iduapriem’ s Mineral Resource models. No modifying factors are applied during the process of Mineral Resource estimation. Modifying factors are applied in converting the Mineral Resource to a Mineral Reserve. The reported Mineral Resource is deemed to have reasonable and realistic prospects for eventual economic extraction, as it is restricted to an optimised pit shell based on the costs and recoveries of the mine and a forward-looking Mineral Resource gold price of $1,500/oz. Grades, tonnages, and ounces are reported within the Mineral Resource shell above a cut-off grade based on the $1,500/oz gold price. The Mineral Resource is reported as both, inclusive and exclusive of the Mineral Reserve. The pit and mine designs are based on optimised pit shells at the Mineral Reserve gold price which take account of costs, recoveries, dilution etc. The open pit mining method is conventional load and haul. The current processing plant treats free-milling material from the open-cast mine, by a conventional crush- SAG-Ball milling circuit and CIL recovery. Currently geometallurgical orientation and test work at Iduapriem is in progress to establish geometallurgical model for the mine in the next two years. The surface infrastructure associated with Iduapriem's operation includes a primary crusher, overland conveyor, CIL processing plant next to the main offices building, tailings storage facility, and two camp areas for contractors and company employees. Tarkwa Town is also adjacent to the tenement. Power is obtained from the Ghana grid. Current government agreements seek to ensure constant power to the site. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 32 All government permits are in place, with the site permit requirements regularly reviewed. The Iduapriem mining leases expired during 2018 and 2019, but renewal applications were in place prior to their expiry. All license extensions were approved with their validity now extending to February 2035. A new Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been submitted to the government and has been approved for the mining leases. There are no anticipated environmental or social factors that are a risk to the eventual economic extraction of the declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Costs for environmental rehabilitation and social sustainability projects are included in the optimisation cost model and included in the modifying factors. The gold price for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve is provided by AngloGold Ashanti's Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Steering Committee. The prices are selected based on historic data and a view taken on the future gold prices, but at such a level to provide enough economic margin for the operation. A gold price of $1,500/oz is assumed for the Mineral Resource. Gold price and cost assumptions are in line with the Guidelines for Reporting which are considered appropriate. The main commodity produced at Iduapriem is gold and the prices are determined by the market. The mining operating for 2021 without rehandling is $2.99 /ton and with rehandling is $3.06/ton. Iduapriem capital for 2021 is approximately $103M. The table below shows the capital and operating costs for the life of the operation. Power reliability, slope/high wall stability (rockfall potential), and inrush/inundation (flooding of pits, TSFs, and infrastructure) are considered potential risks. Mitigation plans are in place to manage these risks. However, there are no unmanaged risks that the mine is aware of that would prevent the extraction of the planned mineralisation, although power reliability from the Ghana electricity grid remains a concern. Normal mining risks such as pit slope stability, pit flooding, and tailings dams are part of an extensive mine- managed risk program. The concept of future economic extraction relies on a upside gold price assumption ($1500/oz) and the conversion of Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve. An annual exploration budget is included in the mine's business plan for the purposes of converting Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource. Additionally, Iduapriem continually reviews its Mineral Resource inventory and writes off any Mineral Resource thought to not be mineable at some stage in the future. The Guidelines for Reporting call for a Mineral Resource review and write-off towards the end of a mine’s life when it becomes clear that there is no longer a prospect of extraction for the remaining Mineral Resource.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 33 The Mineral Resource statements include Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Mineral Resource. All references to Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are stated in accordance with S-K 1300 and all ounces referred to in this document are Troy ounces, defined as 31.103475 grams. For this S-K 1300 report all Mineral Resource is quoted as exclusive Mineral Resource unless otherwise stated. 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve in this Technical Report Summary. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve ("exclusive Mineral Resource") is defined as the Inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: • Inferred Mineral Resource, including that within the Mineral Reserve design or stope shape. • Mineral Resource that sits above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade but below the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade that resides within the defined Mineral Reserve volume. • Mineral Resource that lies between the LOM pit shell/mine design and the Mineral Resource pit shell/mine design (this material will become economic if the gold price increases). • Mineral Resource where the technical studies to engineer a Mineral Reserve have not yet been completed. All information included within this technical report summary is effective as of 31 December 2021. Mineral Resource is either reported in situ for the block modelled Mineral Resource, or for broken material for stockpiles or heap leach material. All reports are generated directly from the Datamine™ modelling software package used. All block model reports are generated using the ordinary kriging value which is combined with other attributes flagged within the model depending on the purpose of the report. In the case of Mineral Resource models, different attributes are used to report the Mineral Resource depending on the purpose of the report. All reports required are completed only within the mineralisation wireframe domains. The cut-off grade selected for limiting each of the Mineral Resource estimates corresponds to the in situ marginal cut-off grade using a gold price of $1,500/oz. For the open pit Mineral Resource, the pit shell selected for limiting each of the Mineral Resource estimates corresponds to a gold price of $1,500/oz. As a result of the optimisation process, this pit shell selection will result in the highest undiscounted net present value of the deposit, at $1,500/oz. All open pit Mineral Resource is estimated within a $1,500 pit shell and at variable economic cut-off grades depending on the deposit. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are estimated and reported in situ and stockpiles are reported as broken material. The following parameters have been used to determine the economic viability of the Mineral Resource at $1,500/oz. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 34 Parameters under which the Mineral Resource was generated are outlined in the table below. Cost inputs Unit Block 7&8 Cut 2a Block 7&8 Cut 2b Block 7&8 Cut 2c Block 7&8 Cut 5a Block 7&8 Cut 5b Block 7&8 Cut 6 Ajopa Blk 5 Ore Mined k tonnes 5,537,578 4,649,119 6,202,182 4,688,591 8,850,663 9,794,352 3,699,135 5,147,168 Waste Mined k tonnes 15,384,238 24,220,238 39,427,022 47,674,455 67,182,807 56,825,798 33,507,400 18,164,861 Total material mined k tonnes 20,921,816 28,869,356 45,629,205 52,363,046 76,033,470 66,620,149 37,206,535 23,312,029 Stripping ratio t:t 2.78 5.21 6.36 10.17 7.59 5.80 9.06 3.53 Costs Ore Mining cost $/tonne mined 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.01 1.96 Waste mining cost $/tonne mined 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.41 2.01 1.96 Processin g Cost $/tonne treated 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 G&A $/tonne treated 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 Other Parameters Met. Recovery % 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% 95.85% Slope angles degree 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 43 / 60 38 / 48 Mineral Resource cut-off grade g/t 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.50 0.45 Mineral Resource price $/oz 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 The geological model for each orebody comprises 3D wireframes of the faults and of the various conglomerate reefs (A-D) that host the gold mineralisation. In some cases, late barren dolerite intrusions are also modelled as 3D wireframes. The interpretations are completed using geological mapping drill hole grades, lithology logs, and structural measurements. The drill samples are composited to 1m intervals honouring the geological boundaries, as 1m is the prevailing length of sampling. Grade capping is applied to control the influence of extreme values within the reefs. The capping is kept to a minimum, generally not exceeding 0.05% of the samples within each estimation domain. The various sub-units within conglomerate reefs are treated as separate estimation domains. Semi-variograms are modelled from the composited samples of each estimation domain. The grade estimation is done by ordinary kriging. No recoverable model is generated due to the fact that the reefs are not mined selectively and therefore only the ordinary kriged block grade is used for optimisation. The estimation panel block sizes for ordinary kriging are between 20x20x24m to 25x25x24m to optimally suit the sampling grid used in the delineation of the Indicated Mineral Resource. Sub celling of 2.5m x 2.5m x 1m to 2.5m x 2.5m x 3m is used to ensure the geological model is captured in the block model with sufficient resolution. Estimation search parameters are optimised for each domain to ensure robust estimates, with particular attention paid to the reduction of negative kriging weights, and improvement in the slope of regression and kriging efficiency. RC chips and DD core samples have been photographed and logged geologically and geotechnically to levels of detail that support Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation. The geological logs include lithology, alteration, weathering, mineralisation style, etc. Geotechnical quantitative logging includes strength quality, matrix, and fracture characterisation. Exploration at Iduapriem is constrained by surrounding communities' infrastructure and agricultural activities. Compensation procedures are in place to mitigate that risk. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 35 Geological continuity of the gold-bearing conglomerate reefs is considered exceptional with the reefs consistently developed. The reefs are only disturbed by occasional faulting. All major faults are modelled, and, in some cases, drill density is increased along faults in order to improve the confidence in their placement. Densities are allocated from tests conducted on drill hole samples. Grade and tonnages are estimated from these block models that are constrained within an optimised pit shell at the Mineral Resource gold price. Full grade ore and marginal stockpiles are surveyed monthly to validate tonnage measurements. Grade estimates for these stockpiles are based on RC grade control drilling from the individual pits mined. Old, historical stockpiles have been drilled and sampled with the results used to assign grades. These stockpiles are reported as part of the Mineral Resource for material above the economic cut-off grade at the Mineral Resource gold price. Iduapriem inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty After consideration of sampling techniques, data quality, and estimation techniques, the Mineral Resource is classified according to the AngloGold Ashanti standard 15% error at 90% confidence rule, which is in line with industry standards and international reporting codes. This classification technique provides an average grade above the cut-off estimate with less than 15% relative error at 90% confidence. A Measured Mineral Resource is expected to be within 15% of the estimated metal at least 90% of the time for quarterly mining volumes, while for an Indicated Mineral Resource this criterion must apply for annual mining volumes. For Inferred Mineral Resource the error may be greater than 15%, 90% of the time for annual mining volumes. Classification studies are conducted for the various Iduapriem orebodies. These studies apply the above-mentioned criteria to determine appropriate drill hole spacing for the various Mineral Resource confidence categories. Based on the outcomes of the studies, the Measured Mineral Resource category is defined at 25m by 25m spacing (Block 7 and 8, and Block 5) and for stockpiled material. The Indicated Mineral Resource category is at 50m x 50m (Block 5, Ajopa and Block 3W) and at 100m x 50m (Block 7 and 8, and Block 1). The Inferred Mineral Resource category is defined at 100m x 100m (Ajopa and Block 3W), 120m x 120m (Block 5) and 150m x 100m (Block 1 and Block 7 and 8). AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 36 The sources of uncertainty in the estimates originate from sampling uncertainty, logging uncertainty, geological modelling (structural, stratigraphic, and ore body), and estimation uncertainty (gold grade and density). The quality of sampling and QAQC is of a high standard and is deemed to serve as a low source of uncertainty. The uncertainty in the definition of the mineralised zones is very low due to the well-defined reefs and the distinctiveness of the lithological units. Additionally, complex areas are identified and here drill hole spacing increased to improve the data spacing for interpretation. The uncertainty in geological modelling varies across the orebodies with the most complex deposits being Block 1 and Block 3W to 4S, Block 7 and 8 is of medium uncertainty, and Block 5 and Ajopa of low uncertainty. Due to the consistency in gold mineralisation and reefs tenor, and robustness of the ordinary kriging the uncertainty in estimation is deemed to be low. No estimation of density has been conducted on any of Iduapriem ore bodies in 2021 and hard coded values are used based on the test work done. While this is considered to be of low risk to the mineralised tonnage, all possible steps are in place in place to initiate ongoing measurement. In the QP’s opinion, there are no significant risks and uncertainties that could reasonably be expected to affect the reliability or confidence in the exploration information, Mineral Resource, or Mineral Reserve estimates. A factor that affects the convertibility of the Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve and is considered of importance is the minimum mineable thickness of some of the reef units, for example, the D reef is mostly unmineable, however, it forms a very small portion of the Mineral Resource. In some orebodies, thin parts of A reef become sub-economic. 11.4 Mineral Resource summary The parameters used to generate the $1500 shell and relevant cut-offs for each of the project areas are outlined in section 11.2. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Ajopa Measured - - - - Indicated 3.86 1.25 4.84 0.16 Measured & Indicated 3.86 1.25 4.84 0.16 Inferred 4.16 1.40 5.82 0.19 Block 1 Measured - - - - Indicated 7.47 1.81 13.55 0.44 Measured & Indicated 7.47 1.81 13.55 0.44 Inferred 0.09 1.61 0.14 0.00 Block 3W Measured 0.65 1.04 0.67 0.02 Indicated 0.58 1.15 0.67 0.02 Measured & Indicated 1.23 1.09 1.34 0.04 Inferred 0.32 1.18 0.38 0.01 Block 5 Measured - - - - Indicated 1.75 1.11 1.95 0.06 Measured & Indicated 1.75 1.11 1.95 0.06 Inferred 0.38 1.31 0.50 0.02 Blocks 7 and 8 Other Measured - - - - Indicated 21.43 1.54 33.03 1.06 Measured & Indicated 21.43 1.54 33.03 1.06 Inferred 17.87 1.59 28.47 0.92 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2A Measured - - - - Indicated 0.05 0.51 0.02 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.05 0.51 0.02 0.00 Inferred - - - - Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2B Measured - - - - Indicated 0.10 0.49 0.05 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.10 0.49 0.05 0.00 Inferred 0.01 1.88 0.02 0.00

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 37 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2C Measured - - - - Indicated 0.15 0.51 0.07 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.15 0.51 0.07 0.00 Inferred 1.19 1.72 2.06 0.07 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5A Measured - - - - Indicated 0.14 0.52 0.07 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.14 0.52 0.07 0.00 Inferred - - - - Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5B Measured - - - - Indicated 0.19 0.51 0.10 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.19 0.51 0.10 0.00 Inferred 0.55 1.75 0.96 0.03 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 6 Measured - - - - Indicated 0.13 0.51 0.07 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.13 0.51 0.07 0.00 Inferred 0.01 1.10 0.02 0.00 Iduapriem Stockpile (other) Measured - - - - Indicated 5.54 0.41 2.28 0.07 Measured & Indicated 5.54 0.41 2.28 0.07 Inferred 2.76 0.68 1.88 0.06 Iduapriem Stockpile (marginal ore) Measured 0.88 0.50 0.43 0.01 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 0.88 0.50 0.43 0.01 Inferred - - - - Total Measured 1.52 0.72 1.10 0.04 Indicated 41.39 1.37 56.69 1.82 Measured & Indicated 42.91 1.35 57.80 1.86 Inferred 27.34 1.47 40.24 1.29 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion The QP is not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, metallurgical, taxation or other relevant factors, which could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate. 12 Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The following points give a brief summary of the key assumptions in determine the Mineral Reserve. AGA’s Mineral Reserve process is part of the Business Planning Process, and the study confidence level must be at least at a PFS level. Costs assumptions come from finance and gold prices comes from corporate office, geological Mineral Resource models come from geology, geotechnical parameters comes from geotechnical department, process recoveries (parameters) come from process department and other consideration such as environmental constraints are also supplied. The Mineral Reserve is quoted as of 31 December 2021, and it is quoted as delivered to the processing facility. The Mineral Reserve uses actual depletions to the end October 2021, and forecast depletions for the remainder of the year. All ore loss and dilution factors are included. The economic analysis of the life of mine used a discount rate of 8.3%. The cut-off grade is based on a gold price of $1,200/oz, while current spot gold prices are approximately 31% above this price at the time of this report. • Gold price: $1,200 • Royalty: 5% • Selling price: $6.69/oz • Metallurgical recovery: 95.85% • Open pit mining cost: $3.29/t mined • Mine closure: $0.23/t treated • Processing: $15.24/t treated AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 38 • G and A: $6.75/t treated • Block 7&8 and Ajopa Dilution 0%, Ore loss 4% • Block 5 Dilution 6% and Ore loss 2% • Stay in business capital (SIBC): $2.96/t treated Key changes in the Iduapriem Total Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve are listed below: • 0.054k oz increase due to operational changes (Recategorisation of Cutbacks). • 0.144k oz increase due to changes in exploration. • 0.078k oz increase due to cost (Long Term mining contract) Iduapriem Mine is an open pit operation making use of conventional drilling, blasting, loading and hauling activities to extract the mineralised body to a designated area. Mining areas are accessed via pit ramps. A three-year outlook of Iduapriem's statistics shows an average of 16M bank cubic metres (BCM) which is equivalent to 47 Mt of total material moved per year (5.6Mt of mined ore, 5.4Mt of treated ore and 250koz of produced gold per year). The mine currently has four active pits namely Block 7 and 8, Ajopa, Block 3 and Block 5 with Block 7 and 8 (the main pit) contributing about 70% of the total Mineral Reserve. At every point in time, Block78 pit is accompanied by a satellite pit (Ajopa, Block 3 or Block 5) to achieve the optimum feed for the plant. The Mineral Reserve is estimated within mine designs, based on modifying factors, actual mining and detailed analysis of cut-off grade, geotechnical, environmental, productivity considerations and the requirements of the mining fleet. The ramps are designed with a 25-meter width at a 10% gradient. A mining recovery factor (MRF) of 96.0% is applied to the standard orebody models by reducing all block grades by 4.0% and 100% mining tonnage factor, which are based on reconciliation over a three-year period. The modifying factors provided and applied to account for ore loss and dilution are: • RRF - Resource Reconciliation Factor - (Mineral Resource model to Mineral Reserve Model) - 100% • MRF - Mining Reconciliation factor- (dilution and ore loss) has been applied per pit due to historical data. • Block 7 and 8 and Ajopa have 100% MRF on tonnes and 4% discount on grade. Block 5 has 94% MRF on tonnes and 98% on grade • MCF - Mine Call Factor - (plant received to plant accounted) -100% All Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource within the pit designs which were developed from optimised shells have been classified as Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve respectively. None of the Inferred Mineral Resource have been included in the Mineral Reserve, however, 5% of Inferred Mineral Resource which are pockets within the pit design are in the business plan and an infill drilling program is in place to convert to Indicated Mineral Resource with the intention of generating Mineral Reserve during the period of mining. Mineral Resource models are engineered to create Mineral Reserve by using whittle pit optimisations where the above-mentioned modifying factors are applied. Thereafter, the Mineral Reserve are scheduled within the designed pit to produce the business plan. Pit designs are carried out using DataMine™ and are done to reconcile +/- 5% from the optimised pit shells. Iduapriem’s ore bodies are mined using the conventional open pit activities which respects a minimum mining width of 40 meters. Ramps are constructed at 25 meters and a gradient of 10%. Mine is carried out by a contractor (AMAX) with a mixed fleet of CAT 6030 (x1), Komatsu PC 3000 (x1), CAT 6020 (x2), CAT 6015 (x1), CAT 785’s (9) and CAT 777E (13) and Komatsu (3) dump trucks. Equipment has been planned at an effective utilisation of 63%. Historically, Iduapriem is a 13Mbcm operations, operations have however ramped up to 17.2Mbcm in 2021 and 18Mbcm from 2022 through LOM. The ramp up is necessary because over the years, waste has been deferred and now to supply the plant with consistent and quality ore to sustain an average of 250koz over LOM. Grade control drilling is done in-house using a RC drill rig. All the drill cuttings are collected via the cyclone mounted on the rig in a large plastic bag. Pre-written sample bags are placed by each peg for drilling to commence, these sample bags are checked again before use. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 39 Approximately 30kg or 1m composite samples are collected and split using a riffle splitter. Theoretically, a 10% split is collected as the primary sample and the 90% reject sample occasionally re-split after every 25 samples to obtain a field duplicate. Some portions of each 1m sample are sieved in a bucket of water to obtain the rock chips for geological logging. The hole number, bench, dip, depth, azimuth, sampler, date, etc. are recorded on the drilling log sheet. A sample of the rock chips is kept in a plastic tray for sorting and further check when anomalies occur in assay results. Samples are assayed by SGS Laboratories (Ghana) Limited (SGS) based in Tarkwa and use the Aqua Regia analytical method. Geotechnical services for slope wall monitoring, drilling, and data analysis are carried out by site staff with support from the corporate office. The commodity price of $1,200/oz has been used for the pits optimisation for Mineral Reserve. Other factors such as cut-off grade, MRF, metallurgical recovery, depend on each pit/cut. Below are the tables showing the detailed modifying factors for each pit. Mineral Reserve Modifying factors (table 1) as at December 2021 Primary Commodity Price ($/oz) Cut-off grade (g/t) % RMF (based on tonnes) % RMF (based on g/t) Ajopa 1,200 0.85 100.0 100.0 Block 5 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2A 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2B 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2C 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5A 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5B 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 6 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Iduapriem Stockpile (full grade ore) 1,200 0.80 100.0 100.0 Iduapriem Stockpile (other) 1,200 0.60 100.0 100.0 Iduapriem Stockpile (marginal ore) 1,200 0.60 100.0 100.0 Mineral Reserve Modifying factors (table 2) as at December 2021 % MRF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on g/t) % MCF % MetRF Ajopa 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Block 5 94.0 98.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2A 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2B 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2C 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5A 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5B 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 6 100.0 96.0 100.0 95.9 Iduapriem Stockpile (full grade ore) 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.0 Iduapriem Stockpile (other) 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.0 Iduapriem Stockpile (marginal ore) 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.0 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 40 12.2 Cut-off grades The cut-off grades were re-estimated for each pit for the 2021 Mineral Reserve statement. These were based on a $1,200/oz gold price for all the pits. Other parameters used include royalties, dilution, processing costs, recoveries, general and administration costs, and ore mining costs as in sections 20 and 21. Hereunder is the formula used to determine cut-off grade for full grade ore: The Mineral Reserve are based on a marginal cut-off grade. Mineral Resource contained within the final pit designs were estimated against these cut-off grades to produce the open pit Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. Cut-off grade sensitivities were done by adjusting the gold price to determine impact. Hereunder is the formula used to determine cut-off for marginal ore: An marginal cut-off grade is a grade at which cost equals revenue and mining cost is excluded. The following assumptions are made: • At the time of processing when cut-off grades need to be determined, mining cost is a sunk cost (i.e., when the truck arrives at the pit edge/surface) and this cost not included in the cut-off grade calculation. • When treating ore (directly or later from stockpiles), mining has already been paid for and therefore this cost is not included in the cut-off grade calculation. • Mining cost is used in determining the pit shell • The Lerch Grossman (LG) optimisation ensures that no uneconomical ore will be mined overall • Up front or project capital cost is excluded • Cut-off grades are rock-type and pit specific A summary table of cut-off grades per pit is given in Section 12.1. 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The current Mineral Resource models for each deposit were obtained from the mine's geology department and signed off by the senior manager – geology (who is the QP for the Mineral Resource).

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 41 They are used to update the mine planning process and for quoting the year end Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Updated models for Block 7 and 8, Ajopa and Block 5 have been used. Additional Mineral Resource drilling was incorporated into the updated models. All Mineral Resource models used in the Mineral Reserve estimations are 3d block models (kriged models). Prior to optimisation, waste dumps and in-pit back fill were added, and the models were depleted to end of October 2021 month face position for active pits. The remaining mining for the year is estimated and used to deplete the reported numbers. The Mineral Resource are quoted as both exclusive (additional to) and inclusive of, the Mineral Reserve as per the Guidelines for Reporting. Mineral Resource are inclusive of Mineral Reserve for the JSE report and exclusive of Mineral Reserve for the SEC report. All Probable Mineral Reserve has been derived from Indicated Mineral Resource. All Proven Mineral Reserve is held within stockpiles. Stockpiles only contain Measured Mineral Resource. All the reported in pit Mineral Reserve is classified as Indicated Mineral Resource. All Measured Mineral Resource was converted to Proven Mineral Reserve and Indicated Mineral Resource to Probable Mineral Reserve. 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary The only commodity Iduapriem declares is gold which has been estimated at a Mineral Reserve planning gold price of $1,200/oz as specified in the Guidelines for Reporting. The Mineral Reserve for Iduapriem were re-evaluated as of 31st December 2021 using updated economic factors, latest Mineral Resource models, geological, geotechnical inputs and latest metallurgical updates. The Iduapriem open pit has been estimated to contain 2.15Mt (0.05Moz) of Proven Mineral Reserve, and 57.25Mt (2.58Moz) of Probable Mineral Reserve at grades of 1.36g/t. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. Gold Mineral Reserve Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Ajopa Proven - - - - Probable 3.33 1.68 5.59 0.18 Total 3.33 1.68 5.59 0.18 Block 5 Proven - - - - Probable 4.98 1.35 6.73 0.22 Total 4.98 1.35 6.73 0.22 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2A Proven - - - - Probable 5.54 1.67 9.26 0.30 Total 5.54 1.67 9.26 0.30 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2B Proven - - - - Probable 4.64 1.66 7.70 0.25 Total 4.64 1.66 7.70 0.25 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2C Proven - - - - Probable 5.02 1.67 8.37 0.27 Total 5.02 1.67 8.37 0.27 Block 7 and 8 Cut 5A Proven - - - - Probable 4.69 1.54 7.22 0.23 Total 4.69 1.54 7.22 0.23 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5B Proven - - - - AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 42 Probable 7.79 1.53 11.93 0.38 Total 7.79 1.53 11.93 0.38 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 6 Proven - - - - Probable 9.78 1.48 14.47 0.47 Total 9.78 1.48 14.47 0.47 Iduapriem Stockpile (full grade ore) Proven 1.56 0.69 1.07 0.03 Probable - - - - Total 1.56 0.69 1.07 0.03 Iduapriem Stockpile (other) Proven - - - - Probable 5.26 0.74 3.88 0.12 Total 5.26 0.74 3.88 0.12 Iduapriem Stockpile (marginal ore) Proven 0.59 0.66 0.39 0.01 Probable 6.23 0.67 4.17 0.13 Total 6.82 0.67 4.56 0.15 Total Proven 2.15 0.68 1.46 0.05 Probable 57.25 1.39 79.32 2.55 Total 59.40 1.36 80.78 2.60 The reference point for the Mineral Reserve is the point where the run of mine material is delivered to the processing plant, and it is quoted at 31 December 2021. 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion The Mineral Reserve for Iduapriem Gold Mines were re-evaluated as of 31st December 2021 using updated economic factors, latest Mineral Resource models, geological, geotechnical inputs and latest metallurgical updates. The Iduapriem Mine open pit has been estimated to contain 2.15Mt (0.05Moz) of Proven Mineral Reserve, and 57.25Mt (2.58Moz) of Probable Mineral Reserve at grades of 1.36g/t. A stable and good reconciliation history of production against the Mineral Reserve estimates shows low risks in achieving the Mineral Reserve estimates during production. 13 Mining methods Iduapriem is an open pit mine and the mining is done using two independent mining contractors. The waste stripping is scheduled to be mined at a rate of 45.2 million tonnes for 2022 and ramps up to 47.6 million tonnes over LOM. The stripping is carried out using a mixed fleet of 18 CAT 785 x 13 CAT 777E and 3 Komatsu dump trucks, 2 X CAT 6020B, 1 x CAT 6030 excavator, and 1 X CAT 6015 and 1 x PC 3000. The ore will be transported to the ROM Pad using the existing haul roads and sized with the current crushing infrastructure. The waste will be transported to the existing waste dumps which have the capacity for the plan within the LOM which supports the Mineral Reserve statement. It must be noted that all the activities will be done using the current haul road within the Teberebie and Iduapriem operational areas without any new disturbance of vegetation. Iduapriem uses conventional open pit mining techniques making use of drilling, blasting, loading, and hauling activities. Where required, pits are staged into phases to enable consistent and quality ore delivery to the plant and to synchronise updated designs into current mining operations. Through it all, optimum pit outlines from optimisation and geotechnical assumptions are respected during pit design which uses Datamine™ Software. Practical mining parameters such as minimum mining width (40m), maximum bench heights (9), and catchment berms (13.2) are also considered. Ramp widths of 25m are designed to accommodate the passing of two of the biggest trucks on-site while also making provisions for drainages and safety berms. During designing, the Mineral Resource model is used as a guide to ensure maximum capture of the ore reefs whilst respecting the optimal pit outline. The dilution and ore losses are applied in the Mineral Reserve after scheduling. Blast-hole drilling is carried out by using down-the-hole rigs to create drill holes in the ground which are then loaded with explosives and blasted to fragment the ground. Once blasting is carried out, the blasted rock is levelled, and the ore reefs flagged for mining. After the ore mark out, visual control is used to AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 43 compliment the ore mark out for effective and efficient mining to get the ore-bearing rock to the right destination. Grade control drilling is done in-house using a RC drill rig. All the drill cuttings are collected via the cyclone mounted on the rig in a large plastic bag. Pre-written sample bags are placed by each peg for drilling to commence, these sample bags are checked again before use. Approximately 30kg or 1m composite samples are collected and split using a riffle splitter. Theoretically, a 10% split is collected as the primary sample and the 90% reject sample occasionally re-split after every 25 samples to obtain a field duplicate. Some portions of each 1m sample are sieved in a bucket of water to obtain the rock chips for geological logging. The hole number, bench, dip, depth, azimuth, sampler, date, etc. are recorded on the drilling log sheet. A sample of the rock chips is kept in a plastic tray for sorting and further check when anomalies occur in assay results. Samples are assayed by SGS Laboratories (Ghana) Limited (SGS) based in Tarkwa and use the Aqua Regia analytical method. Geotechnical services for slope wall monitoring, drilling, and data analysis are carried out by site staff with support from the corporate office. The average metal loss for the past 3 years due to dilution and ore loss is 4% and metallurgical recovery has increased from 94.5% to 95.85% after a plant recovery project which converted the treatment process from Carbon in Pulp (CIP) to Carbon in Leach (CIL). The total workforce including contractors on site is 2,455 with an annual mining production rate of 47.12 Mtpa and treatment rate of 5.4 Mtpa. Year on year, LOM material movement averages approximately 16Mbcm with expected mining life to 2029 and Mine Life to 2033. All design and scheduling work have been undertaken to an appropriate level of detail by experienced engineers using appropriate mine planning software. The planning process uses appropriate modifying factors and the use of cut-off grades and other technical-economic assumptions. In presenting the Mineral Reserve statements and associated sensitivities the following applies: • The Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource is inclusive of that Mineral Resource modified to produce Mineral Reserve • All Mineral Reserve is quoted as at 31st December 2021 • All Mineral Reserve is quoted at a gold price of $1,200/oz • All Mineral Reserve is quoted in terms of Run-of-Mine (ROM) grades and tonnage as delivered to the metallurgical processing facilities and are therefore fully diluted • Mineral Reserve statements include only Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource modified to produce Mineral Reserve, and contained in the LOM plan • All references to Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are stated in accordance with S-K 1300 • All ounces referred to in this document are Troy ounces, defined as 31.103475 grams. 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling The current slope monitoring procedures in place are: • Physical inspection: done to check tension cracks, and deviations that may be due to blasting and other operational activities on the pit high walls slopes • GroundProbe Radar monitoring: to check any movement on the walls and if the movement exceeds threshold. When exceedances occur, it is communicated, and all pit users are cleared. • The GeoMos prism monitoring tools are being used. • Hydra-X, a mobile and handy tool is to be implemented for slope monitoring soon; this can be carried to different locations as and when needed for monitoring. All hazards are updated regularly on the Geotechnical hazard map for individual pits and communicated to pit users. Hazard inductions are done for the pit users. Where hazards can be controlled or eliminated, they are fixed to reduce threats within the operational areas. Walls are cleaned to remove all loose rocks from the slope faces to minimise rock fall from heights. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 44 According to the latest business plan for Iduapriem, the mine will deliver ore in the following proportions: 60% from Teberebie Block 7&8 (Cut 2) and 40% from Block 5. The general Dewatering Strategy will be: • All active pits in 2022 will have at least 2 mining levels with at least 9m height difference • At least two Diesel pumps (MF420 + Sykes) will lift water from Block 7&8 Cut 3 permanent sump into the stage tank while one (MF420) lift from tank into the environment; the third MF420 will lift water from the sump source directly into the environment • ESP 2 will support the dewatering at Block 7&8 Cut 3 permanent sump into the environment • At Blocks 7&8 Cut 2, runoffs and direct precipitations will be directed to temporal sumps in Cut 1 if we have access and then pumped to Cut 3 and lifted into the environment. • If Ajopa comes up, runoffs and precipitations will be directed via drains into the main pit and pumped into the environment using diesel pumps. • Block 5, runoffs and precipitations will be collected in sumps and pumped into the environment using diesel pumps. Sumps would be located at both south and North and pumped into the environment The general approach is to estimate the Inflow (amount of water that will be collected based on the catchment) and this will be matched with a sump and pumping capacity enough to control ponding. The rainfall history indicates that high amounts of rain can be recorded in a day (for instance, 255mm of rain was recorded on Feb 23, 1984) Below is the summary of the pumping capacity for the 2022 year, showing the types of pumps available, their quantities and their capacities 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel Iduapriem has highly skilled employees for its various disciplines. With the AngloGold Ashanti “How We Work” principles in place, the mine has the right people in the right roles with effective working relationships and accountabilities in place to ensure efficient deliverables. Iduapriem mine makes use of Ghanaian nationals across its entire workforce. Training programs, both in-house and outside the mine, are periodically organised by various heads of the department through the human resource training section to equip employees with adequate skills and knowledge. This is based on a training plan that is part of an employee’s annual performance appraisal. There is an employee grievance procedure that the workforce can follow to put their issues to management. The mine has a total of 2,455 employees which includes both AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem workers and all contractors. The entire workforce are nationals and goods, and services are sourced locally where possible. A five-year contract has been awarded to AMAX Mining Services and the current contractual fleet size is considered to be adequate to achieve the LOM production targets. The equipment is owned and maintained by the contractor in an on-site workshop. AMAX has been contracted over a five-year period from July 2021 to June 2026 and they assume full responsibility for the mining operations, maintenance,

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 45 and dewatering with oversight by the AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem operations manager. The primary mining equipment is equipped with a Modular SystemTM (for Fleet Management), SmartCapTM (for Fatigue Monitoring), and liquid automation system popularly known as LAS (for fuel dispensing) as well as handheld fire extinguishers. 13.3 Final mine outline Teberebie Layout AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 46 Ajopa Layout AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 47 14 Processing and recovery methods Iduapriem Process Flowsheet Scats Produced 7.5kw hydraulic pump motor 24m thickener 2 off 16m Supaflo pre-leach thickner JACQUES 37KW Apron Feeders 1.2x5.5M Buffer Stockpile Capacity 30000t/live capacity 10000t Apron feeders 1200X5000mm Primary Gyratory Crusher MKII 54-75 350kg/h 6 Burners@250Kw Diesel Fire Rotary Kiln 6.5t Stainless steel Acid Wash column 1.52x4.44m carbon screen 2 ILR Eluate Tank 10m3 Westfarmers Kleenheat Tilting furnace TGFA100G 200mJ@140KPa 3x10Vx900A Electrowinning cells Trash Screen 2 ( 7.5Kw Delkor 700X800mm) 25m3 KC-XD 48 Knelson concentrator (30Kw) Gravity Scalping Screen 2 (4X4mm) DS26-2035/2036 Krebs cyclones (8 cluster) DS26-2035/ 2036 Krebs cyclones (8 cluster) New 4.26×7.32m Hardinge Ball Mill 2.5Mw 5.2x6.4m MORGARD SHAMMAR SAG Mill 1 2.5Mw Upgrade Stockpile capacity 8800t/ live capacity 3000t 4.3x7.0m MORGARD SHAMMAR Ball Mill 2.5Mw Trash Screen 1 ( 7.5Kw Delkor 700X800mm) 2.2 Gekko ILR Drum Bullion P80=106µm CVR08 (0.9m X 85m) CVR07 (0.9m X 108m) From Mining Secondary Crusher 2 X GP550 5.5x7.3m ALLIS CHALMERS SAG Mill 2 3.75Mw mill discharge pump (20×18-46 millMAX`` pump 400Kw x 2) Scats Crusher Leach Tanks 1×1866m³+3x1980m3 Lightnin 4 Agitators@783Q11 RPM-21 kW110 Pulp Flow Carbon Flow Carbon Flow Tailings Storage Facility Fine Carbon 1.52x2.44m carbon screen (Ordered) mill discharge pump (450GLWarman series pump 400Kw x 2) KC-XD 48 Knelson concentrator (30Kw) Gravity Scalping Screen 1 (4X4mm) Pulp Flow IDUAPRIEM MINE LTD IDUAPRIEM PROCESS FLOWSHEET P100= 50mm P80= 30mm @ 670tph 400m3 Crusher Top Bin Process Water Pump 350GL Warman 400kWX2 2 Eluate Tanks (107m3 & 101m3) 6.5t Elution column 200FM Warman pump3x,75Kw/1x90Kw 2x each thickener 2 off 12/10 Warman pump (400Kw & 450Kw) Tailings Trash screen 12m2 Adsorption Tanks 7x1460m3 Lightnin 7 Agitators @782Q7100 16RPM,75 Kw 600mm Techtaylor Valve 600mm Techtaylor Valve New Leach Sampler Cyanide Dosing CVR19 CVR05B Plant Cross-stream sampler Crushing circuit CVR05 overland to plant: insert shows proposal: 4.0K Delkor Screen, 1000 um AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 48 Current Plant Description Iduapriem operates a two-stage crushing circuit consisting of a 54-75 primary gyratory crusher and 2 x GP550 gyratory crushers for secondary crushing. The 54-75” primary gyratory has an open side setting of 155mm. The secondary crushers operate at a closed side setting of 35-37mm and each in closed circuit with its own screen. The screening plant product size from the primary and the secondary crushers is 80% passing 30mm which is conveyed via CVR19 to the 4.6 Km long overland conveyor to the CIL crushed ore stockpile. The Iduapriem treatment plant has two SAG mills and two ball mills which run in two parallel circuits each with a SAG mill and a Ball mill. The second Ball mill, a new Thickener and a cluster of cyclones were commissioned in March 2009. A new crushing plant was also commissioned in April 2009 to replace the three-stage over-aged plant. In July 2017 three (3) of the four (4) leach tanks namely leach tanks 2, 3 and 4 were converted into CIL tanks by introducing carbon into the 3 leach tanks with the installation of inter tank screens and carbon recovery screens. Carbon for elution is harvested from leach tank 2 to the acid wash column and the carbon recovery screen underflow is pumped back to the leach tanks. Feeding Schedule The mill feed schedule presents tonnage and a grade production plan from the mining perspective to meet the eight-year treatment plant requirement for the business case starting from 2022 to 2029. The plan combines the planned tonnages to be mined from the various ore sources with their respective grades. The plan has scheduled to mine 6.63M tonnes of ore at the grade of 1.66g/t and 1.22g/t from block 7 & 8 and Block 5 respectively, for the 2022 business plan. The major source of ore would be cut 2 which is in the Block 7&8. Recovery Factor The table below present’s recovery factor per material type as the basis for the overall plant recovery in the business plan BUP 2022. This is based on historical plant data and test work on material from various ore sources. It must be emphasised however that, Iduapriem mines the Tarkwaian ore body and material properties do not vary significantly. Basically, the ore body does not present any variations in mineralogy or properties and recovery factors do not significantly vary. Impact of reduction in residence time with the current 5.4Mtpa plant and the planned 5.8Mtpa plant on recovery will still need to be assessed. In July 2017 three (3) of the four (4) leach tanks namely leach tanks 2, 3 and 4 were converted into CIL tanks by introducing carbon into the 3 leach tanks with the installation of inter tank screens and carbon recovery screens to improve plant recovery. The recovery improvement opportunity was identified through test work conducted by UMaT in 2015. Leach Methods Recovery Kinetics 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 G o ld r ec o v er y, % Leaching time, h Carbon-in- leach

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 49 Recovery Factor per Material Type Ore Type 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 BUP 2022 Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Rec % Tarkwaian - Block 7&8 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.4 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.45 95.65 Tarkwaian - Ajopa Rehandle 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.4 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.45 95.65 Tarkwaian - FGO Stockpile 94.5 94.4 94.7 95.4 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.45 95.65 Tarkwaian - Block 5 95.45 95.65 Grade Recovery Relationship The figures below shows grade versus recovery testwork conducted on Plant historic data, Block 7/8(Cut 1) material and Block 5 material respectively. Grade Recovery Curve (Plant Historic Data) Grade Recovery Curve (Block 7&8) y = 2.55x + 91.565 R² = 0.4726 90.00 91.00 92.00 93.00 94.00 95.00 96.00 97.00 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.50 1.70 1.90 R ec o ve ry % Grade g/t Grade Recovery Curve - Plant Data (2019 -Sep 2022) AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 50 Grade Recovery Curve (Block 7&8) Mill Throughput A crushing rate of 894tph will be maintained to achieve an annual budget of 5.62 million tonnes per annum with crushed product size of 80% passing 20mm (tertiary product). The improvement will be realised from improved plant utilisation and optimised blast fragmentation from operational excellence initiatives and tertiary crusher installation. The table below shows the crusher throughput, final product size P80, utilisation and annual tonnes crushed from 2010 to 2022 with 2022 forecast of 5.55Mtpa Crusher Performance Data Year Throughput (tph) P80 Utilisation (%) Crushed Tonnes Budget 2010 657 38.4 58.5 3,366,906 4,328,743 2011 849 34.0 60.0 4,462,393 4,285,326 2012 825 31.6 64.4 4,654,517 4,726,916 2013 862 31.2 68.3 5,159,863 4,845,545 2014 878 29.6 67.8 5,216,404 4,871,995 2015 824 29.1 68.3 4,934,132 4,751,529 2016 791 29.2 73.5 5,090,485 5,165,366 2017 829 30.0 68.0 4,939,918 5,267,974 2018 920 30.6 72.9 5,872,409 5,347,668 2019 888 30.6 70.4 5,474,380 5,444,380 2020 835 30.6 72.1 5,288,511 5,390,721 2021 924 27.0 72.2 5,848,326 5,480,568 2022 Budget 883 30.0 71.7 5,550,185 The table below shows the actual annual mill throughput, mill utilisation data from 2010 to 2022, the budgeted figures for 2022. The plant utilisation figure of 89.20% has considered all major plant downtimes. The plant is budgeting 685 tph when the Tertiary Crusher has been commissioned. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 51 Mill Throughput, Utilisation & Annual Tonnages Year Throughput (tph) Utilisation (%) Milled Tonnes Budget 2010 540 71.7 3,390,599 4,328,743 2011 603 81.7 4,309,747 4,285,326 2012 625 83.9 4,585,421 4,501,825 2013 636 86.1 4,793,269 4,614,805 2014 643 84.5 4,873,468 4,639,995 2015 628 82.7 4,701,550 4,525,265 2016 661 88.1 5,128,904 4,919,396 2017 661 87.4 5,058,347 5,017,118 2018 673 91.1 5,345,998 5,093,017 2019 659 87.2 5,100,649 5,185,124 2020 636 89.1 5,009,448 5,134,020 2021 685 91.5 5,496,149 5,219,589 2022 Budget 677 89.2 5,285,890 Iduapriem process plant grind over the years has decreased with increasing plant throughput from various plant expansion activities. The figure below presents the trend. The last quarter of 2016 saw significant improvement in plant throughput, which contributed to operational excellence initiatives. However, the increase in plant throughput negatively impacted the grind over the months, causing massive tanks siltation in the CIP tanks and settling of particles in tailings pipelines in February 2017. This caused the process plant to stop operation for about five days to resolve the siltation challenge. However, the throughput rate was dropped and run steadily while the grind was critically monitored over the subsequent months. The last quarter of 2017 saw a slight rise in the throughput rate which Figure 5 below shows the negative impact on the grind. In 2018 much attention was given to initiatives to improve grind with increasing throughput rate. The initiative to increase Sag Mill 2 power to draw more power was one. The figure below shows the relation of throughput rate and grind over the past year. Quarter 1 of 2019 saw many throughput rate challenges resulting from mining and feeding fresh ore from the pit and steel balls pegging of Sag Mill discharge grates after removing pebble ports. Quarter 2 has seen significant improvement from the outcome of various throughput rate improvement initiatives. The 2021 business plan considered mining and feeding almost all material from Block 5 and blending with low grade stockpile which has seen a significant rise in mill throughput. The Business plan 2022 will focus on a feed from block 7 &8 (Cut 2) and blending with Block 5 materials. There is a very high potential for a drop-in plant throughput rate in 2022 compared with current achievable rates considering that the operation will be feeding the plant with relatively harder material. Concerning grind, the operation is very cautious about dropping plant throughput rate immediately the grind target is not achieved to prevent the CIL tanks from silting if causative factors are not operational related. The commission of the tertiary crusher project in Q2, 2022 is expected to reduce crushed products size from P80 of 30 mm to P80 of 20 mm to improve the plant throughput rate. The throughput rate has been set at 657tph from Jan – April 2022 due to delay in commission of tertiary crusher and 685tph from May – December 2022 when tertiary crusher is assumed to be fully running. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 52 Mill Feed Throughput versus Final Grind (January 2010 – 2021) Iduapriem Ore characterisation The tables below show ore characterisation test work carried out on Iduapriem ore samples. These show material hardness (i.e. Specific gravity, bond crushability, bond work index, crusher work index, a x b parameter etc.) per material type. The most current Bond Ball Work Index test conducted in November 2021, material from Block 7&8 Pit indicated 12 - 15KWh/t which is interpreted to be in the medium to hard-rock zone, Cut 2 is assumed to have similar characteristics as indicated by EquotipTM – Bwi correlation below. This is an indication of plant throughput rate challenges in BP 2022 without tertiary crusher to reduce the mill feed further. Results of specific gravity and bond crushability Index Tests (March 2017), University of Mine & Technology (UMaT) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 Ja n -1 0 Ju n -1 0 N o v- 1 0 A p r- 1 1 Se p -1 1 Fe b -1 2 Ju l- 1 2 D e c- 1 2 M ay -1 3 O ct -1 3 M ar -1 4 A u g- 1 4 Ja n -1 5 Ju n -1 5 N o v- 1 5 A p r- 1 6 Se p -1 6 Fe b -1 7 Ju l- 1 7 D e c- 1 7 M ay -1 8 O ct -1 8 M ar -1 9 A u g- 1 9 Ja n -2 0 Ju n -2 0 N o v- 2 0 A p r- 2 1 Se p -2 1 Mill Feed Throughput Versus Grind Throughput (tph) Annual Avg (tph) Grind (-106 Micron) SN SAMPLE NAME SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOND CRUSHABILITY INDEX, Kwh/t 1 AJOPA BRIDGE 2.56 34.1 2 AJOPA SOUTH 2.63 36.0 3 BLOCK 7/8 IN-PIT 2.63 34.3 4 BLOCK 7/8 CUT 4S 2.56 36.4 5 BLOCK 7/8 CUT 4N 2.63 34.3

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 53 Results of Bond Work index (November 2021), University of Mine & Technology (UMaT) Sample Name Feed/Product size, µm Net grams per revolution, g/rev Bond Index, kWh/t Comments F80 P80 Ajopa Class 1 1961 153 1.808 15.1 Hard Class 2 2006 153 1.761 15.3 Hard Class 3 1927 155 1.793 15.4 Hard Class 4 1934 161 1.802 15.7 Hard Class 5 1996 153 1.815 15 Hard Block 5 Class 1 1809 154 2.229 13 Medium Class 2 1877 156 2.109 13.6 Medium Class 3 1927 148 2.114 13 Medium Class 4 1979 155 2.008 13.9 Medium Class 5 1846 151 2.065 13.6 Medium Block 7 and 8 Class 1 1950 150 1.962 13.9 Medium Class 2 1887 147 1.871 14.4 Hard Class 3 1980 154 1.997 13.9 Medium Class 4 1938 151 2.166 12.9 Medium Class 5 1930 148 2.131 12.9 Medium Class 6 1930 60 2.625 6.1 V. Soft Test aperture – 212 µm SMC Tests (November 2021), University of Mine & Technology (UMaT) Sample SG Axb ta SCSE Comment ID (kWh/t ) Ajopa 2.68 46 0.45 9.23 Medium hardness BLK 1 2.7 58 0.56 8.39 Moderately soft BLK5 2.68 65 0.63 7.99 Moderately soft BLK 7&8 2.71 65 0.62 8.05 Moderately soft AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 54 Comparison of Bond Work Indices of various pit based on EquotipTM-Bwi Corrrelation (Geomet Studies) Previous test work results (Skudder, 2008) on Iduapriem ore indicate that the upper limit for leach recovery is 98% compared to the planned 95.63% (BP 2022). This means that there is scope to optimize the leach in order to reduce the variance and increase the overall gold recovery. To understand the metallurgical response and leach mechanism of the Iduapriem ore, previous test results were evaluated. A high-level summary of the results is presented in the table below. Iduapriem Recovery Testwork Results (Skudder,2008) These results showed that recoveries higher than 98% will not be achieved through leaching more aggressively, adding carbon or including a pre-oxidation stage. Therefore, the gold recovery limit of the Iduapriem ore is considered to be 98%. Increasing the cyanide concentration and the addition of oxygen appear to have a positive effect on the recovery. Considering the gold reaction that takes place the reaction cannot be cyanide or oxygen constrained since similar recoveries can be achieved without oxygen and at lower cyanide concentrations in the presence of carbon. It is thus likely that the kinetics of the reaction is influenced by the higher cyanide and oxygen addition. However, the increase in recovery observed when lead nitrate and pre-oxidation is added cannot be ascribed to kinetics. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 55 It is therefore likely that the ore contain minerals that act as preg-robbers (e.g., sulphide minerals). The lead nitrate and the pre-oxidation step reduce the activity of the sulphide minerals while increased oxygen and cyanide addition drives the kinetics of the leach reaction. A recent mineralogy report (see table below) by AMTEL in 2020 indicated that there are sulphide minerals present in the form of pyrite concentrations. Iduapriem Mineralogy Testwork Results (AMTEL Studies 2020) Mill Run Time Schedule Tables 14.9 and 14.10 below show the calculated run time schedule from planned downtimes for both milling circuits for the 2022 to 2024 budget. Milling circuit 1 is expected to run for 7844.8hrs at a plant utilisation of 89.6% and milling circuit 2 would run for 7784.8hrs at plant utilisation of 88.9%. Major mill shutdown activities such as annual inspection on Sag Mill 1 and Ball Mill 1, replacement of Sag Mill 1 Girth and Pinion, Ball Mill 2 Girth and Pinion replacement, Ball Mill 2 and Sag Mill 2 annual Inspection have all been considered. Sag Mill 1 Run Time Schedule Total 2022 Total Days Days 25 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 31 36 365 365 366 Total Hours Hours 600 744 672 744 720 744 720 744 744 720 744 864 8760 8760 8784 less Planned Shutdown Hours 26 0 120 0 0 26 0 30 0 26 0 30 258 170 181 less Mechanical/Electrical Breakdown Hours 12.0 16.0 12.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 187 168.3 168.3 Available Hours Hours 562 728 540 728 704 702 704 698 728 678 728 815 8315 8422 8435 Mechanical Availability % 93.7 97.8 80.4 97.8 97.8 94.4 97.8 93.8 97.8 94.2 97.8 94.3 1137.6 96.1 96.0 less Power Supply Outages Hours 10 12 8 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 14 138 138 138 Total CIL Availability % 92.0 96.2 69.6 96.2 96.1 87.4 96.1 92.5 90.1 90.0 96.2 92.7 91.4 92.6 92.7 less Operational Downtime Hours 11.25 13.95 12.60 13.95 13.50 13.95 13.50 13.95 13.95 13.50 13.95 16.20 164.25 146 146 less Mill Reline Shutdown Hours 0 0 64 0 0 40 0 0 46 18 0 0 168 168 150 Operating Hours Hours 540.8 702.1 455.4 702.1 678.5 636.1 678.5 674.1 656.1 634.5 702.1 784.8 7844.8 7969.6 8000.3 Utilisation % 90.1 94.4 67.8 94.4 94.2 85.5 94.2 90.6 88.2 88.1 94.4 90.8 89.6 90.98 91.1 AprSAG MILL 1 Jan Feb Mar Nov Dec 2023 2024May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 56 Sag Mill 2 Run Time Schedule Plant Production Schedule The production plan for 2022 aims at treating 5.29M tonnes of ore through the process plant at a grade of 1.48g/t and recovery of 95.63%. This is expected to produce annual gold of 240koz. The plan has also considered the subsequent two years production as seen in the table below. Production Plan (2022 - 2024) Gold in the Process In order to avoid depletion or accumulation of a considerable amount of gold in inventory from the Iduapriem CIL circuit, the management of gold inventory in the process plant will aim at keeping an average gold of about 1,750oz monthly. A trend of previous performance and the way forward is as presented in figure below. Total 2022 Total Days Days 25 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 31 36 365 365 366 Total Hours Hours 600 744 672 744 720 744 720 744 744 720 744 864 8760 8760 8784 less Planned Shutdown Hours 26 0 192 0 0 26 0 30 0 26 0 30 330 330 330 less Mechanical/Electrical Breakdown Hours 12 16 10 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 19 185 166.5 166.5 Available Hours Hours 562 728 470 728 704 702 704 698 728 678 728 815 8245 8263.5 8288 Mechanical Availability % 93.7 97.8 69.9 97.8 97.8 94.4 97.8 93.8 97.8 94.2 97.8 94.3 94.1 94.3 94.3 less Power Supply Outages Hours 10 12 8 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 14 138 138 138 Total CIL Availability % 92.0 89.5 68.8 96.2 96.1 90.3 96.1 85.8 96.2 86.9 96.2 92.7 90.7 90.7 90.2 less Operational Downtime Hours 11.25 13.95 12.60 13.95 13.50 13.95 13.50 13.95 13.95 13.50 13.95 16.20 164 146 168 less Mill Reline Shutdown Hours 0 50 0 0 0 18 0 50 0 40 0 0 158 176 228 Operating Hours Hours 540.8 652.1 449.4 702.1 678.5 658.1 678.5 624.1 702.1 612.5 702.1 784.8 7784.8 7803.5 7775.1 Utlisation % 90.1 87.6 66.9 94.4 94.2 88.4 94.2 83.9 94.4 85.1 94.4 90.8 88.87 89.08 88.51 SAG MILL 2 Jan Feb Mar Apr Nov Dec 2023 2024May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Month Units Jan-22 Feb-22 Mar-22 Apr-22 May-22 Jun-22 Jul-22 Aug-22 Sep-22 Oct-22 Nov-22 Dec-22 Total Tonnes t 355,273 444,165 297,148 461,247 464,773 443,531 464,773 443,914 465,779 426,796 480,904 537,588 5,285,890 Grade g/t 1.52 1.27 1.50 1.38 1.32 1.47 1.49 1.52 1.51 1.60 1.51 1.64 1.48 Recovery % 95.85 94.50 95.85 95.85 94.50 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.63 Gold Produced oz 16,691 17,138 13,759 19,654 18,623 20,046 21,354 20,771 21,725 20,984 22,354 27,102 240,202 Month Units Jan-23 Feb-23 Mar-23 Apr-23 May-23 Jun-23 Jul-23 Aug-23 Sep-23 Oct-23 Nov-23 Dec-23 Total Tonnes t 365,680 465,252 346,334 483,062 447,826 465,252 466,896 425,412 467,937 449,086 483,062 534,204 5,400,003 Grade g/t 1.75 1.35 1.70 1.37 1.49 1.41 1.44 1.64 1.50 1.54 1.49 1.47 1.50 Recovery % 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 Gold Produced oz 19,731 19,409 18,103 20,344 20,619 20,169 20,779 21,498 21,637 21,358 22,136 24,266 250,050 Month Units Jan-24 Feb-24 Mar-24 Apr-24 May-24 Jun-24 Jul-24 Aug-24 Sep-24 Oct-24 Nov-24 Dec-24 Total Tonnes t 372,092 465,252 352,525 469,910 466,896 432,482 466,896 446,072 467,937 442,674 483,062 534,204 5,400,002 Grade g/t 1.66 1.40 1.74 1.53 1.56 1.72 1.50 1.70 1.55 1.77 1.70 1.72 1.63 Recovery % 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 95.85 Gold Produced oz 18,984 20,142 18,923 22,185 22,470 22,969 21,515 23,350 22,349 24,178 25,346 28,280 270,690

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 57 Iduapriem Gold In Process Reagent Consumption The business plan for 2022 aims at optimising reagents used for the gold extraction in the process plant to the preferred level in order to avoid wastage and hence save cost. The consumption plan for 2022 is derived from test work and plant historical data. Table 14.12 below presents consumptions of major reagents used in the process plant. Reagent Consumption Power Consumption (KWh Consumed) Iduapriem power is accounted for under three main areas namely; CIL Plant Site Power, Overland Power and Teberebie Site Power. The 2022 business plan aims at using power effectively in all these areas. Some power saving initiatives being taken by the engineering department will equally assist with effective power usage and management for the 2022 business plan. The table below presents historical consumption plus the proposed consumption for 2022 for the three main consumption areas. Reagents Actual 2019 Actual 2020 BP 2021 YTD June 2021 Forecast 2021 (6+6) BP 2022 Lead Nitrate kg/t 0.036 0.048 0.040 0.044 0.043 0.040 Activated Carbon kg/t 0.048 0.043 0.046 0.044 0.044 0.043 Caustic Soda kg/t 0.080 0.084 0.085 0.084 0.086 0.085 Cyanide kg/t 0.272 0.277 0.291 0.284 0.288 0.280 Flocculant kg/t 0.017 0.018 0.018 0.017 0.018 0.018 Hydrochloric Acid kg/t 0.026 0.022 0.040 0.028 0.066 0.030 Lime kg/t 0.570 0.590 0.702 0.627 0.666 0.640 Diesel kl/t 0.103 0.101 0.105 0.098 0.110 0.111 Balls to SAG Mill 1 kg/t 0.695 0.792 0.800 0.777 0.789 0.800 Balls to SAG Mill 2 kg/t 0.802 0.830 0.800 0.789 0.795 0.800 Balls to Ball Mill1 kg/t 0.794 0.869 0.800 0.842 0.820 0.800 Balls to Ball Mill2 kg/t 0.670 0.703 0.800 0.704 0.755 0.800 Power CIL Plant Site kWhr/t 24.34 25.89 25.16 25.477 25.312 25.017 Hydrogen Peroxide kg/t 0.086 0.073 0.070 0.063 0.068 0.070 Antiscalant kg/t 0.043 0.048 0.055 0.043 0.052 0.050 Elution Antiscalant kg/t 0.004 0.002 0.005 0.003 0.004 0.004 Total Power (CIL, Overland & Teb) kWhr/t 26.051 27.279 27.261 26.920 27.097 27.486 BP 2022 REAGENT CONSUMPTION ANALYSIS - 24th August 2021 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 58 Power Consumption Labour Requirement The 2022 business plan considers increasing the BP 2021 labour number of 203 employees to 208 employee due to additional operators for the tertiary crusher. The following table and figure represent the process labour compliment by role and the organogram for 2022 business plan respectively. The processing labour number of 208 excludes 20 casual employees in category EE who are occasionally used to run the scats/pebble crushing plant. Process Plant Labour Complement by Role SITE Units BP 2017 Actual BP 2018 Actual BP 2019 Actual BP 2020 Actual BP 2021 Actual BP 2021 BP 2022 Total Dry CIL Ore Feed DMT 5,058,347 5,345,998 5,100,649 5,009,448 5,496,149 5,219,589 5,285,890 Power CIL Plant Site kWhr/t 23.88 23.64 24.34 25.89 23.27 25.16 25.02 Power - CIL Plant Site Consummed MWh 123,514.8 129,341.65 127,120.6 132,732.4 130,032.4 131,323.7 132,239.5 Total Dry Ore Crushed DMT 4,939,918 5,872,409 5,474,380 5,288,511 5,848,326 5,480,568 5,550,185 Overland Power kWhr/t 0.33 0.28 0.30 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.46 Overland Power Consummed MWh 1619.4 1,619.98 1638.2 1,695 2,127 2,207.6 2,530.9 Total Dry Ore Crushed DMT 4,939,918 5,872,409 5,474,380 5,288,511 5,848,326 5,480,568 5,550,185 Total Teberebie Power kWhr/t 1.52 1.38 1.33 1.03 1.26 1.44 2.01 Teberebie Power Consummed MWh 7,524 8,087 7,298 5,451 7,354 7,877.9 11,169.1 Total Power consumption kWhr/t 25.73 25.29 25.97 27.24 24.89 27.00 27.49 Total Power consummed MWh 132,659 139,049 136,056 139,878 139,513 141,409 145,939 Range/Category Role Actual 2016 Actual 2017 Actual 2018 Actual 2019 Actual 2020 Budget 2021 Actual 2021 Budget 2022 Comments EL Senior Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DU Manager 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 4 To fill vacant Metallurgical Manager position created by promotion of Abraham Osei Badu to Senior Process Manager R2 Superintendent 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 Two R2 promotion R3 Senior Metallurgist/Supervisor 15 15 15 15 13 14 14 15 To fill vacant R3 position created by retirement of Senior Shift Supervisor (Emmanuel Asmah) and Clerk of works for Projects R4 Junior Metallurgist/Supervisor 13 13 12 13 13 13 17 17 Four R4 positions (2 x Safety officer, Quantity Surveyor and Draught person) created for projects and to fill vacant R4 position created by promotion of Senior Shift Supervisor (Anyhony Darko) and Processing SAP super user, supervise all CIL day works and Scats operations AA Senior Foremen 24 24 24 23 23 25 27 26 BB Foremen 47 46 44 48 46 56 51 50 CC Senior Plant Operator 52 53 52 50 51 57 60 61 DD to CC In line with Processing Promotion Plan DD Plant Operator 31 35 38 32 34 27 16 28 2 to replace retirement and 9 New Tertiary Crusher Plant Operator Graduate Trainee 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 EE Plant Operator 20 20 20 20 20 Total 190 194 192 189 191 203 194 208 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 59 Water Management Plant Iduapriem has a net positive water balance in that water is always available for plant processes. Historically water is recycled for plant use from the tailings dam and supported by the block 4 raw water and some from heap leach ponds through the UEE dam. The objective of the water balance is to always keep the pool volumes at a minimum level and decant water away from the outer walls for dam stability and to ensure clean water /dirty water separation. This trend is not expected to significantly change for the rest of the year 2021 and 2022. The Iduapriem water balance is completed using the OPSIMTM water balance model which forecasts scenarios and is supported by an in-situ excel spreadsheet which give daily update of available volumes of water stored in the exiting containments on site. An operating maximum capacity of 266,000 m3 of free water volume was designed to be stored on the basin of the GTSF. An average of 9,200m3 per day is also pumped from the dam to the block 3 sump which is currently serving as a return water dam. Water is also pumped from the block 3 to the plant this helps to keep minimum water on the dam. An average of 8,000m3 per day of excess process water in the block 3 is pumped to the water treatment plant where it is treated and discharged either to block 4 or to the environment. Expansion work is currently ongoing at the water treatment plant. When completed, it is expected to treat additional 12,000m3 of decant water thus reducing the water levels on the dam considerably and increasing its stability. It is expected that the additional 12ML per day treatment capacity will enable reduction of the GTSF pool volume (depth and surface area) to meet the required 300m buffer distance required from elevation 81.7m onwards. This will enable attainment of the required Factor of Safety (FOS) necessary for safe operation of the GTSF until decommissioning. Below is the table showing the percentages of process plant water make up from all site storages in 2021. Process plant water make up from storage areas. Storage area Percentage Contribution (%) TSF 34.02 Block 3 49.2 UEE/Ponds 8.9 Block 4 7.8 Summarised the Water Flow Schematic for Iduapriem Mine AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 60 Actual Monthly Cumulated Plant Water Make-up Volumes from Water Storages to the process plant (Jan 2021-July 2021) Month WATER TO PLANT GTSF to Plant Block3 to plant Block 4 to plant From UEE to PONDS Total Jan-21 0 439287 12320 65,196 516,803 Feb-21 46,733 321397 35,713 40,622 444,466 Mar-21 195,431 316593 3,338 50,969 566,331 Apr-21 0 461673 891 57,393 519,957 May-21 178,367 312929 10559 41,857 543,712 Jun-21 469,283 48605 25,685 50,173 593,745 Jul-21 423,940 0 215,765 36,547 676,252 Monthly Cumulated Forecasted Plant Water Make-up Volumes from Water Storages on Site (Sep 2021 – Dec 2022) 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the GTSF dam (Sep 2021- Dec 2022) From GTSF to Plant From Block4 to plant From UEE TO PONDS (WATER LEVELS) Sep-21 171069 42767 213836 Oct-21 201702 50967 257002 Nov-21 210664 52666 263330 Dec-21 203868 50967 254836 Jan-22 119654 55161 263480 Feb-22 15846 188549 263182 Mar-22 57395 97191 237847 Apr-22 146267 58963 263330 May-22 198402 50967 254836 Jun-22 210664 52666 263330 Jul-22 203868 50967 254836 Aug-22 38613 52666 263822 Sep-22 53107 64890 263596 Oct-22 20044 50967 254836 Nov-22 210664 52666 263330 Dec-22 109466 50967 254836 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Oct 2021 Jan 2022 Apr Jul Oct Water Management Strategy 2021-2022 Node 3: GTSF - Confidence Forecast [37 cycles] Licensed to: AngloGold Ashanti (Iduapriem) Limited [Iduapriem OPSIM Base Case] OPSIM Scenario ID: 44440.68915 C o n te n ts : F re e _ W a te r [M L ] #3: GTSF - Confi... (Free_Water): 10.0% Conf. #3: GTSF - Confi... (Free_Water): 50.0% Conf. #3: GTSF - Confi... (Free_Water): 90.0% Conf.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 61 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the Block 3 Sump (Sep 2021 - Dec 2022) 16 Month graphical representation of water levels forecast on the Block 4 Raw Water Dam (Sept 2021 – Dec 2022) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Oct 2021 Jan 2022 Apr Jul Oct Water Management Strategy 2021-2022 Node 9: BLK 3 Sump - Confidence Forecast [37 cycles] Licensed to: AngloGold Ashanti (Iduapriem) Limited [Iduapriem OPSIM Base Case] OPSIM Scenario ID: 44440.68915 C o n te n ts : F re e _ W a te r [M L ] #9: BLK 3 Sump -... (Free_Water): 10.0% Conf. #9: BLK 3 Sump -... (Free_Water): 50.0% Conf. #9: BLK 3 Sump -... (Free_Water): 90.0% Conf. 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Oct 2021 Jan 2022 Apr Jul Oct Water Management Strategy 2021-2022 Node 5: BLK 4 - Confidence Forecast [37 cycles] Licensed to: AngloGold Ashanti (Iduapriem) Limited [Iduapriem OPSIM Base Case] OPSIM Scenario ID: 44440.68915 C o n te n ts : F re e _ W a te r [M L ] #5: BLK 4 - Conf... (Free_Water): 10.0% Conf. #5: BLK 4 - Conf... (Free_Water): 50.0% Conf. #5: BLK 4 - Conf... (Free_Water): 90.0% Conf. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 62 Processing Operational Risk Process plant major business risk. Risks Hazard Cause Consequence Mitigation CIP Tanks Siltation Tanks overflows Poor grind etc. Production loss Installation of upgraded agitators Inadequate feed to the Mills Mill stoppage Secondary crushers operating far beyond standard reduction ratio Production loss Installation of tertiary crushers High TSF Rate of rise TSF walls sloughing and short life High plant throughput compared to design Production loss New TSF and Rock buttressing 15 Infrastructure There is a surface road from Takoradi where there is a regional airport. There are two main public accesses to the mine. One that goes through Akyempim village via the Mile road to the administration and plant site and the other that goes to the mining and crusher areas. Internal access and haul roads lead to the various infrastructure and working areas including roads to the TSF, explosives magazine, the metallurgical plant, mine offices, etc. Surface infrastructure associated with Iduapriem's operation includes a primary crusher, overland conveyor, CIL processing plant next to the main offices building, tailings storage facility and four camp areas for contractors and company employees. Tarkwa town is also adjacent to the tenement. Current government agreements seek to ensure constant power to site from the national grid. The current processing plant treats free-milling material from open pit mining, by a conventional crush semi-autogenous ball milling circuit and leaching. The Plant Capacity is 5.2Mtpa milling and treatment and a crushing capacity of 5.3Mtpa with plans of an expansion underway. The tailings from all ore that has been processed using cyanide leaching are pumped to the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF) which is lined with high-density polyethylene (HDPE). Iduapriem's power network comprises of two aluminium cable conductors running side by side from GRIDCo’s 34.5KV bulk supply point which is situated about 12km away from the mine. These two lines split at the Teberebie substation where one passes through the crushing plant with about 6 T-offs to the processing plant. The other line with about 2 T-offs passes through the Mile 1 route to the processing plant. The total power demand for the plant is around 18.5MW. The mine currently has one TSF that has life up to April 2023. A new tailings facility the BTSF (Beposo Tailings Storage Facility) is currently in construction. The processing plant is supplied by return water from the tailings storage facility (TSFs) that is currently being stored in an old mined pit called Block 4 which is supplemented by rain water. The operational camp has an independent water purification plant and storage facility. To maintain the fitness and health of the workforce, the mine has two reactional centres that have two swimming pools, 2 separate tennis courts, two gyms , golf course and a dry beach volley ball court. All necessary logistics have been considered. Iduapriem is an operational mine that has all necessary support infrastructure already in place. In the opinion of the QP, the infrastructure is adequate and has been, or is being, provided at Iduapriem Mine to support the anticipated production targets. 16 Market studies The primary product sold from the mining and beneficiation of ore at our operations, is gold bullion. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold, is conformance to the loco London standard. Only gold that meets the LBMA’s Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a loco London contract. In the loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of an exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine ounce weight, purity and physical appearance. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 63 For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) – 430 fine troy ounces (max) • Purity / Fineness: Minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand fine gold • Appearance: Bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMA’s Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. Iduapriem ships its gold ore produced from site under secure conditions and sells it to Rand Refinery in South Africa for final refining. Under Rand Refinery Sale agreements, Iduapriem Mine receives the LOCO London Price on the day on the day of sale. Annually, the gold prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve committee (RRSC). Two different prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. These prices are provided in local currencies and are calculated using the historic relationships between the USD gold price and the local currency gold price. The Mineral Resource price reflects the company’s upside view of the gold price and at the same time ensures that the Mineral Resource defined will meet the reasonable prospects for economic extraction requirement. Typically, the price is set closer to spot than the Mineral Reserve price and is designed to highlight any Mineral Resource that is likely to be mined should the gold price move above its current range. A margin is maintained between the Mineral Resource and ruling spot price, and this implies that Mineral Resource is economic at current prices but that it does not contribute sufficient margin to be in the current plans. The Mineral Reserve price provided is the base price used for mine- planning. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The company uses a set of economic parameters to value its assets and Business plan, these economic parameters are set on a more regular basis and reflect the industry consensus for the next five years. These are generally higher than the Mineral Reserve price and enable more accurate short term financial planning. Finally, the company uses a fixed price to evaluate its project and set its hurdle rate. This price and the hurdle rate are set by the board and changed when indicated due to significant changes in the price of gold. The determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve prices are not based on a fixed average, but rather an informed decision made by looking at the trends in gold price. The gold prices and exchange rates determined are then presented to the RRSC for review, in the form of an economic assumptions proposal document once a year (generally the second quarter of the year). After review and approval by the committee, it is sent to AGA’s Executive Committee ("EXCO") for approval. The prices for copper, silver and molybdenum are determined using the same process used for gold. Testing of the Iduapriem Mineral Reserve using the Mineral Reserve prices of $1200/ oz demonstrates a positive net present value for the operation. Sensitivity to change in gold price, mining cost, Whittle processing cost and slope angles was done to assess the impact to Mineral Reserve and optimised shell size. Iduapriem makes use of contract mining services. Current operations are undertaken by AMAX Mining. the contractor is responsible for drilling, blasting, loading and hauling activities. The major contractor for the Environment is Deldensky Enterprise. The contractor is involved in collection of domestic waste from the residential housing and incineration at the mine's operational area and land fill sites. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 64 For the processing plant, Orica supplies and transportations cyanide to site, G4S for bullion transportation from site to airport, Rand Refinery - South Africa has been contracted to refine the produced Bullion. Standard Global Services (formerly Societe Generale de Surveillance) SGS for laboratory analysis on plant and bullion samples. Veolia Ghana Ltd has been contracted for treatment of wastewater to the standard of the EPA and Minerals Commission. Metso Outotec has been contracted for liner renewals and technical advice on the mills whilst Fraser Alexander manages the tailings dam. In generating the optimum mining pit shell, all these cost assumptions have been incorporated. 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem is one of two mining operations managed by AngloGold Ashanti Limited in the Republic of Ghana. The other operation is AngloGold Ashanti Obuasi Limited. Since 1 September 2007, Iduapriem is wholly owned by AngloGold Ashanti. The combined concessions of AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem consist of the Iduapriem, Teberebie, Ajopa and Ajopa Southwest leases cover a total area of about 139.67 km2. The concessions share borders with Goldfields Ghana Limited at Teberebie and Ajopa mining areas in the Tarkwa Nsuaem Municipal Area. As at December 2021, the Mineral Resource was estimated at 130.22Mt with 5.88Moz of gold at 1.40 g/t. The mine employs a local workforce of about 2,455 (company and contractor employees) and indirectly supports a significant number of people in the Tarkwa-Nsuaem area. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem has a strong corporate commitment towards sustainable development that focuses on achieving a high standard of environmental, economic and social performance in its operations. The Company maintains compliance to environmental and safety laws, regulations and guidelines, as stated in the company’s health, safety and environmental (Ref: AGA environmental policy) policy. The company continues to maintain an environmental and safety management systems which have been audited and certified under the revised ISO14001:2015 and OHSAS 18001:2007 standards (and partly the new ISO 45001:2018 Health and Safety Management Standard) during the 2017 to 2020 certification period. Practically, the HSE policy provides the framework and foundation for environmental, health and safety management. The company incorporates appropriate environmental and safety management practices in its business decisions and focuses on developments that are environmentally and socially sustainable. This is based on the principles of pollution prevention, prevention of workplace injuries and incidents, continual improvement and compliance to legal and other requirements. Corporate policy is achieved through systematic identification, managing, monitoring, tracking and minimising risks specific to the operation. It is the philosophy of the company that all employees are responsible for, and involved in environmental, occupational health and safety management to promote good HSE culture. The management of AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem undertakes regular review of policies to ensure the suitability and appropriateness to meet the intended objectives. The policies are disseminated to all employees, and also displayed at vantage areas throughout the mine, and also made available for the general public. The mine also subscribes to International Cyanide Management Code (ICMC) for the management of cyanide and is ICMC certified. Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) for new developments, projects or undertakings have been a requirement since 1989. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has established new procedures for EIAs involving gradual phases depending on the nature, complexity and location of the undertaking (Ghana Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures, 1995). This procedure was subsequently reviewed, adopted and passed by Parliament as Legislative Instrument 1652, Environmental Assessment Regulations (L.I. 1652) in June 1999. These procedures require that Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) is prepared by the proponent, reviewed and approved by EPA for issuance of environmental permit prior to project commencement and Iduapriem complies with this requirement.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 65 An overview of the Ghanaian environmental legislation and guidelines that are of relevance to mining operations and complied with by Iduapriem include the following: • Environmental Protection Agency Act, 1994 (Act 490); • Environmental Assessment Regulations, 1999 (L.I. 1652); • Mining and Minerals Act, 2006 (Act 703); • Water Resources Commission Act, 1996 (Act 522); • Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act, 2016 (Act 917) • Water Use Regulations, 2001 (L.I. 1692); • Minerals and Mining (Licensing) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2176) • Minerals and Mining Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2182); • Minerals and Mining (Explosives) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2177); • Minerals and Mining (Compensation and Resettlement) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2175); • Minerals and Mining (Support Services) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2174); • Drilling Licence and Groundwater Development Regulations, 2006 (L.I. 1827); • Hazardous, Electronic and Other Waste (Classification) Control and Management Regulations, 2016 (LI2250) • EPAs Sector Specific Effluent Quality Guidelines for Discharges into Natural Water Bodies; • Environmental Assessment Regulation,1999 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem implements an ISO 14001 environmental management system to manage environmental impacts of its operations. This covers management of all environmental aspects from the supply chain throughout the life-cycles of the business. Project developments begins by undertaking impact assessment and obtaining permits from regulatory bodies. The mine implements and maintains a risk- based approach by identifying and evaluating all hazards and associated risks and impacts of our existing and future operations and activities and implements control measures aimed at mitigating the risks. We further assess the top 10 environmental risks identified with a Bowtie Analysis with the aim of providing effective controls to prevent environmental pollution. The mine engages with community consultative groups and district assembly before establishing any project including production sites during the environmental and social impact assessment process. The aim is to solicit their inputs for the environmental and socioeconomic impacts of the project and to provide a mitigation plan. The mine has implemented the International Cyanide Management Code for effective management of cyanide through transportation, storage, usage and disposal. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem manages its impact on communities and society in compliance with international and national regulations. Furthermore, it operates according to the company’s mission and vision and values and its commitment to undertake initiatives that contribute to sustainable future of host and impacted communities. The AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem’s social responsibility and community relations action plan covers community investment, local economic development, social infrastructure development and local employment. The mine has a stakeholder engagement action plan which provides three platforms where the mine engages with the hosts and impacted communities. A complaints and grievance mechanism are in place to receive and address community grievances. A standard operating procedure for receiving and addressing community complaints developed and disclosed in all host communities is also active. An office with a dedicated team is in place to receive and coordinate implementation of plans to address complaints. A toll-free phone number has been setup and communicated to the catchment communities to facilitate reporting of complaints by host communities. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem organises community consultations and incorporate communities view in our Environment and Social Impact Assessments. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem organises public hearing in host communities in consultation with the Environmental Protection Agency for our mining projects to obtain the buy-in of the communities. Iduapriem mine has obtained all the necessary permits required for its operations. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 66 The mining leases for the concessions was issued on 17 February 2020 and expires on 16 February 2035. The Environmental Certificate was issued on 29 July 2020 and expired on 23 August 2021. The process for the renewal of the certificate is underway. The Mining Operating Permit has been renewed to cover the duration of life of mine. The Environmental Permit for the construction and operation of a new tailings storage facility has been obtained. The permit expires on 18 January 2023. Environmental Permit for Block 5 re-mining and installation of the tertiary crusher has been secured and will expire on 26 July 2022. Acid Mine Drainage Block 1 waste rock dump (SW6) has been identified as a possible source of low pH water and elevated manganese concentration. The following are possible means of mitigation currently underway: • Use of a passive system with limestone to control low pH; • Use of a low concentration of caustic soda (NaOH) solution to adjust the pH; • Agitation and replacement of limestone in treatment chambers; • Daily monitoring of water quality and other EPA (Akoben) parameters for surface and groundwater; • Daily estimate of flow rate into treatment chambers; • Identification, encapsulation and vegetating exposed waste rock material or sinkholes; • Implementation of storm water management measure to divert clean storm water away from the Block 1 North waste rock dump; and • Undertaking third party assessment to ensure effectiveness of the control measures. 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management The mine has implemented a waste management plan to reduce waste generated on site through recovery, re-use and recycling whilst promoting efficient utilisation of resources. The company adopts a 4-tier approach for its environmental waste management namely waste minimisation, recycling of waste, cleaner disposal and proactive mitigation measures. Waste rock is generated because of mining activities. The following design parameters are considered in the development of waste rock dumps: • Topography of the project area that will need to be complemented • Location of pit units and need to minimise haulage distance • Location of plant site and other related infrastructure • Volume of waste rock per individual pit unit • Final slopes should be 3H:1V with benches every 10m and 10m wide • Minimisation of catchments and surface runoff with use of water diversions • Inclusion of sediment ponds to remove sediment prior to discharge of waste rock runoff into the local river system • Compliance with any regulatory restrictions. In line with the above criteria, any vegetation in the selected location is cleared and topsoil adequately stripped and stockpiled prior to dumping. Most of the waste rock is put on the dumps at an angle of repose. The top surface is flat to gentle sloping. Due to the mining schedule most of the waste dumps at the end of mine life will be fresh rock and this fresh rock will comprise the final surface. Therefore, an adequate quantity of oxidised material (subsoil/ saprolite), which is generally obtained at the beginning of the mine life, is stockpiled for rehabilitation purposes. A layer of approximately 50cm of topsoil and subsoil/ saprolite will be applied to cover the fresh rock forming the surface of the dumps. Where such material is inadequate, alternative material will be obtained from local sources. The tailings are transported to the TSF via a distribution pipeline within an HDPE lined secondary containment. The entire basin of the TSF is plastic lined to prevent seepage of tailings material into the external environment. Tailings is deposited into the basin sub aerially via spigot pipelines behind earth walls that are constructed in strategic places to create initial capacity. Where the dam butts up against a rock dump, a 5m thick laterite layer has been placed to minimise ingress of water and consequent escape to the environment. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 67 Underdrains have been installed near the toe walls and a distance in from the toe walls. This is to accelerate consolidation of the tailings and provide stability. Monitoring boreholes have been constructed around the TSF to monitor quality of ground water on the dam. Water is decanted off the surface using a barge system with 3 pumps to keep the pool size on the dam as small as possible. Groundwater contamination and tailings dam failure may be possible and potentially have major consequence. Plume delineation and modelling are on-going for possible intervention and remediation. Another aspect is geochemical risk assessment to detect contaminants at waste rock dumps, tailings storage facilities and spent ore heaps for mobilizing and becoming bioavailable. Scientific studies and risk assessments by third party consultants are employed for early detection. There is also on-going internal monitoring taking place to detect any potential and negative trends that may be developing and subsequently remediated AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem has instituted an environmental monitoring programme in its operations at the mine sites and environments. The monitoring program provides early warning of any deficiency or unanticipated performance in its environmental safeguards. Monitoring is performed by following a risk- based schedule ranging from daily to monthly. The objectives for embarking on environmental monitoring are to: • Determine the short, medium and long-term impacts on the environment. • Undertake comparative analysis of monitoring data with predictions made in impact studies, and • Assess the performance of the current management plan. Data collected as part of the monitoring program is organised into a comprehensive database that is updated as mining and reclamation activities progress. Monitoring reports are submitted to the Ghana EPA on a monthly and annual basis depending on the criteria being monitored. Monitoring standards and guidelines are based on the Ghana EPA published data. Where a Ghana EPA guideline is not readily available, international guidelines of reputable institutions such as the World bank/IFC, World Health Organisation (WHO) and the United States Bureau of Mines are used. Action plans are based on an assessment of all the identified risks. These plans aim for better management and continual improvement using communication to heighten environmental awareness of all levels of employees. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem's monitoring program consists of the following: • Conditions of the open pit workings • Groundwater quality • Surface water quality • Pit water quality • Tailing storage facility seepage and stability • Process water quality • Re-vegetation sites inspection (for erosion, biodiversity and growth). Air monitoring factors include airborne dust particles, particulates and emissions, such as, sulphur dioxide. Sampling stations have been established on the mine for this purpose. Parameters for which the monitoring of groundwater, surface water, and process water are carried out on the site, consist of pH, free cyanide, total cyanide, arsenic, total suspended solids, conductivity, nutrients, and trace and heavy metals. Surface and ground water monitoring are undertaken monthly by the environmental department to ensure that no contaminations to these resources are being caused by the operations of the company. The communities near the operations use these water sources for their livelihood and Iduapriem ensures that any adverse results picked up by the monitoring activities are promptly remedied. Water quality and supply impacts are the most important mining related impacts at Iduapriem in terms of severity, duration and extent. The effects of these impacts include turbidity and siltation, chemical pollution, and supply shortages. The Company has documented environmental procedures for the management of domestic (potable) water supply, waste, and storm water as well as borehole/ground water. Responsibility for adherence to these procedures lies with the environmental and engineering managers and the entire workforce is expected to comply with the provisions. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 68 Various initiatives have been implemented on the mine to minimise or conserve water use and pollution prevention. These include: • Establishment of adequate water balance with a computerised modelling for effective water management • Monthly tracking of water consumption usage points • Reuse of process water for mineral processing • A wastewater treatment plant which treats excess water from the tailings dam occurring as a result of rainfall, to meet the Ghana Standard for Environmental Protection requirements and discharge into the environment, using clarification processes, multimedia filtration systems and reverse osmosis (RO) technology The water monitoring program at Iduapriem will be undertaken throughout the mine’s life and will be part of the closure process in line with the legal requirement in Ghana and the mine's environmental management plan. The purpose of the monitoring programmes is to protect surface and ground water in areas surrounding our concession from contamination. The programme consists of monitoring the quality of surface and ground waters, developing and implementing measures and standards to prevent water pollution; and reporting, communicating and education. 17.3 Socio-economic impacts For the mine to obtain its social license to operate there is a need for continuous operational risk assessment to identify potential impact on the surrounding communities. Mitigation measures include stakeholder engagement processes in line with company's values and principles. This mitigation is undertaken by Iduapriem’s dedicated continuous community engagement managed by the on-site sustainability department. The mine will continue to manage our operational impact in the community and improve access to Socio Economic Development Programme to improve the living standards and employable skills among the youth. This will be done through robust need assessment and stakeholder engagement. The Teberebie community has about 460 households with an estimated population of 2,300. The community is situated at approximately 4km from the Tarkwa town centre and was resettled to the current site from its original site in 1991 to make way for the development of Teberebie mine. Majority of the buildings in Teberebie are constructed from sandcrete blocks with few wattle and duab structures. Strength of most structures within the Teberebie community are below the recommended strength of 25 MPa, hence the structures are of low integrity and are generally weak. The community is surrounded by mine infrastructure; waste dumps, power line, pits and crushing plant. However, the nearest infrastructure is the crushing plant which is about 400 metres to the community. The mine will continue to be accountable for its actions by mitigating adverse operational impacts on the community among them are: • Teberebie cemetery relocation which is about 90% complete at the cost of approximately $500,000 • About 300 cracked buildings have been repaired and at the cost of $792,000 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation Mine rehabilitation is an on-going program designed to restore the physical, chemical, and biological quality or potential of air, land and water regimes disturbed by mining to a state acceptable to the regulators and to post-mining land users. Progressive rehabilitation is currently undertaken at the mine, with some good background work and reclamation trials in progress at the site. Some old waste rock dumps have been rehabilitated and successfully revegetated and these provide a good basis for understanding what works and what work will be required for current areas. The activities associated with mine closure are designed to prevent or minimise adverse long-term environmental impacts, and to create a self-sustaining natural ecosystem or alternate land use based on an agreed set of objectives. The objective of mine closure is to obtain legal (government) and community

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 69 agreement that the condition of the closed operation meets the requirements of those entities, whereupon the company’s legal liability is terminated. A preliminary closure plan was developed which is regularly updated and refined to reflect changes in mine development and operational planning, as well as the environmental and social conditions and circumstances. Records of the mine activities is also be maintained as part of the post-closure plan. The preliminary framework addresses the following: • The regulatory framework for mine closure, providing the legislative requirements to be considered with closure planning. • The overall closure goal and associated objectives for the various mine sites; and • The broad closure measures for relevant components of the mine sites. This framework aims to identify and list all closure elements, with their associated rehabilitation and closure objectives in such a manner to facilitate systematic and progressive measurable closure throughout the life of the operation. By planning for closure at an early stage, the calculated rehabilitation and closure liability will be reduced throughout the life of mine. To ensure success of the implementation of the closure plan, the following key aspects have been identified as crucial: • Engagement with Gold Fields Ghana Limited, Tarkwa Mine to realise potential cost savings associated with synergies in the closure plan and timelines for the Ajopa and Block7/8 pits. • Engagement with the EPA and Minerals Commission to seek alignment and clarification on the next land use and completion criteria in other words review the RSA 2004 e.g. obtain the views of the EPA on the slope criteria for waste rock dumps, the creation of in-pit lakes, the definition of secondary forest; • Engagement with stakeholders from the community to obtain alignment on the next land use and to establish sustainable land uses for and management of the reclaimed site facilities e.g., pit lakes, infrastructure to be transferred • Water balance study to understand the rebound period for the various pits’ lakes. • Development of a closure plan for the GTSF to realize cost savings from progressive rehabilitation and strategic deposition of tails before closure • Geochemical assessment of the rehabilitated waste rock dumps that are acid generating including kinetic modelling to determine the rate of depletion of acid-generating minerals and the required period of operation for the treatment system • Identification of material of sufficient volume and its suitability to be used for low permeability soil cover • Sampling and analysis of runoff from WRDs to confirm geochemistry to inform further closure planning • Continuation of current monitoring program to collect more data and establish trends to assist in further closure planning To help reduce the volume of work and save cost, it is critical that the mine undertakes progressive rehabilitation and undertake various operations with closure in mind. For example, dumping waste rock dumps close to the angles stipulated in the Reclamation Security Agreement (RSA) to reduce cost of reshaping at closure. Mine closure costs are updated quarterly and annually with increases or decreases in disturbed areas noted and costed; the current cost for rehabilitation and closure of the mine according to the calculation model is an environmental liability of $49m. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans It is the opinion of the QP that the current plans to address any issues related to environmental compliance, permitting and local individuals or groups are adequate. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 70 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring Management of the human resources is key to Iduapriem ensuring high productivity and efficiencies of the workforce. Iduapriem conforms to the labour laws of the Republic of Ghana. This includes: • Salary and remuneration scale of employees • Collective Agreements • Job classification and competencies • Annual leave system • Maximise employment of Ghanaian citizens • Union representative • Employees' Disciplinary Code and procedures. Iduapriem seeks to employ highly skilled employees for its various disciplines. The mine implemented a community employment procedure which offers job opportunities for members of the catchment communities. The mine keeps open communication with all stakeholders including employees and their representatives. Priority on employment is to fill positions with Ghanaian nationals as far as possible. Sourcing of national skills involves looking at the nearby community within the permit area before considering other regions of the country in line with the community employment procedure and policy. Training programs both in-house and outside the mine are periodically organised by Iduapriem mine using experts and consultants to up skill and equip employees improved knowledge. HR procedures include an employee’s recognition process and an employee grievance mechanism. The mine has not experienced any industrial action over the past ten years due to collaboration between the Unions and the company. Employees are recognised through the annual performance management system and other collective incentives. 2021 figures show that of the 2,455 workforce, 1,350 (55%) are contractors, of whom 100% are nationals, and 1,105 (45%) are Iduapriem employees, of whom 100% are nationals. The project contributes to extended life-of-mine, employment of nationals and the growth of the Ghana economy. In line with the Ghanaian Minerals and Mining Act,703, the mine has a policy of promoting local procurement which also covers contractors. Where possible, goods and services are procured locally. 18 Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital and operating costs The following economic parameters have been used in determining the Mineral Reserve: • Mineral Reserve/planning gold price - $1,200/oz • Mineral Resource gold price - $1,500/oz • Average mining Cost (contractor and geology) - $2.17/t mined • Processing and Plant Engineering Cost - $14.79/t treated • General and Administration Cost - $6.29/t treated • Metallurgical Recovery - 95.85% • Plant Throughput - 5.2 Mtpa • Mining Reconciliation Factor - 4% The cost estimates were based on historical data and the five-year mining contract signed with AMAX in July 2021. Beposo Tailings Storage Facility (BTSF) Project: -BTSF detailed engineering design is in progress and scheduled to be completed by March 2023. The project will develop a compartment within the proposed footprint is also in progress to reduce construction duration, therefore allowing for earlier commissioning of the new TSF while construction is in progress when the existing tailings facility reaches maximum permitted height. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 71 Mineral Resource conversion drilling is ongoing for exploration activities on the mine and scheduled to be completed by December 2021. Areas of drilling activities include Block 5, Block 3 and Ajopa. Deferred Stripping: -This stripping is to mine waste and expand the pit to reach the ore. Currently the stripping activities are at Block 7&8 Cut 2. Operating cost and capex are based on best estimate of activity and prices. 18.2 Risk assessment Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation is a multi-disciplinary team effort. The team consists of several persons, each eligible to be classified as a Qualified Person in terms of S-K 1300. Power reliability and stability, slope/high wall stability (rockfall potential) and inrush/inundation (flooding of pits, TSFs and infrastructure) are considered potential risks. Mitigation plans are in place to manage these risks. The future lower mining cost is a risk going forward if not realised, however there is a realistic expectation it will be achieved through competitive bidding. The fluctuating gold price is seen as the biggest risk; however, a cost control management program is in place and is a key mitigating measure. A fully functional risk assessment, management and reporting system is in place. It is the opinion of the QP that the accuracy of the capital and operating cost estimates is within the acceptable level and is based on the historical budget/actual costs and the 2021 budget outlook. 19 Economic analyses 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods The economic analysis of the life of mine used a discount rate of 8.3 %. The cut-off grade is based on a gold price of $1,200/oz, while current spot gold prices are approximately 31% above this price at the time of this report. • Gold price: $1,200 • Royalty: 5% • Selling Price: $6.69/oz • Met Recovery: 95.85% • Open pit mining cost: $3.29/t mined • Mine Closure: $0.23/t treated • Processing: $15.24/t treated • G and A: $6.75/t treated • SIBC: $2.96/t treated 19.2 Results of economic analysis Inferred Mineral Resource has been excluded from the demonstration of economic viability in support of disclosure of a Mineral Reserve. As described in Section 21.4, AngloGold Ashanti take into consideration the potential impact of the Inferred Mineral Resource in the planning process for the Mineral Reserve, but the cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 72 The Mineral Reserve and economic analysis was run at $1,200/oz. 19.3 Sensitivity analysis Sensitivity to change in gold price, operating and capital costs was done to assess the impact on NPV. This is shown graphically. Sensitivity Analysis 20 Adjacent properties Iduapriem shares boundaries to the north with Goldfields Ghana Ltd (Tarkwa Mine). The mineralisation style is similar to that of Iduapriem. Information from Goldfields is used to estimate the boundary pillars 164.8 -600.0 -400.0 -200.0 0.0 200.0 400.0 600.0 800.0 1,000.0 -20% Base Case (0%) +20%N P V 0 af te r- ta x (U SD M ) Sensitivities on Key value drivers (+/- 20%) Gold Price Grade Processed Operating Costs Capital Costs

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 73 that occur at Block 78 and Ajopa. This data follows similar stringent validation protocols before it is used in the estimation process. 21 Other relevant data and information 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource Significant reductions due to model changes occurred at Bock 78 (815koz) and Block 3W (300koz). Re- interpretation of the dyke width and strike extent occurred in the deeper portions of Block 78 after the completion of new exploration drilling. Closer spaced grade control drilling at Block 3W resulted in a decrease in model grades. This resulted in lower volumes in the new optimised shell and subsequent ounce loss. Year on year reduction in ounces amounted to 12% after depletion is accounted for. Inclusive gold Mineral Resource Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Ajopa Measured - - - Indicated 7.19 1.45 10.42 0.34 Measured & Indicated 7.19 1.45 10.42 0.34 Inferred 4.16 1.40 5.82 0.19 Block 1 Measured - - - - Indicated 7.47 1.81 13.55 0.44 Measured & Indicated 7.47 1.81 13.55 0.44 Inferred 0.09 1.61 0.14 0.00 Block 3W Measured 0.65 1.04 0.67 0.02 Indicated 0.58 1.15 0.67 0.02 Measured & Indicated 1.23 1.09 1.34 0.04 Inferred 0.32 1.18 0.38 0.01 Block 5 Measured - - - - Indicated 7.06 1.32 9.29 0.30 Measured & Indicated 7.06 1.32 9.29 0.30 Inferred 0.38 1.31 0.50 0.02 Blocks 7 and 8 Other Measured - - - - Indicated 21.43 1.54 33.03 1.06 Measured & Indicated 21.43 1.54 33.03 1.06 Inferred 17.87 1.59 28.47 0.92 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2A Measured - - - - Indicated 5.51 1.73 9.52 0.31 Measured & Indicated 5.51 1.73 9.52 0.31 Inferred - - - - Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2B Measured - - - - Indicated 4.80 1.67 7.99 0.26 Measured & Indicated 4.80 1.67 7.99 0.26 Inferred 0.01 1.88 0.02 0.00 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 2C Measured - - - - Indicated 4.93 1.71 8.45 0.27 Measured & Indicated 4.93 1.71 8.45 0.27 Inferred 1.19 1.72 2.06 0.07 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5A Measured - - - - Indicated 5.46 1.63 8.93 0.29 Measured & Indicated 5.46 1.63 8.93 0.29 Inferred - - - - Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 5B Measured - - - - Indicated 7.94 1.62 12.87 0.41 Measured & Indicated 7.94 1.62 12.87 0.41 Inferred 0.55 1.75 0.96 0.03 Blocks 7 and 8 Cut 6 Measured - - - - Indicated 9.81 1.53 14.99 0.48 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 74 Measured & Indicated 9.81 1.53 14.99 0.48 Inferred 0.01 1.10 0.02 0.00 Iduapriem Stockpile (full grade ore) Measured 1.56 0.69 1.07 0.03 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 1.56 0.69 1.07 0.03 Inferred - - - - Iduapriem Stockpile (other) Measured - - - - Indicated 10.80 0.57 6.16 0.20 Measured & Indicated 10.80 0.57 6.16 0.20 Inferred 2.76 0.68 1.88 0.06 Iduapriem Stockpile (marginal ore) Measured 1.47 0.56 0.83 0.03 Indicated 6.23 0.67 4.17 0.13 Measured & Indicated 7.70 0.65 5.00 0.16 Inferred - - - - Total Measured 3.67 0.70 2.56 0.08 Indicated 99.21 1.41 140.04 4.50 Measured & Indicated 102.88 1.39 142.61 4.58 Inferred 27.34 1.47 40.24 1.29 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products Iduapriem does not have any by-products that it estimates or quotes. 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products Iduapriem does not have any by-products that it estimates or quotes. 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design AngloGold Ashanti’s planning process allows the use of Inferred Mineral Resource in Mineral Reserve determination and reporting as well as in our business planning. These two are closely aligned with the Mineral Reserve being a subset of the business planning process. It is important to note that in all AngloGold Ashanti’s processes, despite the use of Inferred Mineral Resource, we never convert the Inferred Mineral Resource to a Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti completes an Inferred Mineral Resource risk test on all plans. This involves setting the Inferred Mineral Resource grade to zero within the Mineral Reserve design (thereby considering a worst- case scenario whereby the Inferred Mineral Resource totally fails to deliver, and it is completely made up of waste). The Mineral Reserve design is evaluated with the Inferred Mineral Resource at zero grade, and if the design using Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource remains financially positive, it has been proven that the Mineral Reserve is robust enough to make a positive financial return and therefore satisfies the requirements of a Mineral Reserve. The Inferred Mineral Resource included in the 2022 business plan consists of extensions of all geological domains, in support of extending the 2022 Mineral Reserve LOM plan. With appropriate caution, a portion of the Inferred Mineral Resource was included in the business plan during the optimisation process. This accounts for 5% of the 11-year Mineral Reserve plan. No Inferred Mineral Resource is considered in Mineral Reserve reporting. The Inferred Mineral Resource pockets were included as part of the practical pit design process and the effort is being made to convert those pockets to Indicated Mineral Resource prior to actual mining of those areas. Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve pit design Iduapriem Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 million g/t tonnes Moz Ajopa 0.37 2.27 0.84 0.03 Block 5 0.17 1.26 0.21 0.01 Block 7 and 8 Cut 2C 1.19 1.63 1.93 0.06 Block 7 and 8 Cut 5B 0.53 1.65 0.88 0.03 AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 75 Block 7 and 8 Cut 6 0.01 1.04 0.01 0.00 Total 2.27 1.71 3.87 0.12 21.5 Additional relevant information The table below shows the tracking of Inferred Resource conversion from 2019. This is reflective of the planned exploration programs targeting the Mineral Reserve conversion strategy. Inferred Mineral Resource conversion tables There is a need for a new Tailings facility because the life of mine extends to 2031. However, the current TSF will reach its full capacity end of 2023. Therefore, the detailed design work is being conducted by Jones and Wagner consultants and construction has started. A nearby community close to the operation are being resettled to a new location within Tarkwa enclave. Tonnes Grade Gold Tonnes Grade Gold Tonnes Grade Gold (t) (g/t) (g) (t) (g/t) (g) (t) (g/t) (g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 31,624,757 1.48 46,852,138 14,268,202 1.82 25,979,892 9,876,802 1.92 19,003,440 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource (year+1) 17,356,555 1.20 20,872,246 4,391,400 1.59 6,976,452 582,650 1.41 822,488 Convers ion between years (%) 54.88% 81.17% 44.55% 30.78% 87.25% 26.85% 5.90% 73.37% 4.33% Cummulative Convers ion (%) 54.88% 81.17% 44.55% 47.39% 84.52% 38.24% 88.19% 90.59% 82.99% 2019 2020 2021 Conversion of Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource Tonnes Grade Gold Tonnes Grade Gold Tonnes Grade Gold (t) (g/t) (g) (t) (g/t) (g) (t) (g/t) (g) Inferred Mineral Resource 30,990,263 1.45 44,880,356 38,145,580 1.38 52,705,812 27,344,154 1.47 40,239,197 Grade Control Model 5,748,129 1.79 10,312,869 5,494,140 1.85 10,163,257 3,724,907 1.37 5,101,467 Convers ion between years (%) 19% 124% 23% 14% 134% 19% 14% 93% 13% 2019 2020 2021 Conversion of Mined Inferred Mineral Resource AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 76 Proposed New TSF layout plan 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) Charles Kusi-Manu certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Iduapriem: Technical Report Summary, I hereby state: • My name is Charles Kusi-Manu. I am the Competent Person for the Mineral Resource. • My job title is: Senior Manager, Geology • I am a member of the MAusIMM (Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy) with registration number 205 238 and I have a Diploma in Geological Engineering, MSc. in Finance, Master’s in business administration (MBA) and a Postgraduate Certificate in Geostatistics. • I have 31 years relevant experience. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation S-K 1300. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the • report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. • I have read and understand Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an employee of the issuer, AngloGold Ashanti for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. • At the effective date of the report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. Mashudu Justice Davhana certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Iduapriem: Technical Report Summary, I hereby state: • My name is Mashudu Justice Davhana. I am the Competent Person for the Mineral Reserve. • My Job title is: Senior Principal: Open Pit Mine Planning

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 77 • I am a member of ECSA (Engineering Council of South Africa) with registration number 20090050 and have a BSc Hons (Mining • Engineering) • I have 21 Years of relevant experience. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation re resource. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the • report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. • I have read and understood Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an employee of the issuer, AngloGold Ashanti Ltd, for the 2021 Mineral Reserve. • At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. The term Competent Person is deemed to cover the meaning and intent of Qualified Person for any reporting that is required. 22 Interpretation and conclusions Iduapriem comprises the following mining leases: • Iduapriem Concession LVB1539/89 covering 36.47 km2, renewed during 2020 to 2035. • Ajopa Concession LVB/WR326/09 covering 46.12km2, renewed during 2020 to 2035. • Teberebie Concession LVB3722H/92 covering 28.98km2, renewed during 2020 to 2035 • Ajopa South West Concession covering 28.10 km2, renewed during 2020 to 2035 All Iduapriem’ s leases have been ratified by Parliament. The declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are contained within the above-mentioned mining leases and Iduapriem has all the surface rights required for mining. All the deposits used in the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation are within the mine's mining leases area and the mine has permits for their exploitation. At the time of compiling this report, there were no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership, in part or in whole, of the deposits that were used in estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve as of 31st December 2021. 23 Recommendations The QP does not foresee any additional information or explanation necessary to make this technical Report understandable, transparent and not misleading. The exploration strategy to convert all Inferred Mineral Resource located in the planned mine design pits to Indicated Mineral Resource should continue into the future. Key strategic initiatives that form part of the operational excellence framework will be implemented. This will help to reduce costs and unlock potential new Mineral Reserve. 24 References 24.1 References The QP made reference to the previous reports including the Iduapriem Mineral Resource report for 2018, 2019, and 2020 as well as the internal and external reports. It includes external audited in 2012 by QG consultants, in 2014 by Coffey Mining and 2018 by Pivot Mining. 1. Iduapriem Operations Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Review (January 2014) by Coffey Mining, 2. Iduapriem Operations Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Review Pivot Mining Consultants (2018), AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 78 3. Iduapriem Site Visit Report (Feb 2015) by T. Gell and A. Mason, Mineral Resource Review, Quantitative Group Consultants , 2012, 4. Mineral Resource report, Blocks 7 and 8, October 2018, 5. Mineral Resource LCP Review, 2017, 6. Mineral Resource LCP Review, 2018, 7. Mineral Resource LCP Review, 2019 , 8. Mineral Resource LCP Review, 2020, 9. JORC_code_2012 10. SAMREC 2016 11. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Guidelines 2021 Final_v2a 12. Iduapriem Operations Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Review 2018 (Pivot Mining Consultants), 13. The AngloGold Ashanti Closure Planning Standard1, Iduapriem closure plan 14. Iduapriem Monthly Labour Summary, July 2021 15. Iduapriem HSE Policy 16. Environmental Protection Agency Act, 1994 (Act 490); 17. Environmental Assessment Regulations, 1999 (L.I. 1652); 18. Mining and Minerals Act, 2006 (Act 703); 19. Water Resources Commission Act, 1996 (Act 522); 20. Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act, 2016 (Act 917) 21. Water Use Regulations, 2001 (L.I. 1692); 22. Minerals and Mining (Licensing) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2176) 23. Minerals and Mining Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2182); 24. Minerals and Mining (Explosives) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2177); 25. Minerals and Mining (Compensation and Resettlement) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2175); 26. Minerals and Mining (Support Services) Regulations, 2012 (L.I. 2174); 27. Drilling Licence and Groundwater Development Regulations, 2006 (L.I. 1827); 28. Hazardous, Electronic and Other Waste (Classification) Control and Management Regulations, 2016 (LI2250) 29. EPAs Sector Specific Effluent Quality Guidelines for Discharges into Natural Water Bodies; 30. Environmental Assessment Regulation,1999 31. GHANA STANDARD_GS 1236_2019_Environment and Health Protection - Requirement for Ambient Air Quality and Point Source Stack Emission 32. GHANA STANDARD_GS 1222_2018_Health Protection - Requirements for Ambient Noise Control 24.2 Mining terms All injury frequency rate: The total number of injuries and fatalities that occurs per million hours worked. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 79 Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility Study (FS): A Feasibility Study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A Feasibility Study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a Prefeasibility Study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 80 Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study and conceptual study): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams.

AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 81 Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in-situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary Feasibility Study (Prefeasibility Study or PFS): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Project capital expenditure: Capital expenditure to either bring a new operation into production; to materially increase production capacity; or to materially extend the productive life of an asset. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: On 31 October 2018, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission adopted the amendment Subpart 1300 (17 CFR 229.1300) of Regulation S-K along with the amendments to related rules and guidance in order to modernise the property disclosure requirements for mining registrants under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Registrants engaged in mining operations must comply with the final rule amendments (Regulation S-K 1300) for the first fiscal year beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Accordingly, the Company is providing disclosure in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2021 and will continue to do so going forward. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. AngloGold Ashanti Iduapriem - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 82 Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant Reliance on the information provided by the registrant includes guidance from the annual update to the Guidelines for Reporting. This guideline is set out to ensure the reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve is consistently undertaken in a manner in accordance with AngloGold Ashanti’s business expectations and also in compliance with internationally accepted codes of practice adopted by AngloGold Ashanti. Included in this guideline is the price assumptions supplied by the Registrant which includes long-range commodity price and exchange rate forecasts. These are reviewed annually and are prepared in-house using a range of techniques including historic price averages. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The resultant plan is then valued at a higher business planning price. Gold price The following local prices of gold were used as a basis for estimation in the December 2021 declaration, unless otherwise stated: Local prices of gold Gold price Australia Brazil Argentina Colombia $/oz AUD/oz BRL/oz ARS/oz COP/oz 2021 Mineral Reserve(3) 1,200 1,633 6,182 134,452 3,849,000 2020 Mineral Reserve(2) 1,200 1,604 5,510 119,631 4,096,877 2021 Mineral Resource(1) 1,500 2,072 7,940 173,065 5,336,250 (1) Reported for the first time under Regulation S-K 1300. (2) Reported under Industry Guide 7. (3) Reported under Regulation S-K 1300.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 1 Technical Report Summary Siguiri A Life of Mine Summary Report Effective date: 31 December 2021 As required by § 229.601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti's Annual Report on Form 20-F pursuant to Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations (§ 229.1300 through § 229.1305). AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 2 Date and Signatures Page This report is effective as at 31 December 2021. Where the registrant (AngloGold Ashanti Limited) has relied on more than one Qualified Person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, the section(s) prepared by each qualified person has been clearly delineated. AngloGold Ashanti has recognised that in preparing this report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, when necessary, relied on information and input from others, including AngloGold Ashanti. As such, the table below lists the technical specialists who provided the relevant information and input, as necessary, to the Qualified Person to include in this Technical Report Summary. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Section 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this report. The registrant confirms it has obtained the written consent of each Qualified Person to the use of the person's name, or any quotation from, or summarisation of, the Technical Report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report. The written consent only pertains to the particular section(s) of the Technical Report Summary prepared by each Qualified Person. The written consent has been filed together with the Technical Report Summary exhibit and will be retained for as long as AngloGold Ashanti relies on the Qualified Person’s information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. MINERAL RESOURCE QUALIFIED PERSON Adama Sissoko Sections prepared: 1 - 11, 20 - 25 __________________ MINERAL RESERVE QUALIFIED PERSON Desiderius Kamugisha Sections prepared: 1, 12-19, 21 - 25 __________________ Responsibility Technical Specialist ESTIMATION Massa Beavogui EVALUATION QAQC Massa Beavogui EXPLORATION Boubacar Bah GEOLOGICAL MODEL Boubacar Bah GEOLOGY QAQC Boubacar Bah GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Cece Zogbelemou HYDROGEOLOGY Cece Zogbelemou MINERAL RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION Massa Beavogui ENVIRONMENTAL AND PERMITTING Mohamed Lamine Sidibe FINANCIAL MODEL Bissi Kone INFRASTRUCTURE Gary Barlow LEGAL Labila Haba METALLURGY Mohamed Dansoko MINE PLANNING Ismael Diakite MINERAL RESERVE CLASSIFICATION Massa Beavogui /s/ Adama Sissoko /s/ Desiderius Kamugisha AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 3 Consent of Qualified Person I, Adama Sissoko, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Siguiri Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Adama Sissoko /s/ Adama Sissoko AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 4 Consent of Qualified Person I, Desiderius Kamugisha, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Siguiri Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Desiderius Kamugisha /s/ Desiderius Kamugisha

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 5 Contents 1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 8 1.1 Property description including mineral rights .................................................................................. 8 1.2 Ownership ..................................................................................................................................... 8 1.3 Geology and mineralisation ............................................................................................................ 9 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ........................................................................ 9 1.5 Mining methods ........................................................................................................................... 10 1.6 Mineral processing ....................................................................................................................... 10 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ....................................................................... 11 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates ............................................................................ 11 1.9 Permitting requirements ............................................................................................................... 12 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ........................................................................................... 12 2 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 13 2.1 Disclose registrant ....................................................................................................................... 13 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared .......... 13 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation ......................... 13 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections ............................................................................................. 14 2.5 Purpose of this report ................................................................................................................... 14 3 Property description ............................................................................................................................. 14 3.1 Location of the property ............................................................................................................... 14 3.2 Area of the property ..................................................................................................................... 15 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting................................................. 15 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities ............................................................................................. 16 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................... 17 4.1 Property description ..................................................................................................................... 17 5 History ................................................................................................................................................. 17 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ..................................................................................... 18 6.1 Geological setting ........................................................................................................................ 18 6.2 Geological model and data density .............................................................................................. 19 6.3 Mineralisation ............................................................................................................................... 22 7 Exploration ........................................................................................................................................... 23 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................ 23 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing.................................................................................................... 24 7.3 Results......................................................................................................................................... 25 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples ................................................................................... 25 7.5 Hydrogeology............................................................................................................................... 26 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................ 29 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security ........................................................................................... 31 8.1 Sample preparation...................................................................................................................... 31 8.2 Assay method and laboratory ...................................................................................................... 33 8.3 Sampling governance .................................................................................................................. 33 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance......................................................................................... 34 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 6 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ...................................................................................... 34 9 Data verification ................................................................................................................................... 34 9.1 Data verification procedures ........................................................................................................ 34 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................ 34 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .............................................................................. 34 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ...................................................................................... 35 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing ................................................................................... 35 10.2 Laboratory and results ............................................................................................................... 35 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................ 35 11 Mineral Resource estimates ............................................................................................................... 35 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource . 35 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ...................................................................... 36 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty ......................................................................... 41 11.4 Mineral Resource summary ....................................................................................................... 42 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion ......................................................................................................... 45 12 Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................................................................. 45 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ...................................................................... 45 12.2 Cut-off grades ............................................................................................................................ 46 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty ........................................................................... 46 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary ......................................................................................................... 46 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion ......................................................................................................... 48 13 Mining methods ................................................................................................................................. 48 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling....................................... 49 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ................................................................................ 49 13.3 Final mine outline ....................................................................................................................... 50 14 Processing and recovery methods ..................................................................................................... 52 15 Infrastructure ...................................................................................................................................... 54 16 Market studies ................................................................................................................................... 54 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups ............................................................................................................................................................... 56 17.1 Permitting .................................................................................................................................. 56 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management .... 56 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ............................................................................................................ 56 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation .................................................................................................... 57 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ........................................................... 57 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ............................................................... 57 18 Capital and operating costs ................................................................................................................ 58 18.1 Capital and operating costs ........................................................................................................ 58 18.2 Risk assessment ........................................................................................................................ 58 19 Economic analyses ............................................................................................................................ 59 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods .............................................................................. 59 19.2 Results of economic analysis ..................................................................................................... 59 19.3 Sensitivity analysis ..................................................................................................................... 61 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 7 20 Adjacent properties ............................................................................................................................ 61 21 Other relevant data and information ................................................................................................... 62 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource ........................................................................................................ 62 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products ..................................................................................... 64 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products ..................................................................................................... 64 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design .................................................... 64 21.5 Additional relevant information ................................................................................................... 65 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) ............................................................................................... 66 22 Interpretation and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 67 23 Recommendations ............................................................................................................................. 68 24 References ........................................................................................................................................ 69 24.1 References ................................................................................................................................ 69 24.2 Mining terms .............................................................................................................................. 69 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant ........................................................................... 73 List of Figures Process Flow Sheet ................................................................................................................................ 10 Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining license area for Siguiri. The coordinates of the plant are depicted on the map and are in the UTM coordinate system............................................................. 14 Mining licenses - Infrastructure overview 2021 Satellite Image ............................................................... 16 Bidini pit with drone survey image taken on the 23rd November 2021 showing the SHLB (Black Shale) vs Lecco (total organic carbon - TOC and total carbon) analysis data ......................................................... 20 SIG Block 1 and 2 Stratigraphic column with Schematic of mineralisation .............................................. 21 Section showing a P1 - SEK E_W Geological section. ............................................................................ 22 P1-SEK (Bidini, Sanu Tinti, Tubani) shows a 3D section with drill holes. ................................................. 22 Siguiri site plan in colour image showing site infrastructure with water boreholes/piezometer holes location. .................................................................................................................................................. 25 P1-SEK (Bidini, Sanu Tinti, Tubani) section showing year 2021 drillholes and geology .......................... 26 Delineation of aquifer units underlying the mine site ............................................................................... 27 Density measurement sample collection process .................................................................................... 34 Siguiri inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve .................................................................. 39 Siguiri Saraya open pit block estimate 3D view ....................................................................................... 40 Siguiri_Kami open pit Hardness model cross-section.............................................................................. 41 Siguiri_Sanutinti-Bidini-Kalamagna open pits Mineral Resource classification (looking northeast) .......... 41 Kami Main Pit final mine outline .............................................................................................................. 50 Bidini Pit final mine outline ...................................................................................................................... 51 Mass and Water Balance combination plant (1 hour) .............................................................................. 53 Sensitivity Analysis for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV0, in USD M) .................................. 61 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 8 1 Executive Summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Société AngloGold Ashanti de Guinée (SAG SA), commonly known as Siguiri Gold Mine (SAG), is a production stage property with an active open-pit operation with mining occurring primarily in Kami, Bidini and Tubani pits in the main, Block 1. In Q1 of 2021, mining commenced in Block 2, exploiting the newly developed Foulata and Saraya Pits. Siguiri Gold Mine is located approximately 850 km north-northeast of Conakry, 25 km northwest of the town of Siguiri and 220 km southeast of the Malian capital Bamako, near the Malian border. Siguiri Gold Mine is centred at latitude 11° 32.9’ N and longitude 9° 14.4’ W. The grid system is WGS84 Zone 29N. Gold mining can be traced back to the first great West African Empire, the Sarakolle Kingdom, in 3BC, but there are no reliable records of pre-western production. The French became involved in the area in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Between 1931 and 1951, the French reported gold coming out of Siguiri, with figures varying between 1 and 3.8t annually; however, little exploration work was completed. There was a phase of Russian exploration in the area between 1960 and 1963. The Russian work focused on the placer deposits along the major river channels in the area. In 1980, Société Miniere Internationale du Quebec (SOMIQ) gained the exploration rights for Siguiri and Mandiana. SOMIQ focused its work on the Koron and Didi areas. The Chevaning Mining Company Limited was then created to undertake a detailed economic evaluation of the prospect, with more intensive work beginning in the late 1980s. Société Aurifere de Guinea (SAG) took over from its predecessors and continued work on the placer deposits. Production on the Koron placer reached a peak in 1992 with 1.1t gold produced; the mine was shut down later that year due to several difficulties. In the mid-1990s, Golden Shamrock acquired and operated the project as an open pit and heap leach operation. In October 1996, Ashanti Goldfields Corporation acquired Golden Shamrock and operated Siguiri as a heap leach until 2004. Ashanti Goldfields Corporation merged with AngloGold Corporation in 2004 to become AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. AngloGold Ashanti completed the design and construction of the 8.5Mtpa saprolite soft rock treatment plant and commissioned the plant in 2005. The plant capacity was later increased to 12Mtpa through a series of minor projects. A Siguiri combination plant Feasibility Study based on the requirement to process fresh and transitional material in combination with existing oxide material was completed in 2015. The combination plant conversion project began in 2017. The plant conversion allows the mine to treat six million tonnes of sulphide ore and six million tonnes of oxide ore. Construction was completed in March 2019, and the operation continues with the optimisation and de-bottlenecking of the processing plant. Siguiri is mined under licence from the government of Guinea. The published Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are covered by SAG mining concession D/97/171/PRG/SGG, totalling 1,494.5km2. The original SAG concession was granted under the Convention de Base between the République de Guinée and SAG signed on 4 August 1997. The convention allows the concession to be explored and mined exclusively for gold, silver and diamonds by SAG for 25 years from the date of the agreement until 4 August 2022. The Convention de Base will guide the renewal of the mining concession in 2022. The SAG concession was granted under a new amended Convention de Base between the République de Guinée and SAG signed on 28 June 2016 and ratified by the Guinean parliament on 13 December 2016. The Convention de Base was ratified by the constitutional court and published in the official gazette of the Republic of Guinea on 24 January 2017. Dependent on submitting the necessary renewal documentation on, or before, 4 August 2022, the concession can be explored and mined exclusively for gold, silver and diamonds by SAG for 25 years from the date of agreement to 13 December 2041. 1.2 Ownership SAG in Guinea is 85% owned by AngloGold Ashanti (through the Chevaning Mining Company) and 15% by the Republic of Guinea. AngloGold Ashanti manages the operation.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 9 1.3 Geology and mineralisation SAG is situated in the northern part of the Siguiri Basin of Guinea and is underlain by Lower Proterozoic rocks of the Birimian metasedimentary and volcano-sedimentary formations. The sediments are exposed in a well-bedded turbiditic sequence of greenschist facies siltstones, sandstones, greywackes and minor conglomerates, with some brecciated and possibly volcanic members. However, stratigraphic relationships in the area are poorly understood due to poor exposure and a thick lateritic duricrust covering large portions of the lease. The Siguiri mineralisation occurs as secondary gold in alluvial or colluvial gravel in lateritic cover and primary vein-hosted mineralisation. The veins are quartz dominant and display various styles and orientations, with a sub-vertical northeast-trending conjugate quartz vein set predominating in most of the open pits, irrespective of the bedding orientation. Auriferous quartz veins show a robust lithological control and are best developed in the sandstone/greywacke units. The primary structural and lithological trend in the current mining area of Block 1 changes from a north-south orientation in the south to a northwest- southeast orientation in the north. The geology of Block 2 differs from Block 1 as the block is mainly underlain by metavolcanic and volcaniclastics. However, mineralisation styles appear similar to those in Block 1, with Saraya appearing to be located on a north-south orientated structure Three main sedimentary packages are recognised in the Siguiri district, the Balato, Fatoya and Kintinian formations. The basal Balato Formation is dominated by shale, siltstone, and greywacke centimetre scale alternations. The overlying Fatoya Formation consists of meter-scale beds of greywacke fining towards the west. Finally, the Kintinian Formation is a thick package of shale and sandstone with a basal clast- supported conglomerate. The orebodies are structurally controlled, and the area has undergone at least three distinct phases of deformation, with initial north-south compression developing minor folds. The second and largest deformation event is associated with east-west to the east-northeast and west- southwest directed compression leading to north-south structural architecture. The third event was a northwest and southeast compression that refolded existing structures. A deep oxidation (weathering) profile is developed in the region, varying between 50 and 150m. Primary gold mineralisation occurs in all three lithostratigraphic units of the Siguiri region, although most of the known mineralisation is found in the central and more competent Fatoya Formation. In some deposits, the mineralisation shows robust lithological control and is preferentially developed in coarser- grained units with higher fracture/vein densities than fine-grained rocks. The mineralisation dominantly follows sub-vertical north-south thrusts, northeast to southwest dextral shear zones, and west-northwest to east-southeast sinistral faults associated with the main (D2) deformation event. The mineralised veins are remarkable for the relative consistency of their orientation (northeast), despite the highly variable orientation of bedding and significant structures. Mineralised veins are more intensely developed along major structural trends, with quartz-carbonate- sulphide veining developed along structures. Some of these structures have developed as incipient faults and are represented by discrete stockworks of mineralised quartz-carbonate veins occurring along a trend instead of clearly defined continuous structures. Two styles of primary mineralisation have been recognised at Siguiri. The first is characterised by precipitation of gold-bearing pyrite associated with proximal albite and distal carbonate alteration and opening of carbonate-pyrite veins. The second style corresponds to east-northeast to west-southwest trending native gold-bearing quartz veins with carbonate selvages which cross-cut carbonate-pyrite veins and show arsenopyrite (pyrite) halos. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations The exploration program is focused on discovering and converting new Mineral Resource to allow for conversion to Mineral Reserve, mainly in Blocks 1, 2 and 3, to extend the life of the mine beyond 2026. In Block 1, the exploration program explores below the existing drilling whilst trying to test the northern and western extension of Block 2 for additional Mineral Resource. In Block 3, the exploration program is designed to convert Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource in preparation for a Prefeasibility Study and Feasibility Study in 2022-2023. Some work is planned for Block 4 to explore for further potential and conduct geometallurgical work. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 10 Following the depletion of the soft rock Mineral Reserve and since the plant could not treat hard material, options were investigated to convert the plant to process 50% oxide and 50% fresh rocks. A Feasibility Study to investigate upgrading the plant to treat 6Mtpa of oxide material and 6Mtpa of transitional and fresh rock material was completed at the end of 2016. The new combination plant was commissioned in Q4 2018 while the plant was still in operation. The combination plant had metallurgical recovery issues, but remedial actions were implemented, and the current recovery is up to 83%. The mine is planning to treat a blend ratio of 60%:40% for hard and soft rock. 1.5 Mining methods SAG is currently a multi-pit fresh rock and oxide gold mining operation mined using a contract miner. The mining method is conventional selective mining using excavators and trucks on 3m high flitches. Three Caterpillar 6020B excavators are the main loading equipment matched with Caterpillar 777G dump trucks. In some deposits, a selective mining unit (SMU) of 10m x 10m x 3m has been defined based on historical grade control, the deposit type, and the mining equipment used to simulate the expected mining dilution and ore losses. 1.6 Mineral processing The mined ore is processed using a Hybrid Carbon-in-leach (CIL) circuit processing plant and can treat 50% hard ore post-commissioning of a new ball mill and three-stage crushing plant in 2019. The current operations are made of crushing with two Mining Machinery Development Ltd (MMD) sizers, ROM1 and ROM2, and a 3 Stage Crushing Plant (ROM3), scrubbing, milling and classification, two ball mill and classification (one with a scrubber), gravity and Gekko In-line Leach Reactors (ILR), trash screening ahead of CIL, hybrid CIL/Leach, desorption, tailings disposal, and smelting. Further modification of three leach tanks to CIL tanks was done in quarter four of 2020, giving a total of seven tanks in the hybrid circuit. The plant was designed to process 12Mtpa but is forecast to treat 11.6Mtpa in the 2022 business plan; the mine is doing further optimisation work. Process Flow Sheet AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 11 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates The exclusive Mineral Resource for the open pits is primarily the Mineral Resource proportion between the Life of Mine design shell and Mineral Resource shells optimised at the Mineral Resource cut-off grade and the Mineral Resource gold price ($1,500/oz). The Exclusive Mineral resource is also defined as all Inferred Mineral Resource, including Inferred Mineral Resource within the Life of Mine design shell that lies above the Mineral Resource cut-off. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource (attributable, 85%) Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Measured - - - - Indicated 64.26 1.12 71.81 2.31 Measured & Indicated 64.26 1.12 71.81 2.31 Inferred 60.91 1.15 70.06 2.25 The Mineral Reserve for Siguiri Gold Mine were re-evaluated as of December 31 2021, using updated economic factors, the latest Mineral Resource models, geological factors, modifying factors, geotechnical inputs, latest metallurgical updates, and information gained from the current mine operations. The Mineral Reserve estimate has been prepared according to S-K 1300, and AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource, and Ore Reserve 2021, hereafter known as the Guidelines for Reporting. The Mineral Reserve for the Siguiri Gold mine was estimated at 67.72Mt at 0.75g/t for 1.64Moz of gold attributable. This is a combination of Proven (17.91Mt at 0.63g/t) and Probable (49.8Mt at 0.80g/t) Mineral Reserve. Mineral gold Reserve (attributable, 85%) Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Proven 17.91 0.63 11.36 0.37 Probable 49.80 0.80 39.67 1.28 Total 67.72 0.75 51.03 1.64 1.8 Summary capital and operating cost estimates Operating costs and Stay in Business Capital (SIB) were developed on a unit cost and quantity basis based on historical cost, first principles, BP2021 budget year 2022 cost (done in September 2021) and utilising current labour and commodity prevailing pricing at the time of estimation. Mining and grade control costs were based on existing mining and drilling contracts with Motal, Engil and Orbit. In some cases, the data was factored or escalated to 2022 costs. Operating Cost and SIB Total Processing Cost (Fixed & Variable) $/t treated Oxide $/t treated 10.72 Fresh/ Transitional $/t treated 13.17 Spent heap $/t treated 10.37 Administration & General Cost $/t treated 7.03 Community Investment Spend $/t treated 0.25 Non-mining Sustaining capital $/t treated 1.59 Mine Closure Cost incurred over Life of Mine $/t treated 0.22 Social responsibility at the end of LOM $/t treated 0.06 Retrenchment & retirement obligation cost $/t treated 0.32 Total Mine Closure Cost incurred over Life of Mine $/t treated 0.60 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 12 Refining cost included in cost of selling gold $ 46.16/oz and Royalty rate 3.4% (including Local Community Development Tax 0.4% as per current Convention de Base with Guinea Government). 1.9 Permitting requirements The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are covered by Société Ashanti Goldfields de Guinea (SAG) mining concession D/97/171/PRG/SGG, totalling 1,494.5km2, which expires on 4 August 2022. There is also a convention which defines the operating conditions of the mine and the rights and duties of the mine under the convention are applicable to AngloGold Ashanti as the current owners of the company AuG (Société Aurifère de Guinée) and SAG. A revised and consolidated Convention de Base between the Republic of Guinea (RoG) and Chevaning mining company Ltd and Société AngloGold Ashanti de Guinée, made on the 28th June 2016, Clause 5.4 states: The Parties agree that SAG can, at any time which is not less than six months prior to the expiration of the current validity period of the Concession (notably 4 August 2022) or subsequently, six months prior to the then ongoing validity period, file an application for its renewal. RoG undertakes that, as long as this Convention is in force, the Concession may not be withdrawn for any reason and, subject to compliance with the conditions set out in the 1995 Mining Code, the Concession shall be renewed for one or several successive periods, of a maximum duration of ten years each. For further clarity, RoG undertakes to ensure that the Concession shall remain valid at least as long as the Convention shall be in force. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations In 2021, the SAG Inclusive Mineral Resource was estimated to be 227 Mt at 1.03g/t for 7.5Moz of gold (non-attributable). Compared to the previously published Inclusive Mineral Resource (as of 31st December 2020) amounting to 264Mt at 0.96g/t for 8.2Moz, there is drop of -14%, +7% and -8% respectively in tonnes, grade and metal content. The decrease is mainly driven by the overall cost increase, which lead to a higher COG (cut-off grade). Secondly, the site experienced low drilling capacity in 2021 due to a change of drilling contractors in 2021. The QP is of the opinion that the produced Mineral Resource has been compiled as per S-K 1300 in respect of the required materiality and transparency. However, though the Mineral Resource based models are deemed correct, works to improve the confidence, such as pit mapping to help build more knowledge into the geological control, will have to continue, especially inside the active pits. This is critical to be maintained in this complex geologically environment, which went through a series of repetitive faulting and folding events. In addition, the mine is implementing an aggressive exploration drilling to support a strategy of sourcing oxide materials for the short-term blend and extending the LOM beyond 2026. The Mineral Reserve for SAG was estimated at 79.7Mt at 0.75g/t for 1.9Moz of gold (non-attributable). This compares with the previously published Mineral Reserve (as of 31st December 2020) of 86.5Mt at 0.8g/t for 2.2 Moz. The most notable changes from the previous stated Mineral Reserve (December 2020) include: • Depletion due to mining and processing operations (-0.33Moz), • Change in fresh and transitional ore metallurgical recoveries from 88% to 80% (-0.23Moz) , • Change in economics (increase costs) (-0.41Moz), • Maiden Mineral Reserve from Kami Extension (0.16Moz) and • A revision of Kami, Saraya, and Foulata Mineral Resource (infilling to upgrade Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource and modelling methodology) (0.26 Moz) The main risks to the Mineral Reserve results are confidence in Mineral Resource models, the performance of the Combination plant, encroachment of villages onto potential mining areas, inability to relocate existing communities away from recently defined Mineral Resource, country and political instability. The QP recommendations include: • Review all Mineral Resource models for Total Carbon (TC) data and determine a correlation between TC and Total Organic Carbon (TOC), drill new holes and examine old holes if required to ensure reliable plant recovery predictions.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 13 • Review current alliance mining contract (ending June 2022) vs rate base contract and owner mining to determine the best option for SAG. • Review plant throughput and hard/soft blend capability. 2 Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant The Technical Report summary was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti’s Siguiri gold mine in Guinea. 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared The purpose of this Technical Report Summary is to support the public disclosure of the 2021 year-end Mineral Resource estimate at Siguiri Gold Mine Ltd (SAG), a project located approximately 850km northeast of Conakry, the capital city of the Republic of Guinea. AngloGold Ashanti requires that the Mineral Reserve that is an outcome of this process is generated at a minimum of a Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) level. Terms of reference are following AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve (Guidelines for Reporting) and based on public reporting requirements as per regulation S-K 1300. Although the term Mineral Reserve is used throughout S-K 1300 and this document, it is recognised that the term Ore Reserve is synonymous with Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti uses Ore Reserve in its internal reporting. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report, as stipulated in Subpart 229.1300 and 1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. To the extent practicable, the qualified person must draft the summary to conform to the plain English principles set forth in § 230.421 of this chapter. Should more detail be required, they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of the Technical Report Summary: • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated • Unless otherwise stated, $ or dollar refers to United States dollars • Group and company are used interchangeably • Mine, operation, business unit and property are used interchangeably • Rounding off of numbers may result in computational discrepancies • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, content for gold to two decimals and copper, content with no decimals • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this report, and all ounces are Troy ounces • Abbreviations used in this report: gold – Au • The reference coordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps/plans are latitude longitude geographic coordinates in various formats or relevant Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection. 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation AngloGold Ashanti had prepared this report. For this report, the QPs have relied upon information provided by AngloGold Ashanti’s Legal Counsel regarding the validity of exploitation permits; this opinion has been relied upon in Section 4 (Property Description and Location) and in the summary of this report. The geology data is based on the different types of geological data collection. Optiro conducted an external audit in 2015 and Golder & Associates in 2019. There were no fatal flaws identified from the audits. The cost information is sourced from the current contracts and actual data for the different elements. The economic parameters are sent to the mine as a guideline from the corporate office. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 14 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections The Mineral Resource is signed off by the on-site Mineral Resource Manager who is also the Qualified Person (QP). The work of the site team is reviewed by the corporate-based technical team and regional sign-off personnel, with these people visiting site at least once annually. The Mineral Reserve estimation process is done on-site and with the QP Mineral Reserve being the site based First Line Manager for Mine Planning. 2.5 Purpose of this report The report aims to report Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for SAG. The mine is producing the Technical Report Summary report in this format for the first time, and there are no previous reports referred. 3 Property description 3.1 Location of the property The mine is located approximately 850km northeast of Conakry, 25km northwest of the town of Siguiri and 190km southeast of the Malian capital Bamako, near the Mali border. SAG is centred at latitude 11° 32.9’ N and longitude 9° 14.4’ W. The grid system is WGS84 Zone 29N. Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining license area for Siguiri. The coordinates of the plant are depicted on the map and are in the UTM coordinate system. Guinea is a republic. The president is directly elected by the people and is head of state and head of government. The country is currently under military rule, with the constitution suspended after a coup led by Commander Mamady Doumboya in September 2021. The unicameral Guinean National Assembly is the country's legislative body, and its members are also directly elected by the people. The judicial branch is led by the Guinea Supreme Court, the highest and final court of appeal in the country. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 15 On September 9, 2011, the Government of Guinea adopted a new mining code which was subsequently amended on April 8, 2013 (the New Code). As part of the new legal regime, the New Code provides for the audit and review of existing mining titles and conventions and the negotiation of amendments. The SAG concession was granted under a new amended Convention de Base between the Republique de Guinee, the Chevening mining company, and Golden Shamrock Mines signed on June 28, 2016, and ratified by the Guinean Parliament on December 13, 2016. The Convention de Base has been transmitted to the Constitutional Court for notice of conformity before its promulgation and publication in the Journal Official of the Republic of Guinea. As required under the Convention de Base, the concession was reduced from the original 8,384 km2 to 1,494.5 km2 on August 4, 1997, and maintained identical during the amended version signed in December 2016. The concession is to be explored and mined exclusively for gold, silver and diamonds by SAG for 25 years from the date of agreement to the year 2041. 3.2 Area of the property The total area of the mining lease is 1495.5km2 Four Mining Licenses are granted, on top of which three exploration licenses (Corridor North and South and TSF) have reached the maximum renewal process. Given the strategic nature of these exploration licenses for the mines tailings storage facility and access to Block 2, which started in quarter 3 of 2021. The mine applied for the inclusion of the licenses in the mining concession. The Ministry of Mines and Geology accepted the application under the condition of completing a Feasibility study and using the area as a national public interest (PIN). The fourth concession, called the Saraya West license A2015-6672 (133km2), was awarded to SAG on December 28, 2015, for three years, after which the first relinquishment of 50% occurred in December 2018 on renewal. The 50% (66.5km2) renewal was granted in January 2019, and the application of 50% relinquished portion was submitted but not granted by the Ministry of Mines and Geology. The second relinquishment of 50% occurred, and 50% (32.7km2) renewal was granted on December 8, 2020. Also, the application of 50% relinquished portion was submitted but not granted by the Ministry of Mines and Geology. 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting The SAG concession was granted under a new amended Convention de Base between the Republic of Guinea and Chevaning Mining Company Ltd, signed on June 28, 2016, and ratified by the Guinean Parliament on December 13, 2016. The Convention de Base was transmitted to the Constitutional Court for notice of conformity before its promulgation and publication in the official gazette of the Republic of Guinea. As required under the convention de base, the concession was reduced from the original 8,384 km2 to 1,494.5 km2 on August 4, 1997, and maintained identical to the amended version signed on December 13, 2016. The concession is to be explored and mined exclusively for gold, silver and diamonds by SAG for 25 years from the date of agreement to 2041. SAG was granted six exploration and exploitation permits under the Guinea mining code, one valid until December 2022 and two during the mine life (2041). In addition, all necessary government agreements and approvals required for the mine are in place. The principal mineral deposit, Siguiri, is an open-pit mine. This operation and the associated infrastructure (processing plant and accommodation) are within the mining concession. The next renewal date for the exploration permit is December 8, 2022, and the current life of mine (LOM) plan for the Siguiri Mineral Reserve extends beyond this date (renewable until 2041). The Guinea Mining Code (2011) includes provision for renewal of exploitation permits for a successive period of 10 years, provided the holder has not breached the permit obligations of permit fee and annual surface rights fee payments and upholds environmental standards set out in the exploitation permit. Furthermore, the permit holder should provide the appropriate government departments with a quarterly exploration and mining activity report. The Guinea Mining Code (2011) and Regulations have been amended with an updated Mining Code which came into force on April 24, 2013 (Guinea Mining Code (2013)). AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 16 Mining licenses - Infrastructure overview 2021 Satellite Image All the permit fees and taxes relating to Siguiri exploitation rights have been paid to date, and the concession is in good standing. The QPs are not aware of any risks that could result in the loss of ownership of the deposits or loss of the Permits, in part or in whole. The Siguiri operation conforms to the Guinea Mining Code (2011, amended in 2013) and regulations. Accordingly, in the QP's opinion, all appropriate permits have been acquired and obtained to conduct the work proposed for the property. 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities As per the new mining convention (Decree January 2017), the rates for royalty calculations based on gold price per ounce as determined by the London Bullion Market Association are applicable: • $0 - $1,300 = 3% • $1,300.01 - $2,000 = 5% • $2,000.01 - unlimited = 7% Société AngloGold Ashanti de Guinée (Siguiri Goldmines) is an exploration and mining company currently owned 15% by the Guinea Republic and 85% by Chevaning Mining Company Ltd, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti. Mine rehabilitation will be an ongoing programme designed to restore the physical, chemical, and biological quality or potential of air, land and water regimes disturbed by mining to a state acceptable to the regulators and to post-mining land users. Current rehabilitation opportunities are limited due to the stage of the project. While some pits are worked out and waste rock dumps are inactive, these are being assessed for potential future cutbacks/ underground operations, so they will not be rehabilitated for now. The activities associated with mine closure are designed to prevent or minimise adverse long-term environmental impacts and create

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 17 a self-sustaining natural ecosystem or alternate land use based on an agreed set of objectives. The objective of mine closure is to obtain legal (government) and community agreement that the condition of the closed operation meets the requirements. At this point, the company's legal liability is terminated. 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1 Property description SAG is located in the rolling Upper Niger Plains of Guinea, east of the Fouta Djallon Plateau and north of the Guinea Highlands, which borders Mali. The mine is located in the Siguiri Prefecture and neighbours Kintinian, Setiguiya, Boukaria Fatoya, Balato, Kofilani, Koron, Fiensorekolen and Kourouda. The Boure region is rich in history, mainly related to the production of gold and the succession of medieval empires, including the Mande. The observed land cover classes include secondary woodland/savannah, ferricrete, grassland, wetland, riparian habitat, and agriculture/cultivation. However, the high level of habitat disturbance, degradation and transformation that have taken place over the years has limited the available habitats, and the potential for important conservation species occurring on-site is limited. Apart from the current surface ore mining undertaken by Siguiri Gold Mine, land use activities include small scale gold mining (artisanal), industrial mining activities, local farming activities and livestock activities. Natural surface waters within the mine footprint are defined by five rivers, of which the Koba River is the principal river draining the area. The high rainfall period is between April and October, with an annual average of 1,300mm of rain. A newly tarred road between Siguiri town and the mine gives easy access to the mining site from Siguiri town. Others prospects called the outer blocks are readily accessible; however, short-term access delays may occur in the rainy season due to seasonal flooding. In addition, the current mechanised artisanal mining in the Siguiri district is causing severe environmental degradation. 5 History The first gold mining can be traced back to the 1st great West African Empire, the Sarakolle Kingdom in 3BC, but there are no reliable records of pre-western production. The French became involved in the area in the late-19th and early-20th centuries. Between 1931 and 1951, the French reported gold coming out of Siguiri, with figures varying between 1 and 3.8t annually; however, little exploration work was completed. There was a phase of Russian exploration in the area between 1960 and 1963. The Russian work focused on the placer deposits along the major river channels in the area. In 1980, SOMIQ (Société Minière Internationale du Québec) gained the exploration rights for Siguiri and Mandiana. SOMIQ focused its work on the Koron and Didi areas. The Chevaning Mining Company Ltd. was then created to undertake a detailed economic evaluation of the prospect, with more intensive work beginning in the late 1980s. Société Aurifère de Guinée took over from its predecessors and continued work on the placer deposits. Production on the Koron placer reached a peak in 1992 with 1.1t gold being produced, although due to a number of difficulties, the mine was shut down later that year. In the mid-1990s, Golden Shamrock Resources Pty Ltd (Golden Shamrock) acquired and operated the project as an open pit and heap leach. In October 1996, Ashanti Goldfields Corporation (AGC) acquired Golden Shamrock, which operated Siguiri as a heap leach until 2004. AngloGold Corporation acquired AGC in 2004 to become AngloGold Ashanti Limited (AGA). AGA completed the design and construction of the 8.5Mtpa saprolite soft rock treatment plant commissioned in 2005, increasing to 12Mtpa. Due to a depleting soft rock Mineral Reserve and because the plant was not designed to treat hard rock material, the mine investigated options to convert the plant to process 50% oxide and 50% transition and fresh rocks. A FS to investigate upgrading the plant to treat 6Mtpa of oxide material and 6Mtpa of transitional and fresh rock material was completed at the end of 2016, and the new combination plant was commissioned in Q4 2018 with improvement projects still ongoing. The initial combination plant had metallurgical recovery issues, but remedial actions were implemented, and current gold recovery is up to 83%. The ore treatment blending ratio is targeted to 60%:40% for hard and soft rocks. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 18 The existing historical Mineral Resource estimates and performance statistics on actual production are presented below. Reconciliation of Produced Grade, Tonnage and Gold – 2018 to 2021 Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mineral Resource Model (oz) 236,645 283,407 370,353 386,593 Grade Control Model (oz) 218,025 254,848 346,238 372,471 Percentage (%) 92 90 93 96 Year Reconciliation Entity 2018 2019 2020 2021 Mining Feed (oz) 325,182 318,878 351,698 373,769 Plant Accounted (oz) 317,390 289,049 307,740 371,695 Percentage (%) 98 91 88 99 Yearly reconciliation performed since 2018 for Mineral Resource models versus grade control models versus plant production show the following: • Grade control models over the last four years show a downside of 2-6% vs the Mineral Resource models mainly driven by a slight overestimation (grade smearing) with the Mineral Resource models and a better resolution at the grade control stage with a close space drilling of 12.5m x 6.25m compared to 25m x 25m. • Plant accounted gold compared to mining feed one is below 100%. Tonnage measurement issues are suspected of driving this variance at the crushing and milling sides. A slight overestimation of grade control grade cannot also be excluded. Corrective actions had been put in place to build more confidence in measuring tonnes (weigh bridge implementation in 2022). 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting The Birimian Supergroup consists of volcanic-epiclastic and sedimentary basins and granitoids that mark a major juvenile crust-forming event that culminated in the c. 2.1Ga Eburnian orogeny. The rocks are between 2.25 and 2.05Ga old. Late Eburnian mesothermal gold mineralisation is responsible for the bulk of Birimian mineralisation, and large arsenopyrite bearing deposits occur along major shear zones at lithological contacts. The Siguiri Basin is poorly exposed with deep saprolitisation and overlain by a thick lateritic duricrust. The strong lithological contrasts seen in Ghana are not evident in the Siguiri Basin. The local Geology of Siguiri Gold Mine is situated in the northern part of the Siguiri Basin of Guinea and is underlain by Lower Proterozoic rocks of the Birimian meta-sedimentary and volcano-sedimentary formations. Three formations characterise the stratigraphy at Block 1 from the oldest to the youngest: Balato, Fatoya and Kintinian Formations. The stratigraphy at Block 2 is characterised by the clastic volcano-sediments and host gold mineralisation associated with banded to massive pyrite, anthophyllite and magnetite at both Foulata and Saraya with significant rootless mineralisation in the capping laterite at Foulata. However, the provenance for the laterite gold is interpreted to be the mineralised shears in the area. The stratigraphic succesion at Block 2 comprises the older Foulata Formation overlain by Doubaya Formation and the younger Saraya Formation. Block 3 in Kounkoun has a strong magnetic anomaly that can be traced to the south past the town of Siguiri. It can be interpreted as magnetite-rich, deformed shale units and siltstones. The prospect is also cut by regional-scale ENE magnetic dykes and gabbroic body to the north. The dykes are of Proterozoic age. SAG is underlain by Lower Proterozoic rocks of the Birimian meta-sedimentary and volcano-sediment formations. The sediments comprise a well-bedded turbiditic sequence of greenschist facies siltstones, AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 19 sandstones, greywackes and minor conglomerates, with some brecciated and possibly volcanic members. The typical regolith profile consists of four main sub-horizontal layers: a lateritic duricrust, a clay zone, a saprolitic zone, and underlying fresh rock. 6.2 Geological model and data density The geological model is built for each deposit to aggregate a variety of geological information (lithological units, faults, veins, folds, ore shoots etc.) using LeapfrogTM implicit modelling. This information is gathered from mapping and drilling. The gold-bearing structures or rock units are the focus of exploration investigation. The appropriate grid for each drilling phase is optimised for each project based on the geometry of the mineralisation and the geological and grade continuity (using the gold variogram) and mining experience from the pits. In general, the following grids are used at SAG: • 100m x 200m to define the extent and geometry of the anomaly; this is considered to be at a pre- resource level; • 50m x 50m to upgrade to Inferred Mineral Resource, and • 25m x 25m (square or staggered) for Indicated Mineral Resource. The only exception is on Bidini, where the drilling spacing used in Mineral Resource classification was 50m x 25m for Indicated Mineral Resource and 50m x 50m for Inferred Mineral Resource. The same wider grid was also used at Kami North-West, which uses an advanced grade control drill program to mitigate the additional risk. The Siguiri geological setting is defined by four formations called Balato, Fatoya, Kintinian and Saraya (local names derived from villages), which host the gold mineralisation within Block 1 and Block 2. The first three older formations listed from the oldest (Balato, Fatoya, Kintinian) occur in Block 1, while the Saraya Formation hosts the Block 2 mineralisation. In Block 1 of the SAG mining concession, historical observations and geophysical interpretations led to the recognition of three main sedimentary packages in the Siguiri Mine area with the Balato Formation at the base overlain by the Fatoya and the Kintinian Formation, which are situated at the top as they are the youngest. Centimetre alternations of shale-siltstone (SHLB) (often graphite rich) and fine greywacke dominate the Balato Formation. The graphitic content of the black shale proved to be preg-robbing and contributing to lower down the plant recovery significantly whenever this material is being fed. The activity of the carbon with the different oxidation layers is not well understood and being investigated. The overlying Fatoya Formation consists of metre-thick beds of medium- to coarse-grained greywacke interbedded with shale (sometimes black or carbonaceous). At the top of the package is the Kintinian Formation, a >400m thick formation consisting of a basal clast supported conglomerate, which is overlain by shale and sandstone. In most cases, the clastic unit is strongly albitised and varies from monolithic breccias to a polymictic zone with a mixture of Fatoya and Kintinian formation fragments. There is no clarity on the base or thickness of the Balato formation. Within the Block 1 mine, exposures of the Balato formation were mainly recognised within the Sintroko and Sokunu pits, while the Fatoya occurs over the Sokunu on the south, through Kami-Kosise-Kozan and Tubani-Bidini trends on the central part to Seguelen on the west. There are inliers of the Kintinian formation within the Balato formation and outliers of the latter in the former and the Fatoya Formation. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 20 Bidini pit with drone survey image taken on the 23rd November 2021 showing the SHLB (Black Shale) vs Lecco (total organic carbon - TOC and total carbon) analysis data

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 21 SIG Block 1 and 2 Stratigraphic column with Schematic of mineralisation AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 22 Section showing a P1 - SEK E_W Geological section. P1-SEK (Bidini, Sanu Tinti, Tubani) shows a 3D section with drill holes. 6.3 Mineralisation The main structural and lithological trend in the current mining area of Block 1 changes from a roughly N- S orientation in the southern (SKS projects) and central (KKK and SEK projects) areas to NW-SE in the northern parts (KEN projects). The mineralisation at Siguiri occurs as: • secondary gold in alluvial or colluvial gravel in lateritic cover, and • primary vein hosted mineralisation. The veins are quartz dominant and display various styles and orientations. A sub-vertical NE-trending conjugate quartz vein set predominates in most open pits, irrespective of the bedding orientation. Auriferous quartz veins show a robust lithological control and are best developed in the sandstone/greywacke units. Current structural and mineralisation models are continually refined and vary from: • a thrust-related faulting and fracturing system AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 23 • a large, shallow-to-moderately SW plunging asymmetric fold system, with auriferous quartz veins related to axial planar fracturing. In Block 1, two mineralisation styles have been recognised. The first is characterised by precipitation of gold-bearing pyrite associated with albite (proximal) and carbonate (distal) alteration and opening of carbonate-pyrite veins (these veins have only been described in drill core). The second style corresponds to ENE-WSW trending native gold-bearing quartz veins with carbonate selvedge’s which is associated with high-grade gold values. These veins crosscut carbonate-pyrite veins and show arsenopyrite (pyrite) halos. In Block 2, Saraya and Foulata mineralisation occurs within an immature sedimentary succession that unconformably overlies the footwall turbidite succession dominated by regularly inter-bedded and fine graded greywacke/sandstone, siltstone and carbonaceous shale. In Block 3 (Kounkoun), the mineralisation appears to be associated with sub-horizontal E-W shortening, resulting in a strong cleavage that is often sub-parallel to the bedding. The variable easterly dip of this cleavage indicates the main transport direction from east to west. 7 Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work Exploration activities in Siguiri are focused on testing the potential fresh ore below the mined-out pits and finding additional oxide ore in Block1 near the mining areas to ensure that the combination plant has enough material oxide material for the 50/50 oxide/fresh blend to be maintained. Continued Mineral Resource definition drilling in Block 1 and 2 added 1.5Moz of total Mineral Resource to Siguiri in 2020. In Block 3, in preparation for the Pre-Feasibility Study, the mine planned to convert the defined Inferred Mineral Resource (about 0.5Moz) in 2021 into Indicated Mineral Resource. This will add a new open pit of Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve and extend the SAG open pit life beyond 2026. In parallel, with the start-up of Block 2 mining, priority had also been given to find more oxide Mineral Resource through aggressive exploration drilling, which encompasses reconnaissance and conversion drilling to define more Mineral Ressource which can be converted to Mineral Reserve. Historically, exploration at Siguiri was focused on finding new oxide Mineral Resource in the saprolite and upgrading the confidence in the existing oxide Mineral Resource. The process used included geophysics, soil geochemistry and drill hole sampling in the context of the regional and pit-scale geological models. However, following the completion of an asset strategy optimisation project in 2012, which indicated the potential economic viability of the fresh rock material, the aim of the exploration has expanded, and the objectives are four-fold: • explore for replacement and additional oxide material for short-term mining requirements at Sanu Tinti, Bidini, Tubani South, Kami and Silakoro; • explore new conceptual oxide targets in Block 1, Block 2, Block 3 and Block 4 and the Saraya West exploration license; • increase the level of confidence in major fresh rock targets below the existing oxide pits at Seguelen, Kami and Bidini; and • drilling to support the Block 2 projects at Saraya and Foulata. Block 2 drilling in 2021 totalled 12,834m and was primarily focused on infill drilling to increase confidence in the Saraya Mineral Resource and to generate an Indicated Mineral Resource in preparation for 2022 mining. An advanced grade control programme was also conducted in all the active pits to increase short- term mining planning confidence 24,256.5m of RC and 8,806.5m of DD were completed during the year. Exploration infill drilling for Mineral Resource conversion occurred at Sanu Tinti (1,704m RC), Bidini (12,818.5m RC and 1,379.5m DD), Tubani (192m RC), Kami (3,244m RC) and Sokunu (1,640m RC). Reconnaissance drilling occurred at Bidini (120m RC and 3,263.6m DD), Tubani South (872m RC), Kalamagna (892m RC), Seguelen PB2 (750m RC and 2,058.7m DD), Kosise (83.8m DD) and Balato North (2,144m RC) to test for extensions of known mineralisation and a follow up on historical anomalous gold results. The change of drilling AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 24 contractors and prioritisation of the grade control drilling led to low output in exploration. Ore Search Miners (OSSM) ceased drilling activities in December 2020 and demobilised during January 2021. The new contractor Orbit Garant commenced drilling using old equipment in March 2021 and started drilling with new equipment in January 2022. All field data is captured on paper log sheets and subsequently entered into the database by data entry clerks under the supervision of the database administrator. Each section is signed off on completion by the data capture clerk and checked by senior geologists for consistency and elimination of errors on the collar, surveys, meta-data, sample information, geological coding and sample QAQC insertion. Specific user permissions regulate user access to the database; once data has been validated, it can only be changed through an official approval process implemented by the corporate based database manager. The database is backed up as part of the mine's IT protocol and a copy stored off-site at Johannesburg. No data from other parties was used in the Mineral Resource estimation. 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing All drilling used for Mineral Resource reporting used either Air Core (AC) with 4 1/2 inch diameter rods, RC face hammer with 5 3/4 inch rods or DD (NQ, HQ3 and PQ3 triple tube wireline). Drilling contractors AMCO (until April 2017) and OSSM (post-September 2017) meant a range of rig modifications were done to meet field requirements (increasing drill depth to quantify sulphide potential, minimising wet samples, etc.). A new drilling contractor, Forage Orbit Garant Guinea, was appointed and commenced the drilling in Quarter 1 of 2021, but with the new rigs and the mobilisation delay faced, two other drilling contractors, West African Forage (WAF) and Boart Longyear (BLY) were appointed in Quarter 2, 2021 with respective metres contracted 40,000 m and 60,000m. WAF mobilised in May 2021 and BLY in November 2021. DD and RC drill are logged in detail through the entire hole (at 2m intervals for RC chips). The mine keeps records of the lithology, structure (from the orientated core), texture, mineralisation, alteration type, colour, weathering intensity, quartz veining, moisture and sulphide and visible gold occurrence. Specific drill programs are undertaken where data is required for geometallurgical, metallurgical and geotechnical purposes on both new and existing deposits. DD core drilled for geotechnical purposes is logged for recovery, RQD and structural data (required for geotechnical analysis). Samples are taken for geotechnical strength testing. Samples drilled for geometallurgical and metallurgical purposes are logged and used for collecting EquotipTM, TerraspecTM and pXRF data, as per standard exploration protocols, and sampled as per AngloGold Ashanti metallurgical guidelines. Recently, Fourier Transform Infrared - FTIR machines have been bought and commissioned to assist with the geometalurgical program. Logging is both qualitative and quantitative, depending on the observations being logged. For core drilling, noteworthy intersections (occurrence of visible gold, mineralised zone) are photographed and included in monthly reports. All drill holes are logged in full, with a greater level of detail for DD core samples, considering that RC samples generate drill chips that only allow for a reduced information set. Geologists check the downhole survey and associated metadata results. If values are abnormal, a maximum of two extra readings are taken during drilling of the hole, or a full reading is taken at the end of the drill hole. A REFLEX HUB™ system has been set up and synchronised for the QAQC checks. Details of average drill hole spacing and type concerning Mineral Resource classification Category Spacing m (-x-) Type of drilling Diamond RC Blasthole Channel Other Measured - - - - - - Indicated 20x40, 25x25 Yes Yes - - - Inferred 20x40, 50x25, 50x50 Yes Yes - - - Grade/ ore control 10x10, 10x5, 12.5x6.25, 12.5x7.5, 5x12 - Yes - - -

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 25 7.3 Results AngloGold Ashanti has elected not to provide material drilling results for its operating mines as drilling at our Brownfields operations generally provides incremental additions or conversions to currently existing orebodies. While these increase confidence in our Mineral Resource base as well as add life-of-mine extensions, the incremental additions that occur yearly are generally not material to that operation or the company as a whole. In cases where the drilling projects support a non-sustaining addition, these projects are commented on in the project section of the report (Section 1.4 and/or Section 7.1). This report is not being submitted in support of the disclosure of exploration results, and therefore, no disclosure of drilling or sample results is provided. 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples Siguiri site plan in colour image showing site infrastructure with water boreholes/piezometer holes location. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 26 P1-SEK (Bidini, Sanu Tinti, Tubani) section showing year 2021 drillholes and geology 7.5 Hydrogeology Introduction Summary of the Hydrogeology requirement: A. Each pit requires an individual solution with regards to the design and implementation of a new dewatering system: • Surface water pumping through a sump or old pit close to the active pit before being pumped out of the pit/s system by a diesel end-suction pump or barge-mounted electrical pump to local watercourses or low relief drainage systems. • Groundwater removal is carried out using predominantly a series of strategically positioned vertical dewatering boreholes equipped with submersible pumps. • In general, the watercourse regime in the SAG concession is temporary. This explains a drop in the water level in the aquifer zone and/or drying up of the watercourses during the dry period followed by recharge of the aquifers during the wet period. • A long period of pumping during the dry season results in lowering of water levels and groundwater flow rates in response to decreased aquifer storage. B. The technique used to determine the hydraulics of flow in the permeable rock formations at Siguiri Gold Mine are pumping tests. Monitoring of pumping rates (flow-meters) and water level depth measurements (dip meters via piezometers) is routinely carried out (daily, weekly and monthly basic) in order to determine rates of water level drawdown (in response to pumping) or recovery (rainfall recharge). C. Water quality samples are taken twice a year: in April (dry season when the concentration of salts and metals is typically higher) and October (wet season when the concentration of salts and metals decreases). These samples are taken by the Environment Department under the request of the hydrogeological section from boreholes (groundwater samples) and surface waters (grab samples) in the SAG concession. The hydrogeology section provides sampling points to the Environment Department, e.g., new dewatering boreholes. The staff of the Environment Department analyses the water quality in the SAG site laboratory as well as submits samples to a reputable laboratory at SGS Bamako (Mali) for accredited analysis following QA/QC procedures (chain-of-custody forms). AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 27 D. The area's hydrogeology is characterised by localised aquifers of highly variable groundwater potential. Small offsets concerning the borehole location can result in wide variations in both aquifer parameters intersected and resultant borehole productivity Aquifer bodies with variable, localised groundwater potential characterise the mine area. Three main aquifer units have been delineated. Based on the results of previous pumping tests carried out at the Kossise Pit, the three aquifer systems are characterised by dual-porosity, unconfined to semi-confined leaky conditions (Maclear and Van Hooydonck, 2001). Delineation of aquifer units underlying the mine site Upper Perched Primary Aquifer System (UPPAS) The first system is the upper, perched minor aquifer system that is associated with the lateritic surface cap and weathered mottled clayey sequence. The laterite cap, only if transported, as well as paleochannels composed of gravel beds, developed in places at the base of the laterite capping, are highly permeable. The cap generally has a low permeability otherwise. The mottled zone at the base of the laterite is a high storage and low permeability formation. This zone acts as an aquitard, restricting the downward migration of stormwater into the underlying saprolite and concentrating flow along with the top contact of this formation. Rain and seepage water typically permeate above or within the clayey formation, resulting in the development perched water table. It is estimated that only a small portion of infiltrating rainwater will recharge the saprolite beneath this horizon, approximately 10 % of annual precipitation (SRK Consulting, 2001). This primary aquifer unit occurs in the upper ~ 20 m and largely depends on rainfall and river flow for direct, near-surface recharge. Orpaillage / artisanal miners workings increase the recharge to this aquifer system. Seasonal groundwater level fluctuations vary between 4m and 10m. Borehole yields are generally low and vary between 0.5 and 3m3/hr. These aquifers can result in troubling seepage inflow to the pits, especially from a large surrounding catchment area. Intermediate Minor Saprolite Aquifer System (IMSAS) The second intermediate aquifer unit consists of saprolite material under semi-confined conditions in permeable gravels and sandstone, shale, siltstone and argillite inter-beds. It is weathered along its upper surface, becoming more kaolinitic and harder with depth and reduced weathering. The saprolite, the AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 28 predominant formation in the pits concerning volume mined, is low permeability, high storage rock mass, from which seepage into the underlying formations is ongoing, i.e. comprising a leaky aquifer. This aquifer system occurs above the hard-soft interface, i.e. the horizon between the weathered upper sequence of the generally grey oxide/sulphide transition zone and the underlying sulphide fresh rock. These aquifers are usually located at a depth of between 50m and 70m depending on the depth of weathering. Individual borehole yields are relatively low and generally vary between 1 and 10m3/hr. This aquifer system has low permeability and moderate storage. The high percentage of clay facilitates water retention and slow drainage conditions. Within the mineralised saprolitic zone of the intermediate aquifer system, discrete, preferential groundwater inflow within this formation occurs from the quartz vein stockwork, comprising coarse-grained, friable and fractured quartz veins with iron-oxide staining indicating long-term groundwater flow. Shear zones and joint sets are additional sources of discrete groundwater inflow within this saprolite aquifer system. Lower Major Hard Rock Aquifer System (LMHRAS) The third and major aquifer unit underlying the area occurs under semi-confined conditions in the upper horizon of the semi-hard to hard fractured saprock basement and in the transition material above the hard- soft contact and their associated quartz veins and stockwork. This aquifer system is highly transmissive and is the primary source of significant deep lateral and upward groundwater inflow into the pits. This zone is considered the main basal flow zone (high horizontal permeability). The zone is recharged from a large catchment area and vertical, downward seepage of groundwater stored in the overlying saprolite rock mass. This aquifer unit is typically 10m to 40 m thick and is the main target area for drilling, especially if fault or shear zones are intercepted. Main water intersections/water strikes occur from about 70m to 120m below ground level (mbgl), with typical pumping yields ranging from 15 to 75m3/hr. Regional crosscutting faults and major shear zones act as the main groundwater flow paths. The structures are targeted with a series of vertical boreholes to lower the piezometric surface prior to mining. Borehole depths range between 130mgbl and 150mbgl (also dependent on final planned pit bottoms). Where developed, breccia zones associated with the large-scale faulting further increase the permeability of the rock formations. Active pumping from the deeper, major aquifer unit induces vertical leakage responses from the storage water within the upper units. The induced drawdown rate depends on the vertical and horizontal permeability of the host rock, the hydraulic gradient and the continuity and rate of pumping. In addition, the number and spacing of boreholes around and inside the pits significantly influence the rate of dewatering. Pit dewatering systems on site Nine dewatering boreholes with 17 piezometric holes at Kami and four dewatering boreholes with 11 piezometric holes for water level control at Bidini are running well to keep pits dry. One dewatering borehole has been destroyed by mining activities. Access to these pit dewatering boreholes is done on foot on the catchment berms from the ramp. Stage pumping is planned at Bidini, and the constructions work is in progress. SAG open pits were dewatered through a combination of pit dewatering boreholes and sump pumping with diesel pumps. As open-pit workings developed and the pit deepened, the majority of dewatering wells ran dry due to declining water levels, The hydrogeological team manages hydrogeological modelling and monitoring at Kami, Bidini and Block 2 open pits on site. The hydrogeology team on-site at SAG provides support and review on aspects of water movement in pits and drinking water supply to the Riparian community. As the mining progressed and the pit deepened, most dewatering boreholes ran dry due to declining water levels in the pits. The exploration team provide geotechnical data (fractures, humidity, oxide, quartz veining and weathering profile information) before the hydrogeological drilling is completed. This data allows the hydrogeologist to drill a small diameter pilot hole with a lower cost of realisation to determine the flow of water during the drilling. If the yield is>10 m3 /hr, the borehole is converted to a large diameter borehole (dewatering borehole) and the dewatering team commission it. The electrical pump is chosen according to the water flow rate after 3 hours of airlifting. If the yield <8m3/hr, pilot hole drilling is abandoned.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 29 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis The SAG operation comprises more than nineteen satellite open pits of various ages ranging from depleted and partially backfilled to extensions of current pit shells. In addition, the SAG is currently starting to produce ore from the remote Block 2 deposit pits (Foulata and Saraya). This section provides a summary of the relevant geotechnical aspects. The focus has been on highlighting the confidence in the geotechnical data, design process, and residual risks, not on repeating technical details from various technical databases and reports. This summary is organised into the three categories provided by the reporting standard which are also repeated as headings. In general, as the deposits are close together and of similar geotechnical units, the deposits are not summarised individually but grouped together. Orebodies are only highlighted where significant deviations from the grouped summary occur. The geotechnical information is categorised into design components, with each discussed under a separate heading to demonstrate their impact on the design. The geological, hydrogeological and geomechanical conditions in combination with the mining method cause different failure mechanisms that control the potential hazards, which drive the risks in each deposit. The ameliorative design is sensitive to certain types of information therefore additional efforts are made to collect data that targets the relevant failure mechanisms. The nature and quality of the sampling methods used to acquire geotechnical data: This section presents each geotechnical design component focusing on the geological model. As further detail on the geology is presented in the geology chapters of this report, only the geological detail of geotechnical importance is noted here. Geological Model (Stratigraphy) The following geotechnical domains (or zones/major lithological units) have been defined (in similar stratigraphic order) from geological and geotechnical data at Siguiri. Ferricrete (Laterite)-reddish yellowish- brown, angular to sub-rounded medium to coarse gravel in well cemented yellowish-brown matrix approximately 6m to 10m thick. This is the uppermost domain close to the surface and is generally reasonably competent, locally known as CAP. Upper Saprolite consisting of light yellowish-brown stiff mudstone/siltstone (USAP). The USAP, with average thickness of 30m, underlies the CAP and is generally weak and highly oxidised. Lower Saprolite- Yellowish to whitish brownish stiff silty-clay with average thickness of 60 meters. (LSAP). The LSAP underlies the USAP. Transitional material lies between the LSAP and the Fresh rock. This 10m thick zone consists of generally highly weathered bedrock material. Fresh-unweathered rock mass which is very hard and competent Quartzite, Sandstone, Siltstone and Greywacke. Structural Model (Major features) The structural model has a major impact on the open pit operations as there are several known faults and shear zones that greatly impact the performance of the excavations. During exploration work and in pit mapping major structures were mapped and 3D models built. These structural models are updated as the more faces and benches are exposed. As more structures are sub-vertical and parallel, they are less critical to the overall stability of the pits. Rock Mass Model (Fabric) Similar to the Structural Model, the rock mass model has a significant impact on the open pit slope angles as undercutting of the bedding and foliation often result in batter scale instabilities, some of which have limited access to ore and required contingency plans to remediate. The foliation is reconciled during geotechnical mapping and weekly inspections and significant deviations that can impact the design incorporated into design updates. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 30 Hydrogeological Model Aquifer bodies with variable, localised groundwater potential characterise the mine area. Three main aquifer units have been delineated. Based on the results of previous pumping tests carried out at the Kossise Pit, the three aquifer systems are characterised by dual porosity, unconfined to semi-confined leaky conditions. The three main aquifers are as follow: UPPAS - Upper Perched Aquifer System, 0 to 20m depth. IMSAS - Intermediate Saprolite Aquifer system, 20 to 70m depth. LHHRAS - lower Major Hard Rock Aquifer System, 70 to 120m depth. Current depressurisation strategies are based on pumping from vertical wells. The type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques used to test for soil and rock strength parameters, including discussions of the quality control and quality assurance procedures. Intact Rock Strength The SAG deposits comprise mostly saprolite, and moderately strong fresh rock units. A number of instabilities have occurred historically in the saprolite which were used to calibrate the shear strength for the saprolite in combination with high quality soil triaxial tests. The fresh rock intact strength was quantified through a small but sufficient number of uniaxial and triaxial tests. The slope designs in fresh rock are not controlled by intact stability and the database is considered sufficient. Strength of Structural Defects The strength of structural defects such as the foliation, bedding, shears, and faults significantly impacts the open pit slope performance, especially where the structures daylight into the pit. For this reason, several hundred shear strength tests have been carried out at laboratories in Mali and Australia since the start of mining. Consequently, the shear strength of discontinuities has been defined to the point where it is no longer a significant source of uncertainty. Geotechnical Characterisation The geotechnical characterisation is part of the process where all the above information is interpreted into rock mass parameters and domains that are used in the design analysis. The main geotechnical characterisation separates weathered rock (saprolite) from fresh rock. The fresh rock is typically considered as a single unit for design purposes. All units are treated as anisotropic based on the orientation of the bedding/foliation, which varies from reasonably consistent to highly folded depending on the open pit. Results of laboratory testing and the LCP's interpretation, including any material assumptions Geological/geotechnical holes drilled at each of the planned sulphide pits to assess the sulphide conditions totalled 3,781m. Important geotechnical parameters such as intact rock strength (IRS), rock quality designation (RQD), fracture frequency per meter (FF/M), Geological Strength Index (GSI), In-situ rock mass rating (IRMR) as well as mining rock mass rating (MRMR) were assessed. All core logging data was validated to ensure that the data was correctly acquired using globally accepted standards and formats. All the collected parameters were checked and verified to confirm that they were logged according to the AngloGold Ashanti procedure. The measures such as core recovery, Rock Quality Designation (RQD) and matrix lengths were checked to verify that they did not exceed the expected limits or values. With the mining at SAG in the oxide material for more than 20 years, there has been lots of laboratory testing carried out for the oxide material. More than 400 laboratory tests have been carried out at Labogec in Bamako for the oxides. A few samples were tested (three samples at Kami and 2 samples at Bidini) from fresh rock in 2008. A detailed testing program was commissioned for the sulphide rock samples in August 2014.The requested tests included the following: 37 Uniaxial Compressive Strength (UCS) tests, including Youngs Modulus and Poisson's Ratio determination; 35 Triaxial Compressive Strength (TCS) tests (suites); and 34 Brazilian (BT) tests. The generalised Hoek-Brown failure criterion was directly used in both the limit equilibrium analysis (SLIDE) and the finite element analysis (PHASE2D) for the fresh rock. The procedure AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 31 was adopted to estimate the Hoek- Brown material constants (mb, s, a) and the Mohr-Coulomb parameters (c and phi) based on the Hoek-Brown criterion. Based on the kinematic analysis, Limit Equilibrium method (LEM) and Finite Element Method (FEM) analyses result for all the three planned sulphide pits, the geotechnical parameters were recommended for mine design at the FS stage for the SAG sulphide pits. The geotechnical design parameters for saprolite and transitional materials are currently being applied for the satellite pits at SAG with satisfactory results. The recommended geotechnical parameters given is adhered to. The site geotechnical section approve any minor changes to the given parameters. In addition, the geotechnical section reviews the pit designs to check for compliance to the recommended parameters before mining commences. The slope evaluation results indicate a conservative design in some sectors of the three proposed pits with high Factors of Safety. Further laboratory tests to confirm the University of the Witwatersrand laboratory results were carried out from TriLab (Brisbane) to enable further geotechnical analyses (structural and numerical modelling) and re-optimisation of the geotechnical design. Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion was used for saprolite material, and the Mohr-Coulomb parameters (c and phi) were derived from laboratory testing and back analysis. Geotechnical Design Methods (Open Pit) The geotechnical design methods are considered commensurate with the failure mechanisms and size of the open pits. The larger scale instabilities have been designed using limit equilibrium methods while the batter scale instabilities have been designed using limit equilibrium and kinematic methods. The data and design are considered fit for purpose. Implementation Considerations The open pits have a good record for maintaining slopes in the saprolite. The transition to fresh rock mining is progressing well with drilling and blasting practice improving. The major challenge at Siguiri that is factored into the designs is the ability to manage groundwater due to high seasonal rainfall and the impermeable nature of the saprolite that limits the effectiveness of pit and slope dewatering efforts. This has the potential to cause production delays due to pit floor flooding in the wet season if surface and pit floor ground water is not well managed, and slope instabilities in the saprolite if pit slopes are not dewatered ahead of time. Consequently, ground water management is essential to maintain slope stability and production. 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation Samples used for Mineral Resource estimation are solely from RC and AC drilling chips and DD core. From February 2016, all samples informing the Mineral Resource estimation are from 2-metre composites from both exploration and grade control drilling. Exploration samples were collected from a 1-metre composite prior to that protocol change. The change was implemented following a comparative analysis and has had a negligible impact on the resolution of the ore body morphologies. Handheld XRF, TerraspecTM and EquotipTM are used to refine geological modelling such as weathering, hardness and geometallurgical. Leco (Carbon and Sulphur) analysis is conducted on the pulp samples from different drill holes. Due to the recovery challenges, Siguiri Combination Plant is focusing more on carbonaceous material to determine the Carbon content, both - Total Organic Carbon (TOC) and Total Carbon (TC). A Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) is used to quantify the rheological controls since 2020. Exploration and Grade Control RC/AC are sampled at 2m intervals. The entire sample passes directly from the cyclone through a rotary cone splitter and 2m composite samples are bagged and weighed for QAQC purposes. The Siguiri mineralisation is free gold which is relatively coarse and has a high nugget effect. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 32 A sampling nomogram study was performed in 2009, and confirmed in 2017 for hard rock mineralisation, and was used to determine sampling and assay procedures. Samples of approximately 30-35kg are split on the rig using a Sandvick rotary cone splitter to yield a 2.5-3kg sample for submission to the SGS on-site laboratory. The 2.5-3kg sample is submitted to the laboratory where it is dried, crushed, split using a Boyd-type crusher, and thereafter a 2kg sub-sample is pulverised and a 1kg Leachwell charge is split off. Core is cut on an Almonte diamond core saw and 1m half core is submitted for assay. Some quarter core samples have been further used for geometallurgical tests. The data set (geology, assay, density, geometallurgical, survey data), sample size selection and collection methods are clearly described in the in the evaluation section of the technical report and all procedures / protocols are followed. Drill hole planning takes into consideration the geometry of the orebody, to ensure drill holes and orebody intersection is approximately at right angles to the strike of the ore body. If not, true width is calculated and exploration results are reported per determined true width. For DD Core, half of the core is retained indefinitely, and 3 envelopes filled with pulp material retrieved from the assay laboratory, are stored for further assays For RC Samples, rejects and pulps are stored on-site in the exploration core yard; until all QA/QC results (including external third-party Au checks) have been evaluated. Thereafter rejects are discarded. Mass balance measurements are taken for RC drilling (in year 2021 most of the RC drilling samples were taken using a 3-tiered riffle splitter). This involves measuring the entire drilled sample mass for 2m intervals: collecting the splitter reject sample, and the sample split masses (both primary and duplicate) to assess the percentage split per sample. The total measured sample mass is then compared to the expected theoretical mass that is calculated from the hole diameter, sample length, and material density to provide a percentage recovery per sample. This process is out carried out once a week for each active rig for both exploration and GC drill holes. The average recovery is at 74% for 2021 statistics. DD core is reconstructed into continuous runs for orientation marking, depths are checked against the depth marked on the core blocks, and core recovery is calculated. Any core loss is recorded in the database. The calculated core recovery for 2021 is at 90%. Sampling processes For DD drilling, all samples are half core over 1m lengths split using a core saw. For RC and AC drilling, samples are collected from either a Rotary Cone or Riffle Splitter, over 2m lengths. The rotary cone splitter accommodates sampling of wet material, however, if samples are too wet and the potential to compromise sample quality exists, the entire sample is bagged and dried for splitting in the core yard. Wet samples are flagged in the drilling database. GC samples are split using a rotary cone splitter with the holes very rarely being wet due to the active pit dewatering programme in place. Where encountered, wet samples are split with the rotary cone splitter (recorded in the drilling database) and the sampling system maintained clean at appropriate intervals. Sampling composites are applied during Mineral Resource estimation at lengths of 2m and minimum composite lengths of 0.5m. The size of the samples collected is appropriate as verified by test work conducted in 2009. The use of large assay charge techniques such as LeachWellTM (1kg charge) is appropriate for the mine's gold particle size. A sample size of 2-4kg collected at the rig (and split from a total recovered sample mass of approximately 40kg) is considered appropriate and representative for the grain size and style of mineralisation.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 33 8.2 Assay method and laboratory The SGS Koron (accreditation No: SOAC-ES19004) SAG on-site laboratory processes all soil, GC and exploration samples. Services include Leachwell, fire assay, aqua regia, moisture, density determinations and LECO carbon and sulphur. SGS Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso is used as the external check laboratory for Leachwell and fire assay checks (about 10% of exploration samples). SGS Siguiri is an accredited Laboratory. ALS Johannesburg is used for metallurgical tests. SGS Tarkwa in Ghana is used for external LECO umpire samples. Since September 2007, samples are mainly assayed for Au by Leachwell with fire assay on tails for samples greater than 0.2g/t (in exploration) and a random 10% fire assay tails for grade control samples. After full sample pulverisation to 90% passing <75µm, a one-kilogram aliquot is weighed into a 4.5 litre bottle and mixed with one litre of water as well as one tablet containing cyanide and the Leachwell reagents. The bottles are placed onto motorised rollers and rolled at a consistent rotation speed for ten hours after which they are set aside to settle. The final gold concentration is determined by Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) on the aliquot extracted from the leachate. Leachwell recovery (ratio between Leachwell Au vs Leachwell + Fire Assay Au_Tail) is used to monitor the efficiency of the Leachwell assay procedure. To date, the Leachwell recovery is greater than 95%. 8.3 Sampling governance The QAQC measures carried out during the year incorporated the routine insertion of QC materials into the sample stream. QC material comprised Certified Reference Materials (CRMs), blanks, field and pulp duplicates and pulp reject repeats from previous sample submissions, as well as sieving analysis. These programs are run in addition to the normal QC insertions and monitoring undertaken in-house by the site based laboratory SGS Koron. Assay results returned from SGS Koron are received as *.csv files and appended to the FusionTM database as such. Assay data and duplicates (field and pulp duplicates) are routinely inserted, and the results are plotted against the primary sample value. Standard and blank values greater than 2 standard deviations are considered an error and batches are flagged. The analytical laboratory is requested to repeat the assay for 10 samples (5 samples before/5 samples after) the failed standards. Once re-assayed, a decision is taken whether or not to discard the batch and repeat the analysis - after a review by the QAQC technical specialist (Superintendent: Evaluation). Certified reference material (CRM) from Geostats and AMIS are used for QAQC. All RC/AC exploration samples are prepared on the drill site under the supervision of SAG geologists, who are present during all drilling operations. Samples are transported to the core yard for QAQC insertion and then delivered to the analytical laboratory by SAG drivers. Any discrepancies between the SAG dispatch orders and the analytical laboratory receipt records are thoroughly investigated and rectified before any assays are performed. An internal chain-of-custody procedure for all samples, including access control at the core yard and SGS laboratory is in place per AngloGoldAshanti’s gold security standards. All field data are captured on paper log sheets and subsequently entered by data entry clerks under the supervision of the database administrator. Each section is signed off on completion by the data capture clerk and checked by senior geologists for consistency and errors on the collar, surveys, meta-data, sample information, geological coding and sample QAQC insertion. Specific user permissions regulate user access to the database, and once data have been validated, only the corporate based database manager can overwrite the data. The database is backed up as part of the mine's IT protocol and a copy stored off-site in Johannesburg. All Mineral Resource models are peer reviewed by SAG evaluation and the corporate based Senior Evaluation Manager before sign-off and handing over to mine planning. Siguiri has been subject to several independent external reviews. External audits have been carried out by SRK consulting (UK) Limited in 2011 and Optiro in 2015. Both audits found that the Mineral Resource estimation process to be industry standard with minor recommendations on Mineral Resource classifications as part of continuous improvement. In November 2019, an external audit conducted by Golder Associates took place at Siguiri and all Mineral Resource models supporting Mineral Resource statement were checked in detail and no fatal flaws were found. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 34 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance A full set of Standard Operating Procedures, as per industry standards, are in place and applied to minimise contamination and to maintain representativity of the samples obtained at the rigs and during splitting of RC and AC samples, and cutting of DD core. Furthermore, as part of the site QA/QC protocol, field duplicate samples are taken and analysed on a 1 in 20 basis. Density measurement sample collection process 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy Sample preparation is deemed to be adequate and appropriate as well as the analytical procedures. They are compliant to industry best practices and standards. 9 Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures Data (e.g. assays, survey, lithology, etc. verification and validation are routinely completed by project and specialist geologists and random checks are carried out on quarterly basis by the exploration superintendent. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification Verification is embedded into the data validation process for sampling and modelling therefore is in placed and is strictly done. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The QP is of the opinion that the sample collection, preparation, analysis, and security used at SAG is performed in accordance with exploration best practices and industry standards and are suitable for use in Mineral Resource estimation. In the QPs opinion, the drilling and sampling procedures at SAG are robust, suitable for the style of mineralisation, and are at or above industry-standard practices. There are no AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 35 drilling, sampling, or recovery factors that could materially impact the accuracy and reliability of the results. 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing General mineralogical characterisation and gold deportment analyses on ore samples were undertaken alongside extensive leaching work. All samples are amenable to cyanidation and further tests including Gravity Concentration, Cyandisation, Diagnostic leaching, Comminution, Grind, and Leach optimisation were done. These tests were conducted at SGS - South Africa. 10.2 Laboratory and results The testing laboratories include SGS laboratories (South Africa and Guinea), Amtel laboratory and KCA (Kappes Cassidy and Associates) laboratory. All of the laboratories are privately owned and certified. The economic factors that might affect economic extraction are: • Throughput over and above targets • High feed rates • Poor blending practices • Changes in ore characteristics with excessive preg-robbers and preg-borrowers • Ore refractoriness 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy It is the QP's opinion that the data is adequate. No unconventional analytical procedures were used in the analysis. 11 Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource The volume and tonnage of each deposit are constrained by the economic parameters (shells and cut-off grade). The Mineral Resource reporting price has remained the same from last year ($1500/oz). However, the cut-off grade has increased significantly (average of 18%) due to an increase in costs. The quality of Mineral Resource estimate is checked and accepted with different levels of confidence reflected in the Mineral Resource classification. SAG open pits are operated with selective conventional mining techniques using excavators and trucks on 3m high flitches. Until the end of October 2017, mining was outsourced to AMS mining contractor, but since November 2017, Moto Engil has taken over the mining contract from AMS. The geotechnical design rationale and methodology followed both deterministic and probabilistic approaches with both safety (FoS) and probability of failure (PoF) values, respectively satisfying the AngloGold Ashanti Acceptable Design Criteria. SAG ore processing method is via the Carbon-in-Leach process. The process plant has a throughput capacity of 12Mtpa. The Siguiri Combination Plant, based on 50% fresh rock processing through a three stage crushing circuit at ROM 3 uses an additional 12MW ball mill circuit, and a hybrid Carbon-in-leach (CIL) circuit (through converting 4 leach tanks to CIL). In addition, new electrical generators and reticulation equipment was simultaneously be added. In situ Mineral Resource is reported within a $1,500/oz Whittle optimised pit shell. The optimisation is performed by the Mine Planning Department and was based on appropriate metallurgical parameters for the oxide ore, derived from actual process plant performance. The estimated metallurgical parameters for the fresh rock pit optimisations are based on the Siguiri Combination Plant PFS metallurgical test work. SAG is located approximately 850 km north-northeast of Conakry, 25 km northwest of the town of Siguiri and 220 km southeast of the Malian capital Bamako, near the Malian border. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 36 SAG infrastructure includes a processing plant, a TSF, and other infrastructures such as a mine village, a water supply system, roads, power supply by on-site generators, and communications systems. Additional infrastructure includes on-site offices, accommodation and workshops to support remote mining. Power to the mine is self-generated. Siguiri can be accessed via a small airfield, and a well-paved road connects Siguiri to Bamako in the north and Kouroussa in the south. Access via roads to the mine and to Siguiri town is easily passable through most of the year, although some secondary roads are seasonal with limited access during the wet season. The legal frame is favourable to the mine with the Organisation pour l'harmonisation en Afrique du droit des affaires (OHADA) uniform acts which are international rules that are not under the control of the Government, the new mining code which protects foreign investments, the reviewed Convention de Base granting a tax holiday and stability agreements. Despite the current political change, the transitional government has shown a willingness to protect investors, mostly in the mining sector. There are no anticipated environmental or social factors that risk the eventual economic extraction of the declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Therefore, the optimisation cost model and modifying factors include costs for environmental rehabilitation and social sustainability projects. The favourable conclusion of the Convention de Base negotiation during 2016 and its ratification in 2017 by parliament has significantly reduced the risk of the remaining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve not being covered by a valid mining concession. The current mining concession is now confirmed to be valid until 4 August 2022, with high likelihood of renewal until 2041. No independent external Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken in 2020 or 2021. Some material risks had been identified at the combination plant Feasibility Study stage and continue to be risks that could prevent eventual economic extraction of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. However, mitigations plans are in place to significantly reduce the impact of those risks: • Due to the presence of the organic carbon in certain parts of the main active pits of Kami and Bidini, especially in the transition areas, a preg-robbing affinity had been identified. To mitigate this preg- robbing activity, a series of tests (Spike tests, blend tests, etc.) were done in 2020 coupled with the conversion of the CIP circuit to full CIL. Along with that, data collection is continuing in geological and geometallurgy front to build more confidence into the TOC (Total Organic Carbon) knowledge for a better prediction of amount of the organic carbon to be part of the blend upfront. • The presence of swelling clays (montmorillonite, nontronite and/or vermiculite) have been confirmed in Block 2 ore in general. Swelling clays have a negative impact on filtering (excessive fines) and plant slurry viscosity. FlosperseTM is used when required to overcome the viscosity issue. • With the limited/absence of grade control data, the defined high-grade envelope at Saraya seems to show some risks. A grade control test conducted on a block of 100m x 100m at a grid of 6.25m x 6.25m showed a downside of between 5 and -10%. Therefore it is recommended to complete close-spaced drilling over the high-grade zones in Saraya prior the mining in 2022 to confirm its continuity. An advanced grade control (AGC) program is in place to ensure there are enough GC stocks ahead. SAG is an operating mine. In terms of the Mineral Resource, the concept of “eventual” economic extraction relies on conversion of exclusive Mineral Resource to inclusive Mineral Resource. An annual exploration budget is included in the Mine's business plan for the purposes of converting exclusive Mineral Resource to inclusive Mineral Resource. 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve in this Technical Report Summary.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 37 The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve ("Exclusive Mineral Resource") is defined as the Inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution, and other factors are applied. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: • Inferred Mineral Resource, including that within the Mineral Reserve design; • Mineral Resource that sits above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade but below the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade that resides within the defined Mineral Reserve volume; • Mineral Resource that lies between the LOM pit shell/mine design and the Mineral Resource pit shell/mine design (this material will become economic if the gold price increases); • Mineral Resource, where the technical studies to define a Mineral Reserve has not yet been completed. Current Mineral Resource models for each deposit were obtained from the SAG Mineral Resource Management department and were used to update the mine planning process and for quoting the year- end Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Since the end of the 2020 Mineral Reserve statement, models revised include Kami, Bidini, Tubani, Kozan, Saraya and Foulata. Additional Mineral Resource drilling was incorporated into the updated models. All Mineral Resource models used in the Mineral Reserve estimates are panel models (ordinary kriged models) except Kami, Bidini-Tubani and Saraya models, which were LUC models (Localised Uniform Conditioning). The Mineral Resource is quoted as both exclusive (additional to) and inclusive of, the Mineral Reserve as per the Guidelines for Reporting. The selected point of reference is 31 December 2021. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are estimated and reported in situ and stockpiles are reported as broken material. Structural interpretations based on DD core drilling, pit mapping, and logging (RC and DD) have been extensively used to refine statistical and geological domains used for interpolation process and ore envelope wireframe creation. A data density of 25m x 25m at least is required for Indicated Mineral Resource estimation. Geological data is collected as per in-house data collection and processing procedures. Exploration activities are constrained by surrounding community infrastructure and agricultural activities. Compensation procedures are in place to mitigate that risk. The mineralisation at Siguiri occurs as: • secondary gold in alluvial or colluvial gravel in lateritic cover, and • primary vein hosted mineralisation. The veins are quartz dominant and display various styles and orientations, with a sub-vertical NE-trending conjugate quartz vein set predominating in most of the open pits, irrespective of the bedding orientation. Auriferous quartz veins show a strong lithological control and are best developed in the sandstone/greywacke units. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 38 Parameters under which the Mineral Resource was generated As at 31 December 2021 Cost inputs Unit Kami Bidini Sorofe Kalamagna Foulata Kounkoun Saraya Eureka East Eureka North Kosise Kozan North Kozan South Seguelen Sintroko South Sokunu Silakoro Soloni Ore Mined k tonnes 57,406 23,032 14,906 2,889 1,119 10,842 5,075 588 117 4,374 1,964 2,019 13,608 2,860 7,100 1,812 6,235 Waste Mined k tonnes 58,024 48,689 39,535 7,591 4,931 27,520 17,894 2,413 259 3,318 1,855 2,039 17,307 7,895 12,468 9,220 10,098 Total material mined k tonnes 115,430 71,721 54,441 10,480 6,050 38,363 22,969 3,002 377 7,692 3,819 4,058 30,915 10,755 19,568 11,033 16,333 Stripping ratio t:t 1.01 2.11 2.65 2.63 4.41 2.54 3.53 4.10 2.21 0.76 0.94 1.01 1.27 2.76 1.76 5.09 1.62 Costs Ore Mining cost $/tonne mined-Oxide 2.66 2.92 2.52 3.12 2.55 2.39 2.41 2.92 2.92 2.66 3.12 3.12 3.33 4.67 3.95 2.90 2.66 Ore Mining cost $/tonne mined-Transitional 3.38 3.63 3.24 3.84 3.27 3.10 3.13 3.63 3.63 3.38 3.84 3.84 4.04 5.39 4.66 3.61 3.38 Ore Mining cost $/tonne mined-Fresh 3.83 4.08 3.69 4.29 3.72 3.54 3.57 4.08 4.08 3.83 4.29 4.29 4.49 5.83 5.11 4.06 3.83 Waste mining cost $/tonne mined-Oxide 2.30 2.36 2.23 2.66 2.26 1.89 1.90 2.36 2.36 2.30 2.66 2.66 2.29 1.65 2.29 2.18 2.30 Waste mining cost $/tonne mined-Transitional 2.95 3.00 2.88 3.30 2.90 2.52 2.54 3.00 3.00 2.95 3.30 3.30 2.93 2.29 2.94 2.82 2.95 Waste mining cost $/tonne mined-Fresh 3.38 3.44 3.31 3.74 3.34 2.95 2.98 3.44 3.44 3.38 3.74 3.74 3.37 2.73 3.37 3.25 3.38 Processing Cost $/tonne treated-Oxide 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 10.72 Processing Cost $/tonne treated-Transitional 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 Processing Cost $/tonne treated-Fresh 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 13.17 G&A $/tonne treated 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 Rehandling Cost $/tonne treated 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 8.41 6.54 11.43 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 Other Parameters Met. Recovery- Oxide % 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 Met. Recovery- Transitional % 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 Met. Recovery- Fresh % 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 Slope angles- Oxide degree 25 27 27 27 25 34 25 27 27 25 27 27 27 27 27 28 25 Slope angles- Transitional degree 45 45 45 45 45 34 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 Slope angles- Fresh degree 55 50 50 51 51 54 51 50 50 55 51 51 50 50 50 51 55 Mineral Resource cut-off gradeg/t 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.60 0.55 0.60 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.40 0.40 Mineral Resource price $/oz 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 39 Mineral Resource definition drilling is conducted with AC, RC and DD drilling. All available geological drill hole information is validated for use in the Mineral Resource models and this is combined with the local geology information collected for the deposit. An understanding of grade variability is used to categorise the drill hole information into appropriate estimation domains. Detailed statistical analyses are conducted on each of these domains which allows for the identification of high-grade outlier values which are capped, with some models post processed using local uniform conditioning (LUC). The Mineral Resource model is estimated using ordinary kriging into a 3D block model. The geological interpretation is based on geological drill hole data. The dimensions of the Mineral Resource blocks range from 10m x 10m x 2.5m to 50m x 25m x 6m, guided by the shape of the deposit and the drilling density. The Mineral Resource is declared within an optimised Mineral Resource pit shell using a gold price of $1,500/oz. Siguiri inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve The following procedure is generally applied to Mineral Resource estimation: • Three dimensional mineralised envelopes and weathering surfaces are modelled using LeapfrogTM software and imported into DatamineTM software. The estimation domains, known as stationary domains, are defined as homogeneous zones based on geology and grade distribution. • Samples are composited 2m length for the whole dataset. • Samples are selected inside each estimation zone or domain. • Sample top-capping is applied to each estimation domain as treatment of outliers. • Block estimation is performed for each kriging zone using DatamineTM Studio 3 Mineral Resource modelling software. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 40 • Three-dimensional semi-variograms are calculated using Snowden SupervisorTM geostatistical software. Variograms are calculated along the strike, cross-strike and dip plane of the orebody. • Nugget effect is determined from the downhole variogram and is used to define the short range spatial continuity of gold values. • The estimation block size is 30m x 30m x 6m (panel size), the selective mining unit size used is 10m x 10m x 3m. • Samples search parameters are defined in relation to the geometry of the orebody and samples spacing. Siguiri Saraya open pit block estimate 3D view Only gold is interpolated thus no correlations with other variables are made. The following computer programs are used in Mineral Resource Estimates: • Datamine TM Studio RM Version 1.6.87.0 for Ordinary Kriging and reporting. • Leapfrog TM Geo Version 6.0 for mineralisation wireframing. • Isatis TM 2014.2 for Change of Support, Uniform conditioning, and Localised Uniform conditioning. • Snowden Supervisor TM version V8.13 for variography. Routine estimation validation includes: • Comparison between block model global mean grade and input drill holes samples mean grade • Sectional plots comparing the number of composites, block model grade and composite grade occurring within a specified distance on each side of the section, this is visual validation of the block estimate grade versus sample grade used during estimation • Grade-tonnage curve comparing the estimates of previous models versus actual models within common volume and comparison with grade control estimates (production model) • Change of Support to validate ordinary krig estimates. • Uniform conditioning grade-tonnage curves • Regression plots of model data versus drill hole data • Trend analysis along X, Y and Z of block model data versus drill hole data • Reconciliation of Mineral Resource models versus grade control models versus mine perimeters. $1500/oz shell Pit design N or th

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 41 In addition: • Geometallurgical tests have demonstrated that Smectite-illite enriched rock type have the potential to adversely impact plant performance by consuming additional lime and clogging the plan screens. Terraspec instrument reading and visual ore control help to identify this type of ore. • The hardness model for Kami was built in 2016 using ordinary kriging. The hardness values interpolated are collected on DD core using EquotipTM instrument. • The organic carbon has shown negative impact to gold recovery at the plant. Samples are analysed routinely at the laboratory to determine the total and organic carbon contents for further interpolation. Siguiri_Kami open pit Hardness model cross-section 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty The Mineral Resource is generally classified based on the two-indicators approach using 90% confidence at 15% error rule: • A Measured Mineral Resource should be expected to be within 15% of the metal estimated at least 90% of the time (three month periods), while for an Indicated Mineral Resource estimate within an annual mined volume should be within 15% of the metal estimated at least 90% of the time (yearly periods). • For Inferred Mineral Resource the error may be greater than 15%, 90% of the time (yearly periods). Siguiri_Sanutinti-Bidini-Kalamagna open pits Mineral Resource classification (looking northeast) Siguiri Mineral Resource block models are estimated using ordinary kriging and localised uniform conditioning (LUC) methods. The drill hole sample data, assays and geological data are subject to a validation process. In addition, the assays results validation is supported by a routine QAQC programme. $1500/oz shell Pit design N S NW $1500/oz shell Pit design Orebody envelope @0.3g/t SESanutinti Bidini Kalamagna AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 42 In regard to the standard best practice in place and potential uncertainty associated to exploration sampling is minimised in using appropriate sampling and processing procedures. The following deposits are the main contributors to Siguiri Mineral Resource: P1 (Bidini, Sorofe), P3 (Kami), Saraya, Foulata and Kounkoun (57% of the total Mineral Resource). During the external audit of the SAG Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve in 2019, the over smoothing of estimated grade in Kami block model was noticed. This is corrected during the 2021 Mineral Resource modelling work, by revising the domaining, and the estimation technique was changed from ordinary kriging to LUC. The LUC method used at Kami brought improvement in the estimated grade, this method is practical and accounts for mining selectivity. There is mitigation plan in place to overcome the uncertainty associated to the Mineral Resource classification at Kami South. Complementary infill drilling is scheduled. The risks to the Kami (Stage1) Mineral Resource block model are: • the complexity of the geology and the style of the mineralisation characterised by several folding and faults events, as well as the discontinuous narrow quartz-carbonate veins that host the bulk of the mineralisation, • presence of carbon and sulphur in some areas is causing recovery issues, and • loose resolution of the hardness model at Kami due to wide-spaced data. It is recommended to continue LECO analysis for total and organic carbon and sulphur, and update the geometallurgical model. At P1 (Bidini pit) there is minor uncertainty in the Mineral Resource classification in the north part of the pit where the Indicated Mineral Resource is supported by 50m x 25m drill holes spacing. This is minor due to the robustness of the main ore orebody. Another risk resides in the Bidini cutback area where mineralisation is erratic. At Saraya, the occurrence of barren intrusive cross-cutting the orebody in some places is a risk. This has been mitigated by depleting block model with the intrusive volume. Minor changes in the intrusive extent is expected during the grade drilling. At Foulata, there is moderate uncertainty associated to the estimated Mineral Resource in southern part of deposit where the structural controls of the mineralisation are complex. In the QP's opinion, there is no major uncertainty associated to the exploration sampling process, sample quality, assay results, classification and estimation of current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve models. The following factors have been defined to overcome the risks mentioned above: • Kami: -10% grade factor applied to the Mineral Resource model. • Bidini: -10% grade factor applied the Mineral Resource model. • Saraya: -10% and -15% grade factors applied respectively to Indicated and Inferred categories of Mineral Resource. • Foulata: no factor is applied. • Tubani: -10% grade factor is applied. 11.4 Mineral Resource summary The SAG open pit Mineral Resource is reported within $1,500/oz shells at various cut-off grades based on the type of ore materials (oxide, transition and fresh). AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 43 Exclusive gold Mineral Resource Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Bidini (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 3.62 1.76 6.38 0.21 Measured & Indicated 3.62 1.76 6.38 0.21 Inferred 1.96 1.83 3.60 0.12 Bidini (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.79 1.37 2.45 0.08 Measured & Indicated 1.79 1.37 2.45 0.08 Inferred 4.40 1.31 5.78 0.19 Bidini (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.87 1.60 1.40 0.04 Measured & Indicated 0.87 1.60 1.40 0.04 Inferred 0.97 2.07 2.01 0.06 Eureka East Measured - - - - Indicated 0.38 1.29 0.49 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.38 1.29 0.49 0.02 Inferred 0.12 1.25 0.15 0.00 Eureka North Measured - - - - Indicated 0.06 0.98 0.06 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.06 0.98 0.06 0.00 Inferred 0.04 1.00 0.04 0.00 Foulata Measured - - - - Indicated 0.68 1.99 1.35 0.04 Measured & Indicated 0.68 1.99 1.35 0.04 Inferred 0.13 2.90 0.38 0.01 Kalamagna Measured - - - - Indicated 1.94 0.92 1.78 0.06 Measured & Indicated 1.94 0.92 1.78 0.06 Inferred 0.38 0.91 0.35 0.01 Kami (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 17 1.08 18.43 0.59 Measured & Indicated 17 1.08 18.43 0.59 Inferred 7.86 1.15 9.07 0.29 Kami (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 8.26 0.86 7.10 0.23 Measured & Indicated 8.26 0.86 7.10 0.23 Inferred 4.88 0.90 4.37 0.14 Kami (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.19 1.03 1.23 0.04 Measured & Indicated 1.19 1.03 1.23 0.04 Inferred 0.82 1.17 0.96 0.03 Kosise Measured - - - - Indicated 2.02 0.88 1.78 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.02 0.88 1.78 0.06 Inferred 1.70 0.83 1.41 0.05 Kounkoun Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 9.22 1.36 12.51 0.40 Kozan North Measured - - - - Indicated 1.22 0.82 0.99 0.03 Measured & Indicated 1.22 0.82 0.99 0.03 Inferred 0.45 0.84 0.38 0.01 Kozan South Measured - - - - Indicated 1.71 0.73 1.26 0.04 Measured & Indicated 1.71 0.73 1.26 0.04 Inferred 0.00 0.69 0.00 0.00 Seguelen (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 5.93 0.86 5.11 0.16 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 44 Measured & Indicated 5.93 0.86 5.11 0.16 Inferred 1.72 0.83 1.43 0.05 Seguelen (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.65 1.24 2.04 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.65 1.24 2.04 0.07 Inferred 1.23 1.23 1.51 0.05 Seguelen (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.70 1.01 0.71 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.70 1.01 0.71 0.02 Inferred 0.33 1.08 0.36 0.01 Saraya (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.21 2.32 0.49 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.21 2.32 0.49 0.02 Inferred 0.50 3.00 1.50 0.05 Saraya (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.13 1.31 0.17 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.13 1.31 0.17 0.01 Inferred 0.43 2.04 0.88 0.03 Saraya (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.01 1.58 0.02 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.01 1.58 0.02 0.00 Inferred 0.09 2.15 0.19 0.01 Sintroko South Measured - - - - Indicated 1.51 1.25 1.89 0.06 Measured & Indicated 1.51 1.25 1.89 0.06 Inferred 0.29 1.94 0.57 0.02 Silakoro Measured - - - - Indicated 1.34 1.65 2.22 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.34 1.65 2.22 0.07 Inferred 0.20 2.06 0.41 0.01 Sokunu Measured - - - - Indicated 2.11 0.89 1.88 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.11 0.89 1.88 0.06 Inferred 3.29 1.00 3.29 0.11 Soloni Measured - - - - Indicated 2.49 0.69 1.71 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.49 0.69 1.71 0.06 Inferred 2.81 0.92 2.59 0.08 Sorofe (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.57 1.55 2.45 0.08 Measured & Indicated 1.57 1.55 2.45 0.08 Inferred 3.00 1.98 5.94 0.19 Sorofe (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 4.41 1.29 5.68 0.18 Measured & Indicated 4.41 1.29 5.68 0.18 Inferred 0.89 1.57 1.39 0.04 Sorofe (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.44 1.89 2.73 0.09 Measured & Indicated 1.44 1.89 2.73 0.09 Inferred 1.31 1.69 2.22 0.07 Stockpile (spent heap leach) Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 11.89 0.57 6.76 0.22 Total Measured - - - - Indicated 64.26 1.12 71.81 2.31 Measured & Indicated 64.26 1.12 71.81 2.31 Inferred 60.91 1.15 70.06 2.25

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 45 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion The QP is of the opinion that enough work has been completed, or is in progress, to identify and mitigate the potential effects of relevant technical and economic factors which could negatively influence the prospects economic extraction. 12 Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used Reconciliation of the 2021 Mineral Reserve with the 2020 Mineral Reserve shows a net decrease of 0.30Moz mainly due to: • depletion due to mining and processing operations (-0.33Moz), • Change in fresh and transitional ore metallurgical recoveries from 88% to 80% (-0.23Moz), • Change in economics (increase costs) (-0.41Moz), • Maiden Mineral Reserve from Kami Extension (0.16Moz), and • a revision of Kami, Saraya and Foulata Mineral Resource (infilling to upgrade Inferred Mineral Resource to Indicated Mineral Resource and modelling methodology) (0.26 Moz). 2020 depletion represents depletion to 31 December 2021. The reference point for the tonnages and grades reported as Mineral Reserve, as at December 31 2021, is the point where material is delivered to the processing facility. SAG consists of multiple open pits with adjacent pushbacks or cutbacks operated using typical open pit mining methods. The open pits are operated with selective conventional techniques (grade control drilling, drilling, blasting, loading, hauling, and dumping) using excavators and trucks on 3m high flitches. Caterpillar 6020B excavators with a bucket capacity of 12m3 with a bucket width of ~2.55m are the main loading equipment matched with CAT 777G dump trucks. A Minimum Mining Unit (MMU) size suitable for selective mining and nominated mining equipment of 10m x 10m x 3m based on historical mined out grade control model which is used to simulate the expected mining dilution and ore losses and built in the geologic block models and take into account the geotechnical environment. Ramp configuration and design parameters are common for all the pushbacks with small changes in terms of ramp width depending on the importance of the ramp. Generally, haul road ramps are 22m width in oxide material while 24m in hard rock and at 10% gradient with flat switchbacks. Ramp widths generally decrease at depth with one-way haulage planned for the last 15m. The minimum pushback width (measured from toe to crest) is currently set to 60m, however, farewell cuts on the final bench are designed at a width practical for top loading and retreating. Mineral Reserve Modifying Factors as at 31 December 2021 Primary Commodity Price Local Price of Primary Commodity Unit Cut-off grade g/tAu Dilution % Dilution g/t % RMF (based on tonnes) Bidini (sulphide) 1,200 USD/oz 0.85 37.3 0.3 100.0 Bidini (oxide) 1,200 USD/oz 0.70 33.6 0.2 100.0 Bidini (transitional) 1,200 USD/oz 0.85 33.1 0.2 100.0 Foulata 1,200 USD/oz 0.95 81.5 0.3 100.0 Kami (sulphide) 1,200 USD/oz 0.80 34.1 0.5 100.0 Kami (oxide) 1,200 USD/oz 0.65 31.5 0.3 100.0 Kami (transitional) 1,200 USD/oz 0.80 50.9 0.4 100.0 Saraya (sulphide) 1,200 USD/oz 1.20 33.7 0.2 100.0 Saraya (oxide) 1,200 USD/oz 1.00 16.7 0.2 100.0 Saraya (transitional) 1,200 USD/oz 1.20 21.2 0.2 100.0 Stockpile (full grade ore) 1,200 USD/oz - - - 100.0 Stockpile (marginal ore) 1,200 USD/oz - - - 100.0 Stockpile (spent heap leach) 1,200 USD/oz - - - 100.0 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 46 as at 31 December 2021 % RMF (based on g/t) %MRF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on g/t) % MCF MetRF % Bidini (sulphide) 90.0 96.1 101.7 100.0 80.0 Bidini (oxide) 90.0 83.9 98.6 100.0 88.0 Bidini (transitional) 90.0 88.4 101.7 100.0 80.0 Foulata 90.0 89.3 98.0 100.0 88.0 Kami (sulphide) 90.0 98.0 100.7 100.0 80.0 Kami (oxide) 90.0 89.5 100.9 100.0 88.0 Kami (transitional) 90.0 85.1 101.5 100.0 80.0 Saraya (sulphide) 90.0 96.5 101.6 100.0 80.0 Saraya (oxide) 90.0 78.1 104.6 100.0 88.0 Saraya (transitional) 90.0 70.3 103.8 100.0 80.0 Stockpile (full grade ore) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 88.0 Stockpile (marginal ore) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 88.0 Stockpile (spent heap leach) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 85.0 12.2 Cut-off grades Cut-off grades are calculated separately for oxide, transitional and fresh ores due to different treatment costs and metallurgical recoveries for the different ore types. 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The Mineral Resource models for each pit are depleted with surveys of actual mining to the end of September 2021 and forecast depletions to the end of 2021. Costs are assigned on a pit-by-pit basis, reflecting the existing cost structure of the operation. The relevant dilution and ore-loss factors are applied and the pit optimisation is then performed. The relevant modifying factors such as metallurgical recoveries, geotechnical parameters, cut-off grades, and economics are applied to generate the mine designs that are used to estimate the final Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Reserve for SAG consists of 22% Proven Mineral Reserve and 78% Probable Mineral Reserve. Siguiri Mineral Reserve is classified as Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve and is based on confidence levels determined in the Mineral Resource. Measured Mineral Resource has been reported as Proven Mineral Reserve and Indicated Mineral Resource as Probable Mineral Reserve. Stockpiles on the surface are classified as Measured Mineral Resource and Proven Mineral Reserve. Stockpiles are reported without cut-off but were mined selectively from grade control drilling, above an appropriate cut-off for the material type There is no Probable Mineral Reserve reported from Measured Mineral Resource. All Probable Mineral Reserve has been derived from Indicated Mineral Resource. The Mineral Resource is quoted as both exclusive (additional to) and inclusive of, the Mineral Reserve as per the Guidelines for Reporting. 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary The QP notes that the Revised and consolidated Convention de Base between the Republic of Guinea (RoG) and Chevaning Mining Company (Société AngloGold Ashanti de Guinée SA) made on the 28th June 2016 does not impact the stated Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve at the gold prices used for Mineral Reserve ($1,200/oz), Mineral Resource ($1,500/oz). The Convention de Base Royalty rate varies with the gold price i.e. 2017 nominal gold price up to $1300/oz - 3%, above $1300/oz up to $2000/oz - 5% and above $2000/oz - 7%. Open-pit The Mineral Reserve for SAG was re-evaluated as of 31st December 2021 using updated economic factors, the latest Mineral Resource models, geological, geotechnical inputs, and the latest metallurgical updates. The open pit ( as delivered to the plant) Probable Mineral Reserve has been estimated at 18.95Mt at a grade of 1.21g/t containing 0.74Moz of gold and Proven Mineral Reserve from surface stockpiles reported without cut-off but mined selectively with a marginal ore and full grade ore cut-off estimated at 17.91Mt at a grade of 0.63g/t containing 0.37Moz of gold. Probable Mineral Reserve from Indicated Mineral Resource spent heap leach material are estimated at 30.86Mt at a grade of 0.54g/t containing 0.54Moz of gold. At AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 47 85% ownership basis, the total Mineral Reserve at the end of December 2021 is 67.72Mt at a grade of 0.75g/t containing 1.64Moz of gold. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. Gold Mineral Reserve Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Bidini (sulphide) Proven - - - - Probable 4.69 1.18 5.56 0.18 Total 4.69 1.18 5.56 0.18 Bidini (oxide) Proven - - - - Probable 0.52 1.19 0.62 0.02 Total 0.52 1.19 0.62 0.02 Bidini (transitional) Proven - - - - Probable 1.99 1.23 2.44 0.08 Total 1.99 1.23 2.44 0.08 Foulata Proven - - - - Probable 0.22 1.97 0.44 0.01 Total 0.22 1.97 0.44 0.01 Kami (sulphide) Proven - - - - Probable 6.62 1.12 7.39 0.24 Total 6.62 1.12 7.39 0.24 Kami (oxide) Proven - - - - Probable 1.43 0.67 0.96 0.03 Total 1.43 0.67 0.96 0.03 Kami (transitional) Proven - - - - Probable 0.55 0.92 0.51 0.02 Total 0.55 0.92 0.51 0.02 Saraya (sulphide) Proven - - - - Probable 1.89 1.84 3.48 0.11 Total 1.89 1.84 3.48 0.11 Saraya (oxide) Proven - - - - Probable 0.90 1.48 1.33 0.04 Total 0.90 1.48 1.33 0.04 Saraya (transitional) Proven - - - - Probable 0.12 1.89 0.23 0.01 Total 0.12 1.89 0.23 0.01 Stockpile (full grade ore) Proven 5.26 0.91 4.76 0.15 Probable - - - - Total 5.26 0.91 4.76 0.15 Stockpile (marginal ore) Proven 12.65 0.52 6.59 0.21 Probable - - - - Total 12.65 0.52 6.59 0.21 Stockpile (spent heap leach) Proven - - - - Probable 30.86 0.54 16.72 0.54 Total 30.86 0.54 16.72 0.54 Total Proven 17.91 0.63 11.36 0.37 Probable 49.80 0.80 39.67 1.28 Total 67.72 0.75 51.03 1.64 The reference point for the Mineral Reserve is the point where the run of mine material is delivered to the processing plant. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 48 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion The modifying factors used are considered realistic to conservative based on the processing and mining methods selected. 13 Mining methods Open-pit mining is currently outsourced to MOTA Engil Mining Contractor, using either free-dig or conventional drill, blast load, and haul methods. The upper levels of the open pits are usually in weathered material, which typically is free digging material with paddock blast. Once the fresh (unweathered) rock is encountered, drilling and blasting are required. Emulsion explosives are supplied as a down-the-hole service by SOGUIDEX. Pits are designed with 9m benches, the 9m benches containing both ore and waste are excavated in three flitches. The current open pit mining method used at Siguiri Gold mine is based on the following factor: depth of the orebody; shape and dimensions of the orebody; geotechnical factors; grade and grade distribution. The Mineral Resource models in their raw form are not suitable for mining and optimisation purposes as it was unlikely that the largest block size in the model would be able to be mined without considerable dilution and ore loss. Therefore, a mineable Mineral Resource model (planning model) is created to reflect actual mining practices taking into consideration equipment size and other mining parameters. Datamine's Mineable Reserve OptimiserTM (MRO) script routine was used to generate mineable Mineral Resource models (Mineral Reserve Model) for optimisation and mine planning. This process assesses whether Mineral Resource model blocks meet a series of criteria including minimum mining width, cut-off grade, and head grade. MRO agglomerates groups of blocks into larger blocks. The revised block grades are based upon the original block grades plus the included waste (both internal and external waste). The optimisations of the mineable Mineral Resource models (Mineral Reserve Model) is undertaken to determine the optimum pit using WhittleTM 4.7 software package. A series of nested pits are generated to evaluate the best position for the final pit. The optimum pit shell selected is based on incremental analysis. Each successive pit shell expansion is analysed in terms of increasing NPV, incremental cost at the required margin, recovered ounces, and areas of expansion. The selected pit shell is used as guidance in the pit design stage. The pit design takes into account all mining, environmental, dewatering, and social issues and generates the Mineral Reserve used for the Life of Mine Schedule. SAG open pits are operated with selective conventional techniques using excavators and trucks on 3m high flitches. Four Caterpillar 6020B excavators (one back-up) with a bucket capacity of 12m3 with a bucket width of ~2.55m are the main loading equipment matched with 25 CAT 777G dump trucks. A Minimum Mining Unit (MMU) size suitable for selective mining and nominated mining equipment of 10m x 10m x 3m based on a historical mined out grade control model is used to simulate the expected mining dilution and ore losses and built in the geologic block models. Availability, utilisation and productivity to be used in the mining schedule are: • CAT 6020B excavators: availability 90%, utilisation 90% and productivity **754bcm//hr. • CAT 777G: availability 85%, Utilisation 85% ** Productivities for oxide mining (0.84 and 0.75 factors will be applied when mining transitional and fresh material respectively) Operations are carried out on a 24 hour per day, 7 days per week basis, using a 4 swing shift. The rainy season in the area runs from approximately May through October with July, August and September generally the wettest months. The geotechnical design rationale and methodology followed both deterministic and probabilistic approaches with both factor of safety (FoS) and probability of failure (PoF) values, respectively, satisfying the AngloGold Ashanti Acceptable Design Criteria most of the time provided pit slope dewatering is carried out successfully, and good blasting practices are followed. There are however localised areas where interaction with older pits, local bedding anomalies due to folding with associated structural uncertainty and local variability in the depth to fresh rock poses an elevated risk of instability. These are documented in

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 49 design check reports with hot spots targeted for further investigation and operational risk management. Pit accesses and waste dumps are adequately designed to allow flexibility in the mining plan for the LOM. Pit dewatering is done using groundwater pumping via vertical boreholes to enable mining below the piezometric surface. This strategy has been effective in some pits but not others. Horizontal drainage holes are also being investigated. Grade Control is done using RC drilling at a pattern of 12.5m x 6.25m and sampled at a 2m composite. The samples are assayed using leachwell assaying technique. Pit mapping information is also used in the modeling processing to generate mining perimeters. Open Pit Optimisations Data checks on block models received from the Mineral Resource (MRM) department are conducted. These include checks for missing cells, absent values, density checks, grade errors, and correctly assigned weathering profiles. All models received have waste blocks built into them. Optimisations of the mineable Mineral Resource models (Planning Models) are undertaken to determine the optimum pit in Whittle software. Economic information is applied in Whittle using the expressions. An approved geotechnical slope angle based on rock type is also assigned. The initial optimisation runs considered the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource with Inferred Mineral Resource excluded. These were run with a gold price of $1,200/oz for Mineral Reserve. The second set of optimisations was conducted with the inclusion of Inferred Mineral Resource. These optimisations were used to quantify the Inferred portions of the deposits, determine the impact on the mine plan, and to provide direction to the MRM department for possible targets for drilling and Mineral Resource conversion. The pit selection however will consider lost opportunities of not including shell expansions with low cost per ounce which cannot support a future cut back due to minimum mining width, access, and pit slope integrity will be accessed. Pit design constraints As is standard practice informed by the Guinea Mining legislation, all pits are to be restricted to 100m from any village or infrastructure that is not associated with the mining operation. Local villages are a constraint to mining. Therefore, alternate blasting methods with increased supervision are deployed in pits close to villages. Local roads are also a constraint that has to be worked around by providing alternate accesses or controlled road crossings. Local farms are a manageable constraint with standard compensation arrangements. Space for waste dumps and stockpiles is often constrained by adjacent pits or potential exploration areas or distance. 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling The geotechnical parameters have been applied based on geotechnical studies informed by assessments of drill holes drilled, specifically drilled for geotechnical purposes on the surrounding host rock. The stripping ratios averaged around 1.9 (Bidini 1.7, Kami 0.53, Saraya 4.1, and Foulata 8.5). Currently, the Siguiri Gold mine uses the open-pit mining method only. 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel SAG seeks to employ highly skilled employees for its various disciplines. With the internal “in reach” program implemented, a platform is created where both employer and employee work to ensure the employee engagement concept is alive. Priority is on employment is to fill positions with Guinean nationals where available. In the absence of a national skill, expatriate employees with special skills are brought in with the primary aim of training AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 50 nationals to the required level to take over within a given time frame, where a proper Individual Development Plan is in place for a better succession plan and skills transfer. Training programs both in-house and outside the mine are periodically organised by Siguiri Gold Mine to up the skills and equip employees with adequate skills and knowledge. HR procedures include an employee recognition process and an employee grievance mechanism. 2021 figures show that the workforce was made up of 44% contractors, overall local employees number 3,278 (96%), out of a total of 3,405 employer and contractor posts. The current fleet size is projected to increase at the end of 2021. The maintenance schedule allows for some annual planned component replacement (PCR) of the equipment each year. 13.3 Final mine outline Kami Main Pit final mine outline AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 51 Bidini Pit final mine outline AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 52 14 Processing and recovery methods The combination plant design used information generated from the test work reports, then plant process parameters, and mutual agreements between the design team and AngloGold Ashanti project team. The process route involved crushing, milling, gravity concentration, mill scats crushing, trash removal, hybrid CIL, desorption, carbon regeneration, bullion smelting, and residue disposal. The plant is currently treating approximately 12Mtpa of ore with 315 employees (2020 budget). The existing plant is made of the following: • 2 MMD sizers, • 3 Stage Hard ore Crushing Plant, • Scrubbing/Milling and Classification, • Ball Mill and Classification, • Gravity and ILR, • Trash Screening, • Hybrid CIL/Leach/CIP, • Desorption, • Tailings Disposal, and • Smelting. All ore types including fresh, hard oxide, pit transitional, transitional stockpile, marginal ore, spent heap, and oxide were used in the tests. Around sixty-nine (69) representative samples were used in Pre- Feasibility and Feasibility tests. Metallurgical test work completed in the Feasibility study are as follows: • Confirmation of optimum grind and residence time • Variability recovery test work, • Gravity Recoverable Gold tests, • Bulk flow test work, • Comminution test work, and • Reactivity Number test works to test the variability of the samples. Metallurgical test work was designed to determine the potential optimum project gold recovery by means of varying reagents with respect to the variability of the different ores and weathering type material. The test work program was developed to establish the following: • The gold recovery at different blend ratios using the hybrid leach conditions - Oxide @ 88% and Fresh @ 80.5%. • Reagent optimisation in order to achieve the maximum gold recovery for the blends. • Degree of the variability of the ore samples regarding characteristics and recovery. The AG plant is used to extract gold. The adopted metallurgical process is a well-tested technology that is suitable for the SAG ores.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 53 Mass and Water Balance combination plant (1 hour) AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 54 15 Infrastructure The majority of the infrastructure required for mining and processing is already in place. However, the Life of Mine Plan includes expanding the existing infrastructure for tailings storage and haul road construction (including land compensation) to Block 3 Kounkoun. In addition, a standalone heap leach treatment at the Kounkoun deposit was considered during the desktop study. Combination Plant The leach circuit was converted to a hybrid CIL circuit in mid-2018, and the new Ball Mill and 3 stage crushing plant capable of treating 50% hard ores was commissioned in Quarter 1 2019. The Block 2 FS included providing the following key infrastructure areas: • 50km haulage road from Block 2 to existing plant • Administration area offices, change house, clinic, etc. • HME area for essential maintenance of the mining fleet workshop, tool shop, wash bay, etc • Explosive magazine area storage of explosives and accessories • LME area for the maintenance and park up of the load and haul fleet workshop, tool shop, wash bay, etc. The majority of the infrastructure required for mining and processing is already in place including the provision for HME hub at Block 2. 16 Market studies The principal commodity produced at Siguiri Gold Mine is gold, which is freely traded at widely known prices so that prospects for the sale of any product are virtually assured. GOLD The primary product sold from the mining and beneficiation of ore at our operations is gold doré. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold is conformance to the loco London standard. Only gold that meets the LBMAs Good Delivery standard is acceptable in settlement of a loco London contract. In the loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine-ounce weight, purity, and physical appearance. For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) 430 fine troy ounces (max) • Purity / Fineness: Minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand fine gold • Appearance: Bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes, or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMAs Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. SILVER A by-product sold from the mining and beneficiation of ore from our operations is silver. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of silver is conformance to the loco London standard. Only silver that meets the LBMAs Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a loco London contract. In the loco London market, silver is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine-ounce weight, purity, and physical appearance. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 55 For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 900 troy ounces (min) 1 100 troy ounces (max) • Purity / Fineness: Minimum fineness of 999.0 parts per thousand fine silver • Appearance: Bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMAs Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. Where silver or other base metals are associated with AngloGold Ashanti’s doré bars, credit is received from the refining companies however, this is not quantified as a by-product due to the low concentrations within the deposit. Annually, the gold prices used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are determined by the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Committee (RRSC). Two different prices are used for determining Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. These prices are provided in local currencies and are calculated using the historic relationships between the USD gold price and the local currency gold price. The Mineral Resource price reflects the company's upside view of the gold price and at the same time ensures that the Mineral Resource defined will meet the reasonable prospects for economic extraction requirement. Typically, the price is set closer to the spot than the Mineral Reserve price and is designed to highlight any Mineral Resource that is likely to be mined should the gold price move above its current range. A margin is maintained between the Mineral Resource and ruling spot price, and this implies that Mineral Resource is economic at current prices but that it does not contribute sufficient margin to be in the current plans. The Mineral Reserve price provided is the base price used for mine planning. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The company uses a set of economic parameters to value its assets and Business plan, these economic parameters are set on a more regular basis and reflect the industry consensus for the next five years. These are generally higher than the Mineral Reserve price and enable more accurate short-term financial planning. Finally, the company uses a fixed price to evaluate its project and set its hurdle rate. This price and the hurdle rate are set by the board and changed when indicated due to significant changes in the price of gold. The determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve prices are not based on a fixed average, but rather an informed decision made by looking at the trends in the gold price. The gold prices and exchange rates determined are then presented to the RRSC for review, in the form of an economic assumptions proposal document once a year (generally the second quarter of the year). After review and approval by the committee, it is sent to the AGAs Executive Committee ("EXCO") for approval. The prices for copper, silver, and molybdenum are determined using the same process used for gold. The Key Contractors are: • Mota Engil Mining Contractor for drill and blast, loading and hauling activities. • Cadex is currently contracted for the down hole supply of explosive products and associated technical services. • Sacko Ingénierie et Construction is currently contracted for Block 2 to Block 1 Stockpile reclamation and long haulage. • Orbit Garant is currently contracted for exploration and grade control drilling. • SGS Laboratory Services is currently contracted for mineral analysis. • Wärtsilä is currently contracted for the Siguiri Power Plant Operations and Maintenance (O&M). The establishment of contracts are based on competitive tendering, and the most commercially and technically competitive tenderer, are selected and are further put through a due diligence process, in terms AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 56 of compliance and the capability to provide the intended service or supply of intended goods. It is also a normal practice in our contracting process to build the rise and fall formula into our contracts, where applicable, to ensure the variabilities due to commodity market price fluctuations, changes due to inflation, and exchange rate fluctuations are effectively captured, controlled, and fully mitigated during the implementation of the contracts. It is also in our practice to conduct and undertake benchmarking exercises with other AngloGold Ashanti sister mine sites and other sites in Guinea prior to the finalisation of our major contracts. A formal performance measurement against set objectives is also undertaken during the implementation and deployment of the contracts by the SAGs contract optimisation team, to ensure SAGs is continuously getting value from the contracts in terms of safety, production and cost. All listed contracts are with unaffiliated third parties. 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting The Initial Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of 1997 and the EIA of 2002 (relating to the CIP expansion project) have been completed for the existing mining and processing operations. The mine closure and rehabilitation plan strategy are in place. The Environmental and Social Health Impact Assessment (ESHIA) is carried for all new projects and environmental permits obtained from regulatory. Once the environmental study is validated this implies that all the processes have been accepted. An Environmental and Social Management Plan is included in the validated environmental report with timelines and all proposed mitigation measures for the identified impacts. A revised mine closure plan including rehabilitation is available on site and will be regularly reviewed to meet both AngloGold Ashanti and host country regulatory requirements. The SAG combination plant FS disposal strategy of waste rock material is primarily in-pit disposal into existing, mined-out pits, thus significantly reducing the potential land take and associated impacts of creating waste rock material. The current oxide mining operations at Siguiri are a low-acid mine drainage risk based on current pit designs and the assessment of samples from within the pit locations. 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management A waste management plan categorising the different types of waste and their management strategies is available on site. The environmental monitoring plan including water, air quality, and dust is available onsite and is reviewed on regular basis. There is a post-closure monitoring program included in the mine closure plan. 17.3 Socio-economic impacts SAG complys with Guinean legislation, including international treaties and conventions to which Guinea is a signatory. Socio-economic impacts (mitigation) A range of programs are undertaken by SAG to support socio-economic impacts on the local communities, including: • Human evacuation (SAG to compile and implement a Land Access Plan (LAP)) • Structural damages (Carrying out an independent structural survey and blasting assessment) • Continued Employment (Employment Action Plan (EAP) implemented to maximize local employment and skills development opportunities)

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 57 • Continued services to the community, continued revenue to the Republic of Guinea Conakry, Employment of locally based contractors and service providers, Influx of job seekers, Pressure on existing services, and Community Development Opportunities (EAP implemented to maximize the continued direct and indirect employment opportunities. EAP links with the Community Development Plan (CDP); supporting the development of alternative services) • Land availability (Influx Management Plan (IMP) implemented to limit in-migration. Support the alternative livelihood strategies and skills development to provide alternate income sources and reduce dependency on land through the CDP) • Natural resources and Farmland cropping and grazing (IMP implemented and support for infrastructure development through the CDP) • Pressure on health (Implementation of an IMP, support for community health programs and infrastructure in the CDP, and implementation of a Health Impact Assessment (HIA)) • Loss of social networks, traditions, and cultural identity (Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) updated and implemented to ensure communities are aware of all project changes, reduce uncertainty amongst communities, and allow participation in project decision-making) • Destruction of cultural and religious resources (develop and implement a chance find procedure) • Human and animal safety (Implementation of a Health and Safety Plan (HSP) • Blasting (blasting mitigation plan) • Vehicle and equipment noise, noise from construction camp (noise mitigation plan) • Creation of dust (air quality mitigation plan). 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation In addition to the existence of a mine closure plan, the liability estimates report is reviewed on a quarterly basis to capture all development and associated disturbances. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans The QP's opinion is that the current plans to address any issues related to environmental compliance, permitting, and local individuals or groups are adequate. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring Siguiri Gold Mine has emphasised local procurement and has developed a strategy to ensure that SAG complies with the requirement. In order to ensure that this requirement is progressed, a formal process was established to allow the prospective suppliers and contractors to express their interests in the supply and provision of services to SAG. SAG conduct technical assessments of these prospective suppliers and contractors in Conakry and environ, this is to ensure that these suppliers and contractors are fully vetted to ascertain their competency and an in addition, to advise them of any shortfall and the areas which need improvement, to be able to get to SAGs standard. To further emphasise the focus SAG is currently giving to Local Procurement, a dedicated Local Procurement Specialist (within the Supply Chain department) was employed by SAG in April 2021, to drive and implement the strategies in terms of local suppliers and contractors identification and development. Approximately 63% of goods and services are also locally procured from locally registered entities to date. However, there is still room for improvement, and SAG is very focused on ensuring that a higher percentage of procurement is done with locally registered companies where possible. Initiatives identified include: • Upskilling the training facility with qualified teachers • Electric motor rewinding workshop • Boilermaker training • Investigate other technical repairs • Training on SAG Expectations from Suppliers (Code of Ethics and Conduct) • Create supply Supply Opportunities for local contractors • Enterprise Development and Community Initiatives • Training and improving SAG Procurement Processes AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 58 In all instances, the emphasis would be to ensure that training is certified. 18 Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital and operating costs The gold price used to determine limiting shell for the Mineral Reserve and cut-off grade calculation was $1,200/oz. • Gold price: $1,650/oz flat for Business Plan and $1,200/oz for Mineral Reserve definition, • Royalty: 5.4%, • $0.1 Selling cost (WGC), • Met Recovery: 80% Fresh, 80% Transition and 88% Oxides, • Processing: $12.39/t average of all material type, • G&A: $6.93t processed, • SIB $2.28/t processed, and • Mine Closure cost $0.25t processed. Escalations for key commodities (Reagents, fuel, Engineering and Metallurgical stores, etc.), Mining contractors and general services, have been applied as per AngloGold Ashanti group procurement assumptions USD CPI, exchange rates assumptions of our major transactional currencies (ZAR; EUR; GBP, AUD, CAD, GNF, XOF, GHS) as communicated by the AngloGold Ashanti Treasury department have been used. • Labour costs: based on organisational structure and resources required to deliver on the Tonnes and Ounces • Mining Contractor costs: based on year 4 rate of MOTA contract with Siguiri plus escalation factor assumption from AGA Group Procurement • Reagent costs: based on the estimated rates of reagents mix to be used per ore type to recover the gold + escalation factor assumption from AngloGold Ashanti Group Procurement • Fuel (HFO + LFO) costs: based on $65/barrel assumption and our fuel pricing model • Drilling contractor costs: based on contractual rates with Drilling contractors + escalation factor assumption from AGAG Group Procurement • Engineering and Metallurgical stores costs: based on plant maintenance requirements, various contractual prices/cost from major suppliers + escalation factor assumptions from AGA Group Procurement. • CAPEX estimates were based on the asset maintenance requirements and feasibility study capital for new Block 3 ore body plus exploration capital to convert Mineral Resource into economical Mineral Reserve. The QP estimates the overall business plan inputs and models are 90 to 95% accurate. 18.2 Risk assessment Performance of the combination plant to achieve the required mill throughput and recovery are seen as a risk until the plant stabilises. There are several action plans in progress to address this including installation of new screens in the crushing plant, installation of an advanced control system on Mill 2 with Mintek MillstarTM, Mill 1 circuit grind, and cyclones optimisation and gravity circuit optimisation. Confidence in Mineral Resource models, including reviewing modelling methodology for more consistency (wireframe construction, hard vs soft boundary kriging) is in progress. SAG has been in continual operation for approximately 24 years, with three years of combination plant operation. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 59 19 Economic analyses 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods The economic analysis of the life of mine uses a 13% discount rate in real terms. No inflation of costs or revenues has been included in the economic analysis. The cut-off grade is based on a gold price of $1,200oz, with current spot gold prices are ~46% above this price. • Gold price: $1,200 flat • Royalty: 3.4% - 3% royalty and 0.4% community levy • Selling Cost $5.5/oz sold • Income tax: 30%, 5 year tax holiday ending in 2025, but accelerated depreciation incorporated • Met Recovery: 88% Oxides, 80.5% Transtilonal and Fresh Full grade Ore • Open-pit mining cost: $5.73/t mined • Processing: $12.39/t processed • G and A: $7.03/t processed • LOM Capital: $105.6M including SIBC, Studies and exploration 19.2 Results of economic analysis Siguiri mine is cash flow positive over the LOM. All OPEX and CAPEX will be funded from cash generated by the mine. It is assumed that all outstanding receivables from the Government of Guinea will be recovered before the end of LOM. Siguiri Gold Mine has been in continual operation for approximately 24 years, with three years of Combination plant. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 60 Cash flow Forecast (Mineral Reserve in the Business Plan)

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 61 19.3 Sensitivity analysis Sensitivity to change in Gold price, Grade Processed, Operating Cost and Capital Cost. Sensitivity Analysis for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV0, in USD M) 20 Adjacent properties There are some junior competitors, including: • Endeavor, located between Block 1 and Block 3. • GGE is located to the south of Block 3, processing around 15t oxide/day. • COMANA Mining. • ALAMAKO Mining between Block 1 and Block 2 reported some Mineral Resource. Around Block 4 there are many projects, e.g.: • Polymetals Resources tests Siguiri-style oxide gold potential across Alahine license; • Doko Mining. Others companies are developing or advancing projects within trucking distance (~35km) from the SAG Processing Plant: • Golden Rim's Kada. Joint Ventures are encouraged with close tenements. The Kada Gold Project (Golden Rim) is located in the central Siguiri Basin and lies 36km along strike from (to the south of) SAG. Indications are that Golden Rim are set to double the non-JORC oxide Mineral Resource outlined by Newmont in 2012 (~1Moz @ 1g/t). Polymetals Resources Ltd tests Siguiri-style oxide gold potential across Alahine license in Guinea. The AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 62 company continues to investigate new business development opportunities within the Siguiri Basin as well as advanced mining opportunities in Australia in a bid to diversify its asset base. 21 Other relevant data and information 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource The Siguiri Inclusive Mineral Resource is reported considering mining, processing and operational costs within economic pit shells, based on a gold price of $1,500/oz. Inclusive gold Mineral Resource Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Bidini (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 7.39 1.68 12.41 0.40 Measured & Indicated 7.39 1.68 12.41 0.40 Inferred 1.96 1.83 3.60 0.12 Bidini (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 2.20 1.42 3.12 0.10 Measured & Indicated 2.20 1.42 3.12 0.10 Inferred 4.40 1.31 5.78 0.19 Bidini (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 2.65 1.61 4.27 0.14 Measured & Indicated 2.65 1.61 4.27 0.14 Inferred 0.97 2.07 2.01 0.06 Eureka East Measured - - - - Indicated 0.38 1.29 0.49 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.38 1.29 0.49 0.02 Inferred 0.12 1.25 0.15 0.00 Eureka North Measured - - - - Indicated 0.06 0.98 0.06 0.00 Measured & Indicated 0.06 0.98 0.06 0.00 Inferred 0.04 1.00 0.04 0.00 Foulata Measured - - - - Indicated 0.82 2.24 1.84 0.06 Measured & Indicated 0.82 2.24 1.84 0.06 Inferred 0.13 2.90 0.38 0.01 Kalamagna Measured - - - - Indicated 2.08 0.93 1.92 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.08 0.93 1.92 0.06 Inferred 0.38 0.91 0.35 0.01 Kami (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 23.47 1.15 26.90 0.86 Measured & Indicated 23.47 1.15 26.90 0.86 Inferred 7.86 1.15 9.07 0.29 Kami (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 9.88 0.86 8.53 0.27 Measured & Indicated 9.88 0.86 8.53 0.27 Inferred 4.88 0.90 4.37 0.14 Kami (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.89 1.04 1.96 0.06 Measured & Indicated 1.89 1.04 1.96 0.06 Inferred 0.82 1.17 0.96 0.03 Kosise Measured - - - - Indicated 2.02 0.88 1.78 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.02 0.88 1.78 0.06 Inferred 1.70 0.83 1.41 0.05 Kounkoun Measured - - - - AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 63 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 9.22 1.36 12.51 0.40 Kozan North Measured - - - - Indicated 1.22 0.82 0.99 0.03 Measured & Indicated 1.22 0.82 0.99 0.03 Inferred 0.45 0.84 0.38 0.01 Kozan South Measured - - - - Indicated 1.71 0.73 1.26 0.04 Measured & Indicated 1.71 0.73 1.26 0.04 Inferred 0.00 0.69 0.00 0.00 Seguelen (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 5.93 0.86 5.11 0.16 Measured & Indicated 5.93 0.86 5.11 0.16 Inferred 1.72 0.83 1.43 0.05 Seguelen (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.65 1.24 2.04 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.65 1.24 2.04 0.07 Inferred 1.23 1.23 1.51 0.05 Seguelen (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.70 1.01 0.71 0.02 Measured & Indicated 0.70 1.01 0.71 0.02 Inferred 0.33 1.08 0.36 0.01 Saraya (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.83 2.40 4.39 0.14 Measured & Indicated 1.83 2.40 4.39 0.14 Inferred 0.50 3.00 1.50 0.05 Saraya (oxide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.31 1.62 2.13 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.31 1.62 2.13 0.07 Inferred 0.43 2.04 0.88 0.03 Saraya (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.16 2.30 0.37 0.01 Measured & Indicated 0.16 2.30 0.37 0.01 Inferred 0.09 2.15 0.19 0.01 Sintroko South Measured - - - - Indicated 2.14 1.31 2.80 0.09 Measured & Indicated 2.14 1.31 2.80 0.09 Inferred 0.29 1.94 0.57 0.02 Silakoro Measured - - - - Indicated 1.34 1.65 2.22 0.07 Measured & Indicated 1.34 1.65 2.22 0.07 Inferred 0.20 2.06 0.41 0.01 Sokunu Measured - - - - Indicated 2.74 0.96 2.63 0.08 Measured & Indicated 2.74 0.96 2.63 0.08 Inferred 3.29 1.00 3.29 0.11 Soloni Measured - - - - Indicated 2.49 0.69 1.71 0.06 Measured & Indicated 2.49 0.69 1.71 0.06 Inferred 2.81 0.92 2.59 0.08 Sorofe (sulphide) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.57 1.55 2.45 0.08 Measured & Indicated 1.57 1.55 2.45 0.08 Inferred 3.00 1.98 5.94 0.19 Sorofe (oxide) Measured - - - - AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 64 Indicated 4.45 1.29 5.74 0.18 Measured & Indicated 4.45 1.29 5.74 0.18 Inferred 0.89 1.57 1.39 0.04 Sorofe (transitional) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.44 1.89 2.73 0.09 Measured & Indicated 1.44 1.89 2.73 0.09 Inferred 1.31 1.69 2.22 0.07 Stockpile (full grade ore) Measured 5.26 0.91 4.76 0.15 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 5.26 0.91 4.76 0.15 Inferred - - - - Stockpile (marginal ore) Measured 12.65 0.52 6.59 0.21 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 12.65 0.52 6.59 0.21 Inferred - - - - Stockpile (spent heap leach) Measured - - - - Indicated 30.69 0.54 16.63 0.53 Measured & Indicated 30.69 0.54 16.63 0.53 Inferred 11.89 0.57 6.76 0.22 Total Measured 17.91 0.63 11.36 0.37 Indicated 114.22 1.03 117.18 3.77 Measured & Indicated 132.13 0.97 128.53 4.13 Inferred 60.91 1.15 70.06 2.25 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products Siguiri does not have any by-products that it estimates or quotes. 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products Siguiri does not have any by-products that it estimates or quotes. 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design With appropriate caution, a portion of the Inferred Mineral Resource was included in the business plan optimisation process. This accounts for 4% of the Mineral Reserve plan of three years. No Inferred Mineral Resource is considered in Mineral Reserve reporting. Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design Siguiri Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 million g/t tonnes Moz Bidini (sulphide) 0.45 1.17 0.53 0.02 Bidini (oxide) 0.24 0.93 0.22 0.01 Bidini (transitional) 0.22 1.14 0.25 0.01 Foulata 0.02 1.98 0.03 0.00 Kami (sulphide) 0.28 1.00 0.28 0.01 Kami (oxide) 0.02 0.61 0.01 0.00 Kami (transitional) 0.09 0.78 0.07 0.00 Saraya (sulphide) 0.14 2.52 0.36 0.01 Saraya (oxide) 0.08 2.18 0.18 0.01 Saraya (transitional) 0.00 1.49 0.00 0.00 Total 1.54 1.26 1.94 0.06

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 65 21.5 Additional relevant information Tracking of the conversion of Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resource between years Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 899,801 1.12 1,008,771 899,801 1.12 1,008,771 489,838 0.82 401,282 482,080 0.81 390,286 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 0 0 0 409,963 1.48 607,489 7,758 1.42 10,996 Conversion between years (%) 0% 0% 0% 45.6% 132.2% 60.2% 1.6% 173.0% 2.7% Cumulative conversion (%) 0% 0% 0% 45.6% 132.2% 60.2% 46.4% 258.6% 61.3% Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 224,537 1.30 291,055 161,399 1.44 231,767 136,411 1.12 152,957 132,931 1.11 147,756 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 63,138 0.94 59,288 24,989 3.15 78,809 3,480 1.49 5,201 Conversion between years (%) 28.1% 72.4% 20.4% 15.5% 219.6% 34.0% 2.6% 133.3% 3.4% Cumulative conversion (%) 28.1% 72.4% 20.4% 39.2% 315.7% 47.4% 40.8% 431.1% 49.2% Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 344,627 0.85 293,631 344,627 0.85 293,631 326,793 0.84 272,969 29,583 1.33 39,289 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 0.0 0.0 0.0 17,834 1.16 20,662 297,210 0.79 233,680 Conversion between years (%) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.2% 136.0% 7.0% 90.9% 94.1% 85.6% Cumulative conversion (%) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.2% 136.0% 7.0% 91.4% 228.3% 86.6% 2021 2019 2020 2021 2022 Bidini 2022 Tubani/Sorofe 2022 Kami 2019 2020 2021 2019 2020 Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 899,801 1.12 1,008,771 899,801 1.12 1,008,771 489,838 0.82 401,282 482,080 0.81 390,286 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 0 0 0 409,963 1.48 607,489 7,758 1.42 10,996 Conversion between years (%) 0% 0% 0% 45.6% 132.2% 60.2% 1.6% 173.0% 2.7% Cumulative conversion (%) 0% 0% 0% 45.6% 132.2% 60.2% 46.4% 258.6% 61.3% Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 224,537 1.30 291,055 161,399 1.44 231,767 136,411 1.12 152,957 132,931 1.11 147,756 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 63,138 0.94 59,288 24,989 3.15 78,809 3,480 1.49 5,201 Conversion between years (%) 28.1% 72.4% 20.4% 15.5% 219.6% 34.0% 2.6% 133.3% 3.4% Cumulative conversion (%) 28.1% 72.4% 20.4% 39.2% 315.7% 47.4% 40.8% 431.1% 49.2% Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Tonnes(t) Grade(g/t) Gold(g) Starting Inferred Mineral Resource 344,627 0.85 293,631 344,627 0.85 293,631 326,793 0.84 272,969 29,583 1.33 39,289 Resulting Indicated Mineral Resource(year +1) 0.0 0.0 0.0 17,834 1.16 20,662 297,210 0.79 233,680 Conversion between years (%) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.2% 136.0% 7.0% 90.9% 94.1% 85.6% Cumulative conversion (%) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.2% 136.0% 7.0% 91.4% 228.3% 86.6% 2021 2019 2020 2021 2022 Bidini 2022 Tubani/Sorofe 2022 Kami 2019 2020 2021 2019 2020 l ) (t) r ( /t) l (g) Tonnes(t) rade(g/t) Gold(g) 204 75 2 50 511 523 200 559 2 50 5 0, 89 198,766 2.49 95,639 0.0 0.0 0. 4,193 2.56 10,734 1 79 2 87 5,150 0.0 0.0 0. 2.0% 102.5% 2.1% 0.9 115% 1.0 0.0 0.0% 0.0 2.0% 102.5% 2.1% 2.9 217 5 3.1 2.9 17.5 3.1 l ) (t) r ( /t) l (g) Tonnes(t) rade(g/t) Gold(g) 1,180 155 2 29 2,6 8 6 1 1, 22 558 2 23 2,500,870 1, 22,558 2.23 2,500,870 956,328 2.26 2,161,668 57 597 3 43 197 7 1 0.00 0 00 0.00 166,23 2.04 339,202 4.9% 150.2 7.3% 0.0% 0% 0.0% 14.8% 91.6% 13.6% 4.9% 150.2 7.3% 4 9 150 2 .3 19.0% 239.4% 19.9% 2022 Foulata Saraya 2022 AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 66 Reconciling Mined Inferred Mineral Resource to Grade Control No additional information or explanation is necessary to make this Technical Report understandable and not misleading. 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) Adama Sissoko certificate of qualification As the author of the report entitled Siguiri, I hereby state: • My name is Adama Sissoko. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Resource. • Senior Mineral Resource Manager • MAusIMM 224835 (Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy). BSc Hons (Geology),GDE (Mining Engineering) • Years relevant experience of 28 years. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in the SEC S-K 1300 Rule • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the Report that is not reflected in the Report, the omission of which would make the Report misleading. • I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 67 • I have read and understood the SEC S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an Employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. • At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the Report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Report not misleading. Desiderius Kamugisha certificate of qualifiaction As the author of the report entitled Siguiri, I hereby state: • My name is Desiderius Kamugisha. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Reserve. • Chief Mining Engineer • MAusIMM 227181 (Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy). BSc (Mining Engineering) • Years relevant experience of 20 years. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in the SEC S-K 1300 Rule. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the Report that is not reflected in the Report, the omission of which would make the Report misleading. • I declare that this Report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd • I have read and understand the SEC S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an Employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Reserve. • At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the Report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Report not misleading. 22 Interpretation and conclusions Mining and Mineral Reserve The open pit mining operations at SAG consists of multiple open pits. The open pits are being operated by a mining contractor and a down-the-hole blasting service is provided by an appropriate blasting contractor. Opportunities exist with the Inferred Mineral Resource within the current pits that can be upgraded and converted to Mineral Reserve with drilling. The current Mineral Reserve for SAG supports a total mine life of 5 years at near full mill capacity, 7 years of open pit operations. LOM gold production averages approximately 304koz per year during open pit mining operations and approximately 171koz per year during full treatment of marginal ore stockpiles and spent heap leach. The QP is not aware of any environmental, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, mining, infrastructure, permitting, fiscal, or other relevant factors, that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. Processing The commissioning of Siguiri combination plant to allow for the treatment of hard and soft ore brought in its wake a decrease in throughput and a significant reduction in recovery. These culminated in extensive work to understand and address these issues. Work carried out has included but not limited to grind size assessment, gravity circuit evaluation, leach feed and residue gold comportment, leaching kinetics, laboratory proxy test works and entrenching operational practices and procedures. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 68 Ore hardness which has a direct impact on throughput and consequently the grind is being managed on an ongoing basis via blending. Some key throughput improvement projects undertaken are: • Upgrading scats treatment circuit, • Commissioning of a scrubber bypass to allow direct feeding to the ball mill in situations where Scrubber power draw are exceeded during the processing of hard ore types, • Fabrication and installation of smaller bore pipelines and adequately sized mill discharge pump on the old milling circuit to prevent settlement in pipelines, • Installation of additional trash screen to cope with high slurry flowrates and attendant viscosity issues, which previously caused circuit upsets and production losses, • Conversion of inadequately sized inter-tank screens to high throughput versions, • Installation of 4th stage pumps on the tailings stream to prevent spillages and overflows (with attendant production losses), • Installation of a MillStarTM Advanced Control system to optimise the high throughput. • Correlations have been found between recovery and product grind, gravity circuit performance, ore preg-robbing characteristics and passivation of gold by other ore constituents. De-risking factors adopted to improve recovery are: • Gravity circuit optimisation, • Ore blending to keep deleterious elements below threshold levels, • Conversion of additional three leach tanks to CIL tanks to minimise gold preg-robbing and offset recovery loss, • Carbon management activities, • Increasing carbon regeneration kiln capacity to reactivate a larger percentage of carbon, • Reagent optimisation, • Operating discipline and procedures to effect optimal operations. The QP considers the modelled recoveries for all ore sources and process plant combined process and engineering unit costs used within the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve process to be acceptable. Environment and Social SAG has a maturing environmental and social management plan and an accredited ISO14001:2015 Environmental Management System (EMS) in place which addresses current operational needs and can readily be adapted to meet future activities. Mine closure costs are reviewed and revised annually in line with good international industry practice. Stakeholder engagement is ongoing, and all senior management are involved in regular meetings with the community. SAG continues to invest in community development initiatives. The QP considers the extent of all environmental liabilities to which the property is subject to have been appropriately met. Infrastructure Siguiri Gold Mine is a mature operation that has all the necessary support infrastructure already in place. 23 Recommendations The QP’s make the following recommendations: • Review all geological Mineral Resource models for total Carbon (TC) data and determine a correlation between TC and total organic carbon (TOC), drill new holes and examine old holes if required to ensure reliable plant recoveries.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 69 • Review of current alliance mining contract (ending June 2022) vs rate base contract and owner mining to determine the best option of SAG. • Review plant throughput and hard soft blend capability. 24 References 24.1 References • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2021). SAG BP2: Metallurgical Plan (SAG 2021 COOKBOOK Rev01_Aug21.docx) • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2020?). BP21 Strategy Guidance TDG (Africa) (BP21 Strategy Guidance TDG (Africa) v5.docx) • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2021). Mineral resource Model handover notes \\afgnsisrv02\BUP\BP 2022\03.MRM Inputs • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2021). GUIDE2021_Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Guidelines 2021 Final • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2018?). Siguiri Combination Plant Project Feasibility Phase. Project Feasibility Study Report • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2015). Note for Record Siguiri Combination Plant SIB Portion by Brett Harris Snr Manager: Project Services CAR 5 November 2015 • Internal Document, AngloGold Ashanti. (2018?). SIG-RL Project Feasibility Study Report. • SRK Consulting (2001). Société Ashanti Goldfields de Guinée. Siguiri Gold Mine – Kosise Pit: Revised • Groundwater Model. Report 267915/2. January 2001. Prepared by Maclear, LGA and van Hooydonck, JJ. Port Elizabeth, South Africa. 24.2 Mining terms All injury frequency rate: The total number of injuries and fatalities that occurs per million hours worked. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 70 Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility Study (FS): A Feasibility Study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A Feasibility Study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a Prefeasibility Study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study and conceptual study): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 71 Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in-situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary Feasibility Study (Prefeasibility Study or PFS): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 72 Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Project capital expenditure: Capital expenditure to either bring a new operation into production; to materially increase production capacity; or to materially extend the productive life of an asset. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: On 31 October 2018, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission adopted the amendment Subpart 1300 (17 CFR 229.1300) of Regulation S-K along with the amendments to related rules and guidance in order to modernise the property disclosure requirements for mining registrants under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Registrants engaged in mining operations must comply with the final rule amendments (Regulation S-K 1300) for the first fiscal year beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Accordingly, the Company is providing disclosure in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2021 and will continue to do so going forward. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne.

AngloGold Ashanti Siguiri - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 73 Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant Reliance in information provided by the registrant includes guidance from the annual update to the Guidelines for Reporting. This guideline is set out to ensure the reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve is consistently undertaken in a manner in accordance with AngloGold Ashanti’s business expectations and also in compliance with internationally accepted codes of practice adopted by AngloGold Ashanti. Included in this guideline is the price assumptions supplied by the Registrant which includes long-range commodity price and exchange rate forecasts. These are reviewed annually and are prepared in-house using a range of techniques including historic price averages. AngloGold Ashanti selects a conservative Mineral Reserve price relative to its peers. This is done to fit into the strategy to include a margin in the mine planning process. The resultant plan is then valued at a higher business planning price. Gold price The following local prices of gold were used as a basis for estimation in the December 2021 declaration, unless otherwise stated: Local prices of gold Gold price Australia Brazil Argentina Colombia $/oz AUD/oz BRL/oz ARS/oz COP/oz 2021 Mineral Reserve(3) 1,200 1,633 6,182 134,452 3,849,000 2020 Mineral Reserve(2) 1,200 1,604 5,510 119,631 4,096,877 2021 Mineral Resource(1) 1,500 2,072 7,940 173,065 5,336,250 (1) Reported for the first time under Regulation S-K 1300. (2) Reported under Industry Guide 7. (3) Reported under Regulation S-K 1300.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 1 Technical Report Summary Kibali Gold Mine A Life of Mine Summary Report Effective date: 31 December 2021 As required by § 229.601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti's Annual Report on Form 20-F pursuant to Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K - Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations (§ 229.1300 through § 229.1305). AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 2 Date and Signatures Page This report is effective as at 31 December 2021. Where the registrant (AngloGold Ashanti Limited) has relied on more than one Qualified Person to prepare the information and documentation supporting its disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, the section(s) prepared by each qualified person has been clearly delineated. AngloGold Ashanti has recognised that in preparing this report, the Qualified Person(s) have, relied on information provided by Barrick as the operator of Kibali. As such, the table on the following page lists the technical specialists who have provided the relevant information and input, as necessary, to the Qualified Person to include in this Technical Report Summary. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Section 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this report. The registrant confirms it has obtained the written consent of each Qualified Person to the use of the person's name, or any quotation from, or summarisation of, the Technical Report summary in the relevant registration statement or report, and to the filing of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the registration statement or report. The written consent only pertains to the particular section(s) of the Technical Report Summary prepared by each Qualified Person. The written consent has been filed together with the Technical Report Summary exhibit and will be retained for as long as AngloGold Ashanti relies on the Qualified Person’s information and supporting documentation for its current estimates regarding Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. MINERAL RESOURCE QUALIFIED PERSON Richard Peattie Sections prepared: 1 - 11, 20 - 25 ____________________ MINERAL RESERVE QUALIFIED PERSON Romulo Sanhueza Sections prepared: 1, 12-19, 21 - 25 ____________________ /s/ Romulo Sanhueza /s/ Richard Peattie AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 3 It should be noted that information compiled in this report is based on information from the Barrick Gold Corporation (Barrick) National Instrument (NI) 43-101 Technical Report on the Kibali Gold Mine, Democratic Republic of the Congo, effective date 31 December 2021. The following Technical Specialists listed in this report have contributed to the information used in the NI 43-101 Technical Report. Technical Specialists Company Title/Position Sections in the NI 43-101 report Rodney B. Quick MSc, Pr. Sci.Nat Barrick Gold Corporation Mineral Resource Managegment and Evaluation Executive 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.10, 2, 4 to 6, 19, and 23 Simon P. Bottoms CGeol, MGeol, FGS, FAusIMM Barrick Gold Corporation Senior Vice President, Africa and Middle East, Mineral Resource Manager 1.4, 1.12, 1.13, 1.151, 3, 7 to 9, 21, 22, 24, and 26.11 Christopher B. Hobbs CGeol, MSc, MCSM, FAusIMM Barrick Gold Corporation Group Resource Geologist 1.5, 1.142, 1.152, 10 to 12, 14, 25.1, and 26.12 Graham E. Trusler MSc, Pr Eng, MIChE, MSAIChE Digby Wells and Associates Pty Ltd. CEO 1.11, 1.147, 1.157, 20, 25.5, and 26.5 Thamsanqa Mahlangu Pr. Eng, PhD Barrick Gold Corporation Head of Metallurgy, Africa and Middle East 1.8, 1.9, 1.145, 1.146, 1.155, 1.156, 13, 17, 18, 25.3, 25.4, 26.3, and 26.4 Shaun Gillespie Reg Eng Tech, FAusIMM Barrick Gold Corporation Group Planning Manager, Africa and Middle East 1.63, 1.73, 1.143, 1.153, 15.13 to 15.33, 15.4, 15.63 to 15.83, 16.13, 16.2, 16.63, 25.23, and 26.23 Ismail Traore MSc, FAusIMM, M.B. Law, DES Barrick Gold Corporation Group Underground Planning Manager, Africa and Middle East 1.64, 1.74, 1.144, 1.154, 15.14 to 15.34, 15.5, 15.64 to 15.84, 16.14, 16.3 to 16.5, 16.64, 25.24, 26.24 All - - 1.14 (Risks), 25.6, and 27 Notes: 1. Geology 2. Mineral Resource 3. Mining and Mineral Reserve – Open Pit and Stockpiles 4. Mining and Mineral Reserve – Underground 5. Processing 6. Infrastructure 7. Environment and Social Aspects AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 4 Consent of Qualified Person I, Richard Peattie, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Kibali Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Richard Peattie /s/ Richard Peattie

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 5 Consent of Qualified Person I, Romulo Sanhueza, in connection with the Technical Report Summary for “Kibali Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report” dated 31 December 2021 (the “Technical Report Summary”) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as an exhibit to AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s (“AngloGold Ashanti”) annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 and any amendments or supplements and/or exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Form 20-F”) pursuant to Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“1300 Regulation S-K”), consent to: • the public filing and use of the Technical Report Summary as an exhibit to the Form 20-F; • the use of and reference to my name, including my status as an expert or “Qualified Person” (as defined in 1300 Regulation S-K) in connection with the Form 20-F and Technical Report Summary; • any extracts from, or summary of, the Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the use of any information derived, summarised, quoted or referenced from the Technical Report Summary, or portions thereof, that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form 20-F; and • the incorporation by reference of the above items as included in the Form 20-F into AngloGold Ashanti’s registration statements on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-230651) and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-113789) (and any amendments or supplements thereto). I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary. I certify that I have read the Form 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible. Date: 30 March 2022 Romulo Sanhueza /s/ Romulo Sanhueza AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 6 Contents 1 Executive Summary .............................................................................................................................. 11 1.1 Property description including mineral rights ................................................................................. 11 1.2 Ownership .................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3 Geology and mineralisation .......................................................................................................... 12 1.4 Status of exploration, development, and operations ...................................................................... 13 1.5 Mining methods ............................................................................................................................ 14 1.6 Mineral processing ........................................................................................................................ 14 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ........................................................................ 14 1.8 Summary capital expenditure and operating cost estimates ......................................................... 15 1.9 Permitting requirements ................................................................................................................ 17 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ............................................................................................ 17 2 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 19 2.1 Disclose registrant ........................................................................................................................ 19 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared ........... 19 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation .......................... 19 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections .............................................................................................. 19 2.5 Purpose of this report.................................................................................................................... 20 3 Property description .............................................................................................................................. 20 3.1 Location of the property ................................................................................................................ 20 3.2 Area of the property ...................................................................................................................... 21 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting ................................................. 22 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities .............................................................................................. 24 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure, and physiography ............................................... 25 4.1 Property description ...................................................................................................................... 25 5 History .................................................................................................................................................. 27 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ...................................................................................... 29 6.1 Geological setting ......................................................................................................................... 29 6.2 Geological model and data density ............................................................................................... 34 6.3 Mineralisation ............................................................................................................................... 35 7 Exploration ............................................................................................................................................ 37 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................. 37 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing .................................................................................................... 42 7.3 Results ......................................................................................................................................... 44 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples .................................................................................... 44 7.5 Hydrogeology & water management ............................................................................................. 44 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security ............................................................................................ 45 8.1 Sample preparation ...................................................................................................................... 45 8.2 Assay method and laboratories ..................................................................................................... 48 8.3 Sampling governance ................................................................................................................... 48 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance ......................................................................................... 48 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 7 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ....................................................................................... 54 9 Data verification .................................................................................................................................... 55 9.1 Data verification procedures ......................................................................................................... 55 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................. 55 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................... 55 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ....................................................................................... 56 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing .................................................................................... 56 10.2 Laboratory and results ................................................................................................................ 58 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................. 64 11 Mineral Resource estimates ................................................................................................................ 64 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource .. 64 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ....................................................................... 70 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty .......................................................................... 83 11.4 Mineral Resource summary ........................................................................................................ 85 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion .......................................................................................................... 87 12 Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................................................................................. 88 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ....................................................................... 88 12.2 Cut-off grades ............................................................................................................................. 91 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty............................................................................ 93 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary .......................................................................................................... 94 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion .......................................................................................................... 96 13 Mining methods................................................................................................................................... 96 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling ..................................... 105 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ............................................................................... 105 13.3 Final mine outline ...................................................................................................................... 107 14 Processing and recovery methods .................................................................................................... 108 15 Infrastructure ..................................................................................................................................... 112 16 Market studies .................................................................................................................................. 117 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups .............................................................................................................................................................. 117 17.1 Permitting ................................................................................................................................. 117 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management ... 119 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ........................................................................................................... 120 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation ................................................................................................... 121 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans .......................................................... 122 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring .............................................................. 122 18 Capital and operating costs ............................................................................................................... 122 18.1 Capital and operating costs ....................................................................................................... 122 18.2 Risk assessment ....................................................................................................................... 124 19 Economic analysis ............................................................................................................................ 125 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods Sensitivity analysis ............................................... 125 19.2 Results of economic analysis .................................................................................................... 125 19.3 Sensitivity analysis .................................................................................................................... 127 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 8 20 Adjacent properties ........................................................................................................................... 129 21 Other relevant data and information .................................................................................................. 129 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource ....................................................................................................... 129 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products.................................................................................... 130 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products .................................................................................................... 130 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design ................................................... 130 21.5 Additional relevant information .................................................................................................. 130 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) .............................................................................................. 130 22 Interpretation and conclusions .......................................................................................................... 131 23 Recommendations ............................................................................................................................ 133 24 References ....................................................................................................................................... 133 24.1 References ............................................................................................................................... 133 24.2 Mining terms ............................................................................................................................. 108 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant .......................................................................... 140

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 9 List of Figures Kibali mining lease area ........................................................................................................................... 21 Kibali tenement and permits ..................................................................................................................... 22 Kibali average monthly rainfall statistics ................................................................................................... 26 Geological map of central and eastern equatorial Africa .......................................................................... 30 Examples of altered and mineralised rocks from the KCD deposit ........................................................... 32 KCD and Gorumbwa mineralisation shown in section .............................................................................. 33 KCD and Sessenge 2021 block models with underground mine design ................................................... 34 NW-SE geological cross-section through the KCD orebody ..................................................................... 35 Kibali Project area showing airborne magnetic response ......................................................................... 38 Kibali project area with airborne EM response ......................................................................................... 39 Kibali area and stream sediment sampling ............................................................................................... 41 KCD drill plan ........................................................................................................................................... 41 Section of lithology and alteration at KCD ................................................................................................ 42 DD Core Sample Flowchart ..................................................................................................................... 46 RC Sample Flowchart .............................................................................................................................. 47 Channel Sample Flowchart ...................................................................................................................... 47 Kibali QAQC protocol flowchart ................................................................................................................ 49 Coarse blanks performance ..................................................................................................................... 51 Field duplicate quality for last year ........................................................................................................... 52 Fire Assay coarse reject duplicates .......................................................................................................... 52 Fire Assay pulp reject duplicates .............................................................................................................. 53 Fire Assay pulp re-submissions ............................................................................................................... 53 Fire Assay of umpire samples .................................................................................................................. 54 Spatial cyanidation response ................................................................................................................... 60 Extraction variability of gravity float .......................................................................................................... 60 BBWi for sulphide material ....................................................................................................................... 61 Kibali processing plant average P80 and specific energy consumption (2021) ......................................... 62 Direct leach and flotation recoveries by Particle size ................................................................................ 62 Flotation recovery by particle size ............................................................................................................ 63 Kibali inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground) ............................................. 72 Kibali inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface)...................................................... 73 Boundary analysis example for KCD domains 5101 - 5005 ...................................................................... 75 KCD UG 5000 Lode variogram ................................................................................................................ 77 KCD domain 5101/5201 QKNA results .................................................................................................... 78 Example of a dynamic anisotropy surface from KCD domain 5002. ......................................................... 80 An example for KCD 3000 Lode, domain 3106. ....................................................................................... 81 An example of the visual checks. ............................................................................................................. 82 An example of COS histogram plots. ....................................................................................................... 82 An example of decluster plots are generated to compare the ordinary kriged block estimate against the local change of support block estimate. ................................................................................................... 83 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 10 KCD 3D exclusion solid shapes 2019 to 2021 .......................................................................................... 87 Kibali underground Mineral Reserve classification (Looking NW) ............................................................. 94 KCD pit design ......................................................................................................................................... 96 Gorumbwa pit (looking east) showing historical underground void mined out in pushback 1 .................... 98 Kibali underground infrastructure, LOM Development, and as-built EOY 2021 ...................................... 100 Kibali underground Mineral Reserve by mining method (Looking NW) ................................................... 101 Transverse stope sequencing ................................................................................................................ 102 Transverse advancing face sequencing ................................................................................................. 103 Longitudinal Mining Sequencing ............................................................................................................ 104 Plan showing open pits and mine infrastructure ..................................................................................... 107 Kibali underground Mineral Reserve ...................................................................................................... 108 Simplified flowsheet of the Kibali processing plant depicting two discrete streams ................................. 109 Plant availability and utilisation .............................................................................................................. 110 Kibali processing plant overall gold recovery in 2021 ............................................................................. 111 Kibali processing plant tonnes and residue grade .................................................................................. 111 Kibali water management plan ............................................................................................................... 113 Kibali electrical supply mix ..................................................................................................................... 115 Pakaka Dam Fresh Water Reservoir Design Criteria ............................................................................. 119 Sensitivities on Key value drivers ........................................................................................................... 127 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 11 1 Executive Summary This technical report summary (the Report) was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti Ltd on the Kibali Gold Mine (Kibali) that is located in Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). The QP relied upon Barrick Gold Corporation, as the operator of Kibali for the majority of information used in this report. With the primary source document being Barrick Gold Corporate (Barrick) NI 43-101 Technical Report on the Kibali Gold Mine, Democratic Republic of the Congo, effective date 31 December 2021. The QPs considers it reasonable to rely on this information as Barrick operates Kibali with overall management responsibility. As such the registrant has limited access and relies upon Barrick for the day to day running of the mine and information related to its operation. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates have been prepared according to the Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum (CIM) 2014 Definition Standards for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve dated 10 May 2014 (CIM (2014) Standards) as incorporated with NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43-101). Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates were also prepared using the guidance outlined in CIM Estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Best Practice Guidelines 2019 (CIM (2019) MRMR Best Practice Guidelines). 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Kibali is a gold mining, processing and exploration project that is located in the northeastern part of the DRC in the Haut-Uélé Province near the international borders with Uganda and South Sudan. The mine is a production stage property. The mine is located adjacent to the village of Doko, which is located to the west of the lease area. Kibali is approximately 150km by road from Arua and immediately north of the district capital of Watsa. The operational area falls within the administrative territory of Watsa in Haut-Uele Province. The plant centroid co-ordinates are 3.6'50"N, 29.35'31"E. Kibali consists of the Kibali Karagba-Chauffeur-Durba (KCD) underground mine, the KCD open pit, satellite deposits, a processing plant (7.2Mtpa capacity) that produces gold doré bars, three hydropower stations, together with other associated mine operation and regional exploration infrastructure. Operations currently focus on open pit and underground mining. Development of the underground mine commenced in 2013 and production ramped up to 3.6Mt in 2019. Initial production was via a twin decline from surface. From 2018 onwards, the majority of ore was hoisted up the shaft. The decline is used to haul some of the shallower zones and to supplement shaft haulage. The first gold was poured in September 2013 from the open pit operations and development of the underground mine commenced in the same year. First underground ore from development was also mined in 2013 and stoping began in 2015. Kibali has been granted ten exploitation permits under the DRC Mining Code (2002) in respect of the Kibali Gold Project, eight of which are valid until 2029 and two of which are valid until 2030. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are covered by exploitation permits (11447, 11467, 11468,11469, 11470, 11471, 11472, 5052, 5073, and 5088) totalling 1,836km2. All Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve summarised in this report is contained within these exploitation permits. The exploitation permits occur within two territories, namely Watsa and Faradje, which fall under the Province of Haut Uélé. The principal mineral deposit, KCD, forms both an open pit and underground mine. The operation and the associated infrastructure (processing plant, accommodation, and airport) are within exploitation permits 11447 and 11467. Currently, there are no significant encumbrances to the property. 1.2 Ownership Kibali is owned by Kibali Goldmines SA, which is a joint venture company between Barrick (45%), AngloGold Ashanti Ltd (45%) and Société Miniére de Kilo-Moto (SOKIMO) (10%). SOKIMO is wholly owned by the DRC with the shareholding held by the Minister of Portfolio of the DRC. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 12 The DRC Governmental Entity L'Office des Mines d'Or de Kilo-Moto (OKIMO) was transformed into SOKIMO in December 2010. The mine was developed by Randgold Resources Ltd and AngloGold Ashanti following their purchase of Moto in 2009 with Randgold being the operator. In 2019, Randgold and Barrick merged, and consequently, Barrick currently operates the Kibali mining and exploration projects. 1.3 Geology and mineralisation Deposits of the Kibali district are located in the Archaean Moto Greenstone Belt bounded to the north by the West Nile Gneiss and to the south by plutonic rocks of the Watsa district. The Kibali Greenstone Belt is an elongate WNW-ESE trending terrane containing Archaean-aged volcano-sedimentary conglomerate, carbonaceous shales, siltstone, banded iron formations, sub aerial basalts, mafic intermediate intrusions (dykes and sills) and multiple intrusive phases that range from granodiorite, to gabbroic in composition. Based on textures and types of lithologies present in the stratigraphy, the rocks within the project area are interpreted as having been laid down in an aqueous environment. The belt comprises three lithostratigraphically distinct blocks: • The eastern portion of the belt comprises of psammopelitic schists, amphibolite, banded-iron formations (BIF), and gneissic granitoid sills metamorphosed to upper greenschist to mid- amphibolite facies conditions. • The central and western-most parts of the belt were metamorphosed to mid to upper greenschist facies conditions and comprise weakly foliated basalts, cherts, siliciclastic rocks, dacitic volcanoclastic rocks, and carbonaceous argillite. • A thick package of immature sandstone, sandy siltstone, conglomerate, and acidic tuffs forms much of the western part of the belt, which include the host rocks to Karagba, Chauffeur, and Durba (KCD) deposit. This is the largest deposit discovered within the belt and is commonly referred to as the Kibali or KCD mine. It constitutes 71% of the total 2021 Mineral Reserve for the entire Kibali project. Radiometric dating indicates these siliciclastic rocks were deposited during a belt-wide basin extension event between ca. 2,629Ma and 2,626Ma. Boundaries between these lithostratigraphic blocks represent important exploration targets. Granitoid plutons, aged ca. 2,460Ma, intrude all rock types. The details of this are illustrated and expanded in Section 6. Gold deposits of the Kibali district are classified as Archaean orogenic gold deposits. At Kibali, the gold deposits are largely hosted in siliciclastic rocks, BIF and chert that were deformed, altered and transposed during several events. This occurred at or near greenschist metamorphic conditions. Ore-forming H2O-CO2- rich fluids migrated along a linked network of gently northeast-dipping shears and north-northeast plunging fold axes that are commonly referred to as the KZ Trend. The auriferous KZ Trend is a complexly deformed fault system specifically developed along the boundary between the younger sedimentary basin in the west of the belt that juxtaposes the older rocks to the east. Mineralisation occurred during the later stages of subsequent regional deformation which resulted in inversion of the basin and the development of reverse faults and folds. Ongoing deformation during hydrothermal activity resulted in the development of lodes in a variety of related structural settings within the KZ Trend. The location of the individual lodes within the KCD deposit are intimately related to the folding of BIF and metasedimentary lithologies. The fold geometries vary significantly from close to parallel to isoclinal. In many areas of high-grade and extensive mineralisation, transpositions structures remain and reflect the degree of both protracted deformation and mineralisation. These plunge northeast and are parallel to the intersection and stretching mineral lineations. Alteration characteristics associated with the gold mineralisation commonly include halos of quartz, ankerite, and sericite (ACSA-A alteration) that extend for tens to hundreds of metres into the enveloping host rocks. The ACSA-A alteration is closely associated with the folding and shearing, and the sericite foliation which is an integral part of the ACSA-A assemblage formed parallel to their axial planes.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 13 Zones of interrelated and auriferous ACSA-B alteration developed from an evolved fluid, along the axes, limbs, and the axial planes of these folds, locally wrapping around the hinges of the folds to form elongate, relics that also plunge north-northeast (20o to 30o). ACSA-B alteration is also commonly focused along the margins of more extensive BIFs, indicating a stratigraphic as well as structural control to the distribution of ore, both within KCD, and the wider KZ Trend. At KCD, a folded carbonaceous shear exists in the core of the deposit located at the contact between BIF, cherts and greywacke units. The 3000 lodes are above this shear and are hosted by locally ferruginous cherts, carbonaceous argillites, and minor greywacke, whereas the 5000 and 9000 lodes below are hosted by siliciclastic rocks and BIF. Fold shapes and wavelength differ between the two blocks reflecting the different rheological responses to deformation, which is reflected in the scale, shape, and continuity of units, lodes, shears and alteration domains, within each block. This widespread ACSA-A alteration assemblage is superimposed on older greenschist facies metamorphic assemblages and is most commonly associated with increased strain fabrics, quartz infiltration and silicification and sulphidation. Locally, in the vicinity of the main mineralised zones, ACSA-A alteration is overprinted by ankerite-siderite-pyrite alteration (ACSA-B) that hosts the highest-grade mineralisation (ore). Zones of auriferous ACSA-B alteration are commonly developed along the margins of BIF, or contacts between chert, carbonaceous phyllite, and BIF. Mineralised rocks in the Kibali district typically lack significant infill quartz rich veins, unlike many other orogenic gold deposits. Gold is instead associated with pyrite in zones of alteration that replaced the earlier mineralogy of the host rocks, which is typical in deposits in Canada, Australia and South Africa. Local remobilisation and upgrading of ACSA-B related ore occurred adjacent to the margins of some post-ore cross-cutting chlorite, carbonate, pyrite, magnetite-altered diorite dykes. The regional (inactive) deposits are within the KZ Trend and reflect gold mineralisation assemblages often associated with late chlorite, carbonate, and pyrite assemblage, rather than the ACSA-B assemblage. More specifically, the mineralisation domains in the smaller regional deposits away from the main KCD zone, are generally narrow and contact-related within narrow faults and BIF-Chert with variably intense chlorite-quartz- carbonate-pyrrhotite±pyrite-ilmenite assemblage or, quartz-carbonate-sericite ± subordinate chlorite-pyrite (ACSA). Additionally, the subordinate mineralisation zones may include a distinctive buff-coloured variant of ACSA-A and a texturally destructive ACSA-B assemblage (FeCO3-quartz±chloritoid±magnetite-pyrite). However, the orientation of many of the deposits, alteration extent and intensity, and the degree of deformation is significantly different to the main KCD deposit. At Pakaka and Kalimva-Ikamva chlorite, carbonate, pyrrhotite, pyrite-altered shear zones rather than folds are the principal controls of gold distribution. 1.4 Status of exploration, development, and operations Exploration at the KCD underground is aimed at defining additional extensions to mineralisation to increase the underground Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve over the next five years. Drilling is completed from dedicated exploration drill drives particularly in the down and up plunge of the 3000 Lode and down plunge of the 5000, 9000, and new 11000 lodes. Analysis of deeper UG opportunities below the base of the existing shaft is planned to be conducted, including down plunge extensions, testing in both the hangingwall and footwall of the KCD system, refining of the 12000 Lode conceptual model, and identification of any new potential lodes that can be connected to the existing KCD underground infrastructure. Execution of 2D seismic lines in the KCD area is also planned to support exploration of deeper mineralisation. Additionally, exploration will continue across a number of satellite pits, including but not limited to; Gorumbwa, Pakaka, Kombokolo, Mengu Hill and Ikamva. These pits will be drill tested for down plunge extensions to mineralisation and evaluate their economic viability for further smaller satellite underground operations to support the mine life extension outside of the existing life-of-mine (LOM). Combined exploration efforts are planned to target the delineation of satellite deposits within the gaps between and along the structural corridors of existing Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. This is planned with the intention of identifying and evaluating additional targets to add to the open pit Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, maintaining a robust depletion replenishment pipeline for several years. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 14 During 2022, drill programmes are planned at Oere (north and south extensions), Mengu Village and Ikamva East. Ongoing drilling is also planned in the Gorumbwa-Sessenge-KCD gap to test the concept of combining the three pits especially considering that the Gorumbwa and Sessenge pits now merge. Further away from the mining centre, follow up works will include geological mapping, local soil sampling grids and rock chip channel sampling at Makoro, Abimva and Marabi. If successful, targets will be further tested with scout drilling. Additional anomalous catchments will also be tested during following three to five years to sustain a level of exploration target turnover that ultimately supports the mine’s depletion replenishment pipeline for several years. 1.5 Mining methods The operation comprises both open pit and underground mining. The open pit Mineral Reserve shell optimisations are conducted on the Mineral Resource models. Detailed mine designs are then completed for open pit mining. This incorporates the mining layout, operating factors, stripping ratio, relevant cut-off grades, and modifying factors required for the reporting of the Mineral Reserve. Open pit mining is carried out using conventional drill, blast, load and haul surface mining methods. From 2022 onwards, open pit production will come from the Sessenge, Aerodrome, Pamao, Gorumbwa, Megi- Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva-Ikamva, Oere, Pakaka, and KCD deposits. The Mengu Hill, Mofu, Kombokolo and Rhino pits were depleted in 2017. Open pit mining is conducted by contractor Kibali Mining Services (KMS), a local subsidiary of DTP Terrassement, using either free-dig or conventional drill, blast, load and haul methods. The mining equipment is jointly owned by a subsidiary of Barrick and the contractor’s parent, who also operates at Barrick’s Loulo-Gounkoto mine in Mali and Tongon mine in Côte d’Ivoire. For the underground operation, longitudinal and transverse longitudinal stoping methods with paste backfill are the nominated mining methods. The Kibali KCD underground mine is designed to extract the KCD deposit directly beneath the KCD open pit. A 50m crown pillar separates the pit bottom from the top of the underground mine. The Kibali underground mine produces at a rate of 3.8 million ore tonnes per year. Development of the underground mine commenced in 2013. Stoping commenced in 2015 and ore production has ramped up to 1.8Mt in 2017 and 3.6Mt in 2021. Initial production was truck hauled by a twin decline to surface. In 2017, the haulage shaft (740m deep) and materials handling system was commissioned. From 2018 onwards, underground ore has predominantly been hoisted up the shaft. The decline to surface will continue to be used to haul some of the shallower zones and to supplement shaft haulage. 1.6 Mineral processing The Kibali gold processing plant comprises two largely independent processing circuits, the first one designed for oxide and transition ores and the second for sulphide refractory ore. However, both circuits are designed to process sulphide ore when the oxide and transition ore sources are no longer available. The current processing plant can treat both oxide and fresh sulphide material and uses flotation with ultra- fine grind of the flotation concentrate, a treatment that is required for the sulphide ore type before leaching. Kibali has a processing operation capable of producing an average of 730koz of gold per annum for 10 years treating at least 7.2Mtpa throughput. The ore is blended using both KCD underground ore plus ore sourced from satellite open pits at Kibali. The flowsheet of the processing plant is provided in Section 14, below. 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates The Kibali Mineral Resource consists of a combination of underground and open pit material. These include the KCD, Sessenge, Pakaka, Mengu Hill, Gorumbwa, Megi-Marakeke-Sayi, Pamao (inclusive of Pamao South, also known as Tete Bakangwe), Kombokolo, Kalimva-Ikamva, Aerodrome, Oere and Mengu Village deposits. Only KCD (underground and open pit), Sessenge, Gorumbwa, Pamao (including Pamao South), Aerodrome, and Oere were updated in 2021, following additional data from drilling, and/or updated geological mapping. Pamao South, Mengu Village, and Oere are new additions to the Kibali Mineral Resource for 2021. 78% of the exclusive Mineral Resource is from underground sources, namely KCD. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 15 The cut-off grade selected for reporting each of the open pit Mineral Resource areas corresponds to the in situ marginal cut-off grade at either fresh, transitional or saprolite oxidation states, using a gold price of $1,500/oz. The pit shell selected for limiting each of the Mineral Resource areas also corresponds to a gold price of $1,500/oz. Reasonable prospects for economic extraction are demonstrated as a result of this pit optimisation process. Underground Mineral Resource was reported using Mineable Stope OptimiserTM (MSO) from Datamine™, effectively within a minimum mineable stope shape, applying reasonable mineability constraints, including a minimum mining width, a reasonable distance from current or planned development, and a measure of assumed profitability at the related Mineral Resource cut-off grade, thus deemed as having reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A summary of the exclusive Kibali Mineral Resource is shown in the table below. The exclusive Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the in situ Mineral Reserve and includes that portion of the Mineral Resource which was not converted to Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource reported throughout the report is attributable, unless otherwise stated. Further study and design, change in costs and/or gold price is required to develop economic extraction plans for the exclusive Mineral Resource. A large proportion of the exclusive Mineral Resource is Inferred Mineral Resource (26%) and will require drilling to upgrade its confidence. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource (attributable, 45%) Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Measured 7.62 3.19 24.29 0.78 Indicated 19.82 2.76 54.63 1.76 Measured & Indicated 27.45 2.88 78.92 2.54 Inferred 10.29 2.70 27.74 0.89 The Mineral Reserve estimates use updated economic factors, the latest Mineral Resource and geological models, geotechnical inputs, and the latest metallurgical updates. Some inputs were shared across all the operations during the preparation of the Mineral Reserve estimates. The Mineral Reserve was based on the development of appropriately detailed and engineered LOM plans. All design and scheduling work were undertaken to a suitable level of detail by experienced engineers using mine planning software. The planning process incorporated appropriate modifying factors and the use of cut-off grades and other technical- economic investigations. Gold Mineral Reserve (attributable, 45%) Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Proven 14.35 3.76 54.01 1.74 Probable 23.04 3.50 80.71 2.59 Total 37.40 3.60 134.72 4.33 1.8 Summary capital expenditure and operating cost estimates Capital costs Kibali is a sustaining capital combined open pit and underground mining operation with the necessary facilities, equipment, and manpower in place to produce gold. The total capital expenditure from 2018 to 2021 amounted to $484 million. This included $201 million spent on underground mining capital, which represented 42% of total capital expenditure. A total of $61 million, representing 13% of total capital expenditure, was spent on deferred stripping to remove mine waste material (overburden) to gain access to ore in new pits. A further $43.5 million, representing 9% of total capital expenditure, was spent on capitalised drilling which resulted in LOM extensions and conversion of Mineral Resource to allow for engineering of new Mineral Reserve. $18 million was spent on permit wide exploration for Mineral Resource replacement, representing 4% of total capital expenditure. Completion of the hydropower stations accounted for $26 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 16 million, or 5% of total capital expenditure, and $33 million for the refurbishment of open pit equipment, or 7% of total capital expenditure. Capital expenditure over the remaining LOM is estimated to be $715 million (from 2022) based on the Mineral Reserve, made up from the allocation of costs as summarised in the table below. Description Value ($M) Grade control drilling 41 Capitalised deferred stripping 35 Underground capital development and drilling 185 RAP growth capital 18 Exploration capitalised 6 Other sustaining capital 430 Total LOM capital expenditure 715 Operating costs Kibali maintains detailed operating cost records that provide a sound basis for estimating future operating costs. Costs used for the open pit optimisations were derived from Kibali Mining Services (KMS) open pit mining contractor’s pricing of the open pit LOM schedule. Underground operations were costed starting in mid-year 2018 as owner costs, when underground mining changed to owner operated. Labour costs for national employees were based on actual costs. Local labour laws regarding hours of work, employment conditions were also considered, and overtime costs included. During 2021, costs for processing and general and administration (G&A) were updated based on actuals adjusted with the latest forward estimates, production profiles and personnel levels. Customs duties, taxes, charges, and logistical costs have been included. Unit costs used to estimate LOM operating costs based on the Mineral Reserve are summarised in the table below. The annual fluctuation in production levels is relatively low, such that the effect of fixed versus variable expenses is minimised. Activity Units Value Open pit Mining $/t mined 3.44 Open pit Mining $/t ore mined 33.00 Underground mining $/t mined 36.16 Underground mining $/t ore mined 37.95 Processing $/t milled 17.49 G&A $/t milled 9.35 Mining total1 $/t milled 35.60 Total LOM net OPEX1 $/t milled 62.44 Notes: 1. Total LOM Net of Opex in this table, represents the total amount, before capitalised cost and royalty costs of 4.7% based on the total revenue Cost inputs have been priced in real Q4 2021 dollars, without any allowance for inflation or consideration to changes in foreign exchange rates. The QP is satisfied that the open pit and underground LOM and cost estimates have been completed in sufficient detail to justify the economic extraction of the open pit Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 17 1.9 Permitting requirements The Kibali contains 10 exploitation (mining) permits under the DRC Mining Code (2002), eight of which are valid until 2029 and the other two are valid until 2030. These key permits, licences and compliance acquired since the project acquisition include: an Environmental Adjustment Plan, an import and export licence under Kibali, permit for the construction of infrastructure at Kokiza, authorisation to import explosives, demolition permit, authorisation to resettle people, authorisation for exhumation (so that graves can be relocated out of the mining zone), title deeds for all people resettled in Kokiza and authorisation for the construction of four hydropower stations. An Environmental Adjustment Plan (EAP) has been approved by the Direction de Protection de l’Environnement Minier (DPEM) with the purpose of describing any measures that have been or will be taken for the purpose of the protection of the environment. An environmental management plan is in place, and the Kibali operations are ISO 14001:2015 certified and independently audited to continuously improve environmental management. Audits are also carried out to gauge compliance with the International Cyanide Management Code (ICMC); ICMC certification and construction of a cyanide detox plant for the tailings stream is planned to commence in 2022. The underground mine, all other open pit mining operations, and the associated infrastructure (processing plant, accommodation, and airport, etc.) are within exploitation permits 11447 and 11467. All Kibali exploitation permits are detailed in Section 17. The next renewal dates for the exploitation Permits are 5 November 2029 and 6 March 2030 and the current LOM plan for the Kibali Mineral Reserve extends beyond these dates. The DRC Mining Code (2002) includes a provision for the renewal of all exploitation permits for a successive period of 15 years, provided the holder has not breached the obligations in respect of permit fee and annual surface rights fee payments, and upholds all environmental standards set out in the exploitation permit. All the exploitation permit fees and taxes relating to Kibali’s exploitation rights have been paid to date and the concession is in good standing. There are no indicators to AngloGold Ashanti from information provided by Barrick, of any significant risks that could result in the loss of ownership of the deposits or loss of the permits, in part or in whole. Additionally, Barrick and in turn AngloGold Ashanti do not believe that there are any significant risks that may affect access, title, or the right of ability to perform work on the property. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations Geological models and subsequent Mineral Resource estimations have evolved and improved with each successive model update from added data within both open pit and underground. Significant grade control drill programs, and mapping of exposures in mine developments have been completed to increase the confidence in the resulting Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. This was demonstrated in 2017 as this was the first time that Proven Mineral Reserve was disclosed for the underground mine. The Qualified Persons are not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, metallurgical, fiscal, or other relevant factors, that could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate or Mineral Reserve estimate. In the Qualified Person's opinion, the drilling and sampling procedures at Kibali are robust, suitable for the style of mineralisation, and are at or above industry standard practices. To their knowledge there are no drilling, sampling, or recovery factors that could materially impact the accuracy and reliability of the results. In the Qualified Person's opinion, the Kibali Mineral Resource estimation approaches are appropriate, using industry accepted methods. Furthermore, the constraint of underground Mineral Resource reporting to use optimised mineable stope shapes has been deemed to reflect good to world best practice by external project auditors. The Qualified Person considers that the Mineral Resource at Kibali is appropriately estimated and classified. The Qualified Persons are of the opinion that the 2021 Mineral Resource estimates are free of material error and are a true reflection of the geology and mineralisation that has been observed at Kibali. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 18 In the Qualified Person's opinion, the 2021 Kibali Mineral Resource estimate is appropriate for the engineering to support a Mineral Reserve. The 2021 Kibali Mineral Reserve is compiled in accordance with industry standard practices and there are no factors that could materially impact the reported Mineral Reserve. No fatal flaws have been identified during internal and external reviews. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 19 2 Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant AngloGold Ashanti Limited is the registrant for whom the Technical Report Summary was prepared. 2.2 Terms of reference and purpose for which this Technical Report Summary was prepared The purpose of this Qualified Person's report is to support the public disclosure of the 2021 year-end Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate at the Kibali, located in the northeast of the DRC. The Mine is operated as a joint venture (JV) with Barrick being the JV operator. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are reported as at 31 December 2021. The Mineral Resource is reported in situ for block modelled Mineral Resource and as broken material for stockpiles. The Mineral Reserve is declared as delivered to the processing facility and is therefore inclusive of ore loss and dilution. The terms of reference are following AngloGold Ashanti Guidelines for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve and based on public reporting requirements as per regulation S-K 1300. Although the term Mineral Reserve is used throughout S-K 1300 and this document, it is recognised that the term Ore Reserve is synonymous with Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti uses Ore Reserve in its internal reporting. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the report or as appendices to the report, as stipulated in Subpart 229.1300 and 1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. The Qualified Person must draft the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in§ 230.421 of this chapter. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of the Technical Report Summary: • Assumptions and models used in the writing of this report are those determined by Barrick, the operating partner, • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated • Unless otherwise stated, $ or dollar refers to United States dollars • Group and company are used interchangeably • Mine, operation, business unit and property are used interchangeably • Rounding off of numbers may result in computational discrepancies • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, content for gold to two decimals and copper, content with no decimals • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this report and all ounces are Troy ounces • Abbreviations used in this report: gold – Au 2.3 Sources of information and data contained in the report / used in its preparation The primary source for this report is the technical report filed in terms of the Barrick Gold Corporate (Barrick) NI 43-101 Technical Report on the Kibali Gold Mine, Democratic Republic of the Congo, effective date 31 December 2021. 2.4 Qualified Person(s) site inspections The following AngloGold Ashanti employees serve as the Qualified Person (QP) for the report. As part of quarterly board meeting reviews, the Qualified Person Mr. Richard Peattie, AusIMM, visited the Kibali permit and operations once out of the planned four times planned due to Covid-19 travel restrictions. Additionally, the Qualified Person Mr. Romulo Sanhueza, AusIMM visited the Kibali permit last in 2020 due to travel restrictions associated with Covid-19. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 20 Below are the 2021 mine site visit dates for the (Barrick) QPs: • Mr. Rodney B. Quick, Mr. Simon Bottoms, Mr. Christopher Hobbs, and Mr. Shaun Gillespie had multiple visits to the mine site in 2021 to review: exploration work, Mineral Resource, and grade control model updates, mine plans, mining performance results, mine strategy, results of external audits, and board meeting reviews. • Mr. Graham E. Trusler visited all major establishments within the mining area including the mining pits, tailings dams, water dams and some community projects and the resettlement sites near to the mine. Reviews were held with management teams from the social, safety and environmental departments. • Dr. Thamsanqa Mahlangu made four separate visits in 2021 and reviewed the processing plant operations performance, and geometallurgical test work on new and current deposits. Also covered were reviews on the process improvement projects and board meeting reviews. • Mr. Ismail Traore made two separate visits in 2021 to review mining performance results, Mineral Reserve, and grade control model updates, mine strategy, results of external audits, and board meeting reviews. 2.5 Purpose of this report This is the first-time reporting of the Technical Report Summary for this operation for the S-K 1300 requirements. Reporting in this Technical Report Summary relates to Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Previous technical reports followed the NI 43-101 format and were filed on the Toronto stock exchange. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates have been prepared according to the CIM 2014 Definition Standards for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve dated 10 May 2014 (CIM (2014) Standards) as incorporated with NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43-101). Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates were also prepared using the guidance outlined in CIM Estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Best Practice Guidelines 2019 (CIM (2019) MRMR Best Practice Guidelines). 3 Property description 3.1 Location of the property Kibali is located in the NE of the DRC in the Haut Uélé Province, approximately 1,800km NE of the capital city Kinshasa, approximately 560km NE of the capital of the Orientale Province, Kisangani, 1,800km from the Kenyan port of Mombasa, 1,950km from the Tanzanian port of Dar es Salaam, and 150km west of the Ugandan border town of Arua, near the international borders with Uganda and Sudan. The Project, which covers an area of approximately 1,836km2, is centred at approximately 3.13º latitude and 29.58° longitude, in the Haut Uélé Province. The plant centroid co-ordinates are 3.6'50"N, 29.35'31"E. Personnel access to the project is commonly through charter flight directly to site from Entebbe, Uganda which is served daily by commercial flights from European cities. Road access is available from Kampala, Uganda and is approximately 650km, which provides the primary route for operational supply chain. The map on the following page shows the Kibali infrastructure and licences, with the total mining lease area insert shown in the top right corner. The co-ordinates of the mine, as represented by the plant, are depicted on the map and are in Latitude and Longitude.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 21 Kibali mining lease area 3.2 Area of the property The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are covered by exploitation permits (11447, 11467, 11468, 11469, 11470, 11471, 11472, 5052, 5073, and 5088) totalling 1,836km2. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 22 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting Kibali has been granted ten exploitation (Mining) permits under the DRC Mining Code (2002) in respect of the project, eight of which are valid until 2029 and two of which are valid until 2030. The table below provides exploitation permit details and the figure below shows the exploitation permit locations. All co-ordinates use UTM Zone 35N datum WGS84 grid. Kibali exploitation permit details Arête No. Permit No. Surface Area (km2) Expiry Year 0852/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11447 226.8 2029 0855/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11467 248.9 2029 0854/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11468 45.9 2030 0853/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11469 91.8 2029 0329/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11470 30.6 2029 0852/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11471 113.0 2029 0331/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11472 85.0 2029 0856/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 5052 302.4 2029 0858/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 5073 399.3 2029 0103/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2011 5088 292.2 2030 Kibali tenement and permits All Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve summarised in this report is contained within these exploitation permits. The exploitation permits occur within two territories, namely Watsa and Faradje, which fall under the Province of Haut Uélé. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 23 The principal orebody, KCD, forms both an open pit and underground mine. This operation and the associated infrastructure (processing plant, accommodation, and airport) are within exploitation permits 11447 and 11467. All the exploitation permit fees and taxes relating to Kibali’s exploitation rights have been paid to date and the concession is in good standing. The QPs are not aware of any risks that could result in the loss of ownership of the deposits or loss of the exploitation permits, in part or in whole. In the QP’s opinion, all appropriate exploitation permits have been acquired and obtained to conduct the work proposed for the property. Surface rights in the area of the Kibali permits belong to the DRC Government. Utilisation of the surface rights is granted by the Kibali exploitation permit under condition that the current users are properly compensated. All the surface rights fees relating to Kibali's exploitation rights have been paid to date and the concession is in good standing. One exclusion zone with an area of 10.26km2 exists within the permit surrounding the Kibali South deposit which was transferred to SOKIMO from Kibali in December 2012. The Qualified Persons are not aware of any other significant factors and risks that may affect access, title, or the right or ability to perform work on the property. Three Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIA), and two ESIA updates have been completed for the project. All ESIAs were undertaken in compliance with DRC legislation and the applicable International Finance Corporation Performance Standards (IFC PS) (2006); ESIA updates were compliant with DRC Legislation and IFC PS (2012). The following list identifies the ESIAs and EISA updates completed since 2010: • An ESIA completed by independent consultants (Digby Wells, 2011) as part of the Feasibility Study (FS) during 2010 and 2011. The ESIA report was submitted to the authorities in 2011 and approval was received in 2011. • An ESIA was completed in June 2011 for the new Nzoro 2 hydropower station, and refurbishment of the Nzoro 1 hydropower station adjacent to the Kibali and Nzoro Rivers, respectively (Digby Wells, 2011). This ESIA included details of the upgrade of the existing powerlines from the Nzoro 1 station, construction of new powerlines from Nzoro 2 and the construction of a diversion canal from the Nzoro River to the Nzoro 2 station. • An ESIA was completed in 2012 for the Ambarau and Azambi hydropower plants located on the Kibali River (Digby Wells, 2012). • ESIA Updates for the mine in 2015 (Digby Wells, 2015) and 2020 (Digby Wells, 2020). The project is governed by the DRC Mining Code (2002) and associated Mining Regulations. Decree No. 038/2003 of 26 March 2003 relating to the Mining Regulations as modified and completed by Decree No. 18/024 of 08 June 2018 contain provisions regarding ESIAs and environmental management, public consultation, and compensation for loss of access to land. Articles 127 and 128 of the Mining Regulations (2018) sets out the contents of the EIS and the EMP and Article 452 establishes the objectives of management measures and standards of the EMP. Public consultation of the Project was achieved in accordance with Articles 451 and 478 of the Mining Regulations (2018) and with the IFC PS. A consolidated Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) is in place which covers all aspects of the operation and was updated as part of the (revised) 2020 ESIA, which expands the original 2014 and 2015 ESMP. The original ESMP comprises three ESIAs and the impact assessment and management plans, which were updated and subsequently approved in 2016. The EAP was approved by the CPE, required under Articles 455 and 456 of the Mining Regulations (2003) and included the following conditions: • Adequate management of social aspects around the mine. • Respect of air quality requirements. • Water management and effluents to be in line with the legal limits before any discharge from the mine. • Waste management and hazardous waste management in line with legislation. • Flora and fauna promotion and conservation. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 24 Copies of the EAP were submitted to the Mining Registry Office as required. The ESMP includes current, future planned and proposed activities and a rehabilitation plan. The ESMP includes an environmental and social monitoring plan as approved by the regulators and comprises the following: • Air quality and dust. • Water sampling and analysis of: • TSF seepage water and tails streams (particular focus on arsenic and WAD cyanide which can be analysed on site). • Potable water. • Groundwater. • Surface water • Terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity/habitats. • Noise and blasting. • Soil. • Community relations and grievances. • Energy use. In 2020, the ESIA was revised to incorporate Kalimva-Ikamva, and to comply with the Mining Regulations (2018) that stipulates a mine’s ESIA is to be updated every five years (Article 463). The 2020 ESIA update complied with DRC laws and regulations and conformed with the IFC PS (2012). Mitigation and rehabilitation measures and financial provision for planned project closure have been included in the ESIA update. Pakaka, Kombokolo, Rhino, Mofu and Mengu pits have been fully, or partially rehabilitated and environmental monitoring of these areas is ongoing. All environmental permits are in place for the Kibali processing plant, open pits and underground operations, the hydropower stations, and a permit register forms part of the EMP. Permits include: • ESIA approbation – letter for approval of the environmental impacts assessment (valid for 5 years and subject to ESIA Updates). • Environmental certificate (valid as long as taxes are paid). • Permit to export used oil (1 year licence subject to annual renewal). • Permit d’exploitation (25 years). • Authorisation for owning the hydropower plants (25 years). In 2020, more than 80% of the energy consumed by Kibali was provided by the hydropower plants. Waste is managed by adopting the waste hierarchy (avoid-reuse-recycle-landfill); some incineration takes place on site at the installed MacrotechTM incinerator V70. In 2020, a total of 650 t of waste was incinerated at the onsite incinerator, 3,400 t of waste reused or recycled, and a further 1,900t was sent to landfill. New opportunities are being sought for reusing or recycling waste to further reduce waste to landfill. Other approved permits and licences include: an import and export licence, permit for the construction of infrastructure at Kokiza, authorisation to import explosives, demolition permit, authorisation to resettle people, authorisation for exhumation (so that graves can be relocated out of the mining zone), and title deeds for all people resettled in Kokiza. Environmental incidents are recorded in a register which forms part of the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS). Causes and responses are identified, and incidents closed out once investigations are completed and reviewed by the General and Sustainability Managers. A total of 11 environmental incidents were recorded in 2021; all were classified as Class 3 environmental incidents, which are defined as minor incidents that do not pose any adverse impacts or risks to human health or the environment. Most Class 3 incidents were minor oil and fuel spills. 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities Kibali owned 90% by a joint venture between Barrick (45%) and AngloGold Ashanti (45%), and 10% by SOKIMO. Barrick is the operator at Kibali for both exploration and mining.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 25 The DRC Mining Code (2002) and associated regulations have been amended with the DRC Mining Code (2018), which came into force on 9 March 2018, and the related amended mining regulations, which came into force on 8 June 2018. The following changes made to the DRC Mining Code (2002) in 2018 introduced a series of changes at Kibali: • royalty charges were increased from 3.5% to 4.7%, which is not anticipated to materially impact the LOM profitability • various increases in import and other duties from 4% to 7% depending on consumable type, which is not anticipated to materially alter the LOM profitability • a super-tax profit has been promulgated based on the FS prepared at the time the approval was given for the construction of the project and accordingly, such a tax is applicable only if the average annual gold price was in excess of $2,000/oz. No other parties own a royalty interest other than the DRC government. This increases royalty charges over the LOM, which would not materially impact the LOM profitability. Various increases in import and other duties from 4% to 7% depending on consumable type, which would not materially impact the LOM profitability. The exact impact, if any, of the changes will only be fully known once the DRC Mining Code (2018) and related regulations are clarified and implemented in full. Going forward, the DRC Mining Code (2018) envisages a stability period for the tax, customs, and exchange control regime of five years from the date on which the DRC Mining Code (2018) came into force and further provides that a number of the taxes shall be applied in accordance with the applicable substantive law. 4 Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure, and physiography 4.1 Property description Kibali is located in the NE of the DRC, approximately 560km NE of the city of Kisangani and near the international borders with Uganda and South Sudan. The project is situated in a rural setting that lacks local infrastructure. Infrastructure throughout the DRC is generally poor. The main access points for equipment and supplies for the operation include the major ports of Mombasa, Kenya (1,800km) and Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (1,950km). The routes are paved up to the DRC border. Road access is from Kampala, Uganda and is approximately 650km. The arterial road between Arua and site is unpaved and serves as the main access route for materials to site. A local certified airstrip with passport control, serves as the primary access point to site for personnel on charter flights from Entebbe, Uganda, which is approximately 470km SE of the mine. International air carriers service Entebbe – Doko – Entebbe on weekdays. Climate and physiography The DRC has a total area of 2.3 million km². The country straddles the equator and is characterised by dense tropical rain forest in the central Congo River basin and highlands in the east. The climate is generally tropical (hot and humid) in the equatorial river basin and cooler and drier in the southern highlands. The eastern highlands (Watsa territory) where Kibali is located, is cooler and wetter. The Watsa territory wet season occurs between March and November, with the dry season occurring between November and March (see figure below). Watsa experiences extreme seasonal variation in monthly rainfall with most rain occurring in heavy tropical thunderstorms. Precipitation is highest in October, and January and December are the driest months. Humidity levels are highest in the wet season. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 26 Kibali average monthly rainfall statistics Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Data collected from 2012 to 2021 The Watsa territory dry season lasts from January to March, with average daily high temperatures above 30°C and average daily low temperatures of approximately 19°C. The cool season occurs between May and November, with average daily high temperatures below 29°C and average daily low temperatures of approximately 18°C. The average wind speed experiences mild seasonal variation over the course of the year, generally averaging 8.0km/h in the wet season and 6.5km/h in the dry season. Climatic conditions do not materially affect either exploration, development, or mining operations allowing these activities to be conducted year-round. The topography of the area is gently hilly, ranging in elevation between 700m to 1,500m above sea level (MASL). The immediate project area is characterised as generally hilly, which includes several discrete hills up to 170m high. The plant site is located on a flat plain area which lies at approximately 860 MASL and vegetation is dominated by elephant grass with forested areas along drainages. It is likely that the entire area comprised rainforest prior to modification by human activity. The project lies in a low seismic rated area. Infrastructure The local project area lacks any substantial infrastructure to support the mining operation, other than that which has been constructed by Kibali. All existing infrastructure supports the local subsistence and small- scale agriculture. Remnants of historical mining activities can be found on the property (residential buildings, processing plant, underground mine shafts, and surface workings) in various states of repair. Although remnants of the historical mining activities remain, the mine is essentially a greenfield development, with new facilities having been built to support the current mining and processing activities, because the current mine is of a much larger scale than any of the historical mining infrastructure. The key on-site surface and underground infrastructure at Kibali include the following: • Mine access and internal road network • A 7.2Mtpa process plant AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 27 • TSFs comprising of concentrate tailings storage facility (TSF) one, (CTSF1) and concentrate TSF two (CTSF2) for the carbon-in-leach (CIL) tails and the flotation TSF dedicated to flotation tails • Accommodation village for married and single staff and employees • Administrative buildings, stores warehouses, laboratory, workshops for surface and underground equipment, security buildings, medical and emergency response facilities • Fuel Storage • Raw and process water containment and storage dams and water distribution network • Communications and data transmission networks • Airstrip • Twin declines and vertical production shaft and a series of ramp-connected levels • Diesel generator station installed with CAT 3516B-HD (1.5MW) generators As there is no national grid power supply to the site Kibali is fully dependent on its own generation facilities. The power supply currently comes from a mix of on-site, high-speed diesel generator sets and off-site hydropower stations (Nzoro 2, Ambarau and Azambi hydropower plants); Nzoro II is currently producing approximately 22MW, Ambarau produces 10.6MW and Azambi produces a further 10.2MW, with total peak hydropower capacity of 42.8MW, which is sufficient to meet the mine power demand. A battery energy storage system was incorporated in 2020 to improve power stability. The site is connected to the hydrostations via a 66 kV overhead line network. The hydropower system has combined potential capacity of 42.8MW of hydropower (at peak) and has backup installed capacity for 43MW of thermal generation. The load demand of the mine is not constant, and power demand at full production is currently between 39MW and 43MW, averaging approximately 41MW. The primary source of raw water supply is rain and spring water catchments with top-up from a borehole system and a final backup from the Kibali River. Raw water is collected and stored in the raw water dam, which has a storage capacity of 9,500m3. The processing plant requires approximately 46,000m3 of water per day, which is sourced by reclaiming water from the FTSF and CTSF1 and CTSF2. 5 History The discovery of gold in the region is attributed to Hannan and O’Brien in 1903. Historical gold production from the Kilo and Moto areas between 1906 and 2009 is estimated to be approximately 11Moz Au, half of which came from alluvial deposits. Mining operations were conducted by the Belgian government via SOKIMO, which was established in 1926. Most of the mining activity within the project area was undertaken during the 1950s at Gorumbwa, Agbarabo and Durba deposits and are believed to have collectively produced more than 60% of the over 3Moz of recorded gold production from the Moto area. The SOKIMO processing plant was located near the old Durba mine. The plant comprised crushing and ball milling circuits, followed by gravity, cyanide leach and mercury amalgamation circuits. After independence in 1960, gold production dropped sharply as mining was mainly undertaken by artisanal workers and small-scale alluvial operations. SOKIMO changed its name to OKIMO in 1966 and was the main operator in the project area. Sporadic and negligible volumes of underground mining were conducted in the project area after 1960. The DRC governmental entity OKIMO was later transformed back into SOKIMO in December 2010. Davy McKee undertook a detailed assessment of the area on behalf of the government of Zaire in 1991, with funding from the African Development Bank. This assessment included a significant amount of drilling to verify historical data. Barrick acquired exploration rights over most of the Kilo-Moto belts in 1996 in a 70/30 joint venture with the government entity OKIMO and drilled several targets as well as completing regional and detailed soil sampling programmes. Subsequently Barrick formed a JV with AngloGold to split equally their 70% holding of the project. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 28 Kibali was discovered by the Barrick and AngloGold JV in 1998 and AngloGold became the operator of the project. The Barrick and AngloGold JV completed several drilling programmes, mainly concentrated at KCD and Pakaka, and also carried out soil sampling over most of the concession area, and a regional aeromagnetic survey at 200m line-spacing was completed by World Geoscience Limited (WGC). AngloGold and Barrick withdrew from the Project in 1998 due to local unrest and civil war and Moto Goldmines Limited (Moto) acquired the available 70% stake in the project in 2004. Moto completed a FS in 2008 (Moto Goldmines Ltd, 2008) and an Optimised FS (OFS) in 2009 (Moto Goldmines Ltd, 2009). In July 2009, Randgold and AngloGold Ashanti entered into a 50/50 JV, which acquired Moto and its 70% ownership of the project. In December 2009, the JV acquired an additional 20% shareholding in the Project from SOKIMO. The DRC state remained a partner in the project through OKIMO retaining a 10% interest. On 01 January 2019, Barrick acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Randgold (the “Merger”) and from there on, the 45% ownership of Kibali JV was transferred to the new Barrick company created by the merger in continued partnership with both AngloGold Ashanti (retaining a 45% interest) and SOKIMO (retaining a 10% interest). Since commencing mining operations in 2013 to the end of 2021, 59mt of ore has been mined from the various deposits at Kibali and the mine has produced almost 6Moz of gold. Past underground production came mainly from the 5101, 5102, 5105, 5110, and 9105 lodes. The development of the Kibali underground mine started in 2013 and the production in 2015. The underground mines stretch over a length of 1.5km and a vertical distance of approximately 735m below surface. Underground Mineral Reserve at Kibali is projected to sustain the underground mine operations until 2034 at an average production rate of approximately 10,500tpd. The historical gold production by previous operators and artisanal miners is unknown. Nonetheless, the past production for the Kibali region, that can be established, with confidence, is tabulated below. Past production records for the Kibali Mine Year Tonnes Milled (kt) Grade (g/t) Contained gold (oz) Recovery (%) 2013 808 3.87 88,199 91.5 2014 5,546 3.81 526,627 79.0 2015 6,833 3.55 642,720 83.8 2016 7,299 3.10 586,530 79.8 2017 7,621 2.87 596,226 83.6 2018 8,218 3.45 807,251 88.6 2019 7,513 3.80 814,027 88.7 2020 7,632 3.68 808,134 89.4 2021 7,783 3.62 812,152 89.8 Total 59,254 3.48 5,681,866 85.7

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 29 The summary of historical drilling highlights that approximately 2.7 million metres of drilling has occurred at Kibali since 1950. The data is not available for the 2006-2008 period. Kibali drilling summary Year Company Diamond drilling Reverse circulation RC collar + DD tail Total Metres (m) No. of holes Metres (m) No. of holes Metres (m) No. of holes Metres (m) No. of holes 1950 OKIMO 35,153 242 2,856 102 - - 38,009 344 1951 OKIMO 1,259 15 - - - - 1,259 15 1952 OKIMO 294 5 - - - - 294 5 1960 OKIMO 16,162 175 - - - - 16,162 175 1980 Moto 1,484 10 - - - - 1,484 10 1996 Barrick 8,988 70 - - - - 8,988 70 2004 Moto 9,840 50 42,133 655 - - 51,973 705 2005 Moto 42,672 201 51,685 739 - - 94,357 940 2006 Moto 50,396 227 34,658 558 178 1 85,232 786 2007 Moto 51,540 125 19,574 402 - - 71,114 527 2008 Moto 50,516 98 - - - - 50,516 98 2009 Moto 23,035 67 - - - - 23,035 67 Sub-Total 291,339 1,285 150,906 2,456 178 1 442,423 3,742 2009 Kibali Goldmines 2,938 9 - - - - 2,938 9 2010 Kibali Goldmines 28,403 64 24,166 483 - - 52,569 547 2011 Kibali Goldmines 10,507 28 59,192 1,811 - - 69,699 1,839 2012 Kibali Goldmines 23,166 79 94,764 1,834 - - 117,930 1,913 2013 Kibali Goldmines 18,794 77 80,036 1,487 - - 98,830 1,564 2014 Kibali Goldmines 34,079 176 140,283 2,941 417 3 174,779 3,120 2015 Kibali Goldmines 52,375 311 112,260 2,372 2,715 17 167,350 2,700 2016 Kibali Goldmines 71,834 559 210,908 2,950 8,691 48 291,433 3,557 2017 Kibali Goldmines 122,074 700 202,680 2,854 - - 324,754 3,554 2018 Kibali Goldmines 112,571 616 114,867 1,701 772 3 228,209 2,320 2019 Kibali Goldmines 79,584 409 102,002 1,514 - - 181,586 1,923 2020 Kibali Goldmines 116,729 551 133,902 1,900 - - 250,631 2,451 2021 Kibali Goldmines 113,698 672 182,739 3,152 793 3 297,230 3,827 Sub-Total 786,752 4,251 1,457,799 24,999 13,388 74 2,257,938 29,324 Total 1,078,091 5,536 1,608,705 27,455 13,566 75 2,700,361 33,066 Notes: OKIMO = Office des Mines du Kilo-Moto Moto = Moto Goldmines Ltd DD- diamond drilling 6 Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting The Kibali gold deposits are hosted in the Moto Greenstone Belt that lies in the NE Congo Craton that is formed of Proterozoic and Archaean-aged rocks. The northeastern Congo Craton extends eastward from the northern part of the DRC across the Cenozoic East African rift into Uganda, southern Kenya, and northern Tanzania (Allibone et al, 2020). Plutonic rocks underlie 80 to 90% of the area, volcano- sedimentary rocks are largely metamorphosed under greenschist facies conditions and form isolated belts for the remaining 10% to 20% of the craton (figure below). The Moto Greenstone Belt is elongated, WNW- ESE trending, and is comprised primarily of two distinct litho-stratigraphically blocks. To the north, the belt is bounded by the West Nile Gneiss complex, a Meso- or Paleoarchaean granite gneiss that extends northward into the Sahara Desert (U-Pb ages greater than 2,670Ma; Turnbull et al., 2017). To the south, the belt is bounded by the Upper Zaire Granitic Massif, an Archaean granite-gneiss terrane that dominates the NE Congo Craton. The Massif is locally represented by the Watsa Igneous Complex. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 30 The Moto Greenstone Belt contains Archaean aged volcano-sedimentary conglomerate, carbonaceous shales, siltstone, BIFs, sub aerial basalts, mafic intermediate intrusions (dykes and sills) and multiple intrusive phases that range from granodiorite, tonalite and gabbroic in composition. The Kibali deposits are predominantly hosted within sedimentary lithologies that have undergone complex structural deformation and metamorphism. Metamorphic grade varies from lower greenschist facies in the west, progressively increasing to amphibolite facies in the east. Granitoid plutons as old as 2,640Ma intrude these rocks, constraining the lithologies minimum age. Intrusive units from both the West Nile Gneiss and Moto Belt Greenstones are bimodal in geochemistry, with trace element distribution indicating formation in an island arc environment (Allibone et al, 2020). Extrusive units from both terranes show trace element signatures that are more typical of Mid Oceanic Ridge Basalts (MORB) (Allibone et al, 2020). Regional geological interpretations suggest that the belt is a thrust stack that developed during the collision of an island arc along the northern margin of the Upper Zaire Granitic Massif with the West Nile Gneiss thrust southward over the Moto Greenstone Belt. Ductile and brittle deformation events are observed in the lithological units, with polyphase isoclinal and recumbent folding mapped in some of the deposits. The belt is cut by two principal structure sets: NW-SE striking, NE dipping thrust faults, and a series of sub- vertical NE-SW shear structures, both of which in association with the folding are considered important mineralising controls. In the picture below, part A is a geological map of central and eastern equatorial Africa showing the distribution of Archaean and Proterozoic rocks in the Congo craton, and the location of major Neoarchaean gold deposits (Allibone et al., 2020). Cenozoic sedimentary and volcanic cover has been omitted to emphasise the Precambrian geology. The Kibali district is located in the northeastern part of the DRC. Part B is a summary geological map of the northeastern DRC, showing the distribution of Archaean plutonic and volcano-sedimentary rocks, the location of the Kibali mining district, and the area covered in more detail in the second figure that follows. Geological map of central and eastern equatorial Africa Source: Allibone et al, 2020 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 31 The figure on the preceding page shows a summary geological map of the Moto (Kibali Greenstone) Belt, showing major geological domains, crosscutting granitoid plutons, and the general structural architecture. The mineralised KZ Trend, which hosts the Kibali deposits, is located in the central part of the Moto Greenstone Belt. The project hosts most of the gold endowment in the Moto Greenstone Belt. The KZ Trend marks an important boundary between older and younger parts of the belt with different provenances (Allibone et al., 2020). The lithology to the east of the KZ Trend consists of variably deformed and metamorphosed basalt, dacitic volcaniclastic, psammo pelitic schists, amphibolite, BIF, carbonaceous argillite, chert, and granitoid intrusions between the western part of the KZ Trend and Belengo (Bird, 2016; Allibone et al., 2020). Radiometric dating of detrital zircons does not differ from the emplacement ages of the larger tonalitic plutons in the eastern part of the Moto Greenstone Belt and in the region to the south and suggests that these siliclastic rocks were deposited during a belt-wide basin extension event between 2,629 to 2,626Ma. Low- to mid- greenschist facies mineral assemblages, which include sericite, chlorite, pyrite, actinolite- tremolite, carbonate, epidote, titanite, pyrrhotite, and rutile, have partly to largely replaced all primary minerals in rocks between the KZ Trend and Belengo (Allibone et al., 2020). A complex history of reverse faulting, folding, and ultimately mineralisation occurred over the following 10Ma to 15Ma. Older rocks of the eastern Moto Greenstone Belt were thrust across younger rocks of the western Moto Greenstone Belt in the vicinity of the proto-KZ Trend, establishing the altered shear zones which mark the current position of the KZ Trend. At KCD, and likely elsewhere, thrust faults and klippes which formed early in this contractional event were subsequently folded and cut by younger reverse faults. Most of the mineralisation currently delineated at the project occurs along the KZ Trend. The KCD deposit and satellite deposits (Kombokolo and Gorumbwa) are located in the central part of the KZ Trend. Gold is concentrated in gently NE to NNE-plunging shoots whose orientations are generally parallel with a prominent lineation in the mineralised rocks. It has been concluded that the structure of the Kibali district is the product of at least seven phases of deformation. D1/14 through D4/14 are all ductile in character and each involved the formation of ductile faults, folds, penetrative foliations, and/or penetrative linear fabrics. D2/14 and D3/14 clearly occurred in a contractional setting, but evidence of the tectonic settings of D1/14 and D4/14 are more ambiguous. Mineralised lodes formed at some time between the S4/14 sericite foliation. D5/14 is a phase of essentially brittle faulting that was followed by a return to a more ductile style of contractional deformation during D6/14. The D7/14 event likely represents some type of minor tectonic relaxation following cessation of D6/14 shortening. At Kibali, gold deposits are generally hosted in siliciclastic (metasedimentary) rocks, BIF and chert with ore-forming H2O-CO2-rich fluids which migrated along a linked network of gently NE dipping shears and NE to NNE-plunging fold axes of the KZ Trend. On-going deformation during hydrothermal activity resulted in development of lodes in a variety of related structural settings within the KZ Trend. Three styles of mineralisation are noted: • Disseminated mineralisation is characterised by sulphide minerals over-printing and replacing chlorite and Fe-carbonate mineral phases in the phyllosilicate-rich inter-clast zones in the deformed volcano-sedimentary conglomerates, constituting the low-grade mineralisation in most deposits. • Vein style mineralisation is characterised by the formation of quartz-siderite (±aluminoceladonite) sulphide veins in lithologies that have undergone extensive Fe-carbonate alteration (Bird, 2016; Allibone et al., 2020). • Replacement mineralisation is characterised by ankerite-siderite, pyrite alteration (ACSA-B) that is typically texturally destructive. Mineralised rocks at Kibali typically lack significant infill quartz-rich veins, unlike many other orogenic gold deposits. Gold is instead associated with pyrite in zones of alteration that replaced the earlier mineralogy of the host rocks. The gold bearing pyrite is hosted by the sequence of coarser clastic sedimentary unit’s conglomerate and chert-ironstone assemblage, often with an envelope of ACSA-A. Higher grades are associated with ACSA-B with disseminated sulphides. Most gold mineralisation is texturally associated with fine disseminated pyrite, with minor pyrrhotite and arsenopyrite. The gold deposits are associated with halos of quartz, ankerite, sericite, ± albite (ACSA-A) AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 32 alteration that extend into the adjacent rocks. This widespread ACSA-A alteration assemblage is superimposed on older greenschist facies metamorphic assemblages. Gold is directly associated with ACSA-B alteration. ACSA-B alteration is ACSA-A alteration overprinted by ankerite-siderite, pyrite alteration. In smaller peripheral deposits a late chlorite, carbonate, pyrite assemblage is associated with the mineralisation rather than the ACSA-B assemblage, implying a district-wide zonation of mineral assemblages along and across the KZ Trend. Zones of mineralised ACSA-B alteration are commonly developed along the margins of BIFs, or contacts between chert, carbonaceous phyllite, and BIFs. Examples of altered and mineralised rocks from the KCD deposit Source: After Allibone et al., 2020 A. Carbonate, quartz, sericite (ACSA-A) altered sandstone and siltstone in which sericite is largely confined to spaced folia that cut relict bedding at an oblique angle. B. Strong carbonate, quartz, sericite (ACSA-A) alteration which has largely destroyed all the primary textures within the protolith. Early-formed carbonate-quartz veinlets have been dismembered along the sericite folia. C. Siderite-pyrite (ACSA-B) alteration front overprinting ACSA-A alteration and destroying the sericite folia associated with this earlier assemblage. D. Typical ore from the KCD deposit, comprising numerous irregular-shaped mineralised pyrite veinlets surrounded by siderite, ± quartz, ± magnetite (ACSA-B) alteration. Relicts of the BIF protolith remain within the altered and mineralised rocks. The mineralised 5000 and 9000 series lodes at KCD are localised along and within a tightly folded BIF horizon and adjacent siliciclastic rocks partly replaced by siderite, ± quartz, ± magnetite, ± pyrite (ACSA- B) alteration. Barren carbonate, quartz, sericite (ACSA-A) alteration overprints siliciclastic rocks up to approximately 1.2km to the west at the Gorumbwa satellite deposit. A wedge-shaped block of isoclinally folded cherty BIF and carbonaceous siliciclastic rocks is juxtaposed against the more strongly altered rocks across a folded carbonaceous shear zone. This wedge of cherty BIF and carbonaceous siliciclastic rocks hosts many of the 3000 series lodes NE of this cross section. Siliciclastic rocks in both shear bounded slices of rock were deposited between 2,630Ma and 2,625Ma, an age bracketed by those of the youngest (and only) detrital zircon population in the sedimentary rocks, and that of crosscutting porphyry dykes and plugs.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 33 KCD and Gorumbwa mineralisation shown in section Source: Allibone et al, 2020 The KCD Deposit hosts the vast majority of gold mineralisation at Kibali. At KCD, the lodes are broadly categorised as the upper 3000 Lode, 5000 Lode, and the deeper 9000 Lode, 11000 Lode, and 12000 Lode. All generally plunge from surface to the NE at low to moderate angles (approximately 25°) with mineralised wireframes based on drilling intercepts indicating a down plunge continuation of over approximately 2,000m (remaining open down plunge). The 3000 Lode crops out in the present open pit (Karagba) and is the western-most lode. It is approximately 300m in width, 30m thick, and has a broad gentle and open semi-synclinal form to its plunge. The 5000 Lode outcrops slightly east and south of the 3000 Lode (Chauffeur and Durba) and forms most of the topographically elevated area known as the Durba Hill, on which the historic Durba plant is situated. The lodes are more sub-vertical in attitude than the 3000 and 9000 lodes and are consistently of higher grade. The 9000 Lode does not outcrop in the KCD open pit but crop out to the south of the Durba Hill at Sessenge. The 9000 Lode is comprised of two main lodes 9101 and 9105. The 9105 is of a similar shape and attitude as the 5000 Lode and is connected in part. The 9101 Lode joins Sessenge and is a shallow dipping lens with a similar plunge to the 5000 Lode. The 11000 and 12000 lodes were discovered during deep drilling, and were subsequently followed up plunge, where the 11000 merges with the 5000 and 9000 lodes and the 12000 Lode crops out at Sessenge SW. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 34 KCD and Sessenge 2021 block models with underground mine design The regional (inactive) deposits are within the KZ trend and reflect gold mineralisation assemblages often associated with late chlorite, carbonate, and pyrite assemblage, rather than the ACSA-B assemblage. More specifically, the mineralisation domains in the smaller regional deposits away from the main KCD zone, are generally narrow and contact-related within narrow faults and BIF-Chert with variably intense chlorite-quartz-carbonate-pyrrhotite±pyrite-ilmenite assemblage or, quartz-carbonate-sericite ± subordinate chlorite-pyrite (ACSA). Additionally, the subordinate mineralisation zones may include a distinctive buff-coloured variant of ACSA-A and a texturally destructive ACSA-B assemblage (FeCO3- quartz±chloritoid±magnetite-pyrite). However, the orientation of many of the deposits, alteration extent and intensity, and the degree of deformation is significantly different to the main KCD deposit. At Pakaka and Kalimva-Ikamva chlorite, carbonate, pyrrhotite, pyrite-altered shear zones rather than folds are the principal controls of gold distribution. The N-S and NW-SE orientations of the primary contacts and associated structures are proposed to be less favourable that those areas influenced by the NE-trending structural corridors that trend parallel to the axial surfaces of the regional folds. This reactivation appears critical for highest grade and largest volume deposits. Additionally, chlorite abundance and the less structural repetition and less likely reactivation of axial planar shears that introduces later ore-forming fluids, may be a reason why these deposits are mineralised, but remain less prospective and contain less mineralisation than the KCD deposit. 6.2 Geological model and data density Geological models are developed and based on geological and analytical data derived from drilling and sampling. The increase in confidence is coincident with the exposures in underground and open pit environments, and the closer drill spacing. For models that have been updated in 2020, manually created, geological wireframes from vertical sectional interpretations that were spaced based upon the drill hole density. During interpretation, efforts were made to minimise the amount of sub-grade material included within each of the lode wireframes. Mineralisation domains were built using a combination of grade, lithology, alteration, structures, and the presence of pyrite content (see figure below). In areas where further high-grade shoots are evident, high- grade continuity wireframes were also considered. Most of the open pit sections were based on flitch-plans and used for updating sub-surface geology, with special attention paid to barren internal waste short-ranged lithologies. Statistical and visual analysis of the data showed that a suitable geological related cut-off grade was approximately 0.5g/t gold for the KCD and Sessenge deposits. For the Gorumbwa Pakaka, Kombokolo, and Pamao deposits the ore and waste AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 35 contacts were also modelled around 0.5g/t gold. The resulting low-grade mineralised envelopes incorporated minor amounts of internal sub-grade material content to preserve continuity. The intention of the geological domaining was to generate a single stationary geostatistical population for each of the domains. If this was not possible, then these areas were sub-divided into sub-domains thereby ensuring that single populations were created. Boundary analysis was completed to check if there was a sharp change in grade profile across a domain boundary. This helped delineate the rod-like high-grade mineralisation shoots noted in the KCD, Sessenge, Kombokolo, and Pakaka deposits. The QAQC procedures and management are consistent with industry-standard practice and the assay results within the database are suitable for use in Mineral Resource estimation. The Qualified Persons have not identified any issues that could materially affect the accuracy, reliability, or representativeness of the results. A NW-SE geological cross-section through the KCD orebody is shown below, illustrating the geological boundaries, key structural elements (shears and fold axes), and the lode outlines. NW-SE geological cross-section through the KCD orebody 6.3 Mineralisation The details for the mineralisation were addressed in the geological section 6.1. The salient points are repeated below. At Kibali, gold deposits are generally hosted in siliciclastic (metasedimentary) rocks, BIF and chert with ore-forming H2O-CO2-rich fluids migrated along a linked network of gently NE dipping shears and NE to NNE-plunging fold axes of the KZ Trend. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 36 On-going deformation during hydrothermal activity resulted in development of lodes in a variety of related structural settings within the KZ Trend. Three styles of mineralisation are noted: • Disseminated mineralisation is characterised by sulphide minerals over-printing and replacing chlorite and Fe-carbonate mineral phases in the phyllosilicate-rich inter-clast zones in the deformed volcano-sedimentary conglomerates, constituting the low-grade mineralisation in most deposits. • Vein style mineralisation is characterised by the formation of quartz-siderite (±aluminoceladonite) sulphide veins in lithologies that have undergone extensive Fe-carbonate alteration (Bird, 2016; Allibone et al., 2020). • Replacement mineralisation is characterised by ankerite-siderite, pyrite alteration (ACSA-B) that is typically texturally destructive. Mineralised rocks at Kibali typically lack significant infill quartz-rich veins, unlike many other orogenic gold deposits. Gold is instead associated with pyrite in zones of alteration that replaced the earlier mineralogy of the host rocks. The gold bearing pyrite is hosted by the sequence of coarser clastic sedimentary units such as conglomerate and chert-ironstone assemblage, often with an envelope of ACSA-A. Higher grades are associated with ACSA-B with disseminated sulphides. The structural controls on the mineralisation have been established through extensive reviews and data collection stages, which includes structural analysis, field mapping, and re-logging of the drill core, combined with cross section construction. The primary outcomes are: • Stereographic projections of structural data acquired from the core indicate that the axes of folds shown on the cross sections are approximately parallel to the overall plunge of the mineralised shoots and lineation as measured in the open pit. This is consistent with an intimate relationship between folding and later ore shoot development. • Alteration and mineralisation occur preferentially in the footwall rock immediately below the major structural break that separates the chert and carbonaceous shale-bearing sedimentary package from underlying rocks. • Alteration and mineralisation are spatially related to BIF. Wherever the mineralisation fluids intersect BIF, this appears to have promoted the deposition of gold. Alteration also preferentially extends beyond the margins of BIF, following axial planes of some of the major fold hinges, or along the preferred structural orientation with increased sericite alteration. • The pervasive sericitic alterations coincides with an increased foliation fabric. This foliation is sub-parallel to the fold axial surfaces of the mapped folds. The axial surfaces of the folds in the 3000 Lode are sub-parallel to the 5000 to 9000 lodes axial surfaces, although these generally become steeper and locally more curved (due to subsequent deformation) down section in the 5000 to 9000 lodes. • The similar orientation, form, and relative paragenetic timing of the sericitic foliation in both areas suggest that the associated folds in both areas are the same generation and not fundamentally different in terms of timing or original orientation. • ACSA-A alteration is controlled by the fold axial surface foliation in both areas and is most intense in sub-parallel shears. • Mineralised zones in the 3000 Lode are typically hosted in tightly folded hinge zones where relatively brittle host rocks (chert and BIF) have resisted folding and been brecciated and sheared. • The overprinting ACSA-B alteration and mineralisation is significantly different in the 3000 Lode but is interpreted as the result of local host rock variation rather than a significant change in the mineralising hydrothermal fluids. Mineralisation in the 3000 Lode is hosted primarily in brecciated cherts and BIF in the hinges of folds, whereas mineralisation in the 5000 to 9000 lodes is hosted predominantly in the hinge zones and limbs of folded BIF units.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 37 7 Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work The Kibali district is extremely prospective for gold mineralisation, with a relatively low exploration maturity when compared to mature districts such as in Canada, USA, or Australia. The full potential of the district remains undefined with mineralised rocks intersected greater than 1,000m below the surface in the deepest holes drilled to date (only seven holes to date drilled greater than 1,000m, representing only 0.02% of total drill holes). A fundamental exploration approach in the Kibali district involves mapping deep crustal, long lived gold bearing structures (using geophysical, geochemical, isotope data and regional geological mapping) that have the potential to supply volumes of fertile hydrothermal fluids sufficient to host world-class gold deposits. Second order structures are delineated to target prospective gold depositional sites within prospective host lithologies (such as chemically reactive or rheologically contrasting units, such as BIF, cherts, or carbonaceous shale) or structural dilation zones, which have the potential to concentrate gold in sufficient quantities to form an economic deposit. Existing and identified targets are ranked using Barrick’s Area Selection Criteria, based on each target’s geological potential and confidence scores, the results form a framework for target prioritisation and budget allocation. Exploration at Kibali is structured to simultaneously advance brownfields targets to rapidly feed into the mine plan, and to develop greenfields targets to replenish the target pipeline and sustain the long-term growth of the mine. Brownfields exploration efforts at Kibali test for extensions of open pit and underground deposits, testing lode extensions using aggressive step out exploration, and for gap opportunities within the mine area. Once a geological model is defined and tested by exploration and the target demonstrates potential, the target is shared with the Mineral Resource management department for follow-up drill testing and Mineral Resource evaluation. Satellite deposits and gaps between the existing Mineral Resource are periodically re-evaluated to define Mineral Resource extensions based on conceptual targets. During 2022, key exploration programs will target extensions and gaps to KCD-Gorumbwa-Kombokolo-Agbarabo, Kalimva, Oere, Sessenge SW, Gorumbwa SW, and Mengu Hill with the aim of identifying and defining new Inferred Mineral Resource. Geology and geochronology Since 2011, in-depth geological and geochronologic investigations have been undertaken on a variety of scales within the KCD deposit, along the KZ Trend, and throughout the Moto Greenstone Belt to define the internal structure, hydrothermal character, and geological context of gold deposits more clearly in the Kibali district (Lawrence, 2011; Bird, 2016; Jongens et al., 2016; Allibone and Vargas, 2017, and Allibone et al, 2021). Geophysics and remote sensing Detailed interpretation of multi-source remote sensing datasets with ground checking of geological and geophysical features forms the basis of the Kibali exploration programs. Remote airborne data sets include high-resolution magnetics, radiometrics, and electromagnetic (EM) and detailed topographic surveys (LiDAR). The distribution and form of the ironstone units, carbonaceous shale horizons, and intrusives in the project area can be mapped out by the airborne data sets with confidence. Targets with coincident magnetic highs (BIF), EM conductive highs (carbonaceous shales), structural complexity with folding and dislocations, evidence of alteration and/or geochemical anomalism are of particular interest. Spectrem Air Limited™ completed an airborne EM, magnetic and radiometric survey in 2010 over the project area. A total of 10,559 line-km was surveyed at a nominal line spacing of 200m, the KCD area was in-filled to 100m line spacing. To improve the detail of mapping prospective host lithological units and structures, in January 2020, Xcalibur Airborne Geophysics™ completed a high resolution aeromagnetic and radiometric survey along the KZ Trend at nominal line spacing of 50m, for a total of 7,221 line-km. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 38 The airborne EM and magnetic data have both indirectly contributed to target generation by enhancing lithological and structural interpretations, and directly through detecting and outlining several NE plunging highly conductive linear shapes. Although the EM anomalies do not directly map gold mineralisation, it is thought that the conductive linear shapes highlight structurally prospective areas and have been interpreted as representing graphitic carbonaceous shale, which has been deformed into a rod like shape by NE trending structures. The magnetic anomalies delineate trends of BIF units and highlight some of the intrusive bodies. Geophysical datasets have been combined with a longer-term study to develop a tectonostratigraphy for Kibali, and to improve the understanding of the controls to gold mineralisation and regional geological architecture. This project-wide geological framework is driving a re-assessment of exploration work to date as part of greenfields target generation. In 2020, a high-resolution topographical survey was undertaken by Southern Mapping™ to produce a digital terrain model (DTM) and rectified colour images of the KZ south area, thus completing high- resolution DTM coverage over the entire KZ Trend. The topographical survey was carried out using an aircraft mounted LiDAR system to create a high-resolution DTM of the ground surface and objects above the ground (greater than 6 cm vertical accuracy). Digital colour images were also captured from the aircraft and used to produce colour orthophotos of the project area, with a 7 cm pixel resolution. The remainder of the project area utilised topography data from Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM). Kibali Project area showing airborne magnetic response AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 39 Kibali project area with airborne EM response Geochemical sampling Soil samples are the first pass geochemical exploration technique used in the western portion of the project, where ease of access and suitable terrain aids field activities. Despite historical ASM workings and potential surface contamination, the thin horizons of transported cover, shallow depths of paleo-weathering surfaces (marked by quartz gravel layers in the district), and weak laterite development produce robust geochemical anomalies which are in general proximal to sources of mineralisation. Geochemical anomalies correlate well with the KZ Trend (as anomalies at the Pakaka-Mengu trend and Kalimva) and NE trending structure corridors (as at KCD and Gorumbwa). Prior to conducting a soil sampling programme, a regolith map is produced by interpreting remote datasets (including DTM, satellite imagery and radiometrics) and field validation. Test pits are excavated to further understand the regolith profile, thickness, validate regolith mapping and ultimately to identify any regolith characteristics that may impact soil results. Once a grid is designed, each sampling station is cleared of surface vegetation prior to sampling. A hole is excavated to approximately 30cm depth to sample the B horizon and a 1kg sample is collected. If quartz fragments are abundant, the sample is sieved to less than 5mm. Samples are collected at 50m centres along lines spaced 200m and 400m apart. Anomalous lines are in filled with samples at 50m centres along lines spaced 100m and 200m apart. Soil samples are analysed by aqua regia-atomic absorption spectroscopy for gold and X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) for multi- elements. In the eastern portion of the exploitation permit, thicker horizons of transported cover (greater than 2m) and higher-grade metamorphism demonstrated that further refinement of the interpretation of historic geochemical results was required. Therefore, a stream sediment sampling program was completed in 2018 to cover the whole Kibali permit. The purpose was to generate potential new greenfields targets with a greater confidence than the historic soil sampling alone. Samples were analysed for low detection gold and for 53 elements to define pathfinders. Gold shows moderate to good correlation with As-Sb-W. Anomalous catchments have been ranked and selected for follow up soil sampling and mapping. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 40 A review of multi-element and gold results in conjunction with one another highlights trends that can aid discrimination between real and transported anomalies. The table below summarises the surface geochemical samples collected annually. Stream sediment sampling identified grassroots targets Makoro, Abimva, Kialo, Lanza and Marabi in the east of the licence. The Lanza target was field tested in 2020 and the anomalous catchment was found not to have the potential to host a deposit meeting Barrick’s area selection criteria. Soil and stream sediment samples per year Year Company Number of soil samples Stream Total number of samples 2008 Moto 28,864 - 28,864 2009 Kibali Goldmines 5,030 - 5,030 2010 Kibali Goldmines 617 - 617 2013 Kibali Goldmines 205 - 205 2014 Kibali Goldmines 1,673 - 1,673 2015 Kibali Goldmines 2,295 - 2,295 2016 Kibali Goldmines - - 0 2017 Kibali Goldmines 4,073 - 4,073 2018 Kibali Goldmines - 313 313 2019 Kibali Goldmines 2,420 - 2,420 2020 Kibali Goldmines 1,528 - 1,528 2021 Kibali Goldmines 447 - 447 Total 47,152 313 47,465 Geophysical and geochemical targets are investigated with geological mapping, pitting, and trenching prior to drill testing. The table below presents the Kibali trenches, auger, and pit lithosamples collected annually. Kibali trench, augur and pit samples per year Year Company Trenches Auger Pits Total Meters No. Meters No. Meters No. Meters No. 2010 Kibali Goldmines 481 5 - - 273 48 754 53 2011 Kibali Goldmines 398 2 350 185 538 147 1,286 334 2012 Kibali Goldmines 1,050 43 1,083 181 691 131 2,823 355 2013 Kibali Goldmines 3,216 61 11 2 498 165 3,725 228 2014 Kibali Goldmines 8,570 83 83 23 1,115 383 9,768 489 2015 Kibali Goldmines 12,240 110 800 360 3,727 1,128 16,767 1,598 2016 Kibali Goldmines 8,066 101 1,799 843 1,830 648 11,694 1,592 2017 Kibali Goldmines 8,712 58 - - 1,596 605 10,308 663 2018 Kibali Goldmines 7,751 53 5791.75 1128 1,137 334 14,680 1515 2019 Kibali Goldmines 4,073 30 1178.57 265 314 87 5,565 382 2020 Kibali Goldmines 3,336 21 - - 123 50 3,459 71 2021 Kibali Goldmines 361 5 - - 43 24 527 33 Total 58,255 572 11,096 2,987 11,885 3,750 81,357 7,313 The picture on the following page shows the Kibali project area with stream sediment sampling gold results for each catchment.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 41 Kibali area and stream sediment sampling The figure below shows a drill plan and representative cross section through the largest deposit, KCD. It provides an example of the drill design and extent to be found throughout the various orebodies at Kibali. KCD drill plan AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 42 Section of lithology and alteration at KCD 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing Kibali is an active mine with open pits and an underground operation. As such, drilling is completed regularly as part of ongoing operations. All drilling falls into three categories each with specific objectives and outcomes as follows: • Exploration Drilling (EXP) - Wide spaced exploration drilling intended to grow the Mineral Resource. • Advanced Grade Control (AGC) Drilling – Consists of first pass wide spaced grade control drilling to increase confidence in open pit and underground Mineral Resource to a sufficient level of confidence to support Probable Mineral Reserve. • Infill Grade Control (GC) Drilling – Consists of close spaced grade control drilling for final production definition to inform Measured Mineral Resource/Proven Mineral Reserve. Generally, Kibali’s inventory of infill GC drilling is approximately six to 12 months of production coverage for open pits and between 18 and 24 months for underground. All nominated drill spacing for Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource classification, has been independently optimised using closely spaced variance drilling grids, supported by change of support analysis. This determined that, in general, the infill drill spacings range between 10m to 20m along the principal direction and 5m to 10m across strike within the ore zones for Grade Control. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 43 Details of average drill hole spacing and type in relation to Mineral Resource classification. For Indicated Mineral Resource drilling and advanced GC, approximately 40m x 40m spacing is adequate with geological continuity of 100m or more along strike. All open pit Mineral Resource that also form the Mineral Reserve, namely KCD, Pakaka, Pamao, Gorumbwa, Sessenge, Megi-Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva- Ikamva, Aerodrome, and Oere have been drilled to an advanced GC spacing. For Inferred Mineral Resource classification, drill holes are 80m - 80m or less drill spacing. All drilled holes are composited to 2m down hole during Mineral Resource estimation; this is supported by a sample interval optimisation study completed that showed 2m to be optimal for sampling within the Kibali exploitation permits. Category Spacing m (-x-) Type of drilling Diamond RC Blasthole Channel Other Measured 10x25, 5x10 Yes Yes - - - Indicated 30x40, 40x40 Yes Yes - - - Inferred 80x80 Yes Yes - - - Grade/ore control 10x25, 5x10 Yes Yes - - - RC and DD are both used to support Mineral Resource estimation. Rotary air blast (RAB) drilling has previously been used in regional first pass exploration and for sterilisation purposes. Sample data from RAB drilling trenches (TR), open pit rip-lines, and underground channels are not used for Mineral Resource estimation. DD is primarily used to establish a robust geological understanding of the controls on mineralisation, for Mineral Resource extension work, for geotechnical, hydrogeological, or metallurgical investigation, and to confirm deep (greater than 200m) very high-grade intersections in RC holes, via twinning. From surface, PQ core (85.0mm diameter) is generally drilled for the first 100m down hole, with HQ core (63.3mm diameter) or NQ core (47.6mm diameter) used from 100m to 200m depending on the drilling depth requirement. All underground grade control DD drilling is completed in NQ. Core recoveries are in general excellent, with an average of 98.8% recovery in the unweathered rock, 94.3% recovery in the transitional zone and 73.6% in saprolite zone. The average mineralised interval recovery was 98.7% with a range of between 70% and 100%. RC is only used at surface, primarily to infill gaps and improve grade confidence (Advanced Grade Control) and ultimately provide infill grade control ahead of open pit mining. RC chip samples are logged with the same lithological, mineralogical and alteration information as DD core but are logged on regular 2m RC sample intervals split through a riffle splitter. If penetration rates of the RC drilling decrease materially or if groundwater inflows prevented the collection of a dry sample, then the drill hole is continued with a DD tail. RC recovery measured by weighing the total weight of the sample collected over a metre drilled and comparing it to the theoretical expected weight for each material type (lithological unit) and weathering type. RC recovery is good with an average of 94.6% recovery in the unweathered rock, 91.5% recovery in the transitional zone and 81.6% in saprolite zone. Average mineralised interval recovery was 89.2% with a range of between 76.4% and 100%. Downhole surveying and collars Reflex EZ-TracTM tools were used prior to mid-2016 but were replaced by Reflex EZ-GyroTM. When both EZ-Trac and conventional gyro surveys were being completed, the results of the gyro survey took higher priority than those of Reflex EZ-TracTM surveys. Orientation surveys are completed on all holes using either a Reflex EZ-GyroTM or a Reflex GYRO SPRINT- IQTM (new gyro tool introduced in 2020). Reflex EZ-GyroTM surveys were undertaken in both up hole and down hole directions every 5m and Reflex Sprint-Gyro surveys are undertaken in an up-hole direction every 3m. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 44 Downhole survey equipment is calibrated yearly and checked every quarter by Reflex technicians during site visits. All drill collar locations are surveyed using differential GPS to 10mm accuracy. The mine uses the UTM Zone 35N datum WGS84 grid for drill hole co-ordinates. Logging All DD core is oriented and where orientation is not possible the core is assembled with previous runs, where possible, to extend the orientation line. DD core is geologically logged into standardised paper log sheets that include weathering, grain size, mineralisation, alteration style, lithology, structural measurements with sketches and redox data. This is manually transcribed to Excel™ before being stored in a central database, after the responsible geologist has validated their inputs. All Excel™ drillhole log sheets are imported directly into the database. Direct digital capture of geological logging was tested, but loss of sketched structures and issues with ease of re-logging and collaboration mean that paper logs are preferred. Geologists create a sampling plan using the same paper sheets and label the boxes and core with sample codes. The core (both wet and dry) is then digitally photographed using a purpose-built imaging station, high-resolution camera and Imago software. These photos are stored on the cloud for ease of sharing and future viewing in 3D modelling software. A dedicated team captures detailed geotechnical logging using digital tablets for all OP and UG drill core, not just for holes drilled specifically for geotechnical assessment. Since 2018, logging data is synchronised with the main database at the end of the shift. RC chips are logged in the field by the site geologist. Geological logging is completed digitally using Maxwell LogChiefTM installed on tablets that captures weathering, grain size, mineralisation, alteration style, lithology, and redox data, for each 1m run interval. 7.3 Results AngloGold Ashanti has elected not to provide drilling results for its operating mines as drilling at our brownfields operations is generally to provide incremental additions, or conversions to already reported Mineral Resource and therefore they are not seen as material. While these increase confidence in our Mineral Resource as well as add LOM extensions, the incremental additions that occur on a yearly basis are not material to that operation or the company as a whole. In cases where the drilling projects are supporting a non-sustaining addition, these projects are commented on in the project section of the report (Section 1.4 and/or Section 7.1). In our major greenfield projects if any single drill result is considered material and may change the reported Mineral Resource significantly then it will be reported. As such, this report is not being submitted in support of the disclosure of exploration results and therefore no disclosure of drilling or sample results is provided. 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples Since 2009, 2,257,938m of drilling from 29,324 DD and RD holes have been drilled. This data has been used for estimation of the Mineral Resource. Prior to 2009, a total of 442,423m of historical drilling was conducted by previous operators in different drilling campaigns, as described in Section 5. This historical drill hole data now constitutes a minority (11%) of the total database used in the geological framework and for the estimation of Kibali Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. This data is used for exploration targeting but has been effectively superseded by current drill holes within the declared Mineral Resource. 7.5 Hydrogeology & water management The maximum daily rainfall record for Kibali over the last 15 years ranges from 60mm to 110mm in 24 hours. The months likely to register the maximum daily rainfall are May and September (four counts), July (six counts), August and October (five counts). For water management planning, 1:100 year rainfall events derived from on-site data are used across all Mineral Reserve open pit designs.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 45 Alteration changes the fabric of the rock mass and may therefore cause significant changes to its hydraulic conductivity. Silicic alteration in a rock mass has the tendency to sustain open fracturing, while fractures tend to heal due to sericitic alteration, reducing their potential to transmit groundwater. Interpretations from a historic Packer test completed in 2012 at KCD, indicate a geometric mean hydraulic conductivity of 2.38E-08m/s. Conductivities of up to 1e-5m/s were interpreted, indicating the presence of high yielding structures, even at greater depths. From a Packer test done in 2018, conductivities of up to 4.19E-5m/s were interpreted. Hydrogeological modelling and monitoring at KCD underground are managed by a hydrogeological team on site. SRK provides support and review on hydrogeological aspects. The pit dewatering strategy was reviewed and is now primarily based on using in-pit sump pumping to manage ingress on the mining floor. A revised conceptual model for the Northern KCD area was developed that considers both current (pre- mitigation) and future (post-mitigation) groundwater pathways. The revised conceptual model was used as the basis for the proposed dewatering and depressurisation plan. This is managed through the dewatering plans and processes, which rely on the appropriate pumping infrastructure that exists within the mine. Pumping installations in the sections of the mine accessed from the decline are in operation. A permanent pumping station in the shaft has been commissioned and provides pumping of all water from the underground mine. 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis Damage mapping undertaken by the geotechnical engineers is continuously updated. The resultant data from this mapping are being used to calibrate the numerical model, as well as an aid to understanding mining induced stress effects and the response of the rock mass to development and production mining. Installation and operation of the underground seismic system (Phase 1 and 2). Similar to the damage mapping, the resultant seismic data are used to calibrate the numerical model. While the seismic potential for Kibali does not appear to as be high as it is in Western Australia for example, seismic monitoring is still necessary as a normal part of seismic risk management. With underground stope production starting in December 2014 (and the subsequent voids backfilled with paste), assessing the geotechnical aspects of the underground mine has continued over the recent years. This will continue as experience is gained from understanding how the rock mass responds over time to the mining induced effects from stope production. This work will be particularly pertinent if there are any future changes to the geology block model that then requires modification to stope shapes and the subsequent extraction sequence. 8 Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation DD core samples selected are usually between 0.8m and 1.2m long. The drill core is split in half along a cutting line (CL), 10° clockwise from the orientation line (OL), using diamond saws utilising fresh water. When looking down hole, the right-hand side half-core is submitted for primary assay. Quarter-core is submitted when taking a field duplicate to ensure that there is some core preserved in the box. However, as of the end of 2021, half-core will be used for field duplicates. All remaining core is stored for future reference. RC samples are collected from the rig in fixed 2m intervals using an external Gilson splitter. The total mass is collected from the cyclone in 1m run intervals, split by 50% to reduce manual handling. Two consecutive runs are combined to be mixed and further homogenised twice through a splitter. This mass is split three further times to give a 3kg to 4kg sample. Auxiliary booster units are used to ensure that most of the samples collected are already dry. On the rare occasion a wet sample is obtained, it is dried before being manually split. RC chip samples are logged with the same lithological, mineralogical and alteration information as DD core but are logged on regular 2m RC sample intervals split through a riffle splitter. Recent RC drilling has generally been completed by Boart Longyear and Ore Zone, with smaller amounts completed by local AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 46 contractors AMAZONE (now TTS) and BMS. RC holes typically use 131mm diameter rods with a 5.5-inch face-sampling bit. RC recovery is measured by weighing the total weight of the sample collected over a metre drilled and comparing it to the theoretical expected weight for each material type (lithological unit) and weathering type. RC recovery is good with an average of 94.6% recovery in the unweathered rock, 91.5% recovery in the transitional zone and 81.6% in saprolite zone. Average mineralised interval recovery was 89.2% with a range of between 76.4% and 100%. All samples submitted for assay are prepared and analysed at the SGS Doko laboratory, which is independently managed by SGS but is located at the Kibali site for exclusive use by Kibali. Grade control and exploration drill samples are prepared in the same manner. Once the samples are received by SGS Doko, the sample is weighed and entered into a Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). Samples are dried in an oven at 105°C. Channel and trench samples are disaggregated to remove dry lumps. All dried samples are crushed to ensure that 75% of the sample is below 2mm. The crushed sample is then passed through a Rocklab BOYD™ crusher with auto rotary splitter and the 75% reject material is retained. The 25% split sample is then pulverised in an LM2 pulveriser until 85% passes through a 75µm (200 mesh) screen and after mat rolling, approximately 350 g is spooned into a packet. The LM2 pulveriser is cleaned with an air hose every sample, and with blank material every sixth sample. SGS Doko undertakes regular screen sieve tests on the crushing and pulverising. The coarse (2mm) reject and the pulp (75 µm) reject material are returned to Kibali for storage at the mine site for future re-analysis, if required. Details on security measures taken to ensure validity/integrity of samples and the relevant chain of custody are documented within 8.3. A detailed stepwise flow chart is provided in the figures below. These illustrate the details and process for sample preparation for all samples at Kibali. The channel samples are used as indicators for gold mineralised systems and these require a specific treatment and preparation process. DD Core Sample Flowchart AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 47 RC Sample Flowchart Channel Sample Flowchart AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 48 8.2 Assay method and laboratories All samples are analysed at the independently operated SGS Doko laboratory or SGS Mwanza, Tanzania. SGS Doko is operated using ISO/IEC 17025:2005 for testing and calibration, and ISO 9001:2015 for quality management. SGS Mwanza is used for sample overflow and analyses that could not be completed at SGS Doko including multi element analyses and arsenic for selected samples and soils analysis. SGS Mwanza is an independent laboratory, accredited ISO / IEC 17025. Australian Laboratory Services (ALS) Johannesburg is used as an independent umpire laboratory. ALS Johannesburg is ISO 17025 accredited by the South African National Accreditation System (SANAS). All samples are analysed using lead collection 50 g fire assay with atomic absorption finish with a gravimetric finish for any samples reporting above 100 g/t. Fire assay analysis is considered a total analysis for gold. 8.3 Sampling governance Samples are under secure observation by geologists from collection at rig, to processing at the site core yard, to delivery at the laboratory. RC samples on the rig are bagged, tied with custom tags, weighed, and documented. The samples are stored in a secure warehouse facility. DD samples are stored in core boxes with the appropriate numbering and markings, at the core shed area. Sample submission forms are completed and sent to the laboratory with the samples as part of the chain of custody. These are checked at the laboratory to ensure that all samples are received. Sample security relies on samples always being attended or locked in appropriate sample storage areas, prior to dispatch to sample preparation facilities. Coarse reject samples from infill grade control are discarded immediately but are stored for two months for exploration and advanced grade control. Pulp rejects are discarded immediately if the deposit is actively mined but for deposits under exploration or Mineral Resource evaluation pulps are stored until the area is mined. They are stored in the core yard in a dedicated storage area, under clean and dry conditions to avoid contamination. The pulp sample boxes are catalogued with dispatch number, laboratory job number, and sample from and to information on each box. Samples sent to SGS Mwanza are also kept in a secured samples yard. Samples are analysed at the independently operated SGS Doko laboratory, except on infrequent occasions when the laboratory has had short-term reduced operating capabilities. In these instances, samples are prepared onsite in SGS Doko and then the pulps are shipped for analysis at SGS Mwanza, Tanzania. The samples are securely and directly shipped by logistics partner TCFF to Entebbe and then onward by road to the laboratory. Umpire samples are shipped from Entebbe to the laboratory in South Africa via air by DHL. Independent audits on the Mineral Resource and all supporting data including QAQC programmes are completed on a regular basis with previous audits completed by QG Australia Ltd. (QG) in 2012 (Quantitative Group, 2013) and Optiro in 2017 (Optiro, 2018a). In September 2021, RSC completed an independent audit of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve processes used at Kibali (RSC Ltd, 2021). This included the sampling procedures used to collect the data informing Mineral Resource estimates. The audit demonstrated that Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve processes conform to good practices. However, RSC made a number of recommendations to Kibali for improvement, including a review of RC drilling and sampling practices, particularly concerning testing of alternative splitters to provide better sample quality, which will be implemented by Kibali in 2022. 8.4 Quality Control and Quality Assurance Kibali has an extensive QAQC programme in place that is managed by site personnel and reviewed by AngloGold Ashanti and Barrick technical specialists annually. Quality control checks are inserted into the sample stream prior to dispatch to the laboratory, except for coarse and pulp duplicates, which are taken as a split by Kibali staff in the laboratory using a rotary splitter after crushing, or from the pulp reject after mat rolling. Overall, the QAQC sampling includes 10%

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 49 duplicates, 6% blanks, and 3% CRM. Independent umpire laboratories are also used on a quarterly basis to verify the primary laboratory, as well as to check the consistency in sampling protocols. Kibali QAQC protocol flowchart Results discussed include samples from exploration, Mineral Resource evaluation, and both open pit and underground grade control. A total of 261,940 samples were submitted in 2021. Approximately 27% of the total samples received are check samples inserted into the sample streams, as shown in the table below. Check samples consist of field duplicates for RC, pulp duplicates for DD cores, certified referenced materials (CRM) and coarse blanks. All laboratories undertake their own internal QAQC which includes blanks, duplicates, and CRMs, which are reported alongside Kibali results. The results of the laboratory internal QAQC are reviewed monthly by the Kibali team but are not included below. Submitted samples to the laboratory Sample Type Number of Samples Percentage DD 110,774 42% RC 80,115 31% Others 290 0% Subtotal 191,179 73% Standards 8,304 3% Coarse Blanks 8,545 3% Pulp Blanks 5,821 2% Spiked Blanks 1,157 0% Field Duplicates 8,575 3% Coarse Reject Duplicates 8,471 3% Pulp Reject Duplicates 6,757 3% Pulp Resubmitted 10,605 4% Umpires 12,526 5% Subtotal 70,761 27% Total 261,940 100% AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 50 To date QAQC reporting have not been observed to contain any significant sources of error or bias that would have a material effect on the Mineral Resource. Certified Reference Materials (CRMs) CRMs or ‘standards’ are inserted into batches at a frequency of 1 in 20 (5%) samples to check for bias over time and to test for laboratory handling errors. These monitor the accuracy of results received from the laboratory by comparing against the certified reference value. CRM results that have a failure outside of three standard deviations (SD) are checked for possible CRM swaps. The table below lists the CRM submitted over the last year and their respective ranges. Standard CRM in recent use at Kibali Standard ID Expected (g/t) Assayed (g/t) No. of Samples First Used Last Used Value Std Dev Min Max Min Max Mean Std Dev OREAS210 5.49 0.15 5.04 5.94 5.31 5.7 5.50 0.15 25 25/12/2020 30/08/2021 OREAS220 0.87 0.02 0.81 0.93 0.82 0.93 0.88 0.02 30 13/10/2020 27/08/2021 OREAS222 1.22 0.03 1.12 1.32 1.12 1.33 1.23 0.03 884 01/10/2020 30/08/2021 OREAS228 8.73 0.28 7.89 9.57 8.23 9.03 8.64 0.28 39 14/10/2020 27/08/2021 OREAS228b 8.57 0.20 7.97 9.17 7.52 9.24 8.64 0.20 2169 01/10/2020 30/09/2021 OREAS229b 11.95 0.29 11.09 12.81 12.4 12.9 12.72 0.29 5 26/11/2020 22/12/2020 OREAS232 0.90 0.02 0.83 0.97 0.81 1.03 0.90 0.02 3337 01/10/2020 27/09/2021 OREAS250 0.31 0.01 0.27 0.35 0.27 0.35 0.31 0.01 233 01/10/2020 08/09/2021 OREAS254 2.55 0.08 2.32 2.78 2.37 2.81 2.55 0.08 1582 03/10/2020 30/09/2021 Blanks Blank samples help ensure no false positives are obtained from laboratory analysis, checking for contamination during sample preparation, or to detect analytical contamination. These samples should return gold assay values below the analytical detection limit (i.e. less than 0.01g/t). The coarse blank samples used originate from barren granite material sourced from Matiko and Kalimva, approximately 20km NW of the project area. During the collection of samples, blank sample materials are inserted at a rate of approximately 1 in 20 (5%) of the total submitted samples. These samples undergo the same sample preparation as the drill samples to detect inter-contamination due to poor cleaning of sample preparation equipment throughout the various sub-sampling processes. A total of 8,545 coarse blank samples were submitted to SGS Doko during the review. The results are evaluated against twice the standard deviation as an acceptable limit. The overall performance shows more than 98.7% of the blank samples assayed fell within the 2SD, shown in the figure below. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 51 Coarse blanks performance Spiked Blanks A spiked blank is inserted in an occasional batch to test whether a laboratory is actively spotting them and making adjustments. Blanks are deliberately contaminated by mixing one pulp blank with a low-grade CRM in equal proportions. These contaminated samples are inserted and submitted to the laboratory blind. Duplicates Duplicate samples are primarily used to assess precision (repeatability) of the assay data and can also be used to assess for the presence of bias in the sample preparation chain, from each sample reduction stage. A duplicate sample is a second split from the original, prepared and analysed separately with a unique sample number, inserted after every 25th sample and only in mineralised zones. Duplicate samples are obtained from five sources, with the error being cumulative: • Field Duplicate: a duplicate sample taken from the RC rig splitter or the second half of DD core, which quantifies the combined errors from field splitting through to analysis. • Coarse (Reject) Duplicate: a duplicate sample off the crusher which quantifies a coarse crush splitting error and pulverising error through to analysis. Typically, crusher and field duplicates are viewed using an absolute relative error of 20% (equates to ±10% precision level). • Pulp (Reject) Duplicate: a duplicate sample after pulverising, which quantifies pulp sub- sampling and analytical error. Typically pulp duplicates range between 5 % to 10 % precision of the primary sample (preferably within ±5% of the primary sample). • Pulp Repeat: a duplicate sample from the same pulp packet, submitted later and blind to the same laboratory, which quantifies the analytical error, but crucially can help identify bias trends over time (accuracy determination). • Umpire: a duplicate sample from the same pulp packet, submitted later to an alternative laboratory, to independently confirm the accuracy of the primary laboratory. RC and DD samples are reviewed separately to quantify and address the source of bias in duplicates more accurately. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 52 The figures below show the quality of the field duplicates, coarse rejects, pulp rejects and pulp repeats submitted during the last year. Field duplicate quality for last year Fire Assay coarse reject duplicates

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 53 Fire Assay pulp reject duplicates Fire Assay pulp re-submissions AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 54 Umpire analysis ALS Johannesburg, South Africa is used as an independent umpire laboratory. Samples are submitted quarterly, along with CRMs, to check for and quantify bias between laboratories. A total of 4,408 pulp duplicate samples were submitted across the grade range in 2021, showing no significant bias between SGS Doko and ALS. Summary of Pulp Duplicates Analysed at ALS Statistic Discrete Statistics Percentiles Statistics Original Duplicate Units Distributio n Origin Duplicate Units Population 4,408 25.0% 1.24 1.25 ppm Minimum 0.50 0.10 ppm 50.0% 1.47 1.47 ppm Maximum 290.00 295.00 ppm 75.0% 2.01 1.98 ppm Mean 5.76 5.93 ppm 80.0% 2.68 2.68 ppm Std Dev 11.10 11.42 ppm 90.0% 3.65 3.70 ppm CV 1.91 1.93 97.5% 5.20 5.12 ppm Correlation 0.969 99.9% 6.26 6.15 ppm The Figure below illustrates that there is no systematic bias above or below the 1:1 (45°) line. There are some very high-grades greater than 10g/t reported higher by ALS, but this may reflect the paucity of sample pairs at this grade and is not considered meaningful. Fire Assay of umpire samples 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy Based on the information provided by the operator, the QP is of the opinion that the sample collection, preparation, analysis, and security used at Kibali are performed in accordance with best practice and industry standards and are appropriate for the style of deposit. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 55 The QAQC procedures and management are consistent with industry standards and the assay results within the database are suitable for use in Mineral Resource estimation. The QP has not identified any issues that could materially affect the accuracy, reliability, or representativeness of the results. 9 Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures All forms of project data are securely stored in an industry standard Maxwell Geoservices (Maxwell) DataShed™ SQL™ database. Data must pass validation through constraints, library tables, triggers, and stored procedures prior to importing. Failed data is either rejected or stored in buffer tables awaiting correction. A full-time database administrator employed at site manages the database. Daily, weekly, monthly, and quarterly backups are made and stored on a hard disk onsite and automatically stored on a UK-based cloud server. A custom MS Access™ front end application has been designed for data entry, reporting, and viewing via Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), which utilises the data validation procedures from the SQL database. All other geological and mining software databases on site use ODBC link to retrieve information from the DataShed SQL database. Assay data is imported directly from assay certificates from the laboratory and validated. Only fully trained and authorised network users can upload laboratory data. Assay data is stored in a normalised format and multiple assays are stored for each sample. Ranking of different assay formats is performed automatically so that one assay result is displayed in the final table. Any change to the rankings in the assay table must be approved by the onsite database manager. Downhole survey data is directly uploaded from an associated handheld unit to Reflex HubTM, a cloud- based database server where each hole is reviewed by the respective geologist. Once approved, survey data is directly integrated with the Kibali database under an initial temporary table using a customised integration key. After further validation, it is written to the final survey table. Validation checks are performed by Kibali operations personnel on the data to be used in the estimation. In addition, Barrick as the operator completes additional data review prior to Mineral Resource estimation. An independent external database audit was completed by Maxwell in 2020 (Maxwell, 2020). Maxwell identified that the Mineral Resource data within the SQL database was in good order and only minor data issues were identified. Continued training and mentoring are ongoing for the database administrators as recommended by Maxwell. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification Historical data constitutes 11% of the drill hole database. This data is used for exploration targeting but has been effectively superseded in by current drill holes within the declared Mineral Resource. In general, twin holes completed to date have shown that assayed intercepts in historic holes are mostly repeatable. Some twin holes have identified that the down-hole survey or collar survey data of the historic data is not reliable. These limitations are clearly identified and understood. Therefore, grade data from historic drilling is generally not included and these holes have typically been re-drilled during Mineral Resource evaluation. Additionally, soil samples, channel samples and rockchip samples are not used as part of the Mineral Resource estimates. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy From information provided by the operator, it is the QP’s opinion the data verification program, as well as the sample collection, preparation, analysis, and security procedures comply with industry standards and are adequate for the purposes of Mineral Resource estimation. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 56 10 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Mineral processing / metallurgical testing Metallurgical test work has been conducted on representative samples from Kibali ore bodies, starting with project initiation in 2006 and continuing to date as additional deposits are developed. Metallurgical and mineralogical characterisation has informed the initial plant design criteria and ongoing process optimisation initiatives to maximise cost effective gold recovery from a reasonably complex and variable ore mix delivered to the plant. Test work has led to the following features being incorporated in the gold recovery process: • Centrifugal gravity concentrators in conjunction with flash flotation to recover gravity recoverable gold (GRG) early in the milling circuit. • In-line leach reactor to dissolve concentrated gravity gold facilitating a short pipeline to bullion dispatch of GRG (± 23% of total gold produced). • Processing fresh ore through conventional flotation to recover refractory gold bearing sulphide/arsenopyrite concentrate for fine grinding and high shear partial oxidation resulting in improved leach recovery and reduced cyanide consumption. • Processing free milling oxide/transition ore through conventional CIL, minimising the occasional preg-robbing effect from natural carbon in ore. There have been several test work programmes completed at Kibali. Test work programmes for some satellite deposits were completed after initial plant commissioning and others targeted characterisation. More recently, studies have been completed for Pamao, Kalimva – Ikamva, the KCD 3000 and 5000 lodes, Sessenge-KCD gap, Aerodrome, and Megi-Marakeke-Sayi, as part of the definition or validation of modifying factors for Mineral Reserve. A summary of the test work to date can be found in the table below. Summary of the Kibali metallurgical test work to date Name of Programme Laboratory Report ID or Number Public ation Date Metallurgical Test Work Including Risk Reduction and Variability Tests AMTEC/Orway Mineral Consultants (OMC) A12949 A TO D 2011 Bankable Feasibility Study1 AMTEC/Orway Minerals Consultants/Senet Engineering (SA) Senet KGM Feasibility Report 2010 Feasibility Study2 AMTEC (Now ALS)/Lycopodium Engineering 1329/16.15/1329-STY- 002/S5-B 2007 Prefeasibility Study3 AMTEC (Now ALS)/Lycopodium Engineering 1329/16.15/1329-STY- 001/S5-B 2006 Satellite pits and additional work Mengu Hill Deportment of gold in Mengu Hill feed and flotation products AMTEL Amtel Report 12/55 2013 Mengu Hill Test Work Summary (Appendices available with all details of sample selection and compositing strategies) AMTEC/OMC Report No. 8888 Rev 1 2012 Pakaka Metallurgical Performance of the Pakaka Feed Blends in the CIL – Review Relative to Feasibility and Geometallurgy Arsenic domains Kibali Goldmines Internal Review and Geometallurgy Report Internal Report 2017 Laboratory flotation test work on Pakaka gold samples (also includes in APP reports work on mineralogy) Outotec Research Finland 15142-ORC-T 2016 Gold deportment analysis of Pakaka major ore types AMTEL Amtel Report 14/14 2014 Gorumbwa Metallurgical Test Work conducted upon samples from the Gorumbwa Project for Kibali ALS Metallurgy (Formerly AMTEC) Report No. A16184 2016

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 57 Gorumbwa Feasibility Study – Metallurgical Test Work Report Kibali Goldmines Internal Review and Summary of all tests conducted – T. Mahlangu Internal Report 2014 Gold Deportment in Gorumbwa ores by CN leach AMTEL Amtel Report 14/42 2014 Sessenge Processing of three samples from the Kibali – Sessenge pit according to the current Kibali flowsheet Maelgwyn Mineral Services Africa REP 18-008 2018 Kibali Met Laboratory Sessenge Geometallurgy Work_2018 Kibali Geometallurgy Internal Test Work and Review Report Internal Report 2018 Deportment of gold in Kibali Sessenge ores AMTEL Amatel Report 16/38 2016 Pamao Pamao Gravity Test Work Peacocke & Simpson PS394A to F 2017 Pamao BRT and Arsenic Distribution Kibali Geometallurgy Internal Review Report Internal Report 2017 Metallurgical Test Work – Pamao_2017 Kibali Internal Pamao Metallurgical Review – T. Mahlangu Internal Report 2017 Metallurgical Test Work – Pamao extension & low recovery zone_2021 Kibali Internal Pamao Metallurgical Review – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2021 Ore characterisation – Pamao extension & low recovery zone_2021 AMTEL Amtel report 21-51 2021 Kalimva – Ikamva Metallurgical Test Work – Kalimva- Ikamva_2019 Maelgwyn Mineral Services Africa Report N0. 19-059 2019 Metallurgical Test Work – Kalimva- Ikamva_2019 Kibali Internal Ikamva-Ikamva Metallurgical Review – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2019 Deportment of gold in Kalimva & Ikamva ore _2019 AMTEL Amtel report 19-39 2019 3000 Lode & 5000 Lode DP Metallurgical Test Work – 3000 Lode & 5000 Lode DP_2020 Kibali Internal Metallurgical test work – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2020 Deportment of gold in 3000 Lode & 5000 Lode DP ore _2020 AMTEL Amtel report 20-41 2020 Sessenge-KCD GAP Metallurgical Test Work – Sessenge-KCD Gap_2020 Kibali Internal Metallurgical test works – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2020 Aerodrome Metallurgical Test Work – Aerodrome_2020 Internal Metallurgical test works – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2020 Megi-Marakeke-Sayi Metallurgical Test Work_Megi-Marakeke- Sayi_2020 Maelgwyn Mineral Services Africa Report No. 20-197 2020 Metallurgical Test Work_Megi-Marakeke- Sayi_2020 Kibali Internal Metallurgical Review – T. Kapotwe Internal Report 2020 Deportment of gold in Megi-Marakeke- Sayi ore _2019 AMTEL Amtel report 20-50/20-51 2019 Notes 1. Randgold, 2010 2. Moto Goldmines Ltd, 2008 3. Moto Goldmines Ltd, 2008 The extensive metallurgical test work campaigns demonstrate two distinct behavioural patterns, particularly in the oxides but sometimes in the sulphides. Some ore sources exhibit free-milling characteristics suitable for gold extraction by a conventional CIL metallurgical process. Other ore sources exhibit a degree of refractory characteristics, albeit never extreme, where straight cyanidation returns gold dissolutions in the region of 70%, which is too low for optimal plant operation. These refractory characteristics are invariably due to the presence of occluded gold particles within sulphide minerals. It has been determined that a finer grind will expose a portion of this additional gold for leaching, thus enhancing the recovery such that it exceeds 80%. In addition, many of the Kibali ore sources exhibit a preg-robbing tendency, which points to the need for rapid carbon adsorption. Thus, the Kibali plant was designed to cater for these characteristics through two distinct processing circuits: • Free-milling ore sources – conventional CIL circuit. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 58 • Refractory ore sources – flotation circuit with ultra-fine-grinding (UFG) and dedicated intensive leaching of the concentrate generated. Float tails leaching is optional and dependent on profitability. The LOM average gold extractions are 89% excluding the leach tails with minimum and maximum recoveries of 78.4% and 96.4%, respectively. The sample selection for the ore bodies and metallurgical recoveries expected at Kibali and used in the financial model can be found in the table below. Kibali recovery values applied by deposit and material class Ore Source Recovery Oxide (%) Transitional (%) Fresh (%) KCD 90.1 90.1 86.1 KCD UG - - 90.0 Sessenge 90.3 75.9 81.0 Pamao 90.9 85.0 85.0 Kombokolo 85.0 85.0 85.0 Pakaka 89.0 89.0 80.2 Mengu Hill 81.0 77.0 70.0 Gorumbwa 90.0 90.0 90.0 Kalimva-Ikamva 90.0 89.0 89.0 Aerodrome 90.0 88.0 85.9 Megi-Marakeke-Sayi 90.0 90.0 89.5 Pamao South 89.0 88.0 86.5 Oere 88.0 86.5 87.0 The resultant strategy is to: • Maximise gold recovery into the flotation concentrate – less through increased mass pull, due to the capacity limitations imposed by the downstream concentrate treatment processes, in particular UFG, and rather by reagent suite optimisation including optimal and steady flotation operation. • Maximise gold dissolution from the concentrate – mineralogical effects might have an effect, but regular diagnostic leach tests will help keep track and identify where the problems come from. Additional residence time for concentrate can be provided by the CIL – pumpcell product is provided for the benefit of further gold dissolution in the larger tanks. 10.2 Laboratory and results The data available for the original FS metallurgical sampling and extraction test work was from KCD, Kombokolo, Mengu Hill, Pakaka, Pamao, and Sessenge. While all the samples have been tested, the selection of the process routes and subsequent plant design has been based on the results from KCD, which consists of 70% of the FS ore feed to the plant. The most significant increase in tonnage is likely to come from the KCD deposit. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing fundamentals are well established at Kibali. The ore characterisation insights gained have contributed to achievement of ongoing relatively high consistent predictable gold recoveries. Extraction The physical and extraction sample selection and test work logic was developed by Lycopodium Limited and used in the FS and OFS study for Moto gold ores, following the flowsheet shown below. Extraction results presented in the figures below include the OFS results and extraction variability tests (Moto Goldmines Ltd, 2009). AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 59 Extraction test flowsheet Select Drill Hole Metre Interval Intercepts from Site Select Comminution Test Work Samples and Comminution Variability Samples Select samples for mineralogical thin section investigation Conduct JK Drop Weight tests, Apparent SG, Abrasion index, Bwi, Rwi, SMC tests and Levin open circuit grindability test work on selected samples. Crush remainder (P100 2mm), Mix, Split, Assay and Leach a sub-sample of each 10m Interval for each hole to determine direct cyanidation characteristics of individual hole composites Select Master Composite samples for Primary and Oxide material individually Select Variability samples, both spatially and by rock type Oxide Master Composite Primary Master Composite Head Assays Head Assays Mineralogical Investigation Mineralogical Investigation Grind optimisation and leach tests Grind optimisation and flotation tests Gravity gold recovery, including intensive cyanidation of gravity concentrates at “as received” and ultra-fine-grind Gravity gold recovery, including intensive cyanidation of gravity concentrates at “as received” and ultra-fine-grind Leach optimisation, including reagents, oxygen vs. air sparging, diagnostic analysis and retention time Direct cyanidation tests, including reagents, oxygen vs. air sparging, diagnostic analysis and retention time Flotation test work Flotation reagent optimisation test work, including flotation tests in site water Oxygen Uptake Rate determination Bulk gravity separation and pilot flotation Viscosity measurements at varying pulp densities Flotation Tail Flocculation and thickener test work Head assays Sequential Triple Contact CIP (Carbon-in-pulp) test work and Equilibrium Carbon Loading test work Leach tests Geochem analysis on leach tail Viscosity measurements at varying pulp density Cyanide Detoxification test work Thickener and flocculation test work Geochem analysis Flotation Concentrate Head assays, true SG determination, mineralogical examination Ultra-fine-grind test work and leach optimisation, including reagents, oxygen vs. air sparging, and retention time Indicative oxidation test work: - Pressure Oxidation, - Roast Calcination, - Bio-oxidation, - Albion Process Oxygen Uptake Rate determination Viscosity measurements at varying pulp densities Flocculation and thickener test work Sequential Triple Contact CIP test work and Equilibrium Carbon Loading test work Geochem analysis on leach tail Cyanide Detoxification test work Upon completion of the extraction test work, the Process Route is defined for Oxide and Primary Material Subject Primary variability samples to optimal recovery conditions as determined for the Primary Master Composite material Subject Oxide variability samples to optimal recovery conditions as determined for the Oxide Master Composite material Subject Transition variability samples to optimal recovery conditions as determined for the Primary Master Composite material A total of 136 drill hole composite samples, composited at 10m to 12m intervals, were subject to direct cyanidation. The test procedure involved milling the samples to 80% passing 75µm, bottle roll leaching in the presence of oxygen at 40% solids, pH 10.5 and 0.2% w/v nominal strength of cyanide for 24 hours. Note that the Master Composite and extraction variability were selected for detailed metallurgical investigation based on the geological description of the oxidation state and not the metallurgical behaviour of the hole composite samples. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 60 The results, as depicted in the figure below indicated significant spatial changes in the cyanidation response of the deposit. The scattered nature of the results indicated that certain samples logged as primary sulphide material responded very positively to direct cyanidation. Spatial cyanidation response Notes: 1. Blue Markers = Fresh, Green Markers = Transition, Red Markers = Oxide Besides the extraction variability samples, metallurgical test work was conducted on the risk reduction samples, for both oxide and sulphide/fresh samples. The data represented in the figure below gives the extraction variability for the primary process of gravity float – float concentrate leach with the exclusion of flotation tails. Samples OFS_UG 1 to 7 represent the underground samples for the OFS (Moto Goldmines, 2009). The average extraction of all fresh samples, that is, open pit and underground excluding the leaching of tails, is 88.1%. Also included in the plots are the underground FS recovery (89.8%) and open pit FS recovery (86.1%). Extraction variability of gravity float 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 S C # 1 S C # 4 S C # 9 S C # 1 3 S C # 1 6 S C # 1 9 S C # 2 3 S C # 2 7 S C # 3 4 S C # 3 8 S C # 4 5 S C # 5 2 S C # 5 6 S C # 6 0 S C # 6 3 S C # 7 4 S C # 7 6 S C # 7 8 S C # 8 1 S C # 9 1 S C # 9 4 S C # 9 7 S C # 1 0 4 S C # 1 1 4 S C # 1 1 6 S C # 1 2 1 S C # 1 2 4 S C # 1 2 6 S C # 1 2 8 S C # 1 3 5 (% ) K C D P A K A K A S O U T H P A K A K A N O R T H O T H E R K O M B O K O L O F re s h S E S S E N G I T ra n s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 D D D 0 7 2 D D D 2 5 7 D D D 1 6 5 D D D 1 6 5 D D D 1 6 5 D D D 1 6 0 D D D 2 5 5 D D D 3 4 8 D D D 2 2 4 D D D 0 1 1 D D D 0 1 9 D G T0 0 9 D D D 1 9 5 D D D 1 6 2 D D D 1 6 6 D D D 0 8 4 D D D 2 9 0 D D D 2 2 0 D D D 2 1 1 D D D 1 2 7 D D D 3 8 8 D D D 0 0 5 2 0 1 0 M as te r C o m p D D D 3 7 5 D D D 0 7 3 O FS _U G 1 O FS _U G 2 O FS _U G 3 O FS _U G 4 O FS _U G 5 O FS _U G 6 O FS _U G 7 O FS _U G M as te r C o m p P ri m ar y Ex tr ac ti o n E xc lu t ai ls Primary Extraction Average OP Fresh Feasibility UG Fresh Feasibilty

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 61 It is clear that the strategy adopted for the treatment of the oxide/transition material of the KCD is sufficient to minimise any gold losses. The benefit of treating the transition material through the oxide route with the flash flotation component ensures that both sulphides and non-floating materials are treated in the UFG – leach and CIL, respectively. The leach results for the gravity – direct cyanidation tests on the grade control samples are detailed in the table below. Leach results for gravity and direct cyanidation test work Sample No. Assay Head (g/t) Calc Head (g/t) Solids Tail Value (g/t) Gravity Recovery (%) Dissolution (%) Total Extraction (%) Lime Cons (kg/t) NaCN Cons (kg/t) DCRC0049 4.0-1 4.0m 10.3/10.7 10.2 1.37 27.12 59.49 86.61 0.56 0.51 DCRC00 37 22.0-32.0m 18.6/18.2 20.3 0.91 17.22 78.3 95.52 0.68 0.55 DCRC0047 14.0-24.0m 9.08/9.28 9.75 0.96 17.69 72.46 90.15 0.59 0.70 DCRC00 50 4.0-14.0m 12/11.2 12 1.19 33.80 56.26 90.06 0.55 0.65 DCRC0008 26.0-36.0m 5.27/4.81 5.36 0.23 25.21 70.5 95.71 0.46 1.46 DCRC0007 46.0-58.0m 2.79/2.26 2.76 0.22 13.72 78.31 92.03 1.79 0.82 DCRC0047 4.0-14.0m 3.56/3.7 3.6 0.51 15.42 70.42 85.84 0.83 0.76 DCRC0040 16.0-26.0m 1.63/1.83 1.75 0.21 8.46 79.56 88.02 0.53 0.87 DCRC0046 4.0-14.0m 1.8/1.76 1.75 0.31 10.11 72.14 82.25 1.23 0.67 DCRC000S 8.0-1 8.0m 0.8/0.72 0.84 0.03 16.07 80.36 96.43 0.75 0.38 DCRC0013 68.0-78.0m 0.56/0.44 0.58 0.05 3.45 87.93 91.38 0.87 1.26 Comminution characterisation tests – oxides, transition and sulphide ores Kibali ore source bond work index (BBWi) numbers for fresh unweathered sulphide material are presented in the figure below. These tests were conducted at a limiting screen of 106µm since the targeted grind size is 75 µm. The Pakaka sulphide material BBWi was very high, which resulted in extra cost in terms of energy, steel balls, and liners. The BBWi of other material lies within the design BBWi. BBWi for sulphide material AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 62 The average plant operating work index recorded in 2020 was 10.19KWh/t and 10.78KWh/t for Stream #1 and Stream #2, respectively, with mills specific energy consumptions of 10.75KWh/t and 11.63KWh/t. Mill products average P80 were at 78 µm on Mill #1 and 80 microns on Mill #2 (see the figure below). Test work and gold recovery variability characterisation has in the QP’s opinion resulted in provision of considerable flexibility and rigor within the plant processes enable the operation to target and customise parameters appropriate for different ore types. Kibali processing plant average P80 and specific energy consumption (2021) Particle size reduction is critical to achieve targeted direct leach and flotation recoveries as shown in the figures below. These results were generated from fresh rock KCD, Gorumbwa, and Sessenge orebody samples process in the plant post-2018 reporting. A size-by-size flotation recovery analysis conducted on plant composite samples confirmed that higher performance was achieved between 75µm and 53µm. Direct leach and flotation recoveries by Particle size AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 63 Flotation recovery by particle size Gravity amenability tests: all material types The original plant design for the gravity circuit had an estimated gravity recovery below 18%. However, actual plant performance has shown that recovery is consistently above 21%. One key change to the circuit has been to reconfigure the gravity circuit with the installation of a falcon centrifugal concentrator which primarily targets fine gold recovery. The feed to this unit is the flash flotation concentrate, which had been reporting to the final concentrate thickener creating unintended ultrafine grinding and leach inefficiencies. As part of the evaluation and optimisation of new satellite pits and new underground stopes, onsite and external laboratory gravity recoverable gold test work has become an integral part of routine work at the project. Mineralogical assessment Extensive mineralogical examination data exists for Kibali ores, primarily from the original FS work and more recently generated as part of pre-production geometallurgical studies for either new pits and/or new mining and feeding domains of the existing ore bodies. The primary objective of this work is to identify all forms and carriers of gold, assess mineralogical factors affecting gold recovery, and determine target recoveries along with opportunities to optimise. Pre-production work from proposed pits such as Kalimva- Ikamva and Megi Marakeke-Sayi are yet to be processed. Samples have been collected and are being processed to understand the bulk mineralogy and identify possible recovery impact issues. Kibali submits composite samples to an independent external laboratory for a full gold deportment, especially in cases where lower than initially predicted recoveries are encountered. Examples of exposed residual gold grains accounting for more than 3% have been identified. These have surface build-up of silver and arsenate/Fe which interfere with gold dissolution. However, up to 75% of gold losses in the tailings is accounted for by the natural refractoriness of the ore in form of sub-microscopic gold in pyrite and arsenopyrite. The latter has been consistent and elevated in the satellite orebodies that carry significant content of arsenopyrite minerals and generally retain sub-80% recoveries, exemplified by high arsenic domains at Pakaka. Deleterious elements Kibali needs to consider the remediation of cyanide species as well as arsenic. The QP confirms that there are no processing factors that could have significant effect on potential economic extraction. Kibali abides by the guidelines of the International Cyanide Management Code (ICMC) to which both Barrick and AngloGold Ashanti are formal signatories. The two cyanide TSFs (CTSFs) are both lined with a high density polyethylene (HDPE) liner. Protocols call for limited threshold discharges to the CTSF and cyanide discharge concentrations are controlled through use of an on-line cyanide analyser and controller. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 64 The presence of two CTSFs allows management of the cyanide containing liquor streams and moreover, most of the water is recycled to the plant area where there also exists an additional cyanide detoxification pond facility. Aiming to mitigate the risk of long term ICMC non-compliance and possible detrimental environmental impact of discharging high weak acid dissociable (WAD) cyanide levels in the CTSF tailings dam, Kibali evaluated the possibility of conducting peroxide detox versus the cyanide recovery process (CRP) developed by AZMET consultants, who designed the process flow sheet. Based on the Kibali LOM, the onsite test work, trade-off studies and financial analysis showed that the AZ- CRP is more effective and economic when compared to other detox methods such as the Peroxide Detox & INCO process. Another benefit of the AZMET CRP plant is the additional gold and cyanide recovery leading to an after-tax payback period of less than 4 years. The full-scale plant detox has been budgeted for 2022 and half of 2023. The main deleterious element in the Kibali ore is arsenic. Certain isolated ore types exhibit higher levels of arsenic (for example Pakaka, Sessenge and Aerodrome), which can result in dissolution during the recovery process. During the recovery process, the arsenic dissolves into solution and is captured by the leach of flotation concentrate in the intensive oxygenation/cyanidation circuit. Mitigation can occur for either of the cyanide containing streams or non-cyanide containing streams, that is, flotation tails, which report to a dedicated but unlined flotation storage facility (FTSF). Arsenic remediation can occur through oxidation of ferrous sulphate and arsenic species to the valency state (V). Alternatively, ferric chloride may be used directly, though is associated with corrosion issues. Both methods result in the formation of a stable ferric arsenate precipitate. The primary mitigation method utilised at Kibali is the application of a blending strategy where high arsenic content ores are intentionally blended with ores with low content, thereby restricting the arsenic solution tenors within the circuit. Arsenic content more than 2,000 ppm has a negative effect on gold dissolution. Dissolution values as low as 70% are attained when arsenic content increases as high as 9,000 ppm. Subsequently detailed geo-metallurgical analysis has been completed on Pakaka and Sessenge where the arsenic content has been modelled as part of the Mineral Resource block model. Metrics have been developed for stockpiling and blending, to dilute and minimise the impact of high arsenic in the overall plant feed. Additional work was carried out to identify the poor recovery related to the refractory component of the ore, while the pre-oxidation processes of the concentrate post ultrafine grinding was controlled or restricted to minimise arsenic mobilisation to solution. 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy Mineral processing and metallurgical testing fundamentals are well established at Kibali. The ore characterisation insights gained have contributed to achievement of ongoing relatively high and consistent predictable gold recoveries. In the opinion of the QP, the rigorous representative sampling and testing of new deposits provides a sound geometallurgical understanding of process requirements as mining activities advance. Test work and gold recovery variability characterisation has in the QP’s opinion resulted in provision of considerable flexibility and rigor within the plant processes enable the operation to target and customise parameters appropriate for different ore types. 11 Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for Mineral Resource There are no geological parameters that are deemed to negatively impact the prospects for economic extraction. The main deleterious element in the Kibali ore sources is considered to be arsenic. Certain isolated ore types exhibit higher levels of arsenic (in Pakaka and Sessenge) which can result in dissolution

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 65 during the recovery process. The impact of arsenic was in the leach of flotation concentrate in the intensive oxygenation/cyanidation circuit. Arsenic content in excess of 2,000 ppm has a negative effect on gold dissolution where dissolution values as low as 70% are attained when arsenic content increases to values as high as 9,000 ppm. There are no co-products or by-products. Open pit mining Open pit mining is carried out using conventional drill, blast, load, and haul surface mining methods. From 2022 onwards, open pit production will come from the Sessenge, Aerodrome, Pamao, Gorumbwa, Megi- Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva-Ikamva, Oere, Pakaka, and KCD deposits. The Mengu Hill, Mofu, Kombokolo and Rhino pits were depleted in 2017. Open pit mining is conducted by contractor Kibali Mining Services (KMS), a local subsidiary of DTP Terrassement, using either free-dig or conventional drill, blast, load, and haul methods. The mining equipment is jointly owned by a subsidiary of Barrick and the contractor’s parent, who also operates at Barrick’s Loulo-Gounkoto mine in Mali and Tongon mine in Côte d’Ivoire. All the deposits are characterised by the presence of a near-surface groundwater table with the potential for high groundwater inflows into the pits. The possible impacts of ingress of groundwater are investigated prior to mining and during the mining activities. Dewatering well systems are installed for all pits to lower the groundwater level prior to commencement of mining. A system of dewatering trenches are procedurally established prior to commencement of mining in each of the pits, preventing the inflow of any surface water to the active mining areas. The upper levels of the open pits are usually in weathered material, which typically is free digging material. Once fresh (unweathered) rock is encountered, drilling and blasting is required. Emulsion explosives are supplied as a down-the-hole service by the contracted explosive supplier Orica. Free digging in the upper levels uses 5m high benches, with 10m benches used for drilling and blasting operations. The 10m benches containing ore are excavated in three flitches of equal height. Opportunities exist to upgrade and convert the Inferred Mineral Resource within the current pits to Mineral Reserve with further conversion drilling, but any Inferred Mineral Resource within pit designs are not reported as Mineral Reserve. Under the current Mineral Reserve, the open pit end of life is estimated at year 2033. The addition of future open pit Mineral Reserve from additional exploration sites have the potential to extend open pit mining post-2033. Underground mining The Kibali KCD underground mine is designed to extract the KCD deposit directly beneath the KCD open pit. A 50m crown pillar separates the pit bottom from the top of the underground mine. The Kibali underground mine is a long hole stoping operation producing at a rate of 3.8 million ore tonnes per year. Development of the underground mine commenced in 2013. Stoping commenced in 2015 and ore production has ramped up to 1.8Mt in 2017 and 3.8Mt in 2021. Initial production was truck hauled by a twin decline to surface. In 2017, the haulage shaft (740m deep) and materials handling system was commissioned. From 2018 onwards, underground ore has predominantly been hoisted up the shaft. The decline to surface will be used to haul some of the shallower zones and to supplement shaft haulage. A major pump station has been installed near the shaft bottom with redundant capacity in the pumps and pipelines to the surface. A significant portion of the capital and access development for the mine is in place. To date 43,609m of capital and access development has been completed. The current LOM plan contains a further 9,928m of capital lateral development based on Mineral Reserve. Ore from stopes is loaded (both by teleremote and conventional manual loaders) from the stopes into the eight ore passes via finger raises on the respective levels. This ore is then transferred by autonomous load haul dumpers (LHDs) into two coarse ore bins and then into two primary crushers, followed by two fine ore bins and independent skip loadout conveyors near the shaft bottom. The proposed mining methods are variants of long hole open stoping with cemented paste: AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 66 • Primary / secondary long hole open stoping (primary 20% of Mineral Reserve tonnes, secondary 33% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used in the wider zones, with 35m interval heights where stopes are mined either as single lift or multiple (up to four) lifts, depending on stope geometry and the geotechnical stable span. • Advancing face long hole open stoping (29% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used where the mineralisation has a shallower plunge (approximately 20° to the NE), where stopes are mined with variable interval heights between 25m and 35m to optimise extraction. • Longitudinal open stoping (18% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used in narrow zones (less than 15m width) with variable interlevel heights between 20m and 30m. No significant failures of the openings in the underground workings have occurred. The rock assessed for the rock mass model is ranked as good. The underground mining operations have been owner operated by Kibali since 2018. The paste backfill plant treats the Kibali tailings from the flotation circuit by de-watering processes (filtration) to produce a paste containing binder, which is delivered to underground stopes under gravity or pump via a distribution piping system. The paste plant has been designed to treat a feed rate of 292 tph of dry tailings solids and produce nominally 190m3/hr of paste fill. The paste plant is fully automated with its own fully equipped laboratory. The paste is transported to the stopes underground via a single borehole (duty and stand-by). Paste is subsequently transported horizontally along the levels to the upper stopes. Internal boreholes take paste fill to the lower levels. Under current Mineral Reserve, the underground end of life is estimated at year 2034. The addition of future underground Mineral Reserve from additional lodes such as the 11000 Lode has the potential to extend underground mining post 2034. Mineral processing The Kibali gold processing plant comprises two largely independent processing circuits, the first one designed for oxide and transition ores and the second for sulphide refractory ore. However, both circuits are designed to process sulphide ore when the oxide and transition ore sources are no longer available. The flow sheet, depicted in Section 14 comprises crushing, ball milling, classification, gravity recovery, a conventional Carbon-in-leach (CIL) circuit, flash flotation, also conventional flotation, together producing a concentrate which goes to ultra-fine-grinding and a dedicated intensive cyanide leach. This process consists of well tested technology in the gold industry and is appropriate for the style of mineralisation present at Kibali. Extensive metallurgical test work campaigns have been completed across all deposits in Kibali that form part of the declared Mineral Reserve. These have consistently demonstrated two distinct behavioural patterns, the first of which exhibits free-milling characteristics suitable for gold extraction by a conventional CIL metallurgical process. The second of which exhibits a degree of refractoriness, where straight cyanidation returns gold dissolutions considered to be too low for optimal plant operation due to the presence of occluded gold particles within sulphide minerals. It has been demonstrated that a finer grind will expose a portion of this additional gold for leaching so that the recovery is enhanced to economically acceptable levels. Infrastructure The main access points for equipment and supplies for the operation include the major ports of Mombasa, Kenya (1,800km) and Dar es Salaam, Tanzania (1,950km). The routes are paved up to the DRC border. Road access is from Kampala, Uganda and is approximately 650km. The arterial road between Arua and site is unpaved but has been upgraded and serves as the main access route for materials to site. Local roads are generally in very poor states of repair. Supplies typically require two weeks to arrive from Mombasa. A local certified airstrip with passport control, serves as the primary access point to site for personnel on charter flights from Entebbe, Uganda, which is approximately 470km SE of the Mine. International air carriers service Entebbe – Doko – Entebbe daily with exception of Saturday and Sunday. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 67 The primary source of raw water supply is rain and spring water catchments with top-up from a borehole system and a final backup from the Kibali River. Raw water is collected and stored in the raw water dam, which has a storage capacity of 9,500m3. The processing plant requires approximately 46,000m3 of water per day, which is sourced by reclaiming water from the tailings facilities FTSF, CTSF1 and CTSF2. There are two TSFs at Kibali; one for the cyanide containing (CIL) tails and the second one for the sulphide flotation tails. The CIL tailings contain residual cyanide and are contained in an HDPE lined dam. The flotation tails contain are benign and therefore the dam is not lined. The cyanide containing TSFs are CTSF1 and CTSF2 for the CIL tails and FTSF for the flotation tails. Approximately half of the sulphide tailings generated will be used to produce paste backfill for the stoping operations. A paste fill plant filters the sulphide tailings, which are mixed with cement to form a paste fill that is delivered to the underground via a distribution pipe network from the surface. Since there is no national grid power supply to the site, Kibali is fully dependent on its own generation facilities. The power supply currently comes from a mix of on-site, high-speed diesel generator sets and off-site hydropower stations; Nzoro II is currently producing approximately 22MW, Ambarau produces 10.6MW and Azambi produces a further 10.2MW, with total peak hydropower capacity of 42.8MW, which is sufficient to meet the mine power demand. A battery energy storage system was incorporated in 2020 to improve power stability. Nzoro 2, Ambarau and Azambi hydropower plants. The site is connected to the hydrostations via a 66kV overhead line network. The hydropower system has a combined potential capacity of 42.8MW of hydropower (at peak) and has backup installed capacity for 43MW of thermal generation. The load demand of the mine is not constant, power demand at full production is currently between 39MW and 43MW, averaging approximately 41MW. Legal Kibali has been granted ten exploitation (mining) permits under the DRC Mining Code (2002) in respect of the project, eight of which are valid until 2029 and two of which are valid until 2030. All Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve summarised in this report is contained within these exploitation permits. The exploitation permits occur within two territories, namely Watsa and Faradje, which fall under the Province of Haut Uélé. Exploitation permit details. Arête No. Permit No. Surface Area (km2) Expiry Year 0852/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11447 226.8 2029 0855/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11467 248.9 2029 0854/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11468 45.9 2030 0853/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11469 91.8 2029 0329/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11470 30.6 2029 0852/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11471 113.0 2029 0331/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 11472 85.0 2029 0856/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 5052 302.4 2029 0858/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2009 5073 399.3 2029 0103/CAB.MIN/MINES/01/2011 5088 292.2 2030 Surface rights in the area of the Kibali permits belong to the DRC Government. Utilisation of the surface rights is granted by the Kibali exploitation permits under the condition that the current users are properly compensated. All the surface rights fees relating to Kibali’s exploitation rights have been paid to date and the concession is in good standing. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 68 Environmental, permitting and social considerations An independent Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for Kibali was completed as part of the Kibali FS completed in December 2012. Subsequent ESIAs for various Project extensions and new elements have been completed, the most recent of which was in 2020. An Environmental Adjustment Plan (EAP) has been approved by the Direction de Protection de l’Environnement Minier (DPEM) with the purpose of describing any measures that have been or will be taken for the purpose of the protection of the environment. An environmental management plan is in place, and the Kibali operations are ISO 14001:2015 certified and independently audited to continuously improve environmental management. Audits are also carried out to gauge conformance with the International Cyanide Management Code (ICMC); ICMC certification and construction of a cyanide detox plant for the tailings stream is planned to commence in 2022. Waste rock is generated and disposed of on Waste Rock Dumps (WRDs) that are located adjacent to the open pits and underground shaft. The waste rock characterisation assessment returned a negative acid generating status. Waste rock is used to build various infrastructural platforms on site, while the remainder is stockpiled on surface or deposited in stopes as backfill. The waste rock has been demonstrated to have moderate to high acid neutralising capacity for the majority of lithologies tested. Tailings are generated from the plant and disposed of in two separate TSFs, the FTSF and CTSF, which consists of the CTSF1 and CTSF2. The CTSF is lined and contains materials which are acid producing and which also contain cyanide residues and materials with a higher arsenic content. The concentrate tails are acid producing and contain cyanide residues and arsenic containing materials. A portion of the flotation tailings are used for paste backfill in the KCD underground mine. Routine environmental monitoring takes place across the site, including dust deposition, noise, arsenic, and weak-acid dissociated (WAD) cyanide sampling, TSF seepage water and tails streams as well as sample collection of drinking water, ground water, surface water and the TSF borehole water. Environmental incidents are noted in a register which forms part of the Environmental Management System (EMS); the causes and responses are identified, and once completed, the incident is closed out. A comprehensive water balance model has been compiled for the site, which models flows, inputs and losses throughout the operations (i.e., the open pits, underground workings, process plant, TSFs, water management structures, offices, camp, and sewage treatment facilities). The model includes inputs regarding river water use (e.g., discharges, gains, and losses, volumes of potential savings/recycling opportunities). Opportunities to reuse water within operations has significantly reduced the volume of freshwater abstracted from the Kibali River. The original vegetation of the project area has been largely transformed through human activity. Site clearance for the establishment of infrastructure, together with anthropogenic activities has occurred across all vegetation habitat types. Alien invasive plant species occur throughout all habitat types. Despite human pressure, most protected plants species remain within gallery forests (Digby Wells, 2015) that are associated with drainage lines and water courses. Biodiversity monitoring is ongoing, such as the use of camera traps to detect fauna within the concession. The Biodiversity Management Plan is being updated to reflect additional information on the biodiversity which has been collected. The mine site lies around 65km south of the Garamba National Park, which lies on the border with South Sudan. A partnership with the park has been established to support the Garamba National Park’s goals. This partnership provides a wider strategic support for game protection from poachers from the north, and connections with local enforcement networks. Mine closure costs are updated each year, with increases or decreases in disturbed areas noted and costed; the current cost for rehabilitation and closure of the mine according to the calculation model is estimated to be approximately $24 million as of 31 December 2021 (Digby Wells, 2021). The mine is a significant employer to members of the local communities. The mining operations contribute to extended LOM, employment of local Congolese and the growth of the DRC economy. Kibali’s policy is to promote nationals to manage the project. The policy of promoting local employment also extends to its

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 69 contractors. The mine prioritises local employment and in October 2021, the employee bases were made up of 88% Congolese nationals; more than 70% from the local area. More than 70% of management positions were held by Congolese Nationals. Local procurement is also promoted and is a contractual requirement for contractors. Kibali procured in excess of $110 million of goods and services from DRC suppliers in 2021. This includes produce from agribusinesses (e.g. producers of eggs, pork, maize), which is purchased for use in the mine canteens. Kibali follows a resettlement and compensation process that will leave project-affected people (PAPs) in the same or better off position than before the project intervention, which is in conformance International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (PS). Due to the construction of the project, since 2012 to date, it was necessary to resettle approximately 36,700 people, from 7,504 households. The project also displaced around 134 items of community infrastructure, including 13 communal agricultural projects, five communal business/commercial facilities, 12 education facilities, 19 health facilities, nine recreational/community facilities, 39 religious facilities, and 41 water sources. A Resettlement Working Group (RWG) was established as the primary consultation forum to develop and implement a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). The RAP process was carried out by independent consultants. All primary stakeholders are represented on the RWG. The Moratorium Zone was expanded in 2020 to incorporate new deposits at Pamao, as well as Kalimva- Ikamva (Moratorium Zone C). These areas have been rezoned and allocated to Kibali for the mine and associated infrastructure. The land was used for residential sites, agricultural, and artisanal and small- scale mining (ASM) before mining. The Pamao RAP initiated in 2020 includes Pamao North and Pamao South as expansion areas to the Moratorium Zone A to allow mining activities of the Pamao pit. It involves resettling 628 households from two villages whereby 222 households will be physically displaced and 406 will be economically displaced, who were engaged in farming activities within the affected zone but did not reside there. An additional 250 households were affected by the Pamao Diversion Road and Gatanga-Surur Diversion Road, which are both deviating the RN26 National Road and whose section is affected by the Pamao North Zone. The physically affected households will be resettled at the Avokala host site, along with the Kalimva-Ikamva PAPs. The Kalimva-Ikamva RAP was initiated in 2019 and is still under development. It involves 1,888 households from six villages, whereby 1,141 households are physically displaced and 747 will be economically displaced. An additional 232 households are affected by the host site work at Avokala, and two diversion roads created heading to the host site. Through the RWG consultation, Kibali has made funds available in the event that PAPs decide to build infrastructure themselves. In such cases, payments are made in three instalments and full payment will only be made upon completion of construction. The Kalimva-Ikamva-Pamao RAP includes construction of water sources, schools, solar power energy, road infrastructure, sports infrastructures, health facilities, cemetery, places of prayer and adequate sanitation at the host site. Guidance was provided by Congolese town planners, as well as the RWG, for a town plan outlining the development of the host site that improves the provision of basic services and social infrastructure. Stakeholder engagement activities, community development projects and local economic development initiatives contribute to the maintenance and strengthening of Kibali’s Social License to Operate (SLTO). A grievance mechanism is in place, and all registered grievances in 2021 were successfully resolved. ASM remains a concern in the Kibali exploitation permit area and the mine is working with provincial authorities to prevent and relocate ASM within the exploitation permits. The QPs consider the extent of all environmental liabilities to which the property is subject to have been appropriately met. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 70 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve in this Technical Report Summary and is reported as at 31 December 2021. The exclusive Mineral Resource is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the in situ Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: • Inferred Mineral Resource, including that within the Mineral Reserve design or stope shape; • Mineral Resource that sits above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade but below the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade that resides within the defined Mineral Reserve volume. • Mineral Resource that lies between the LOM pit shell/mine design and the Mineral Resource pit shell/mine design (this material will become economic if the gold price increases). • Mineral Resource where the technical studies to engineer a Mineral Reserve have not yet been completed. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are estimated and reported in situ and stockpiles are reported as broken material. The Mineral Resource estimates have been prepared by Barrick according to the CIM 2014 Definition Standards for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve dated 10 May 2014 (CIM (2014) Standards) as incorporated with NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43-101). Mineral Resource estimates were also prepared using the guidance outlined in CIM Estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Best Practice Guidelines 2019 (CIM (2019) MRMR Best Practice Guidelines). Definitions for Mineral Resource categories used in this report are consistent with those defined by CIM (2014) and adopted by NI 43-101. In the CIM classification, a Mineral Resource is defined as ‘a concentration or occurrence of solid material of economic interest in or on the Earth’s crust in such form, grade or quality and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction’. Mineral Resource is classified into Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Mineral Resource categories. The cut-off grade selected for reporting each open pit Mineral Resource corresponds to the in situ marginal cut-off grade at either fresh, transitional or saprolite oxidation states, using a gold price of $1,500/oz. The pit shell selected for limiting each Mineral Resource also corresponds to a gold price of $1,500/oz. Reasonable prospects for economic extraction are demonstrated as a result of this pit optimisation process. The underground Mineral Resource were reported using MSO, effectively within a minimum mineable stope shape, applying reasonable mineability constraints, including a minimum mining width, a reasonable distance from current or planned development, and a measure of assumed profitability at the related Mineral Resource cut-off grade, thus deemed as having a reasonable potential for economic extraction. The Kibali Mineral Resource consists of the KCD, Sessenge, Pakaka, Mengu Hill, Gorumbwa, Megi- Marakeke-Sayi, Pamao (inclusive of Pamao South), Kombokolo, Kalimva-Ikamva, Aerodrome, Oere, and Mengu Village deposits. KCD (underground and open pit), Sessenge, Gorumbwa, Pamao, Aerodrome, and Mengu Village were updated following additional data and/or updated geological interpretations. The updates for each of these deposits are summarised as follows: • The KCD underground model update incorporates data from GC, ACG, and EXP drilling up until July 2021 for the 3000, 5000, 9000, and 11000 lodes. The Mineral Resource is reported for the first time for the 11000 Lode. • Sessenge was updated in August 2021 with GC drilling. The Mineral Resource for Sessenge includes a small adjacent satellite deposit known as Sessenge SW. • The Gorumbwa deposit has been updated using GC and AGC, an updated void shape, and the additional data in the gap between this deposit and Sessenge. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 71 • Pamao was updated following GC drilling inside the $1,500/oz pit shell. • Aerodrome was updated in June 2021 following GC drilling within the $1,500/oz pit shell. • No new data were added to the Mengu Village deposit. The deposit was previously estimated in 2006 using the uniform conditioning (UC) method. New geological interpretations based on additional drilling data, collected during 2020, prompted a review and update of the geological model, which was re-estimated using the ordinary kriging method in 2021. Models for actively producing deposits are updated on a quarterly basis to incorporate all additional grade control drilling results throughout 2021 with a budget model produced once a year for Mineral Resource reporting • Pamao South and Oere are new additions to the Kibali Mineral Resource based on AGC drilling up to 2021. • Megi-Marakeke-Sayi and Kalimva-Ikamva are unmined deposits where no significant drilling has been completed since 2020 and 2019 respectively. • Mengu Hill, Kombokolo, and Pakaka are depleted deposits where no significant drilling has been completed since 2018 (Mengu Hill and Kombokolo) or 2019 (Pakaka). Parameters under which the KCD open pit Mineral Resource was generated are in the table below. KCD Open Pit Unit Oxide Trans Fresh Waste cost $/t mined 2.92 2.97 3.09 Extra ore cost – GC + ore – rehandle + overhaul $/t mined 1.27 1.27 1.27 GC only $/t mined 0.75 0.75 0.75 Dilution % 10% 10% 10% Ore loss % 3% 3% 3% Process cost $/t milled 15.04 15.04 17.85 Processing recovery % 90.1 90.1 86.1 General and Administration (G&A) $/t milled 8.47 8.47 8.47 Gold price (Mineral Resource) $/oz 1,500 1,500 1,500 Gold Royalty (4.7%) $/oz 70.50 70.50 70.50 Total process cost $/t milled 15.04 15.04 17.85 Total mining cost $/t ore mined 24.69 25.08 26.04 Marginal in situ cut-off grade g/t 0.60 0.60 0.70 Strip ratio 7.0 Parameters under which the KCD underground Mineral Resource was generated are in the table below. KCD UG Unit Fresh Mine production $/t mined 36.17 Capital $/t mined 3.97 Process cost $/t milled 17.85 Processing Recovery % 90% G&A $/t milled 8.47 Gold royalties (4.7%) $/oz 70.50 Gold price (Resource) $/oz 1,500 Total unit cash cost $/t milled 66.46 Mining cut-off grade g/t 1.62 Where appropriate, all models have been depleted using the December 2021 mined out stopes and surfaces. A summary of deposits and their model date is given in the table below. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 72 Deposits, status and current model date Deposit Producing Status Model Date KCD underground Active 07/07/2021 KCD open pit Active 07/07/2021 Sessenge Active 11/08/2021 Sessenge SW Unmined 11/08/2021 Gorumbwa Active 22/07/2021 Aerodrome Active 05/05/2021 Pamao and Pamao South Unmined 30/11/2021 Mengu Village Unmined 30/06/2021 Oere Unmined 26/08/2021 Megi-Marakeke-Sayi Unmined 15/08/2020 Pakaka Depleted, $1,200/oz pushback in LOM 06/06/2019 Kombokolo Depleted, awaiting 2022 drilling for UG 10/08/2018 Mengu Hill Depleted 03/04/2018 Kalimva-Ikamva Unmined 25/07/2019 Kibali inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (underground)

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 73 Kibali inclusive Mineral Resource grade and tonnage curve (surface) Modelling Geological interpretation and modelling are based on the following standard procedures: • Hard copy geological cross sections and long sections are generated and updated during drill campaigns. These are then scanned and georeferenced to be used as a basis for 3D modelling. • Geological interpretations are digitised as polylines on cross sections spaced 10m apart. Lithological, weathering, oxidation, low and high-grade polylines are snapped on each section to the corresponding sample interval. In areas of complex folding, additional polylines are wireframed between sections to build a valid 3D solid. Most of the open pit sections were based on flitch-plans and used for updating sub-surface geology, with special attention paid to short range barren internal waste lithologies. • Mineralisation domains are sub domained into low-grade (greater than 0.5g/t), high-grade (greater than 2.0g/t), and very high-grade (greater than 7.5g/t) domains, utilising contact analysis and domain stationarity tests. • For active mining areas, the geological and mineralisation models are updated quarterly when additional grade control data is available. • Interpretations are regularly cross checked with DD core and RC chips to ensure the model is representative. • Chip samples are used within the underground development area to provide an additional source of information regarding the mineralisation associated with the alteration, particularly when mapping low-grade halo contacts. This data is recorded on the underground geological AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 74 maps, which are then scanned and georeferenced for wireframe model updating. However, this data is used only for modelling of geological contacts and is not directly used for Mineral Resource estimation. • Rip-line samples are used within the open cast exposed benches to provide an additional source of information regarding lithologies and mineralisation, particularly when mapping contacts and updating the exact dimensions of modelled internal dilution, artisanal depletion, and carbonaceous shale units. This data is used for refining geological models and is not used for Mineral Resource estimation. Statistical analysis of the data shows that a suitable geological related threshold grade is approximately 0.5g/t for the KCD and Sessenge deposits. This same 0.5g/t modelling threshold has been applied at all other deposits. The resulting low-grade mineralised envelopes incorporate minor amounts of internal sub- grade material to preserve continuity. During interpretation, efforts were made to minimise the amount of sub-grade material included within each of the lode wireframes. Mineralisation domains were built with a combination of grade, lithology, alteration, structural data, and the presence of pyrite. In areas where further contiguous high-grade shoots are evident and supported by the geological logging, high-grade continuity wireframes were also considered. The intention of the geological domaining is to generate a single stationary geostatistical population for each of the domains. The dimensions and orientations of the modelled mineralised domains for all deposits are summarised in the table below. Modelled dimensions and orientation per deposit/domain Deposit Down Plunge (m) Down Dip (m) Thickness (m) Plunge Direction KCD 3000 1,900 450 200 NE KCD 5000 2,200 250 80 NE KCD 9000 2,280 470 80 NE KCD 11000 670 400 100 NE Mengu Hill 850 100 90 NNE Sessenge 500 400 40 NE Gorumbwa 1,240 500 150 NE Kombokolo 730 300 30 ENE Pakaka 1700 500 30 NE Pamao 1250 690 45 NW Megi-Marakeke-Sayi 1900 450 100 NW Kalimva 1470 270 30 NNE Ikamva 1580 120 50 NE Aerodrome 350 200 40 NNW Sessenge SW 520 150 25 NE Oere 2580 600 30 NNE Pamao South 830 150 35 NE Mengu Village 1050 560 30 NW Boundary analysis (as shown in the figure below) is completed to check the nature of the grade transition across domain contacts, most profiles being sharp (hard) and rarely gradual (soft). This helps delineate the rod-like high-grade mineralisation shoots noted in the KCD, Sessenge, Kombokolo, and Pakaka deposits. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 75 Boundary analysis example for KCD domains 5101 - 5005 Composites are coded by domain. These codes are used for statistical analysis and domain control during the estimation process. The coding of the composites and block model is prioritised to ensure that the high- grade domain codes are preserved when they are situated within surrounding low-grade mineralisation envelopes. To ensure consistency of the domaining controls used, the database and geological block model are both flagged with the same codes defining the mineralised envelopes that a particular composite falls within. The high-grade mineralised envelopes are predominantly situated within low-grade mineralisation wireframes, which are built independently of each other. Since Boolean operations are not utilised to remove these overlaps between internal high-grade shoot models and surrounding low-grade mineralisation envelope wireframes, care is taken to avoid the double-counting of samples and blocks. Compositing All samples were composited to 2m lengths honouring domain boundaries. Prior to selecting the composite length, the data was analysed using a histogram of sample length to identify the mode of length. The coefficient of variation, standard deviation, and mean plots were produced with several composite lengths to ensure that they remain stable and do not vary with compositing. Compositing is completed in Maptek VulcanTM software using the merge option for small composites, which adds the last composite (if smaller than the tolerance), to the previous interval. For Kibali, a tolerance length of 0.5m is used. In deposits where the merge option was not selected, residual composites were filtered out and disregarded during estimation. Treatment of high-grade outliers (top capping) Top capping was applied to reduce the effect of high-grade outliers during Mineral Resource estimation. Generally, the top capping occurred within the top percentile ranges, between the 95th to 99.9th percentiles within the individual mineralised lodes. A multi-variate analysis method was used to select the top cap, analysing a combination of histograms, probability plot, and disintegration. In addition, high-grade yields were occasionally used to further restrict the distance of influence of significant gold grades, with thresholds typically aligned with values observed in the histogram. Above a value threshold and beyond a specified local distance (typically drill spacing), composites are not included in the Mineral Resource estimate to limit smearing. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 76 Variography Exploratory data analysis (EDA) was conducted using Snowden SupervisorTM statistical software, with all modelling and estimation completed in Maptek Vulcan. Values less than the detection limit (less than 0.01g/t) were replaced by half the limit (0.005g/t). Variography has been used to analyse the spatial continuity and relation within the individual mineralised lodes and to determine the appropriate search strategy and estimation parameters. The variogram modelling process involved the following steps: • A normal score transform was applied to all data prior to undertaking variography on the top capped, declustered composite dataset. The data was transformed into a normal score space using Snowden SupervisorTM. • Calculate and model the omni-directional or down hole variogram to characterise the nugget effect. • Systematically calculate orientated variograms in three dimensions to identify the plane of greatest continuity. • Calculate a variogram fan within the plane of greatest continuity to identify the direction of maximum continuity within this plane. • Model experimental variogram in the direction of maximum continuity and the orthogonal directions. • Apply a back transform to all variogram models to obtain the appropriate variogram models for interpolation of the capped composite data. Within the domains, the relative nugget effect ranged between 18% and 58%, with most of the deposits showing nuggets of 25% to 35%, indicating a low to moderate grade variability, which is typical for these type of gold deposits. Variogram ranges interpreted, were typically significantly greater than the average drill hole spacing. An example of a typical variogram for Kibali is given in the figure below, for the 5000 Lode in the KCD UG.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 77 KCD UG 5000 Lode variogram In some areas which contain infill grade control drilling, such as KCD, variograms were required for nested structures, thus multiple ranges were used. Where an individual domain has insufficient samples to undertake variography, the variography parameters from a comparative domain with a similar trend was used and the orientation adjusted to match the domain with insufficient data. Prior to interpolation runs, each semi-variogram model is cross-validated to ensure that any bias in estimated grades compared to the actual sample grades is minimal. This was checked by estimating a grade value at each composite sample point, which ignored said sample point. The resulting grade is compared to the actual sample grade in the same location and is plotted on a scatter plot to establish a possible trend or bias and relative standard error. In most cases, there is an expected level of smoothing in an estimated grade compared to the actual sample grade, but overall, estimated grades and sample grades match well and conditional bias is minimised. Block model estimation Ordinary kriging (OK) was used to estimate all Mineral Resource. Quantitative Kriging Neighbourhood Analysis (QKNA) was applied to help to determine the minimum number of samples, search radius, and block discretisation for each domain. Almost all domains use hard boundaries to ensure that separate grade populations do not influence the grades (exception for between high and very high-grade domains at KCD which employ a semi-hard boundary). In certain cases, the input estimation parameters were adjusted following block model validation checks employed by Kibali, which involved visual checks, swath plots, decluster plots, change of support checks and global mean block model versus data comparisons. The figure below illustrates the results of the QKNA for domain 5101/5201 at KCD. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 78 KCD domain 5101/5201 QKNA results At KCD, Sessenge, Sessenge SW, Gorumbwa, Pamao, Pamao South, Aerodrome, and Oere deposits, the search ellipse in run 1 was setup in line with the second ranges of the variogram models, which typically corresponded to 80% of the total sill. The typical variograms modelled in KCD show extended ranges associated with the last C3 structure (typically, representative of the final 20% of the sill). The search ellipse in run 2 was setup in line with the full ranges of the variogram models. The third pass was one and a half times the full variograms model ranges and the fourth pass was double the variogram model range. In rare cases, a fifth pass was employed to ensure that a limited amount of edge blocks received grade estimates. In some cases, for example Pakaka, Kombokolo, Megi-Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva, Ikamva, Mengu Hill or where drill spacing is too wide to inform the variogram at short spacing (Mengu Village), a similar multiple pass interpolation was employed, but slightly different search distances in relation to the variograms were used. Due to the large number of domains within each of the Kibali deposits, a small subset of the KCD QKNA parameters is shown in the table below. KCD example QKNA parameters Domain OP/ UG Block Size (m) Run Search Radius (m) No. of Samples Max Samples Per Drill Hole Discretisation High- Grade Yield (g/t) High-Grade Yield Restriction X Y Z Y X Z Min Max X Y Z X Y Z 5101 Infill GC OP 5 5 2.5 1 35 15 10 9 15 3 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 2 70 30 20 9 12 3 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 3 105 45 30 6 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 4 140 60 40 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 5 525 225 150 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 5101 Infill GC UG/OP 5 10 5 1 35 15 10 12 18 4 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 2 70 30 20 10 16 4 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 3 105 45 30 6 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 4 140 60 40 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 5 525 225 150 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 UG 5 10 5 1 35 15 10 12 18 4 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 2 70 30 20 10 16 4 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 79 5003 Advance GC 3 105 45 30 6 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 4 140 60 40 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 5 525 225 150 4 12 - 5 5 5 62.63 10 10 5 Block models Consideration is given for selectivity during mine design and planning when selecting an appropriate block size. Selective Mining Units (SMUs) reflect the geological knowledge of the deposit and balancing equipment efficiency and anticipated ore loss and dilution. Block sizes used on each deposit and domain are based on the data density, directly linked to the drill campaign (GC, AGC or exploration). Block sizes are typically one half to one third the drilling spacing. Wireframes are built to define the three drill campaign areas at Kibali, which are grade control, advance grade control and exploration/Mineral Resource drilling, listed in order of decreasing drillhole density. The drill campaign wireframes control the maximum size of the blocks that are built in a specified block model area, allowing the estimation to be carried out on a parent block size appropriate to each drill campaign, within a single block model. Sub-blocking was used to define the geological and domain contacts to an acceptable level of accuracy within the block model, allowing a higher resolution when the model is interpolated. The search strategy used was based on the variogram results obtained through considering the data distribution for each of the domains. The search ellipsoids were orientated optimally for each domain, considering the plunge and dip of the wireframe. Each pass is completed using a varying degree of restrictions before any given block can be estimated. In total, four passes were used on every block model, each with increasing search radius representing the decreasing confidence in the blocks for each subsequent run. In rare situations, a fifth pass was considered to fill a small number of edge blocks with grades, typically in conceptual/exploration target zones. Dolerite dykes were wireframed and coded into the block with the relevant grade field set to zero as default. All block models use a standardised attribute field setup to ensure consistency of nomenclature and data capture across all deposits within Kibali. For all deposits, gold grades are estimated using OK. For Sessenge, Pakaka, and Aerodrome arsenic grades are also estimated using OK. Dynamic anisotropy Many of the models since 2017 were estimated using the dynamic anisotropy (DA) functionality within VulcanTM software. At Kibali, DA surfaces are modelled for each domain. These are usually simple surfaces that trend through the middle of the 3D mineralisation wireframes, orientation data from which is written to the block model and used to orientate the search neighbourhood. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 80 Example of a dynamic anisotropy surface from KCD domain 5002. Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Notes: 1. Dynamic Anisotropy surface (Red), and 5002 Mineralised domain (brown) 2. Looking northwest Topography The topography has been defined using a 2m contoured LiDAR digital terrain model (DTM). This DTM covers the entire project area as required for mine design purposes. The surface was checked against known drill hole collar elevations, and an acceptable match was found. Original data was captured in UTM WGS84 Zone 35N with elevation. For the purposes of converting the elevation from UTM to mine grid, +5,000m was applied to the elevation. Once the conversion was completed, all data (i.e., drill holes, DTM, 3D wireframes, and block models) were checked to ensure that they all use the same mine grid system. Bulk density Density values were measured from DDl core samples by applying the Archimedes Principle: density = weight (in air) ÷ (weight (in air) – weight (in water) Bulk density measurements were carried out on the fresh, transition, and saprolite material for both mineralised and waste rock using this water immersion method. A single density value is hard-coded to the block model for each estimation domain based on lithology and weathering status. The data is reviewed to remove any outliers that may exist and coded for the different mineralisation lodes. These outliers are noted to be mostly at the contacts of different weathering zones. All diamond drilling undertaken is sampled for density on routine basis. The sample selection is divided by the logged lithology, alteration and weathering type. Validation Before, during and after the block models were classified, validation checks were undertaken on the block model volumes and estimated grades to ensure that no major errors occurred during the model build or estimation process, as well as testing the precision, accuracy, and assess any bias in the estimated grades. The block models were validated using the following steps:

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 81 1. Volume Reconciliation between the block model estimation domains and related wireframes. The table below summarises the variance between the wireframe and block model volumes across all deposits. Deposit Wireframe Volume (m³) Block Model Volume (m³) Variance (%) KCD UG 101,607,249 101,527,016 0% KCD OP 23,599,755 23,593,672 0% Sessenge 5,992,984 5,921,703 0% Gorumbwa 11,025,860 11,031,844 0% Pakaka 12,365,957 12,366,826 0% Kombokolo 2,984,241 2,984,110 0% Pamao 13,697,374 13,688,344 0% Pamao South 1,729,009 1,728,547 0% Mengu Village 4,123,637 4,119,742 0% Megi-Marakeke-Sayi 10,265,978 10,266,791 0% Kalimva Ikamva 14,551,715 14,553,578 0% Mengu Hill 4,123,637 4,119,742 0% Aerodrome 1,059,927.82 1,059,593.75 0% Oere 29,364,412.50 29,350,812.50 0% 2. A check of the number of the blocks estimated with negative grades due to excessive negative kriging weights have been reset to the anisotropic nearest block grade of the closest sample. 3. A comparison between the data minimum, maximum, mean, declustered mean and the estimation mean for each of the domains (within the open pit or underground drill campaigns is created). This is completed to check for possible over or under estimation. 4. Swath plots are created for each geological domain to validate the estimated grade variability compared to the composite along strike, across strike and Z axis. This is to check that the model estimate follows the trends seen in the data and that there is no general bias with over or under estimation. Areas with less data support are also highlighted for further drilling and geological work. The swath plots for Kibali show the confidence for the deposit is within acceptable limits and that conditional bias is kept to a minimum. An example for KCD 3000 Lode, domain 3106. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 82 5. Visual check comparing the composite data to the block estimates to check for an acceptable correlation. An example of the visual checks. 6. Change of support (COS) histogram plots which, compare the distribution of the block estimate with the distribution of the change of support local block estimate. These COS graphs demonstrate how the variance is reduced from the composited data to the change of support value of each composite. In addition, decluster plots are generated to compare the ordinary kriged block estimate against the local change of support block estimate. An example of COS histogram plots. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 83 An example of decluster plots are generated to compare the ordinary kriged block estimate against the local change of support block estimate. 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty Under the CIM definitions (CIM Standards on Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Definitions and Guidelines, 2014), a “Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity, grade, density, shape, and physical characteristics need to be established with sufficient confidence sufficient to allow the application of modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit”. An Indicated Mineral Resource is “that part of a Mineral Resource for which “quantity, grade, density, shape, and physical characteristics need to be established with sufficient confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate application of modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit”. An Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than a Measured Mineral Resource. An Inferred Mineral Resource is “that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. Geological evidence is sufficient to imply but not verify geological and grade continuity or quality continuity’. An Inferred Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than an Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource and must not be converted to a Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource Classification was based on geological continuity and drill data density, variogram range continuity and stability, as well as estimation quality in form of slope of regression (SR) and kriging efficiency (KE). This was carried out by displaying the estimated blocks (SR and KE), together with the supporting data as a guide. The general Mineral Resource classification parameters are presented the table below. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 84 Mineral Resource classification parameters Statistic Deposit Measured Indicated Inferred Minimum Samples 8 6 4 Minimum Consecutive Sections 4 Good Geological Continuity - Max Drilling Density KCD OP 10m by 5m or 20m by 5m 40m by 30m 80m by 80m KCD UG 25m by 10m 40m by 40m 80m by 80m Gorumbwa 10m by 5m or 15m by 10m 20 by 10 or 30 by 30 80m by 80m Pakaka 20m by 10m or 20m by 5m 40m by 40m 80m by 60m Sessenge 10m by 10m 40m by 40m 80m by 80m Pamao 10m by 10m 20 by 20 80m by 80m Pamao South NA 20 by 20 40m by 40m Kombokolo 10m by 5m or 10 by 10m 30m by 30m 80m by 80m Mengu Village - - 40m by 40m to 80m by 40m Megi-Marakeke- Sayi - 30m by 30m 80m by 80m Kalimva-Ikamva 10m by 5m 20m by 20m 40m by 20m Aerodrome 10m by 10m 20m by 20m 40m by 40m Mengu Hill 10m by 5m 30m by 20m 80m by 60m Oere NA 20m by 20m 40m by 40m For Indicated Mineral Resource, there are some allowances for areas where drilling density is lower but successive drilling campaigns have shown there is grade and geological continuity. The application of optimised Mineral Resource shapes applies reasonable mineability constraints including a minimum mining width, a reasonable distance from current or planned development, and a measure of assumed profitability at the related Mineral Resource cut-off grade. This change in reporting method has removed isolated areas of mineralisation and lowered the grade of the reported underground Mineral Resource by reporting all material, geologically classified as ore, within each mineable shape, whilst ensuring the overall shape meets the Mineral Resource cut-off grade. Thereby ensuring that the Mineral Resource is reported in line with industry best practise with specific regard to underground Mineral Resource only being reported if there is an intention to mine the material. In 2017, Optiro completed a Mineral Resource audit at Kibali which included the KCD underground model in line with comments and recommendations in the 2016 Mineral Resource report. This is due to the substantial advanced grade control drilling completed to understand the bias in drill direction of the sub vertical underground lodes. Optiro acknowledged that the estimation of Mineral Resource at Kibali is complex, with a number of very large models. Kibali has tackled the estimation in a systematic way, with largely common approaches to compositing, top cuts, declustering, KNA, estimation parameters, classification, and validation. The documentation of the estimation and validation is generally very comprehensive. The processes follow good to best industry practice. The KCD underground Mineral Resource and geological model has been significantly affected by a sampling bias with the FS drilling data being conducted from surface. This has meant that some of the sub vertical lodes such as 9105 and 5101 were initially delineated using sub-optimal drill directions. Since 2016, there has been a significant quantity of AGC drilling conducted from the underground development where the drilling could be completed with perpendicular angles of intersection to the primary 9105, 5101, and 5110 ore lodes. The results of this drilling have significantly improved the modelled definition of the banded ironstone as the marker unit for the km-scale NE plunging fold structure, which acts as the primary control on the positioning of the 5000 and 9000 ore lodes and delineated zones of internal waste within the 9105. This has resulted in a significant model change which affected both the 2017 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The Qualified Person is not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, political, or other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 85 In the Qualified Person's opinion, there are no significant risks and uncertainties that could reasonably be expected to affect the reliability or confidence in the exploration information, Mineral Resource, or Mineral Reserve estimates. 11.4 Mineral Resource summary The Mineral Resource estimates have been prepared according to the CIM 2014 Definition Standards for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve dated 10 May 2014 (CIM (2014) Standards) as incorporated with NI 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43-101). Mineral Resource estimates were also prepared using the guidance outlined in CIM Estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Best Practice Guidelines 2019 (CIM (2019) MRMR Best Practice Guidelines). An independent external review of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve was undertaken in 2021 by RSC Mining and Mineral Exploration on behalf of the managing partner Barrick and found no significant flaws. The cut-off grade selected for reporting each open pit Mineral Resource corresponds to the in situ marginal cut-off grade at either fresh, transitional or saprolite oxidation states, using a gold price of $1,500/oz. The pit shell selected for limiting the Mineral Resource also corresponds to a gold price of $1,500/oz. Reasonable prospects for economic extraction are demonstrated as a result of this pit optimisation process. Underground Mineral Resource was reported using MSO, effectively within a minimum mineable stope shape, applying reasonable mineability constraints, including a 4.5m minimum mining width, a reasonable distance from current or planned development, and a measure of assumed profitability at the related Mineral Resource cut-off grade, thus deemed as having reasonable prospects for economic extraction. Stockpiles are comprised of mineralised material stored at the surface run of mine (ROM) pad, originating from both OP and UG production. Each stockpile is filled with similar material types, with an established grade range and oxidation state, tracked as part of normal mining operations and metal accounting. The stockpiles are measured by weekly drone survey. Grade and tonnage of OP stocks are estimated according to source dig blocks and number of truck counts, using a weighbridge to adjust for fluctuations in both density and truck fill factor. Grade and tonnage of UG stocks are estimated according to shaft skip weights and ore pass truck counts and their source blasts from stopes, adjusting for the presence of paste dilution. The assumptions used to generate cut-off grades for Mineral Resource estimation are based on operational data. A gold price of $1,500 is used in line with Barrick corporate guidelines, which considers long-term gold price forecasts. Open pit Mineral Resource is Mineral Resource within the $1,500/oz pit shells reported at various cut-off grades based on oxide state, with a minimum cut-off grade of 0.48g/t and maximum cut- off grade of 1.62g/t and a tonnage weighted average cut-off grade of 0.77g/t. Underground Mineral Resource in the KCD deposit is Mineral Resource, which meets a cut-off grade of 1.62g/t when reported in situ within a minimum mineable stope shape, at a gold price of $1,500/oz. An example of how the cut-offs are determined are shown below for KCD open pit and UG. KCD open pit Mineral Resource The cut-off grade calculations for the KCD open pit Mineral Resource is summarised in the table below. KCD open pit Mineral Resource parameters Material Type Unit Oxide Trans Fresh Waste cost $/t mined 2.92 2.97 3.09 Extra Ore cost – GC + ore – rehandle + overhaul $/t mined 1.27 1.27 1.27 GC only $/t mined 0.75 0.75 0.75 Dilution % 10% 10% 10% Ore loss % 3% 3% 3% Process cost $/t milled 15.04 15.04 17.85 Processing recovery % 90.1 90.1 86.1 General and Administration (G&A) $/t milled 8.47 8.47 8.47 Gold price (Mineral Resource) $/oz 1,500 1,500 1,500 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 86 Gold royalty (4.7%) $/oz 70.50 70.50 70.50 Total process cost $/t milled 15.04 15.04 17.85 Total mining cost $/t ore mined 24.69 25.08 26.04 Marginal in situ cut-off grade g/t 0.60 0.60 0.70 Strip ratio 7.0 The average tonnage weighted cut-off grade for the KCD open pit is 0.69g/t. KCD underground Mineral Resource The cut-off grade calculations for the KCD underground Mineral Resource is summarised in the table below. KCD underground Mineral Resource parameters Material Type Unit Fresh Mine production $/t mined 36.17 Capital $/t mined 3.97 Process cost $/t milled 17.85 Processing recovery % 90% G&A $/t milled 8.47 Gold royalties (4.7%) $/oz 70.50 Gold price (Mineral Resource) $/oz 1,500 Total unit cash cost $/t milled 66.46 Mining cut-off grade g/t 1.62 For the current KCD Mineral Resource, MSO shapes were used to differentiate blocks that demonstrate reasonable prospects of economic extraction. This reporting method of using stopes, not blocks, excludes high-grade blocks that are geometrically isolated and can in fact include blocks at lower grades, but that are geometrically contiguous. For KCD, 3D exclusion solid shapes were manually constructed post MSO computation, to ensure no accumulation of unrecoverable mineralised blocks in the current Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 87 KCD 3D exclusion solid shapes 2019 to 2021 A marginal mined cut-off grade of 1.62g/t at $1,500/oz defines the KCD UG optimised mineable stope shapes, within an underground reporting limit wireframe solid, with varying upper elevation (RL). This varying RL now limits the 5000 Lode to 5680mRL, and 3000 Lode to 5682.5mRL for the current Mineral Resource estimate. This varying RL was put in place to ensure that all material that forms part of the UG Mineral Resource is excluded from the OP Mineral Resource. The MSO is executed with parameters that are less restrictive than those used for Mineral Reserve calculation. Stope orientation changes and stope sizes are more flexible, as well as a proportion of waste included. All stope orientations are set to follow wireframe surfaces modelled on deposit structure. Visual checks were undertaken on blocks that were not included in the MSO shapes primarily due to geology and the shapes of mineralised lodes. These blocks would have been included in the Mineral Resource estimation if a cut-off grade only approach had been used. Exclusive gold Mineral Resource (attributable, 45%) Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Open pit Measured 1.44 2.51 3.61 0.12 Indicated 6.26 1.95 12.24 0.39 Measured & Indicated 7.70 2.06 15.85 0.51 Inferred 3.69 2.10 7.76 0.25 Underground Measured 6.19 3.34 20.68 0.67 Indicated 13.56 3.13 42.39 1.36 Measured & Indicated 19.75 3.19 63.07 2.03 Inferred 6.59 3.03 19.98 0.64 Total Measured 7.62 3.19 24.29 0.78 Indicated 19.82 2.76 54.63 1.76 Measured & Indicated 27.45 2.88 78.92 2.54 Inferred 10.29 2.76 27.74 0.89 11.5 Qualified Person's opinion The Qualified Person is not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, metallurgical, taxation or other relevant factors, which could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 88 12 Mineral Reserve estimates As of 31 December 2021, the total Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve in open pits, underground, and stockpiles (100% basis) is estimated to be 83Mt at an average grade of 3.60g/t, containing approximately 9.6Moz Au. CIM Definition Standards for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve (CIM (2014) Standards) were used for Mineral Reserve classification. Mineral Reserve estimates were also prepared using the guidance outlined in CIM Estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Best Practice Guidelines 2019 (CIM (2019) MRMR Best Practice Guidelines). The Mineral Reserve has been estimated from the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and do not include any Inferred Mineral Resource. The estimate uses updated economic factors, the latest Mineral Resource and geological models, geotechnical and hydrological inputs, and metallurgical processing and recovery updates. The QPs responsible for estimating the Mineral Reserve have performed an independent verification of the block model tonnes and grade, and in their opinion the process has been carried out to industry standards. The year-end 2021 Mineral Reserve estimate shows a net increase of 0.19Moz Au when compared to the estimate for year-end 2020. This is mainly due to positive model changes resulting from infill grade control drilling, new deposits, pit size changes and various adjustments to the economic parameters, partially offset by mining depletion. The QPs have performed an independent verification of the block model tonnes and grade, and in their opinion, the process has been carried out to industry standards. The QPs are not aware of any environmental, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, fiscal, or other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The Mineral Reserve estimates use the block models prepared by the QP responsible for Mineral Resource estimation. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to plant (the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). KCD, Sessenge, Aerodrome, and Gorumbwa are active open pits, therefore the block models were depleted with end-of-the-year (EOY) pit surveys. The KCD block model is used for both the underground and open pit Mineral Reserve estimation. Four main mineralised zones, 5101, 5102, 9101, and 9105, comprise most of the underground Mineral Reserve, while five other mineralised zones, 3101, 3102, 5104, 5105, and 5110, contribute the remaining 12% of the Mineral Reserve. The estimation was undertaken using Datamine Studio 5D™ software. The block models used were sub cell block models. The geological zones (including mineralised zones) were defined by three dimensional wireframes solids and surfaces. Both the block models and wireframes were created in Maptek Vulcan™ by the Barrick geological team. The block models and wireframes were converted to a Datamine format for use in Datamine Studio 5DTM. The 2021 Mineral Reserve estimation process was estimated by manually updating MSO generated stope shapes, which had been generated using the July 2021 block model. The process undertaken for estimation of the 2021 underground Mineral Reserve was as follows: • Define mining method by area, based on the geometry, geotechnical considerations, and the mine development requirement to access the orebody. • Review the historical and LOM planned costs to determine cut-off grades. • Use the MSO to evaluate the geological block model mineralisation and determine the areas to be included and the overall mining shapes. Due to geotechnical, productivity and practical

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 89 mining constraints, the MSO shapes have not been used for the Mineral Reserve Estimate. The resulting stope shapes were digitised as required. • Manually create stope section strings to follow geological block model mineralisation above cut- off grade, using the MSO shapes as a guide. Strings are based on level intervals determined in the previous Mineral Reserve estimate. Planned dilution is included in the stope shape to create a mineable stope shape. • Create mineable stope wireframes from the strings. • Deplete the stope wireframes by the parts of the mine survey solids that intersected them to remove development drives and parts of stopes. • Evaluate stope wireframes against the geological block model (estimate the tonnes, grade and ounces of the stopes). • Design the development required to access the mineable stopes. • Use Enhanced Production SchedulerTM (EPS) from Datamine to calculate the diluted mined tonnes, grades and contained metal. This included mining dilution added as a varying percentage depending on hangingwall exposure, stope sequence (primary, secondary, advancing transverse or longitudinal) and number of paste fill exposures. Mining loss was subtracted as a percentage from diluted tonnes and contained metal. • Assess economics of mining areas and mining individual stopes. • Exclude sub-economic stopes from the short term and LOM plan. • Classify the Mineral Reserve into Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve on a proportional basis. For the open pit mines, economic pit shells were generated using the Lerchs-Grossman algorithm within WhittleTM software and then used in the open pit mine design process and Mineral Reserve estimation. For the KCD underground mine, Datamine MSO was used to evaluate the geological block model to create overall mining shapes. Preliminary stope wireframes were created and planned dilution was added to the mineable stope shape. Datamine EPS software was used to estimate the diluted mined tonnes, grade, and contained metal of the Mineral Reserve. Stopes with a diluted grade below the cut-off grade (2.02g/t) were excluded from the Mineral Reserve. A financial model was constructed to demonstrate that the Mineral Reserve is economically viable. Assumptions Assumptions considered for the 2021 Mineral Reserve by Barrick are: • Dilution factor has been applied based on the nature of the orebody and mining equipment selected. A 10% dilution factor is applied to the open pit ore. This has proven to be accurate on a global basis by mine to mill reconciliations while mining the various pits. • Dilution of 2% has been applied on primary stopes with hangingwall exposure and no paste exposure. • Dilution of 4.0% has been applied on primary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with a paste fill face. • Dilution of 4.3% has been applied on primary stopes with hangingwall exposure and having geotechnical structure intersecting it. • Dilution of 6.4% has been applied on primary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with a paste fill face and having geotechnical structure intersecting it. • Dilution of 7.0% has been applied on secondary stopes with hangingwall exposure and two faces of paste fill exposure. • Dilution of 12.5% has been applied on secondary stopes with no hangingwall exposure and three faces of paste fill exposure. • Dilution of 10.0% has been applied on secondary stopes with hangingwall exposure, exposure to two faces of paste fill and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 90 • Dilution of 12.5% has been applied on secondary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with three faces of paste fill and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Dilution of 6.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with hangingwall exposure and no paste exposure. • Dilution of 6.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with no hangingwall exposure and two faces of paste fill exposure. • Dilution of 6.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with hangingwall exposure, no paste fill face exposure but with geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Dilution of 6.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with no hangingwall exposure, exposure to three faces of paste fill and intersecting with geotechnical structures. • Dilution of 4.0% has been applied on longitudinal stopes with footwall and hangingwall, a paste fill face exposure and intersecting with geotechnical structures. • Dilution of 4.5% has been applied on longitudinal stopes with no hangingwall exposure but footwall and a paste fill face exposure. • Dilution of 15.0% has been applied on stopes with Lower Paste UCS stopes adjacent to it. • Mining recovery factor of 95.4% has been applied on primary stopes with hangingwall exposure and no paste exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 92.5% has been applied on primary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with a paste fill face. • Mining recovery factor of 90.5% has been applied on primary stopes with hangingwall exposure and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Mining recovery factor of 91.0% has been applied on primary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with a paste fill face and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Mining recovery factor of 90.7% has been applied on secondary stopes with hangingwall exposure and two faces of paste fill exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 88.5% has been applied on secondary stopes with no hangingwall exposure and three faces of paste fill exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 85.0% has been applied on secondary stopes with hangingwall exposure, exposure to two faces of paste fill and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Mining recovery factor of 86.0% has been applied on secondary stopes with no hangingwall exposure but with three faces of paste fill and having geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Mining recovery factor of 90.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with hangingwall exposure and no paste exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 90.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with no hangingwall exposure and two faces of paste fill exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 88.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with hangingwall exposure, no paste fill face exposure but with geotechnical structures intersecting it. • Mining recovery factor of 86.0% has been applied on transverse advancing face stopes with no hangingwall exposure, exposure to three faces of paste fill and intersecting with geotechnical structures. • Mining recovery factor of 90.0% has been applied on longitudinal stopes with footwall and hangingwall, a paste fill face exposure and intersecting with geotechnical structures. • Mining recovery factor of 92.0% has been applied on longitudinal stopes with no hangingwall exposure but footwall and a paste fill face exposure. • Mining recovery factor of 75.0% has been applied on stopes with Lower Paste UCS stopes adjacent to it. • A 97% mining recovery factor has been applied to all open pit deposits and found to be conservative from historical achievement. Summary Mineral Reserve modifying factors are shown below, including the mining recovery factor (MRF), mine call factor (MCF) and metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF). AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 91 Mineral Reserve modifying factors. as at 31 December 2021 Primary commodity price Local price of primary commodity unit Cut-off grade g/t Stoping width cm Dilution % % MRF (based on tonnes) % MCF MetRF % Kibali -open pit 1,200 $/oz 1.50 - 10.0 97.0 97.0 89.0 Kibali - underground 1,200 $/oz 2.02 2,990 4.7 91.6 97.0 90.0 Kibali - stockpile 1,200 $/oz 0.55 - - - 97.0 86.8 12.2 Cut-off grades Underground The underground Mineral Reserve cut-off grade is updated once a year using inputs parameters based on recent operating experience, projected costs, and Barrick corporate guidance. The cut-off grade parameters are as follows: • Gold price per ounce • LOM production costs • Processing recovery • Processing costs • G&A costs • Royalty costs A break-even cut-off grade (BCOG) is used for Mineral Reserve estimation. All stopes and development material that fail to meet the BCOG are classified as waste. Incremental cut-off grade (ICOG) is used on the case-by-case basis. BCOG is the grade of material that will generate revenue from the sale of the finished product at the metal price after applying the cost of mining, transporting/hauling, processing, royalties, and general and administrative (G&A). It is defined using the following formula: 𝐵𝐶𝑂𝐺 = PC + MC + G&A REC X (MP X (1 − RO) − SC) • PC: Total processing operating costs (include process sustaining capital) ($/t) • MC: Total mine operating costs (include secondary development and mining sustaining capital, exclude capital development costs) ($/t) • G&A: General and administrative costs ($/t) • REC: Planned recovery of the metal (%) • MP: Selling price of metal ($/oz) • RO: Royalty (%) • SC: Selling costs (include smelter, refinery and transportation costs as required) ICOG is applied to the mineralised part of the deposit below the BCOG that can incrementally add value to the operation under certain circumstances. It is used in the following circumstances: • When mine development goes through low-grade material in order to expose higher-grade production areas or stopes. • When there is low-grade material near an already developed part of the mine. However, this low-grade material should never displace available higher-grade material above the BCOG. These materials are assessed on a case-by-case basis and may be scheduled for mining toward the end of the LOM if practical. • When the mill is operating at capacity and the mine has the ability to provide material for placements in the stockpiles that can be economically processed at a later stage. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 92 The ICOG carries only the variable portion of the mining costs (drilling, blasting, mucking, hoisting), process operating costs, G&A costs, royalties, and re-handling costs if stockpiling is required. Development costs (capital or operating) are only included if the development is required to mine the incremental ore. ICOG is calculated using the following formula: 𝐼𝐶𝑂𝐺 = PC(var) + MC(var) + G&A(var) REC X (MP X (1 − RO) − SC) • PC (var): Variable processing operating costs (excludes process sustaining capital) • MC (var): Variable mining operating costs (excludes mining sustaining capital) • G&A (var): Variable G&A operating costs (excludes G&A sustaining capital) • REC: Planned recovery of the metal (%) • MP: Selling price of metal ($/oz) • RO: Royalty (%) • SC: Selling costs (include smelter, refinery and transportation costs as required) The table below shows the BCOG and ICOG calculation for the Underground Mineral Reserve. Kibali underground cut-off grade calculation Description Units BCOG ICOG Development ICOG Stoping Gold price $/oz 1,200 1,200 1,200 Process plant gold recovery % 90.0 90.0 90.0 Royalty % 4.7 4.7 4.7 Mine production and backfill $/t mined 36.17 5.18 25.32 Sustaining capital $/t mined 3.97 Processing $/t milled 17.85 17.85 17.85 Site G & A $/t milled 8.47 8.47 8.47 Total unit cash costs $/t milled 66.47 31.51 51.65 Mining cut-off grade g/t 2.02 0.96 1.57 The 2021 underground Mineral Reserve cut-off grade is 2.02g/t, compared to 2.09g/t used in 2020. The decrease in the cut-off grade is mainly driven by higher process recovery and lower processing and G&A costs. The reduction of the G&A and processing cost is mainly driven by the additional tonnes mined and processed on an annual basis within the new LOM. Open pit The Mineral Reserve is based on a marginal cut-off grade. Mineral Resource contained within the final pit designs were evaluated against these cut-off grades to produce the open pit Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. Cut-off grade sensitivities were trialled by adjusting the gold price and modelling it at several scenarios and sensitivities. The cut-off grades have been estimated for each material type for all nine Mineral Reserve pits included in the 2021 Mineral Reserve estimate. These are based on a gold price of $1,200/oz for all pits, with the exception of $1,300/oz for the Sessenge and Oere pits, and $1,500/oz for the Aerodrome pit and include dilution, royalties, processing costs and recoveries, G&A costs, and ore mining costs. Royalties payable to the DRC government remained unchanged from the year-end 2020 estimate. A total royalty of 4.7% of gold revenue inclusive of 1% shipment fees was used for the year-end 2021 estimate. Processing costs for the year were reviewed as there was a slight change compared to the 2020 LOM projections. The G&A cost was reviewed based on LOM expectations and actuals for the year end 2021. A downward adjustment of 9% was noted and this was subsequently applied in the 2021 Mineral Reserve estimation.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 93 The mining costs used for the 2021 pit optimisations were derived from the KMS 2020 budget unit plan (BUP) and Long-Term Review (LTR) pricing for the Kibali open pit operations. Mining Cost Adjustment Factors (MCAF) were generated from various bench by bench waste mining costs received for all deposits. The waste mining cost is inclusive of fuel cost, drill and blast cost per bench, pre- split cost, explosive cost per tonne, mining departmental cost, pit dewatering, rehabilitation cost, and contractor fixed costs. The MCAF were then imported into their respective block models and assigned to the corresponding benches in Surpac™ software for the creation of economic block models. Then, pit optimisations are conducted to support the final pit shell as well as intermediate pit phases (or cutbacks) 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The Mineral Reserve is classified as Proven, and Probable based upon the confidence levels determined in the Mineral Resource and the confidence of the appropriate modifying parameters. These accurately reflect the Qualified Persons views of the deposit. For the open pit mines, economic pit shells were generated using the Lerchs-Grossman algorithm within Whittle™ software and then used in the open pit mine design process and Mineral Reserve estimation. The confidence categories of the Mineral Reserve are assigned as per CIM (2014) Standards. On a proportional basis, Mineral Resource that is classified as Measured or Indicated are converted to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource is excluded and not classified as Mineral Reserve. Underground stope designs were updated from the previously reported Mineral Reserve using the latest Mineral Resource models. All Mineral Reserve, including Aerodrome, Sessenge, and Oere are profitable at $1,200/oz sales price and thus the Mineral Reserve and supporting cash flow statements are reported at $1,200/oz. This is in line with Barrick corporate guidelines, which considers long-term gold price forecasts. The following formulae are used for proportionally converting Mineral Resource into Mineral Reserve: • Proven Mineral Reserve = (Measured Material + % Measured Material x Waste Material) x Recovery x Dilution • Probable Mineral Reserve = (Indicated Material + % Indicated Material x Waste Material) x Recovery x Dilution The location of the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve is shown in the figure below. Modifying factors for planned and unplanned rock dilution, backfill dilution and ore loss were applied to obtain the reported Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical, environmental, social, legal, marketing and economic factors were adequately considered in the Kibali FS and have been updated as the project has developed. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 94 Kibali underground Mineral Reserve classification (Looking NW) Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 12.4 Mineral Reserve summary The Mineral Reserve has been estimated from the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and does not include any Inferred Mineral Resource. The estimate uses updated economic factors, the latest Mineral Resource and geological models, geotechnical and hydrological inputs, and metallurgical processing and recovery updates. Mineral Reserve Cut-off grades estimated as follows: • Open pit: 1.5 g/t • Underground: 2.02 g/t • Stockpiles: 1.76 g/t “The Mineral Reserve is estimated as at 31 December 2021 and tonnages and grade are reported as delivered to plant (the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). Open pit selection is based on a gold price of $1,200/oz for all pits, with the exception of $1,300/oz for the Sessenge and Oere pits, and $1,500/oz for the Aerodrome pit. All Mineral Reserve, including Aerodrome, Sessenge, and Oere are profitable at a $1,200/oz Au sales price, and thus the Mineral Reserve and supporting cash flow statements are reported at $1,200/oz Au.” AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 95 Gold Mineral Reserve (attributable, 45%) Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Open pit Proven 4.84 2.28 11.03 0.35 Probable 11.79 2.51 29.56 0.95 Total 16.63 2.44 40.59 1.30 Underground Proven 9.37 4.54 42.53 1.37 Probable 11.25 4.54 51.14 1.64 Total 20.63 4.54 93.67 3.01 Stockpile Proven 0.14 3.17 0.45 0.01 Probable - - - - Total 0.14 3.17 0.45 0.01 Total Proven 14.35 3.76 54.01 1.74 Probable 23.04 3.50 80.71 2.59 Total 37.40 3.60 134.72 4.33 An independent audit was undertaken in 2017 on the Mineral Reserve estimate by Optiro, who concluded that the Mineral Reserve estimation processes used by Kibali are considered, by Optiro, to be at a level commensurate with industry best practice (Optiro, 2017). An independent technical review of the annual Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Mine was carried out by the RSC during 2021, including a site visit by RSC QPs (RSC Ltd, 2021). The audit demonstrated that Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve processes conform to good practices. However, RSC made a number of recommendations to Kibali including: • Investigate the cost/benefit of installing a proper, broken ore, falling stream sampler on the crushed mine feed belts to help analyse particular source material. • Investigate the implementation of a broader integrated reconciliation system (i.e., Snowden Reconciler or proprietary), as all current informing data sits in a range of Excel spreadsheets. • Degradation of paste fill has been allowed for in the 2021 Mineral Reserve schedule set-up; however, it remains an item requiring monitoring, along with other allowances for dilution and ore losses. • Factors for open pit mining dilution and ore losses are standardised across the site and operations. These have been applied across all facets of mine planning including optimisation, cut-off grade calculations, and generation of physicals for scheduling. RSC considers that, with the established history of mining, individual mining loss and dilution factors can and should be applied for physicals generation for each mining area. The QP is not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, political, or other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. The QP is not aware of any mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, and other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 96 12.5 Qualified Person’s opinion The Kibali operation combines a series of open pit and underground mines from different deposits. Open pit mining takes place in several satellite pits over more than 14km. Some of the pits are shallow and have a short mine life whilst others are deeper with a longer life of more than a couple of years. The main deposits are located within an approximately 8km radius. The great majority of the open pit LOM plan consists of Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. As such the material classification risk to the Mineral Reserve is considered as low. It is the Qualified Person’s opinion that there are no significant material factors that will impact the open pit Mineral Reserve. The underground operation is based on a long hole open stoping method with cemented paste and pillars left between stopes which has proven to be technically appropriate for the orebody. The decline access and the shaft at the KCD underground mine support a demonstrated solid production history. It is the Qualified Person’s opinion that there are no other material factors that will impact the underground Mineral Reserve. 13 Mining methods The mine comprises both open pit and underground mining operations. Open pit mining Open pit mining is carried out using conventional drill, blast, load, and haul surface mining methods. Mining of the main pits is carried out by a mining contractor, KMS. The main, KCD open pit design is illustrated in the figure below. KCD pit design Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 From 2022 onwards, open pit production will come from the Sessenge, Aerodrome, Pamao, Gorumbwa, Megi-Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva-Ikamva, Oere, Pakaka, and the KCD deposits. The Mengu Hill, Mofu, Kombokolo and Rhino pits were depleted in 2017.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 97 The upper levels of the open pits are usually in weathered material, which typically is free digging material. Once fresh (unweathered) rock is encountered, drilling and blasting is required. Emulsion explosives are supplied as a down-the-hole service by the Mine’s explosive contractor Orica. Free digging in the upper levels uses 5m high benches, with 10m benches used for drilling and blasting operations. The 10m benches containing ore are excavated in three flitches of equal height. Ore and waste is excavated using Leibherr excavators and loaded into CAT777 or CAT992 haul trucks to transport material to waste dumps, stockpiles or ROM pad. CAT loaders, graders and dozers are also used for material and access management. Historical ore production from the Kibali open pits, up to 2021, is detailed below. Open pit production Source 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Total Tonnes (kt) KCD 4,335 5,516 4,458 764 366 - - - - 15,439 KCD PB3 - - - - - 2,082 1,688 1,561 1,154 6,484 Mofu - 83 84 - - - - - - 167 Mengu Hill - - 1,191 1,220 725 2 - - - 3,138 Kombokol o - - - 278 686 1,572 69 - - 2,605 Pakaka - - - 2,350 3,386 230 - - - 5,965 Rhino - - - 67 95 - - - - 161 Gorumbw a - - - - - - 234 1,163 1,367 2,764 Sessenge - - - - - 1,572 1,771 342 235 3,920 Aerodrom e - - - - - - - - 86 86 The estimated LOM production of ore and waste for the open pits schedule are as presented below based on the Mineral Reserve. Kibali open pits Mineral Reserve basis Open pit Ore Waste Total Tonnes (kt) Grade (g/t) Tonnes (kt) Tonnes (kt) Strip Ratio KCD PB2 N 1,778 2.43 16,896 18,673 9.5 Sessenge 1,243 2.17 4,977 6,221 4.0 Pakaka 4,735 3.02 59,301 64,036 12.5 Megi-Marakeke-Sayi 7,343 1.83 28,093 35,436 3.8 Aerodrome 529 1.36 3,778 4,307 7.1 Pamao 8,434 1.92 48,821 57,255 5.8 Gorumbwa 5,468 3.00 58,729 64,197 10.7 Kalimva-Ikamva 7,416 2.98 98,578 105,995 13.3 Total 36,946 2.44 319,174 356,120 8.6 Global 3% and 10% factors have been used for ore losses and ore dilution in the estimation of open pit Mineral Reserve. Testing of Ore Pro™ software is being completed to define approximate measured numbers for the dilution. The QP considers that the dilution and loss factors are reasonable assumptions for the estimation of the Mineral Reserve. The selected pit shells were used as guidelines to design the practical ultimate pits with internal phases. Pit design parameters were selected based on the overall pit geometry, geotechnical data and information, and the mine production rate. Pit and internal phases were designed using Surpac™ software, integrating the recommended standards for road width and minimum mining width based on an efficient operation for the size of mining equipment chosen for the open pit operations. Comparisons of 2020 Whittle shells to AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 98 2021 shells and 2021 Mineral Reserve pits were completed to assess the changes. The Gorumbwa, Pamao, and Pakaka pits were redesigned. All designs were based on approved geotechnical slope angles provided by the geotechnical department and consultants. An estimated 300Mt of waste will be mined over the remaining LOM based on the Mineral Reserve. The capacity of the Kibali open pit waste dumps has been evaluated based on the latest pit designs to confirm that there is adequate dump capacity for the estimated LOM tonnage of waste based on Mineral Reserve. A swell factor of 30% was considered in all waste dump capacity evaluations. Haul roads were also adjusted, where necessary, to ensure they provide easy access where pit ramps are day lighting. No in-pit dumping was carried out in 2021 and none is planned for 2022, as the Kombokolo, Mengu Hill, KCD, and Sessenge mines continue to explore potential underground opportunities. Future work will, however, consider the use of some of the satellite pits with low potential for future underground operations for waste disposal, based on the mining sequence. Within the current LOM, Pamao has been planned to be backfilled with tailings upon exhaustion of the Mineral Reserve. Geotechnical At Gorumbwa, the historical underground void was safely mined out in Pushback 1 during 2021, from elevation 5830mRL to 5760mRL. The void management procedure, which was developed to manage mining around these areas where personnel and equipment are exposed to higher risk associated with instability from sub-surface excavations, was strictly followed. Gorumbwa pit (looking east) showing historical underground void mined out in pushback 1 Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 No extra work was carried out for the KCD Pushback 3 pit. The pit still has three main domains which were generated based on the rock properties and the inter-ramp angles provided to accommodate the ramps in the final pit designs. Pushback one was mined out by March 2020. Pushback two, at a higher gold price, is currently being mined and will be completed by July 2022 following the same design parameters. Pushback 3 was mined out in 2021 and only left with Pushback 3 North, which is planned to be mined from 2027. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 99 KCD Geotechnical Geometry Domain From To Bench Height (m) Berm Width (m) Batter Angle (°) IRA1 (°) Design Consideration CB1 Surface 5880 5 4 40 27 Weathered and Weathered Shale 5880 5810 10 5 65 48 Transition to Fresh CB2 Surface 5880 5 4 40 27 Weathered Shale 5880 5810 5 4 40 27 Weathered Shale CB3 Surface 5860 5 4 40 27 Weathered Shale 5860 5810 5 5 50 30 Weathered Material Dempers and Seymour Pty Ltd (D and S) was commissioned by Kibali to undertake the pit slope design for the Sessenge pit. A 3D Mining Rock Mass Model (MRMM) was constructed based on geotechnical logging of drill core undertaken at Kibali. Rigorous analyses, including rock bridge/structure failure criteria for each rock type per geotechnical domain, were completed and pit slope designs excluding haul ramps were recommended. Slopes were considered as dry slopes and that the necessary dewatering would take place timely as scheduled. Rock mass properties for Sessenge pit Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Underground mining The Kibali underground mine is a long hole stoping operation producing at a rate of 3.8 million ore tonnes per year. Development of the underground mine commenced in 2013. Stoping commenced in 2015 and ore production has ramped up to 1.8Mt in 2017 and 3.6Mt in 2021. Initial production was truck hauled by a twin decline to surface. In 2017, the haulage shaft (740m deep) and materials handling system was commissioned. From 2018 onwards, underground ore has predominantly been hoisted up the shaft. The decline to surface will be used to haul some of the shallower zones and to supplement shaft haulage. Mineral Reserve stope shapes are designed based on the Mineral Resource block model and the cut-off grade. The MSO software, generate strings on sections, linking these to create a wireframe shape and then evaluating the wireframes against a block model. The MSO provides a stope-shape that maximises recovered Mineral Resource value above a cut-off while also catering for practical mining parameters such as: • minimum and maximum mining width, • anticipated wall dilutions, • minimum and maximum wall angles, • minimum separation distances between parallel and sub-parallel stopes, • minimum and maximum stope heights and widths, etc. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 100 A significant portion of the capital and access development for the mine is in place. To date, 43,609m of capital and access development has been completed. The current LOM plan contains a further 9,928m of capital lateral development based on the Mineral Reserve. The key capital infrastructure remaining to be developed are the 9101 decline, 9101 incline, southern exhaust raises and the 3101 / 3102 access development. The figure below shows the current (December 2021) mine as-built and the LOM development. Existing infrastructure comprises: • A vertical shaft • Mobile equipment mining fleet • Backfill plant • Batch plant • Underground dewatering facility • Surface compressor house • Multiple surface workshop facilities • Electrical power line connection to the grid • Office building • Warehouse • Water clarifying plant Ore from stopes is loaded (both by teleremote and conventional manual loaders) from the stopes into the eight ore passes via finger raises on the respective levels. This ore is then transferred by autonomous LHDs into two coarse ore bins and then into two primary crushers, followed by two fine ore bins and independent skip loadout conveyors near the shaft bottom. The proposed mining methods are variants of long hole open stoping with cemented paste: • Primary / Secondary long hole open stoping (primary 20% of Mineral Reserve tonnes, secondary 33% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used in the wider zones, with 35m interval heights where stopes are mined either as single lift or multiple (up to four) lifts, depending on stope geometry and the geotechnical stable span. • Advancing face long hole open stoping (29% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used where the mineralisation has a shallower plunge (approximately 20° to the NE), where stopes are mined with variable interval heights between 25m and 35m to optimise extraction. • Longitudinal open stoping (18% of Mineral Reserve tonnes) is used in narrow zones (less than 15m width) with variable interlevel heights between 20m and 30m. Kibali underground infrastructure, LOM Development, and as-built EOY 2021

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 101 The actual stope performance is routinely reconciled against the planned performance. A dilution and mining loss matrix was developed based on Kibali site-specific experience, with allowances for certain expected problems associated with geotechnical structure, paste fill exposure and stope sequence configuration. The Kibali underground mining methods are variants of long hole open stoping with cemented paste backfill. The figure below demonstrates the mining methods in use. The mine is accessed via a twin decline, a vertical shaft, and a system of internal ramps. Ore from stopes is loaded (both by tele remote and conventional manual loaders) from the stopes into the eight ore passes via finger raises on the respective levels. This ore is then transferred by autonomous LHDs into two coarse ore bins and then into two primary crushers, followed by two fine ore bins and independent skip loadout conveyors near the shaft bottom. No significant failures of the openings in the underground workings have occurred. In general, the rock mass is classified as good with average rock mass rating values between 64 and 73, and Rock Mass Quality (Q’) values between 31 and 47. The mine is currently producing an average of 10,500 t/day. The mining methods used are supported by operational data and are reviewed periodically as further Mineral Resource infill and grade control drilling changes the shape of the ore zones. There are three distinct sequencing patterns for the various mining methods, including transverse primary and secondary stoping, advancing face stoping and longitudinal stoping. Kibali underground Mineral Reserve by mining method (Looking NW) Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Stope design Original stope dimensions were developed by SRK Consulting (du Plooy, 2011). The stope design approach adopted is primarily based on the allowable stope Hydraulic Radius. When undertaking a stope stability assessment, the approach adopted is the Modified Stability Graph. There are two stability graphs that are used for assessing the stope dimensions, dependent on whether cable bolt reinforcement is used or not. The ‘Database of Cablebolt-Supported Stopes’ is applied to the stability assessment for the crown (whereas per standard practice, cable bolts are installed in the crown of each stope, regardless of the dimensions). AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 102 Primary / secondary transverse stoping The transverse primary and secondary sequencing concept is that primary stopes are mined from hangingwall to footwall and multi-level stopes are mined concurrently up to the design vertical height. Secondary stopes follow the primary stopes. A secondary stope cannot start mining until the primary stopes on either side have been mined and filled. The level interval is 35m (floor to floor), and stopes are mind as either single lift or multiple lifts (up to four) depending on stope geometry and stable span analysis. Primary stopes are 20m along strike and secondary stopes are 30m along strike. The width of primary stopes can be up to 40m across strike. The controlling span for primary stope size is general the side (north and south) rock walls. Secondary stopes are up to the 30m across strike. The controlling span for secondary stope size is generally the side wall paste exposure of the adjacent primary stopes. Where the orebody is too wide for a single stope span (greater than 30m to 40m wide), multiple primary and secondary stopes are mined retreating from hangingwall to footwall. The figure below shows that the primary stopes are mined, and paste filled prior to mining of the adjacent secondary stopes. The stopes are mined in a bottom-up fashion. Production drill holes are a combination of up and down holes or down holes of 102mm diameter. Transverse stope sequencing Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Advancing face transverse stoping Advancing face transverse stoping is used in the 9101 zone which has a shallow plunge (20° to 30°) to the NE. The level interval varies from 25m to 30m to optimise extraction. The stopes are 25m down plunge and 25m across plunge. the figure below shows that the stoping front (F) advances from NE to SW and toward the shallower part of the 9101 Lode. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 103 • Stopes located in mining front 1 (F1) must be mined and paste filled before the stope located in mining front 2 (F2) can be mined, and mining front 2 (F2) has to be mined and paste filled before mining can take place in mining front 3 (F3). • Stopes located in the same mining front that are accessed through different ore drives can be mined simultaneously. As an example, different stopes located in mining front 5 (F5) can be mined simultaneously since they are being access through different ore drive. • Stopes are mined as a single lift or multiple lift (up to three lifts) depending on ore zone thickness. Stopes are paste filled prior to the mining of adjacent stopes. • A slot raise is developed by production drilling machine or by raise boring. Production drill holes are either a combination of up and down holes or down holes of 102mm diameter. This mining sequence is designed to avoid the creation of pillars, which may potentially become highly stressed as mining progresses (see the figure below). Transverse advancing face sequencing Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Longitudinal Stoping Longitudinal stoping is used as the main extraction method to mine the narrower stopes (less than 15m width). In the steeper areas (greater than 60°), the level interval varies from 20m to 35m. In the flatter areas (5 to 60°) ore drives are located on the footwall and level interval is controlled by the dip, minimising footwall waste and limiting stope width (up dip) to 20m. Stopes are paste filled prior to mining of adjacent stopes to maintain hangingwall stability (figure below). • Block 1 must be mined, and paste filled prior to mining of block 2 and block 2 stopes have to be mined and backfilled prior to mining of block 3. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 104 • Stopes located in the same block are mined as a single lift or multiple lift (up to three lifts). Longitudinal Mining Sequencing Source: Kibali Goldmines, 2021 Dilution Two forms of dilution have been considered in the 2021 Mineral Reserve estimate, including: rock dilution and paste dilution. Rock dilution and paste dilution have been combined and applied as a combined dilution percentage in the Mineral Reserve. Rock dilution is added as a percentage of stope tonnes. Rock dilution is dilution outside of the designed mining shapes on the footwall, hangingwall or sidewall of the stopes. Unplanned dilution is added at a grade of 0.00g/t. The unplanned dilution applied is based on the Kibali historical stope performance database. Paste dilution is the dilution from adjacent paste fill exposures. Paste dilution is added where a stope has paste fill exposure. Paste dilution exposures have been estimated as 2% per paste fill exposure for primary, secondary, transverse advancing face stope, and longitudinal stope. Hence, primary or secondary stopes with two paste exposure walls will have 4% paste dilution and stopes with three paste exposure walls will have 6% paste dilution. Based on the historical data, the mining method, and the stope configuration different dilution factor are applied. For stopes adjacent to poor UCS quality stopes: • To mitigate higher dilution that could result in stope sterilisation, mining losses of 25% were applied. The 25% mining losses assumed that a 4m to 5m pillar width will be left when mining adjacent to 70/30 poor strength paste. In addition, a dilution factor of 15% was applied as well. For transverse primary stopes with 20m average thickness: • Transverse primary hanging stope dilution – 2.0%. • Transverse primary footwall stope dilution – 4.0%. • Transverse primary hanging stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution – 4.3%. • Transverse primary footwall stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution – 6.4%. For transverse stopes with 30m average thickness the following dilutions were applied: • Transverse secondary hanging stope dilution – 7%. • Transverse secondary footwall stope dilution – 12.5%. • Transverse secondary hanging stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution –10%.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 105 • Transverse secondary footwall stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution – 12.5%. For transverse advancing stopes with 25m average thickness and 30m average height the following dilutions were applied: • Transverse advancing face stope dilution – 6.0%. • Transverse advancing face stope dilution – 6.0%. • Transverse advancing face stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution –6.0%. • Transverse advancing face stope not intersected by geotechnical structure dilution –6.0%. For longitudinal stopes with a 10m to 15m average thickness the following dilutions were applied: • Longitudinal stope not intersected by geotechnical structure dilution – 4%. • Longitudinal stope intersected by geotechnical structure dilution – 4.5%. Dilution and mining loss improvement Kibali has made a significant effort toward improving the drill and blasting practices. The continuous optimisation of the drill and blast designs has been providing step improvement in the dilution and mining losses. Further improvements are planned for 2022 onwards. These include: • The implementation of the WebGenTM technology for blasting secondary stopes • The implementation of the Sandvik OptiMineTM measurement while drilling • The implementation of longitudinal ring design approach in secondary stope. WebGen™ technology Preliminary investigations in 2021 indicate WebGen™ technology (developed by Orica) will likely result in reducing paste dilution, improving the stope recovery, productivity, and safety. With the implementation of WebGen™ wireless blasting, most of the secondary stopes will be blasted and muck cleaned before firing the WebGen™ pillar that is adjacent to the paste fill stope. This inaccessible pillar will be pre-charged with WebGen™ allowing the firing against the paste to take place wirelessly at a later stage. This reduces overall paste dilution and mining losses. 13.1 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling For the open pit Mineral Reserve, economic pit shells were generated using the Lerchs-Grossman algorithm within Whittle™ software and then used in the open pit mine design process and Mineral Reserve estimation. As described in the geotechnical section, pit slopes are estimated by pit, by rock/area and used in the pit optimisation and pit design. For the KCD underground mine, MSO was used to evaluate the geological block model to create overall mining shapes. Preliminary stope wireframes were created, and planned dilution was added to the mineable stope shape. Datamine’s EPS Scheduler™ software was used to estimate the diluted mined tonnes, grade, and contained metal of the Mineral Reserve. Stopes with a diluted grade below the cut-off grade were excluded from the Mineral Reserve. 13.2 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel Open pit mining is carried out using conventional drill, blast, load, and haul surface mining methods. From 2022 onwards, open pit production will come from the Sessenge, Aerodrome, Pamao, Gorumbwa, Megi- Marakeke-Sayi, Kalimva-Ikamva, Oere, Pakaka, and KCD deposits. The Mengu Hill, Mofu, Kombokolo and Rhino pits were depleted in 2017. Open pit mining is conducted by contractor Kibali Mining Services (KMS), a local subsidiary of DTP Terrassement, using either free-dig or conventional drill, blast, load, and haul methods. The mining equipment is jointly owned by a subsidiary of Barrick and the contractor’s parent, who also operates at Barrick’s Loulo-Gounkoto mine in Mali and Tongon mine in Côte d’Ivoire. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 106 Open pit mining fleet During 2021, local mining contractors were used to strip the Aerodrome pit, and this will continue up until the pit is mined out mid-2022. The mining fleet is presented below. The fleet size for 2022 and beyond is projected to remain consistent. The maintenance schedule allows for some annual rebuilds of the equipment each year. In opinion of the QP, the fleet size is adequate to achieve the LOM production targets based on the Mineral Reserve. Current primary open pit mine equipment fleet Fleet Current Quantity Planned Planned 2021 2022 2023-2025 LIEBHERR 9350 Excavators 1 1 2 LIEBHERR 984 Excavators 0 0 0 LIEBHERR 9200 Excavators 4 4 4 CAT777G DUMP Trucks 22 22 22 CAT992WHEEL Loaders 2 2 2 CAT D9R Dozer 7 7 7 CAT 16M Graders 3 3 3 CAT 834 Pusher 2 2 2 Blast Drill Drigs 8 8 8 Water Bowsers 2 2 2 The contractor overall workforce is 531 people, of which 242 are working for load and haul, 74 for drilling and blasting, 174 for plant maintenance of equipment, and the remaining for the administration and environmental health and safety (EHS) team. Underground mining fleet The underground equipment consists of mainly development drills, production drills, trucks, loader, loader setup on Sandvik multi lite remote-control system, and loader setup on Sandvik automation control system. The list of underground equipment is presented below. All underground equipment is equipped with ANSUL or OEM fire suppression systems and handheld fire extinguishers. Kibali underground Mining Equipment Manufacturer Model Type Number Sandvik TH551 Truck 6 Sandvik LH621 Loader 12 Sandvik LH410 Loader 1 Sandvik DL421 Drill 4 Sandvik DD421 Drill 4 Sandvik DS421 Drill 2 All light A9 Light plant 2 ASOKE BUS Light vehicle 3 TOYOTA Hilux Light vehicle 14 TOYOTA Land cruiser Light vehicle 40 CAT 140K Grader 1 CAT TH414 Tele handler 1 CAT 930K Integrated tool carrier 3 VOLVO L120GZ Integrated tool carrier 1 CAT 420K Backhoe 1 TCM FORKLIFT Forklift 1 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 107 MANITOU MHT10220 Tele handler 1 NORMET Spraymec Shot crete machine 1 NORMET Trans mixer Mixer truck 1 MACLEAN SL3 Scissor Lift 1 MACLEAN EC3 Charge machine 4 MACLEAN BT3 Flat bed 2 MACLEAN TM2 Mixer 1 BTI MRH Rock breaker 1 The mine prioritises local employment and in 2021, the employees were made up of 88% Congolese nationals; more than 70% from the local area. More than 70% of management positions were held by Congolese Nationals. Direct employment is around 2,100 people. Sourcing of national skills involves looking at the nearby community within the permit before moving to other regions of the country. Training programs both in-house and outside the mine are periodically organised by Kibali for experts and consultants to up the skills and equip employees with adequate skills and knowledge. Kibali has a local procurement policy, and this extends to procurement through contractors. Kibali procured in excess of $110 million of goods and services from DRC suppliers in 2021. This includes produce from agribusinesses (e.g., producers of eggs, pork, maize) which is purchased for use in the mine canteens. 13.3 Final mine outline Plan showing open pits and mine infrastructure AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 108 Kibali underground Mineral Reserve 14 Processing and recovery methods The Kibali gold processing plant comprises two largely independent processing circuits, the first one designed for oxide, transition, and free milling ore sources and the second for sulphide refractory ore. However, both circuits are designed to be switched to process sulphide ore when the oxide, transition, and free milling ore sources have been depleted. A simplified flowsheet, depicted in the figure below, comprises crushing, ball milling, classification, gravity recovery, a conventional Carbon-in-leach (CIL) circuit, flash flotation, also conventional flotation, together producing a concentrate which goes to ultra-fine-grinding and a dedicated intensive cyanide leach. This process consists of well tested technology in the gold industry and is appropriate for the style of mineralisation present at Kibali. The processing plant rated throughput is 3.6Mtpa of soft oxide rock ore through the oxide circuit and 3.6Mtpa of primary sulphide rock ore through a parallel sulphide circuit. Once the plant is sulphide-only, the capacity is 7.2Mtpa of sulphide ore. Kibali’s operational performance has demonstrated that the process plant is fully capable of its design capacity, and further modifications to the crushing circuit with finer F80 (38mm) coupled with a decreased inlet trunnion size has allowed for an even greater power draw and hence higher throughputs. The oxide ore is recovered through a standard crushing, milling, and gravity plus CIL operation, with the following processes: • Primary crushing. • An optional secondary hybrid roll type crusher for the harder transitional and free-milling sulphide ores. • Milling. • Cyclone classification. • Gravity concentration. • Flash flotation – runs optionally when the feed blend is predominantly free milling fresh ore.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 109 • CIL. • Tailing disposal. The sulphide ore requires the following processes: • Primary and secondary crushing. • Milling. • Cyclone classification. • Gravity concentration. • Flash flotation. • Conventional flotation. • Ultra-fine grinding of the concentrates. • Pre-oxidation circuit. • Extended intensive oxygenation assisted leach. • Pumpcell adsorption circuit to recover gold from the concentrates. • Tailing disposal. Simplified flowsheet of the Kibali processing plant depicting two discrete streams The pumpcell circuit is preceded by a three-tank gravity flow pre-oxidation circuit to passivate cyanide consuming sulphides, as well as liberate the gold. The first two tanks are subject to highly intensive oxidation with cyanide being introduced into the third to fifth tanks for pre-leaching, where the resultant product gravitates to a pumpcell circuit with high concentrations of activated carbon. The pumpcell residue stream may still contain some residual gold, which is then pumped to the main CIL circuit for final leaching to scavenge the remaining leachable gold. The flexibility of the plant design allows AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 110 for an extended pre-oxidation and pre-leach step within the CIL occurring after the initial pre-oxidation circuit but prior to the stream being routed to the pumpcell circuit. Most of the deposits contain some extent of free native gold, which means it is large enough to recover via a density separating step, which is performed with Knelson gravity concentrators during the milling cycle. However, a finer grind will expose a portion of the refractory (additional) gold for leaching so that the recovery is enhanced to economically acceptable levels. Most of the ore bodies contain some extent of free native gold, which means it is large enough to recover via a density separating step which is optimised with Knelson gravity concentrators during the milling cycle. Two primary jaw crushers (two Sandvik CJ815:200kW, CSS:16 0mm) are used targeting 1,300 tph and feeding two secondary crushers (two Sandvik CS660; 250kW, CSS:45mm) via a coarse ore stockpile (COS). When sulphide ore is being treated, secondary crusher product is fed onto a fine ore stockpile (FOS) via a conveyor system. The FOS serves as a common mill stockpile to both the mills and has a live capacity of 11,700 t of sulphide ore to each mill. The mill is fed from the mill feed stockpile using apron feeders that feed directly onto the mill feed conveyor. A ball milling circuit comprising two Polysius ball mills, each operating independently in parallel, treats ore at a total feed rate of 900 tph dry solids. Cyclone underflow is split into three streams: • Gravity concentration circuit. • Flash flotation circuit. • Remainder of the cyclone underflow is re-cycled to the mill feed. Gravity concentrator tailings gravitates to the mill discharge sump, while the concentrate reports to a batch ILR circuit. The flash flotation cell produces a concentrate and a high-density tailings stream. Cyclone overflow from the primary milling circuit is routed to either the rougher flotation cells or bypasses the circuit to the rougher tailings tank before being pumped to the CIL circuit (if oxide or free-milling material is being treated). Once the oxide, transition and free-milling ore sources have been depleted, the existing oxide plant can be converted to a parallel sulphide circuit, which will necessitate the expansion of the concentrate handling and pumpcell circuits. There are two flotation circuits already present in the plant. Kibali further expanded the original fine-grind section in the 2017 sulphide expansion project by adding an additional four ultra-fine-grind mills, making eight in total. The current Kibali feed plan allows for an oxide – sulphide campaign for thirty percent of the year, with the remainder of the year treating full sulphide ores The loaded carbon from the pumpcell circuit, that is, from the concentrate leach and CIP, together with carbon from whole-ore leach, are treated in independent elution circuits, followed by electro-winning of gold eluate of the pregnant solution. After smelting, the furnace crucible contents are poured into cascading moulds to produce gold bullion and slag. The constant improvement in terms of the plant utilisation and availability is mainly driven by regular planned maintenance coupled with good performance of process operations. Plant utilisation and availability from 2013 to 2021 is presented in the table below. Plant availability and utilisation Years 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Availability (%) 74.9 87.0 93.6 94.7 96.4 95.2 95.6 94.9 95.4 Utilisation (%) 64.9 93.1 95.9 98.0 98.6 98.8 98.8 99.5 99.1 The actual process plant gold recovery in 2021 varied monthly from 87.8% to 90.5% (Refer to the figure and table below). The average gold recovery in 2021 was 89.8%. Recovery for 2022 is expected to be 89.8%, averaging 89% for the LOM. High GRG contribution of 24.17% compared to the forecast of 23% mainly driven the high GRG from Gorumbwa pit ores fed compared to previous years. The October low recovery of 87.8% was mainly due to the high residues emanating from the circuit changes between full sulphide and sulphide/oxide campaign treatment. The changeover often results in flashing out of high residues that build up in the CIL circuit AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 111 coupled with reduced residence time during the changeover period. Quarterly changes in residue grade and tonnes treated are illustrated in the figure below. Kibali processing plant overall gold recovery in 2021 Kibali processing plant overall gold recovery in 2021 by Month Item Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2021 Total Tonnes Treated (Dry) (kt) 678 622 686 642 695 654 656 638 644 633 611 625 7,783 Plant Head Grade (g/t) 3.32 3.27 3.41 3.59 3.35 3.63 3.85 3.77 3.58 3.97 4.00 3.77 3.62 Kibali processing plant tonnes and residue grade The main deleterious element in the Kibali ore sources is considered to be arsenic. Certain isolated ore types exhibit higher levels of arsenic (in Pakaka and Sessenge) which can result in dissolution during the recovery process. The impact of arsenic was in the leach of flotation concentrate in the intensive oxygenation/cyanidation circuit. Arsenic content in excess of 2,000 ppm has a negative effect on gold dissolution where dissolution values as low as 70% are attained when arsenic content increases to values as high as 9,000 ppm. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 112 15 Infrastructure Mine roads Kibali is located in the NE of the DRC. Access to site by road is via Uganda and the Ugandan border town of Arua. The road from the Ugandan border at Arua has been upgraded by the company to accommodate the Project and on-going operations traffic. Maintenance of this road is carried out by the Kibali. The local road infrastructure was developed during the exploration drilling programmes and upgraded during the construction of the mine. Internal roads provide access to various infrastructure areas, including roads to the TSF, explosives storage, land fill site, mine villages, central mine offices, shaft collar area, open pit mining central operations area, general mining operations areas, new exploration areas, various water boreholes, and overhead line routes. All roads are constructed by layered rock/gravel/laterite varying in specification according to traffic expectations. Airstrip Access by air to Kibali involves a commercial flight to Entebbe in Uganda followed by a charter flight to Doko airport, situated on the mine property. The Doko airstrip was upgraded by Kibali and is equipped with runway lights and precision approach path indicator lights. Charter flights to site are arranged by Kibali on a regular schedule at frequencies dictated by operational requirements. Supply chain Since the project’s inception, the majority of Kibali’s imports are shipped into the port of Mombasa, Kenya, and thereafter trucked through the Northern Corridor Road route that links Mombasa to the landlocked countries in eastern and central Africa. The cargo initially moves through Kenya and Uganda into eastern DRC (to Kibali). Up to the Uganda / DRC border, the trucks use a two-way tarmac road considered to be the main route from the port of Mombasa to east and central Africa. The final 200km of the trip from the DRC border to Kibali is on laterite roads. The primary ports for mining spares and consumables are Durban and Antwerp. Reagents, such as cyanide, steel balls, peroxide, hydrochloric acid, and other flotation reagents are shipped from a variety of different ports worldwide. The shipping terms for the mining consumables and reagents are typically Ex- Works or Free on Board and Cost, Insurance and Freight, respectively. The costs associated with 20 ft and 40 ft containers, for both sea-freight and inland transport (Mombasa to the mine site), are calculated on a cost-plus basis. This is a fully transparent exercise with shipping/freight invoices being sent through for verification. Estimated port to port transit times for Kibali’s most frequent sailings: • South Africa = 10 days • Europe = 35 days • China = 45 days • USA = 65 days Procurement for Kibali is carried out by its supply chain partner, Tradecorp Logistics. Surface water management Kibali lies within the northern tropical climatic region of the DRC. The area has a distinct rainy and almost dry season. The rainy season extends from March to November and the dry season from December to mid-February. The Kibali River dominates the drainage of the project area and flows along the southern boundary of the project area. The Nzoro River flows into the Kibali River approximately 30km downstream of the mine site. Numerous springs exist in the area and the spring flows remain near constant throughout the dry season.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 113 The significant sources of water that can affect the operations include rainfall directly into the open pits, rainfall surface run-off and groundwater entering the pits from the surrounding rock masses. Surface run-off is high, due to high intensity rainfall events and an undulating landscape. A system of bund walls and dewatering trenches has been established prior to mining of each of the pits, which prevents inflow of surface water to the pit areas. The network of drainage channels is used to discharge water intercepted by the perimeter drains to the Kibali River via a series of settling ponds. All the deposits are characterised by the presence of a near-surface groundwater table with the potential for high groundwater into the pits. The possible impacts of ingress of groundwater are investigated prior to mining and during the mining activities. Dewatering well systems are installed for all pits to lower the groundwater level prior to mining. A system of dewatering trenches is procedurally established prior to the commencement of mining in each of the pits, preventing the inflow of any surface water to the active mining areas. The rainfall that falls within the pit perimeter is directed out of the pit, if this is possible, particularly in the upper levels. The water that cannot be directed outwards flows to the sump at the pit bottom from where it is pumped. Kibali water management plan Water supply Raw water is collected and stored in the raw water dam (RWD), which has a storage capacity of 16,000m3. The primary sources of raw water are rain, spring water, Kibali River, and water from pit dewatering. The processing plant requires 25,000m3 of water per day, of this 75% is recycled water (from the TSFs) and 25% is from the Return Water Dam (RWD). The plant process water circuit consists of a 25m diameter process water clarifier and process water dam with a capacity of 4,600m3. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 114 The process plant has a water treatment plant unit that produces soft water. That soft water is used in some strategic areas (elution circuit, laundries, flocculent make-up, firefighting system and metallurgy laboratory section). The operational camp has an independent water purification plant and storage facility. Tailings Storage Facilities (TSF) There are two TSFs at Kibali; one for the cyanide containing (CIL) tails and the second one for the sulphide flotation tails. The CIL tailings contain residual cyanide and are contained in an HDPE lined dam. The flotation tails contain are benign and therefore the dam is not lined. The cyanide containing TSFs comprise CTSF1 and CTSF2 for the CIL tails and the FTSF is dedicated to flotation tails. Currently, it is estimated that up to 40% of the flotation tailings is used for paste backfill in the underground. The CTSF comprises two full containment, HDPE lined facilities (CTSF1 and CTSF2) that have a continuous surrounding embankment and share a common internal wall. CTSF1 and CTSF2 footprints have been merged into a single footprint (CTSF 1st Lift) by raising the embankment walls and sacrificing the common internal wall. Currently, the CTSF 1st lift is at 80% of its capacity in terms of available storage capacity. The embankment walls of the CTSF 1st lift are currently being raised by 3.5m using a downstream construction (CTSF 2nd Lift) method. The CTSF 2nd Lift is expected to be completed by March 2022 and will give an additional dam capacity of approximately 6.5Mt that covers the tailings deposition plan up to 2026. The current minimum vertical freeboard for CTSF 1st lift is 1.9m below the emergency spillway invert level. CTSF Phase 3 is currently envisaged to be constructed north of the previous CTSF Phase 2 footprint, however, this is still conceptual. Based on the current LOM plan, deposition into the Phase 3 facility would commence in Q1 2027 and continue until the end of the expected LOM. The FTSF will require a LOM capacity of approximately 57.8Mt. Phase 1 of the facility is an unlined valley impoundment, formed behind an embankment that traverses the valley. Phase 2 is currently in operation and is being operated as a full ring-dyke impoundment as a self-raising facility where the TSF is being raised by paddock deposition. Phase 3 of the TSF consists of buttressing the downstream slope of the embankment walls and paddocks with waste rock to ensure the TSF has adequate stability under post liquefaction conditions. The first phase of the buttressing construction is scheduled to start in December 2021 and continue until Q3 2022. In unlined RWD captures and stores return water from the FTSF. An unlined catchment dam captures water released from the RWD into the main storm water diversion channel, and it captures all the run-off accumulated from within the mine footprint. Power supply Since there is no grid power available in the region, Kibali needs to be self-sustaining and indeed possesses considerable thermal power generation capacity to do so. Diesel generated power comes from three banks of on-site high-speed diesel generators, each bank consisting of 12 x 1500 kVA, 400V CAT 3512B generators. To mitigate the running costs of this facility, three hydropower plants have been installed. These are as follows: • Nzoro 2 Four x 5.5MW turbines – Total installed 22MW • Ambarau Two x 5.3MW turbines – Total installed 10.6MW • Azambi Two x 5.1MW turbines – Total installed 10.2MW Separately, the pre-existing Nzoro 1 facility is of low capacity (i.e., less than 1MW). It was previously refurbished and represents a historical legacy comprising equipment dating from the 1930s. This power is dedicated to local communities. The total installed hydroelectric power capacity is 42.8MW, which currently covers most of the mine power demand. The load demand of the mine is not constant, power demand at full production is currently AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 115 between 39MW and 43MW, averaging approximately 41MW. The system has a potential capacity of 42.8MW of Hydropower (at peak) and 43MW of thermal generation. Actual hydro generation capacity is season dependent: • Maximum Capacity (43 thermal generation + 42.8 hydropower) MW. • Minimum Capacity (32 thermal generation + 10 hydropower) MW. The long-term power supply strategy for the operation is aimed at generating the maximum amount of power from hydro sources. Diesel generators will remain available as back up and as a spinning reserve for peak loads from the shaft hoist. Further improvement was made by installing a 9MW battery bank that was commissioned in 2020. The running generators have been reduced by half during wet season. This has a marked effect on reducing unit power operating costs. Wet seasons with high river flows allow for more beneficial hydro operating conditions, however the beneficial effect is not seen in the lower rainfall months. This effect is evident in the figure below which shows the power supply mix to the end of 2021. Kibali electrical supply mix Electrical power at 66kV is supplied by the hydropower stations connected to a main grid supply. The hydro-generated power is reticulated to the site by means of 66 kV overhead lines from the hydropower plants to a switchyard located at the mine. The voltage is stepped down from 66kV to 11kV, feeding the 11kV consumer substation. Diesel generation supplies power to the mine at 400V, which is stepped up to 11kV for distribution. Operational camp (village) The operational camp provides accommodation for single and married staff and incorporates all the required facilities in terms of accommodation, ablution, catering, and messing facilities. The camp comprises two villages to accommodate the mine employees; a large single status camp near the mine operations and a married-quarters camp that was opened in 2015. A single kitchen and dining room is provided for residents of the camp. A further kitchen and dining area is available at the social club that could be used if the camp kitchen was destroyed. Each of the major contractors operates their own camp and kitchen facilities nearby to their base of operation. Offices, stores, and workshops A central administration area office complex accommodates senior and administrative personnel as well as discipline functions not located specifically in the process plant or mine operations offices. The plant area includes the necessary buildings for the operations personnel related to the process operation including a gate house, control room containing the plant server and SCADA equipment, engineering room, UPS rooms, engineering offices, laboratory including carbon room, metallurgical AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 116 laboratory, wet laboratory, bullion room, balance room, environmental laboratory, receiving area, sample preparation and grade control preparation, and a maintenance workshop and offices. The central mine facilities area is located adjacent to the processing plant and includes large stores facilities related to spares and engineering consumables for mining, processing, and general operations. There are four large buildings to hold most of the stores stock, most of which is spares for machinery, and the remainder is consumables, such as personal protective equipment. There is sufficient covered space for spares and consumables. The buildings are all steel framed and clad with steel sheeting. Floors are reinforced concrete. The shaft collar area provides an office building, change house, security gate house, and a workshop for the underground mining operation. The open pit mining central operations area includes a large workshop for the maintenance of the mining fleet, an office building, a change house, and a security gate house. Emergency response and medical facilities There are two mine rescue teams on-site with a total of seventeen active members of which ten are on- site at all times. Emergency situations will be communicated by radio on a dedicated channel. A stench gas system is available. A fire truck and trailer are available for rescue teams. Medical staff on site includes two doctors, six nurses, and laboratory technicians. There are three ambulances on site and four first aid rooms together with a health clinic. The nearest hospital with good facilities is in Kampala. In the event of a need for medivac, arrangements with the air charter company would be made. Fuel storage The fuel storage installation includes three separate fuel farms. Daily consumption is between 180,000 → 200,000 litres per day depending on seasons. Approximately 65 to 70% of the consumption is used by the diesel generators at the thermal power station, 20% is used by mining and the remaining 10% is general use. The largest fuel farm is located in the central mine facilities area. The main fuel farm for the mine has three 1,000,000 litre tanks and six 100,000 litres tanks, giving a total storage capacity of 3.6Ml. Diesel is filtered before it is pumped into the main tanks and after it leaves the secondary tanks. Extensive fire protection is provided for the main fuel farm and includes a series of foam generators located around the perimeter of the containment bund and cooling rings on the tanks. The water for these fire protection systems is supplied from two dedicated tanks and two fire pumps located at the process plant. Two other fuel facilities are at the open pit and underground operations and have a capacity of 1,200m3 each with similar dispensing facilities. Communication and Information Technology The mine wide voice and data backbone with satellite fibre optic link(s) provides cellular for voice and internet connections via wireless Local Area Network (LAN). Voice communication is supplemented by two-way radio. Fibre optics on overhead lines provide for communication between the various operations sites. Security There is comprehensive security infrastructure at the site, with controlled access to the operations. The security manager reports directly to the Kibali general manager. The Kibali property is surrounded with a high fence and a security access road running along the perimeter. The plant area is fenced with security at the main gate and additional electronic access systems and security at higher values areas within the plant. The spares and materials storage sites are fenced, and access gates are kept locked, and access controlled by security staff.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 117 Gold doré produced at the mine site is moved from site on security escorted private charter flights. All necessary logistics have been considered. Kibali is a mature operation that has all necessary support infrastructure already in place. In the opinion of the QP, the infrastructure is adequate and has been, or is being, provided at Kibali to support the anticipated production targets from the underground mine. 16 Market studies Gold doré produced at the mine site is shipped from site under secured conditions and sold under agreement to Rand Refinery in South Africa. Under the agreement, Kibali receives the ruling gold price on the day after dispatch, less refining and freight costs, for the gold content of the doré gold. Kibali has an agreement to sell all gold production to only one customer. The “customer” is chosen periodically on a tender basis from a selected pool of accredited refineries and international banks to ensure competitive refining and freight costs. Gold mines do not compete to sell their product given that the price is not controlled by the producers. The QPs note that metal prices used in this study have been set by Barrick on behalf of Kibali and are appropriate to the commodity and mine life projections, fuel supply, explosive supply, and security. It is Kibali strategy to outsource mining activities to contractors and, in all instances, the contracts are such that the equipment can be purchased by the company at the end of the contract period at its depreciated price or should the contractor default at a predetermined pricing mechanism. Prior to start-up all major mining contractors are requested to tender and the most appropriate tender is accepted thereby ensuring that the best competitive current pricing is achieved. Care is taken at the time of finalising contracts to ensure that the rise and fall formula is totally representative of the build-up of the quoted price per unit. At the time of award prices quoted are compared to benchmark prices of other owner miner operations. The contract mining costs are dependent on when tenders are issued as the price of major equipment varies dependant on demand as well as the cost of finance. Rise and fall can be negatively affected by currency fluctuations as well as price squeeze due to scarcity. Other contracts that are put in place include assay facilities, oxygen supply, catering services, fuel supply, explosive supply, and security. The QPs note that all material contracts discussed above are currently in place and the terms contained within the sales contracts are typical and consistent with standard industry practice and are similar to contracts for the supply of doré elsewhere in the world. All contract terms, rates and charges are within the norms of Barrick’s regional benchmarks, which are generally within the lower half of industry wide standards. 17 Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting The project is predominantly governed by the DRC Mining Code (2002) and associated Mining Regulations. Decree No. 038/2003 of 26 March 2003 relating to the Mining Regulations as modified and completed by Decree No. 18/024 of 08 June 2018 contain provisions regarding ESIAs and environmental management, public consultation, and compensation for loss of access to land. Articles 127 and 128 of the Mining Regulations (2018) sets out the contents of the EIS and the EMP and Article 452 establishes the objectives of management measures and standards of the EMP. Public consultation of the project was achieved in accordance with Articles 451 and 478 of the Mining Regulations (2018) and with the IFC PS. Under the DRC Mining Code (2002), mining operations must be covered by an EAP, which must be approved by the DPEM. The EAP must give an overview of the environmental conditions of the areas covered by the relevant mining title and to describe any measures that have been or will be taken to protect AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 118 the environment. In practice, the EAP covers what is normally required in an EIS and an EMP (collectively referred to herein as the ESIA). Three ESIAs, and two ESIA updates have been completed for the Project. All ESIAs were undertaken in compliance with DRC legislation and the applicable IFC PS (2006); ESIA updates were compliant with DRC Legislation and IFC PS (2012). The following list identifies the ESIAs and EISA updates completed since 2010: • An ESIA completed by independent consultants (Digby Wells, 2011) as part of the FS during 2010 and 2011. The ESIA report was submitted to the authorities in 2011 and approval was received in 2011. • An ESIA was completed in June 2011 for the new Nzoro 2 hydropower station, and refurbishment of the Nzoro 1 hydropower station adjacent to the Kibali and Nzoro Rivers, respectively (Digby Wells, 2011). This ESIA included details of the upgrade of the existing powerlines from the Nzoro 1 station, construction of new powerlines from Nzoro 2 and the construction of a diversion canal from the Nzoro River to the Nzoro 2 station. • An ESIA was completed in 2012 for the Ambarau and Azambi hydropower plants located on the Kibali River (Digby Wells, 2012). • ESIA Updates for the Mine in 2015 (Digby Wells, 2015) and 2020 (Digby Wells, 2020). The review of the environmental impact studies and the environmental management plans presented in the Kibali EAP was completed by the Standing Committee of Evaluation (CPE) comprising 14 members and directed by the Director of the DPEM. The EAP was approved by the CPE, required under Articles 455 and 456 of the Mining Regulations (2003) and included the following conditions: • Adequate management of social aspects around the mine. • Respect of air quality requirements. • Water management and effluents to be in line with the legal limits before any discharge from the mine. • Waste management and hazardous waste management in line with legislation. • Flora and fauna promotion and conservation. • In 2020, the ESIA was revised to incorporate Kalimva-Ikamva, and to comply with the Mining Regulations (2018) that stipulates a mine’s ESIA is to be updated every five years (Article 463). This allows for a re-examination of the management processes and responsibilities and assists the mine in managing its environmental and social impacts on an ongoing basis. The 2020 ESIA update complied with DRC laws and regulations and conformed with the IFC PS (2012). Mitigation and rehabilitation measures and financial provision for planned project closure have been included in the ESIA update. Kibali undertakes concurrent rehabilitation of disturbed areas. Pakaka, Kombokolo, Rhino, Mofu and Mengu pits have been fully, or partially rehabilitated and environmental monitoring of these areas is ongoing. Some closed pits may be subject to future mining and/or underground mining. All environmental permits are in place for the Kibali processing plant, open pits and underground operations, the hydropower stations, and a permit register forms part of the EMP. Permits include: • ESIA approbation – letter for approval of the environmental impacts assessment (valid for 5 years and subject to ESIA Updates). • Certifcate environnemental (valid as long as taxes are paid). • Permit to export used oil (1 year licence subject to annual renewal). • Permit d’exploitation (25 years). • Authorisation for owning the hydropower plants (25 years). Other project permits and licences in place include an import and export licence, permit for the construction of infrastructure at Kokiza, authorisation to import explosives, demolition permit, authorisation to resettle people, authorisation for exhumation (so that graves can be relocated out of the mining zone), and title deeds for all people resettled in Kokiza. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 119 A consolidated ESMP is in place which covers all aspects of the operation and was updated as part of the 2020 ESIA. The ESMP includes current, future planned and proposed activities and a rehabilitation plan. The ESMP includes an Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan as approved by the regulators and comprises the following: • Air quality and dust. • Water sampling and analysis of: o TSF seepage water and tails streams (particular focus on arsenic and WAD cyanide which can be analysed on site). o Potable water. o Groundwater. o Surface water • Terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity/habitats. • Noise and blasting. • Soil. • Community relations and grievances. • Energy use. To improve the site water balance and reduce abstraction in the Kibali River; all abandoned pits are used as dams to collect and store both seepage and rainfall as fresh water that is now recirculated as service water in process plant operations via a newly installed 250mm HDPE water line. This will assist in mitigating the negative impact on the Kibali River during the period of dry season. The current volume of fresh water held in the dams (Pakaka, Kombokolo and Sessenge) equal to 3.1 million cubic metres (Mm3). The figure below presents the Pakaka Dam freshwater reservoir design criteria. Pakaka Dam Fresh Water Reservoir Design Criteria Source: Kibali Mine 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management Mitigation and rehabilitation measures at project closure have been included in the EAP. These measures are quoted in the EAP in accordance with Chapter VII Schedule IX of the Mining Regulation Articles 95 and 123. In 2020, more than 80% of the energy consumed by Kibali was provided by the hydropower plants. Waste is segregated and managed by adopting the waste hierarchy (avoid-reuse-recycle-landfill); some incineration takes place on site at the installed Macrotech incinerator V70. In 2020, a total of 650 t of waste was incinerated at the onsite incinerator, 3,400 t of waste reused or recycled, and a further 1,900 t to landfill. New opportunities are being sought for reusing or recycling waste to further reduce waste to landfill. The other relevant aspects to water and waste management and use are also referred to in Section 17.1. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 120 Two TSFs exist at Kibali; one for the cyanide containing CIL tails and one for the sulphide flotation tails. The CIL tails contain small amounts of cyanide and must be contained in a plastic lined dam. The flotation tails contain no harmful substances and therefore the dam is not lined. The cyanide containing TSFs comprise CTSF1 and CTSF2 for the CIL tails and the FTSF is dedicated to flotation tails. A large volume of the tailings generated by the plant will be used for underground backfill in future. It is estimated that up to 50% of the flotation tailings will be used for paste backfill. 17.3 Socio-economic impacts Kibali is located in the Haut-Uélé Province and within the administrative area of Watsa Territory. The border towns of Aru in the DRC and Arua in Uganda are located 150km east of the project and are on the main road servicing the project area. The capital city of DRC, Kinshasa, is approximately 1,800km SW of Kibali. The town of Durba is immediately adjacent to the southern boundary of Kibali; nearby villages in the Surur Secteur include Renzi approximately 3km south, Kotamalembe 5km east, and Kokiza 3km west. Risks have been considered and evaluated that relate to social and Country/ political risks. These are: • Social License to Operate; possible likelihood with a moderate consequence rating; moderate risk rating; mitigation: managed through strict and transparent compliance to laws and traditions, and dedicated community engagement by company social and sustainability department. • Security and Governmental; possible likelihood with a major consequence rating; moderate risk rating; mitigation: managed through strict and transparent compliance to laws and traditions, and a dedicated government liaison team in Kinshasa. Government participation/ownership and inclusion with a continuous revenue stream. Kibali has built strong relations with the community through reinforced and continuous stakeholder engagement which includes regular meetings with a range of stakeholders and regular radio broadcasts targeting key issues pertinent to the community. International standards require that host-country laws are complied with, by default. Kibali reviews legislation and international standards and adopts the most stringent requirements. Kibali follows a resettlement and compensation process that will leave PAPs in the same or better off position than before the project intervention, which is in conformance with IFC PS. • To follow in-kind compensation where possible and limit cash compensation as far as possible, especially where the affected community’s livelihoods are at stake. As a result of the construction of the Project and establishment of the Moratorium Zone, it was necessary to resettle approximately 36,700 people, from 7,504 households, since 2012 to date (RADS and Digby Wells, 2012; Digby Wells, 2015; Digby Wells, 2016; Digby Wells, 2020). The Project also displaced around 134 items of community infrastructure, including: 13 communal agricultural projects, five communal business/commercial facilities, 12 education facilities, 19 health facilities, nine recreational/community facilities, 39 religious facilities, and 41 water sources. The first RAP was initiated in 2012 for the establishment of the mine’s Moratorium Zone (Zone A) and completed during 2013 and involved 20,000 people from 4,000 households in 14 villages. Where PAPs insisted on cash compensation, Kibali put processes in place to make sure funds were used appropriately and that recipients receive materials and goods that were provided for in the budget (e.g., if people decide to build infrastructure themselves, payments were made in instalments and full payment was only made upon completion of construction). A Resettlement Working Group (RWG) was established as the primary consultation forum to develop and implement a RAP. The RAP process was carried out by independent consultants. All primary stakeholders are represented on the RWG. The RAP included construction of water, energy, and road infrastructure. Guidance was provided by Congolese town planners, as well as the RWG, for a town plan outlining the development of the Kokiza

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 121 village that improved the provision of basic services and social infrastructure whilst still being maintainable, considering the overall remoteness of the area. The following was constructed at Kokiza: • Catholic Church. • 4,077 houses. • 14 schools and recreation facilities. • Five clinics/health centres. • 11 churches. • 55 boreholes. • Upgraded electricity • Four new cemeteries. • Two communal markets. The Kibali River flows along the southern boundary of the mine and then flows northwards. The existing Nzoro 1, hydrostation was refurbished and is exclusively used to provide power to the local community. Kibali procured in excess of $110 million of goods and services from DRC suppliers in 2021. This includes produce from agribusinesses (e.g., producers of eggs, pork, maize) which is purchased for use in the mine canteens. 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation Mine rehabilitation is designed to restore the biophysical environment (e.g., chemical, biological quality of air, land, and water regimes) and prepare the concession for post-mining land use. Concurrent rehabilitation opportunities are limited as some mined pits and inactive WRDs are being assessed for potential future open pit expansion or underground operations. Inactive pits and WRDs remain within Kibali’s environmental monitoring programs to analyse potential impacts. Inactive pits are access restricted and are located within the Moratorium Zone and have security posts to ensure controlled entry. The aim of mine closure is to (a) develop a passive system that is a self-sustaining natural ecosystem or (b) prepare the concession for alternate land use that stakeholders agree to, and the authorities are willing to sign off. Once the post-monitoring period (at least 5 years) has established that the site is stable, the authorities will sign off and end the company’s liabilities for the concession. A framework closure plan was developed as part of the 2011 ESIA and has been updated as part of the 2020 ESIA to reflect changes in mine development, operational planning, and the environmental and social status quo. The framework closure plan addresses the following: • The regulatory framework for mine closure. • Methods used to close all mine components. • The overall closure objectives for all components of the Project. Mine closure costs are updated each year. The current cost as of 31st December 2021 for rehabilitation and closure of the mine is approximately $24 million (Digby Wells, 2021). Allowance has been made for the shaping of the open pit edges and WRDs to a safe and sustainable angle. Rehabilitation of the ROM pads, demolition and management of physical infrastructure, creation of a free-draining topography, replacement of soil, re-vegetation, and general surface rehabilitation of all the disturbed areas within Kibali has also been calculated. At closure the CTSF will be rehabilitated by covering the facility with a 300mm saprolite layer (breaker layer) followed by a 300mm layer of topsoil. The top and side walls will be vegetated to stabilise the tailings against wind and water erosion, and to reduce water ingress into the tailings. Surface water diversion and management measures will be left in a state such that they can continue to control runoff from the TSF and to divert clean water around it. All upslope water will be permanently diverted around the facility; water falling on the TSF will be encouraged to discharge from it to avoid pools forming on the surface. The FTSF will be rehabilitated in the same manor but will exclude the 300mm saprolite breaker layer since the FTSF material has less contamination potential and it is therefore assumed a breaker layer will not be required. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 122 Infrastructure at the Doko airport, mine camp and mine offices could have uses for the community after mine closure and will be discussed with stakeholders as post-mining land use plans are developed. Extension areas such as laydown areas will be rehabilitated as per the contractor’s agreement with Kibali. The cost of demolishing and rehabilitating these areas has therefore been excluded from the closure cost assessment. A contingency of 10% has been included. A 12% allowance has been included for operator or contractor project management fees of the airport. The total includes costs for bi-annual aquatic biomonitoring, surface and groundwater monitoring for five years after mine closure, monitoring and maintaining re-vegetated areas for three years after mine closure, hydro-carbon clean-up, and cyanide decontamination. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans It is the opinion of the Qualified Person that the current plans to address any issues related to environmental compliance, permitting and local individuals or groups are adequate. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring Kibali complies with the labour laws of the DRC, which govern the following: • Salary and remuneration. • Job classification and competencies. • Annual leave system. • Ratios of expat to national workforce. • Representation by unions. • Employee code of conduct and disciplinary measures. • Mine Level Agreement (MLA). Kibali has an internal in-reach programme which is a platform where both employer and employee are able to actively engage with each other regarding operational updates in addition to social and community matters. Kibali employment policy gives priority to DRC nationals who have the required skills and experience. Identifying skilled nationals involves advertising and searching in the nearby communities before extending the recruitment process to other regions of the country. Where there is a lack of skills, expatriates with specific skills are employed with the primary aim of training nationals. A timeframe is developed for training nationals to take over from the skilled expatriates. Development plans are in place to facilitate skills development and succession planning. The mine prioritises local employment and in 2021, the employees were made up of 88% Congolese nationals; more than 70% from the local area. More than 70% of management positions were held by Congolese Nationals. Kibali has a local procurement policy, and this extends to procurement through contractors. Kibali procured in excess of $110 million of goods and services from DRC suppliers in 2021. This includes produce from agribusinesses (e.g., producers of eggs, pork, maize) which is purchased for use in the mine canteens. 18 Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital and operating costs Capital and operating costs for Kibali are based on extensive experience gained from 8 years of operating this mine and an extensive number of years operating other gold mines situated within Africa. Sustaining (replacement) capital costs reflect current price trends. Operating costs are in line with historical averages. Any potential non-capitalised exploration expenditure has not been included in the economic forecasts. Capital Kibali is a sustaining capital combined open pit and underground mining operation with the necessary facilities, equipment, and manpower in place to produce gold. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 123 The open pit and underground LOM and capital and operating cost estimates have been completed in sufficient detail to be satisfied that economic extraction of the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve is justified. The total capital expenditure from 2018 to 2021 amounted to $484 million. This included $201 million spent on underground mining capital, which represented 42% of total capital expenditure. A total of $61 million, representing 13% of total capital expenditure, was spent on deferred stripping to remove mine waste materials (overburden) to gain access to ore in new pits. A further $43.5 million, representing 9% of total capital expenditure, was spent on capitalised drilling which resulted in LOM extensions and conversion of Mineral Resource to allow for engineering to deliver a Mineral Reserve. $18 million was spent on permit wide exploration for Mineral Resource replacement, representing 4% of total capital expenditure. Completion of the hydropower stations accounted for $26 million, or 5% of total capital expenditure, and $33 million for the refurbishment of open pit equipment, or 7% of total capital expenditure. Capital expenditure over the remaining LOM is estimated to be $715 million (from 2022) based on Mineral Reserve, made up from the allocation of costs as summarised in the table below. LOM Capital Expenditure Based on Mineral Reserve Description Value ($M) Grade control drilling 41 Capitalised deferred stripping 35 Underground capital development and drilling 185 RAP growth capital 18 Exploration capitalised 6 Other sustaining capital 430 Total LOM Capital Expenditure 715 Operating costs Kibali maintains detailed operating cost records that provide a sound basis for estimating future operating costs. Costs used for the open pit optimisations were derived from Kibali Mining Services (KMS) open pit mining contractor’s pricing of the open pit LOM schedule. Underground operations were costed starting in mid- year 2018 as owner costs, when underground mining changed to owner operated. Labour costs for national employees were based on actual costs. Local labour laws regarding hours of work, employment conditions were also considered, and overtime costs included. During 2021, costs for processing and general and administration (G&A) were updated based on actuals adjusted with the latest forward estimates, production profiles and personnel levels. Customs duties, taxes, charges, and logistical costs have been included. Unit costs used to estimate LOM operating costs based on the Mineral Reserve (from 2022) are summarised in the table below. The annual fluctuation in production levels is relatively low, such that the effect of fixed versus variable expenses is minimised. LOM unit operating costs based on the Mineral Reserve Activity Units Value Open pit mining $/t mined 3.44 Open pit mining $/t ore mined 33.00 Underground mining $/t mined 36.16 Underground mining $/t ore mined 37.95 Processing $/t milled 17.49 G&A $/t milled 9.35 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 124 Mining total1 $/t milled 35.60 Total LOM net OPEX1 $/t milled 62.44 Notes: 1. Total LOM Net of Opex in this table, represents the total amount, before capitalised cost and royalty costs of 4.7% based on the total revenue Kibali has used the unit costs to estimate LOM operating costs based on the Mineral Reserve (from 2022). Operating costs for the LOM plan are shown in the table below. LOM operating total costs based on the Mineral Reserve Description LOM operating total cost ($M) Open pit Mining 1,219 Underground mining 1,739 Processing 1,453 Stockpile 13 G&A 776 Total operating cost 5,189 Notes: 1. Total LOM Net of Opex in this table, represents the total amount, before capitalised cost and royalty costs of 4.7% based on the total revenue Cost inputs have been priced in real Q4 2021 dollars, without any allowance for inflation or consideration to changes in foreign exchange rates. The QPs are satisfied that the open pit LOM and cost estimates have been completed in sufficient detail to justify the economic extraction of the open pit Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. The QPs are satisfied that the underground LOM and cost estimates have been completed in sufficient detail to justify the economic extraction of the underground Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. 18.2 Risk assessment Kibali has undertaken analysis of the project risks as summarised in the table below; together with the QPs assessment of the risk degrees and consequences, as well as ongoing/required mitigation measures. The QPs note that the degree of risk refers to their subjective assessment as to how the identified risk could affect the achievement of the project objectives. In the QP’s opinion, there are no significant risks and uncertainties that could reasonably be expected to affect the reliability or confidence in the exploration information, Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve estimates. The following definitions have been employed by the QPs in assigning risk factors to the various aspects and components of the project: In addition to assigning risk factors, the QPs provided an opinion on the probability of the risk occurring during the LOM. The table below details the Kibali risk analysis as determined by the QPs. Kibali risk analysis Issue Likelihood Consequence Rating Risk Rating Mitigation Geology and Mineral Resource – Confidence in Mineral Resource Models Unlikely Minor Low Additional scheduled infill drilling. Resource model updated on a regular basis using production reconciliation results. Mining and Mineral Reserve – Open pit Slope Stability Unlikely Moderate Minor Continued in-pit monitoring, geotechnical drilling, instrumentation, and continued updating of geotechnical and hydrology models.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 125 Mining and Mineral Reserve – Underground Recovery and Dilution Possible Moderate Low Change in drilling and blasting practices and paste filling binder to reduce dilution and increase recovery. Processing - Salts build up in the process water - leading to carbon fouling in the CIL and elution circuits Possible Moderate Medium A full salt and water balance has been completed and tracked in the plant to ensure that correct water dilution into the critical streams of elution is managed with minimum impact on carbon fouling and gold recovery. Environmental - Groundwater contamination (arsenic) -Tailings failure and Waste Rock Possible Major Low Manage as levels through feed profile and capture runoff. All high arsenic feed reports to lined tailings facility. Encapsulate and rehabilitate waste dumps. Continuing monitoring and external or third-party audits. Social – Social License to Operate Possible Moderate Moderate Dedicated community engagement by company social and sustainability department. Accessible Grievance Mechanism Country & Political – Security – Governmental Possible Major Moderate Dedicated government liaison team in Kinshasa. Government participation/ownership. Capital and Operating Costs Unlikely Moderate Low Continue to track actual costs and LOM forecast costs, including considerations for inflation and foreign exchange. Fiscal Stability Possible Moderate Moderate Dedicated government liaison team in Kinshasa Government participation/ownership 19 Economic analysis 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods Sensitivity analysis All relevant costs, exchange rates and royalties are listed in the economic analysis in section 19.2. The value of the economic analysis is prepared on a 100% basis and done at discount rates of 0%, 5%, 10% and 15%. 19.2 Results of economic analysis The QP has verified the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve via cash flow modelling, using the inputs discussed in this report. The cash flow shown below is on an annual basis and contains only the Mineral Reserve material. All Inferred Mineral Resource material in the schedule used for the cash flow forecast was set to waste. The NPV and IRR of the Mineral Reserve are both positive and align with the corporate targets. An integrated schedule was tested for cash positive, as were the individual areas mined by incremental analysis to conclude that they were cash positive. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 126 Kibali Gold Mine economic analysis Item Unit Total LOM 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 Production Gold Oz ('000) 8,017.8 793.3 750.9 771.3 779.7 700.3 779.0 739.7 720.0 679.6 412.1 441.5 340.4 110.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Revenue By product (+/-) USD M -27.7 -2.4 -2.2 -2.3 -2.3 -2.3 -2.3 -2.2 -2.3 -2.2 -2.2 -2.3 -1.6 -1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Gross Revenue USD M 9,679 952 901 926 936 840 935 888 864 816 494 530 409 190 - - - - 0.0 0.0 Royalties USD M 455 44.7 42.3 43.5 44.0 39.5 43.9 41.7 40.6 38.3 23.2 24.9 19.2 8.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Operating Costs Mining Cost USD M 2,959 287.5 246.2 255.1 248.0 231.3 253.2 242.9 240.2 241.0 238.2 227.3 137.6 110.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 General & Admin USD M 777 63.9 62.7 62.8 63.0 63.2 58.6 60.7 58.4 64.8 62.8 73.4 53.3 28.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Other Operating Costs USD M 63 5.1 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Operating Cost USD M 5,156 491.9 432.6 445.5 439.1 421.5 437.5 424.8 407.2 440.3 400.7 389.4 262.1 163.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Sustaining Capital USD M 715 232.6 93.5 54.2 89.9 40.2 44.6 39.5 51.8 45.3 17.6 4.3 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Non-GAAP Metrics & Cash Flow Total AISC Cash USD M 6,298 766.9 566.2 540.9 570.7 499.0 523.8 503.8 497.3 521.8 439.3 416.4 281.2 171.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Other Capital (non Sust.) USD M 18 11.8 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total AIC Cash USD M 6,316 778.6 572.2 540.9 570.7 499.0 523.8 503.8 497.3 521.8 439.3 416.4 281.2 171.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Closure Costs USD M 24 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.0 1.8 0.2 0.7 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.2 0.2 3.6 8.1 1.6 1.2 1.0 2.6 Tax USD M 310 12.4 10.2 11.8 24.3 39.7 55.5 57.0 59.6 46.7 1.6 4.8 5.9 -19.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Free Cash Flow USD M 2,574 115.7 275.5 328.6 296.6 260.3 311.4 284.4 266.2 208.7 30.4 83.5 102.1 28.7 -3.6 -8.1 -1.6 -1.2 -1.0 -2.6 1 Ounces of Gold Key metrics Comments: NPV0 USD M 2,573.8 - Closure costs NPV5 USD M 2,020.8 - No sunk capital NPV10 USD M 1,631.9 - Currencies: USD, AUD. NPV15 USD M 1,350.1 Cash Flow Margin % 52% IRR (for Projects only) % - Notes 1) Numbers included are at 100%, in real terms and based on Barrick board approved plan in January 2022 2) AiSC and AiC reflected are cash based calculations (ie. metal inventory movements not included in calculation) 3) Gold price price modelled at $1200/oz 4) Model includes some inferred and BST ounces 5) By Products reported as cost credit AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 127 19.3 Sensitivity analysis Sensitivities were run on the various inputs for the project. The base case is the Mineral Reserve estimated as at 31 December 2021 and tonnages and grade are reported as delivered to plant (the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). The Underground used a gold price of $1,200/oz and the Open pit selection is based on a gold price of $1,200/oz for all pits, with the exception of $1,300/oz for the Sessenge and Oere pits, and $1,500/oz for the Aerodrome pit. All Mineral Reserve, including Aerodrome, Sessenge, and Oere are profitable at a $1,200/oz Au sales price, and thus the Mineral Reserve and supporting cash flow statements are reported at $1,200/oz Au. The project is the most sensitive to variations in gold price, grade processed and operating costs. The sensitivity on gold price and grade processed produce similar results. Sensitivity Analysis for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV0, in USD M) Sensitivities on Key value drivers Specific sensitivities of the mine to changes in gold price was run by Barrick as the operator of Kibali. An initial optimisation was run on the standard $1,200/oz Mineral Reserve gold price. Gold price sensitivities were then run for gold prices of $400/oz to $2,000/oz at an increment of $100/oz to produce a set of nested pits shells. Major deposits and producing mines are include in the tables below. Various sensitivities at different gold prices were conducted for the different open pit deposits to determine the optimal gold price to be used for the 2021 Mineral Reserve on a case-by-case basis. Analysis was completed on cash cost, strip ratios, cash flows generated, as well as geological drill coverage for each deposit. Parameter 1 Unit -20% Base Case +20% Gold Price USD/oz 948.4 2,573.8 4,199.2 Grade Processed g/t 939.1 2,573.8 4,192.5 Operating Costs USD M 3,550.6 2,573.8 1,596.9 Capital Costs USD M 2,704.7 2,573.8 2,442.8 1 Sensitivities estimated based on given current mine plan for the Base Case. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 128 Sessenge gold price sensitivities Pit Size ($/oz) Cash Flow ($M) Mineralised Material (Mt) Grade (g/t) Waste (Mt) Mining Cost ($M) Process Cost ($M) Royalty ($M) Mining Cost ($/t) Stripping Ratio (t:t) Ounces Mined (koz) Recovery (%) Gold Produced (koz) Cash Cost ($/oz) 400 2.2 0.0 3.18 0.03 -0.2 -1.0 -0.1 3.18 0.7 4 78% 3 450 500 3.9 0.1 3.20 0.08 -0.5 -1.7 -0.3 3.19 1.2 7 77% 5 463 600 5.0 0.1 2.96 0.12 -0.7 -2.6 -0.3 3.20 1.2 9 77% 7 497 700 6.0 0.1 2.69 0.19 -1.0 -3.6 -0.4 3.20 1.3 12 77% 9 545 800 6.4 0.2 2.60 0.24 -1.3 -4.1 -0.5 3.20 1.5 13 77% 10 569 900 9.5 0.3 2.70 1.52 -5.9 -8.0 -1.0 3.26 5.0 26 78% 21 728 1,000 9.8 0.3 2.66 1.68 -6.5 -8.7 -1.0 3.25 5.1 28 78% 22 744 1,100 10.8 0.5 2.66 3.41 -12.6 -12.7 -1.5 3.25 7.3 40 78% 32 849 1,200 10.9 0.5 2.56 3.69 -13.7 -14.2 -1.6 3.25 7.0 43 78% 34 870 1,300 10.1 1.3 2.22 9.93 -36.0 -34.7 -3.3 3.22 7.9 90 79% 71 1,047 1,400 9.7 1.3 2.17 10.36 -37.6 -36.9 -3.5 3.22 7.7 93 79% 74 1,060 1,500 6.8 1.6 2.11 12.84 -46.3 -43.5 -4.0 3.21 8.1 107 79% 85 1,110 1,600 6.4 1.6 2.10 13.06 -47.1 -44.4 -4.0 3.21 8.1 109 79% 86 1,116 1,700 5.9 1.6 2.09 13.35 -48.1 -45.3 -4.1 3.21 8.1 110 79% 87 1,123 1,800 -117.8 6.6 1.90 87.01 -298.5 -184.6 -15.0 3.19 13.1 404 79% 391 1,560 1,900 -127.8 7.0 1.89 92.23 -316.3 -194.7 -15.7 3.19 13.2 424 79% 335 1,572 2,000 -135.3 7.2 1.88 95.82 -328.4 -200.2 -16.2 3.19 13.3 435 79% 344 1,584 Pamao gold price sensitivities Pit Size ($/oz) Cash Flow ($M) Mineralised Material (Mt) Grade (g/t) Waste (Mt) Mining Cost ($M) Process Cost ($M) Royalty ($M) Mining Cost ($/t) Stripping Ratio (t:t) Ounces Mined (koz) Recovery (%) Gold Produced (koz) Cash Cost ($/oz) 400 10.2 0.1 3.26 0.19 -1.0 -3.9 -0.7 3.93 1.3 15 86% 13 425 500 30.1 0.6 2.52 0.64 -3.7 -16.7 -2.5 4.04 1 51 87% 44 519 600 54.7 1.3 2.5 2.57 -11.3 -34.5 -5.0 3.66 2 102 86% 88 577 700 73.3 1.9 2.44 5.16 -20.6 -51.2 -7.2 3.51 2.7 148 86% 127 622 800 93.5 2.8 2.27 8.30 -32.4 -77.3 -10.0 3.47 2.9 208 86% 178 674 900 105.8 3.7 2.15 11.09 -42.9 -99.7 -12.2 3.45 3 254 86% 217 713 1,000 120.9 4.7 2.16 19.92 -71.2 -129.2 -15.9 3.31 4.2 329 85% 281 770 1,100 128.8 6.1 2.03 26.33 -93.6 -166.3 -19.2 3.3 4.3 398 85% 340 821 1,200 130.4 7.1 1.94 30.10 -107.5 -194.6 -21.3 3.31 4.2 443 85% 378 855 1,300 127.4 8.8 1.82 36.86 -131.6 -240.5 -24.6 3.31 4.2 513 85% 437 908 1,400 122.3 9.7 1.78 42.64 -151.1 -268.2 -26.7 3.29 4.4 556 85% 474 942 1,500 114.0 10.6 1.74 48.85 -171.2 -292.4 -28.5 3.27 4.6 594 85% 505 974 1,600 103.1 11.4 1.71 54.13 -188.4 -314.3 -29.9 3.26 4.8 623 85% 530 1,005 1,700 78.3 12.6 1.67 66.14 -226.0 -349.1 -32.2 3.22 5.3 673 85% 571 1,063 1,800 63.2 13.2 1.64 72.75 -246.5 -366.7 -33.4 3.21 5.5 697 85% 591 1,093 1,900 23.3 14.3 1.61 88.83 -295.6 -400.4 -35.5 3.17 6.2 742 85% 629 1,163 2,000 7.1 14.7 1.6 95.95 -316.9 -411.0 -36.2 3.16 6.5 758 85% 643 1,189 Kalimva-Ikamva gold price sensitivities Pit Size ($/oz) Cash Flow ($M) Mineralised Material (Mt) Grade (g/t) Waste (Mt) Mining Cost ($M) Process Cost ($M) Royalty ($M) Mining Cost ($/t) Stripping Ratio (t:t) Ounces Mined (koz) Recovery (%) Gold Produced (koz) Cash Cost ($/oz) 400 19.9 0.2 4.85 0.71 -2.5 -6.6 -1.1 4.19 3.1 36 86% 30 335 500 66.2 1.0 4.28 6.29 -19.3 -30.1 -4.2 3.51 6.1 142 85% 121 443 600 109.0 2.0 3.99 13.71 -41.3 -58.0 -7.6 3.42 6.9 255 85% 218 490 700 136.7 2.9 3.79 21.27 -63.5 -83.6 -10.4 3.37 7.4 348 85% 297 530 800 147.1 3.4 3.69 27.00 -80.0 -98.4 -11.9 3.33 8 400 85% 341 558 900 151.6 3.7 3.6 30.68 -90.7 -109.2 -12.9 3.31 8.2 432 85% 368 578 1,000 159.6 4.6 3.45 41.88 -123.2 -136.0 -15.3 3.27 9 514 85% 439 626 1,100 160.2 5.3 3.3 48.59 -143.2 -156.3 -16.8 3.27 9.1 565 85% 481 657 1,200 159.5 5.9 3.09 49.03 -146.0 -173.9 -17.6 3.33 8.3 589 85% 502 672 1,300 156.5 6.7 2.86 49.05 -148.1 -196.8 -18.4 3.41 7.3 616 85% 525 692 1,400 149.2 7.7 2.62 49.80 -152.9 -226.1 -19.4 3.5 6.5 649 85% 553 720 1,500 132.2 9.1 2.42 57.12 -176.6 -267.4 -21.1 3.53 6.3 708 85% 603 771 1,600 116.0 10.5 2.24 60.72 -190.3 -308.9 -22.5 3.59 5.8 756 85% 644 810 1,700 98.3 11.9 2.08 63.43 -201.2 -350.2 -23.8 3.66 5.3 798 85% 680 846 1,800 78.2 13.2 1.97 66.73 -213.6 -389.2 -25.0 3.71 5 837 85% 713 880 1,900 55.8 14.4 1.88 71.21 -228.7 -422.7 -25.9 3.72 5 869 85% 740 915 2,000 42.1 15.4 1.81 71.92 -233.4 -451.8 -26.7 3.77 4.7 894 85% 762 935

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 129 Pakaka gold price sensitivities Pit Size ($/oz) Cash Flow ($M) Mineralised Material (Mt) Grade (g/t) Waste (Mt) Mining Cost ($M) Process Cost ($M) Royalty ($M) Mining Cost ($/t) Stripping Ratio (t:t) Ounces Mined (koz) Recovery (%) Gold Produced (koz) Cash Cost ($/oz) 400 23.1 0.2 6.59 0.86 -2.9 -5.6 -1.5 2.97 4.4 41 80% 33 302 500 31.5 0.4 5.56 1.96 -6.3 -10.2 -2.3 2.93 5.6 63 80% 50 373 600 42.6 0.6 5.05 4.87 -14.9 -17.6 -3.5 2.88 8.1 98 80% 79 458 700 50.0 0.8 4.87 7.66 -23.2 -23.4 -4.6 2.87 9.5 126 80% 101 506 800 64.1 1.8 3.77 15.59 -47.5 -50.9 -7.7 2.88 8.9 212 80% 170 623 900 65.0 1.9 3.64 16.17 -49.5 -55.0 -8.0 2.88 8.6 221 80% 177 634 1,000 65.8 2.1 3.47 17.89 -54.9 -62.3 -8.6 2.88 8.3 239 80% 192 656 1,100 60.6 3.4 3.38 41.55 -123.4 -98.8 -13.3 2.85 12.2 369 80% 296 795 1,200 53.0 4.3 3.17 53.49 -158.9 -126.0 -15.9 2.85 12.3 441 80% 354 850 1,300 48.3 4.6 3.12 57.99 -172.1 -134.3 -16.7 2.85 12.6 463 80% 371 870 1,400 44.7 4.7 3.11 60.90 -180.5 -137.9 -17.1 2.85 12.8 474 80% 380 882 1,500 -33.0 6.9 3.13 124.25 -362.3 -199.8 -24.9 2.83 18.1 691 80% 554 1,059 1,600 -44.9 7.3 3.04 130.01 -379.5 -212.1 -25.8 2.84 17.8 714 80% 573 1,078 1,700 -60.2 7.7 3 138.11 -403.2 -223.1 -26.7 2.84 18 739 80% 593 1,102 1,800 -68.0 7.9 2.96 141.60 -413.4 -228.8 -27.1 2.84 18 750 80% 601 1,113 1,900 -90.1 8.3 2.91 152.07 -443.8 -242.1 -28.1 2.84 18.3 778 80% 624 1,144 2,000 -99.4 8.5 2.89 156.28 -456.1 -246.8 -28.4 2.84 18.4 788 80% 632 1,157 20 Adjacent properties The Kibali South exploration permit is located 2.5km SW of the KCD pit in an exclusion zone surrounded by the Kibali exploitation permit. Kibali South is currently owned by SOKIMO. However, Kibali South was previously owned by Kibali and was transferred to SOKIMO in December 2012. The mineralisation is an up-plunge projection of mineralisation below the KCD 9000 Lode and is refractory in nature (Randgold, 2009). The QP has not independently verified this information and this information is not necessarily indicative of the mineralisation at Kibali. The information within this Technical Report Summary is based on the property. No information from the adjacent properties has been included in this report. 21 Other relevant data and information 21.1 Inclusive Mineral Resource Inclusive gold Mineral Resource (attributable, 45%) Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 Category million g/t tonnes Moz Open pit Measured 6.96 2.24 15.58 0.50 Indicated 20.27 2.25 45.57 1.47 Measured & Indicated 27.24 2.25 61.15 1.97 Inferred 3.69 2.10 7.76 0.25 Underground Measured 14.31 4.63 66.27 2.13 Indicated 21.67 4.06 88.02 2.83 Measured & Indicated 35.98 4.29 154.29 4.96 Inferred 6.59 3.03 19.98 0.64 Stockpile Measured 0.14 3.17 0.45 0.01 Indicated - - - - Measured & Indicated 0.14 3.17 0.45 0.01 Inferred - - - - Total Measured 21.42 3.84 82.31 2.65 Indicated 41.94 3.18 133.59 4.29 Measured & Indicated 63.36 3.41 215.90 6.94 Inferred 10.29 2.70 27.74 0.89 AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 130 21.2 Inclusive Mineral Resource by-products The Kibali deposit is a gold only product and there are no significant by-products. 21.3 Mineral Reserve by-products The Kibali deposit is a gold only product and there are no significant by-products. 21.4 Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design Inferred Mineral Resource in annual Mineral Reserve design Kibali Tonnes Grade Contained gold as at 31 December 2021 million g/t tonnes Moz Open pit 1.45 1.28 1.86 0.06 Underground 1.02 5.05 5.13 0.16 Total 2.47 2.83 6.99 0.22 With appropriate caution, a portion of the Inferred Mineral Resource was included in the business plan during the optimisation process. The updated business plan contains a total of 5% of Inferred Mineral Resource (on an ounce basis), which is predominantly scheduled from 2031 onwards. All Inferred Mineral Resource included in the business plan has had modifying factors applied to the Mineral Resource and is planned to be mostly converted into Mineral Reserve in the next couple of years. The added Inferred Mineral Resource is primarily from the Oere pit and the down plunge portions of the 3000 and 5000 lodes. The current mine plan has no reliance on the Inferred Mineral Resource to support the economic viability of the project at the declared Mineral Reserve gold price of $1,200/oz. 21.5 Additional relevant information No additional information or explanation is necessary to make this Technical Report understandable and not misleading. 21.6 Certificate of Qualified Person(s) Richard Peattie certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Kibali Gold Mine Technical Report Summary, I hereby state: • My name is Richard Peattie. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Resource. • AngloGold Ashanti Technical Lead for Kibali Mine • AusIMM (Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, membership number 301029). • MPhil Mineral Resource Evaluation (University of Queensland). • Years relevant experience of 25 years. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation S-K 1300. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd • I have read and understand Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an Employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 131 • At the effective date of the Report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. Romulo Sanhueza certificate of competency As the author of the report entitled Kibali Gold Mine Technical Report Summary, I hereby state: • My name is Romulo Sanhueza. I am the Qualified Person for the Mineral Reserve. • Vice President: Strategic Mine Planning • AusIMM (Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, membership number 211794). • BSc Engineering (Mining). • Years relevant experience of 24 years. • I am a Qualified Person as defined in Regulation S-K 1300. • I am not aware of any material fact or material change with respect to the subject matter of the report that is not reflected in the report, the omission of which would make the report misleading. • I declare that this report appropriately reflects my view. • I am not independent of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd • I have read and understand Regulation S-K 1300 Rule for Modernisation of Property Disclosures for Mining Registrants. I am clearly satisfied that I can face my peers and demonstrate competence for the deposit. • I am an Employee in respect of AngloGold Ashanti Ltd in respect of the issuer AngloGold Ashanti Ltd for the 2021 Final Mineral Reserve. • At the effective date of the report, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the report contains all scientific and technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the report not misleading. 22 Interpretation and conclusions It should be noted that information compiled in this report is based on information from the Barrick Gold Corporate (Barrick) NI 43-101 Technical Report on the Kibali Gold Mine, Democratic Republic of the Congo. Based on the total synthesis of the above work, the QPs support the interpretations and conclusions from Barrick as provided below. Geology and Mineral Resource - QAQC Kibali has documented standard procedures for the drilling, logging, and sampling processes, which meet industry standards. The geological and mineralisation modelling at Kibali is centred on geologically robust interpretations. The established quality control programme ensures accurate and precise assay results from the analytical laboratory. Checks conducted on the quality control database indicated that the results are of acceptable precision and accuracy for use in Mineral Resource estimation. Mineral Resource Geological models and subsequent Mineral Resource estimations have evolved and improved with each successive model update from added data within both the open pit and underground. Significant GC drill programmes, and mapping of exposures in mine developments have been completed to increase the confidence in the resulting Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. In the QP’s opinion, the Kibali Mineral Resource top capping, domaining and estimation approach are appropriate, using industry accepted methods. Furthermore, the constraint of underground Mineral Resource reporting to use optimised mineable stope shapes has been deemed to reflect good practice by AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 132 external project audits. The QP considers the Mineral Resource at Kibali as appropriately estimated and classified. The QP is not aware of any environmental, permitting, legal, title, taxation socioeconomic, marketing, political, metallurgical, fiscal, or other relevant factors, that could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate. The strategic focus of Kibali exploration is to prioritise higher grade underground Mineral Resource definition targets, with down plunge extension drilling, thereby extending the LOM with complementary UG and OP ore. Mining and Mineral Reserve The open pit mining operations at Kibali consists of multiple open pits. The open pits are being operated by KMS mining contractor, and a down-the-hole blasting service is provided by Orica an appropriate blasting contractor. Opportunities exist within the current pits with the Inferred Mineral Resource for conversion drilling to allow for engineering of Mineral Reserve. The end of the current open pit mine life is estimated to be year 2033 based on current Mineral Reserve. The KCD underground mine is designed to extract the KCD deposit directly beneath the KCD pit. A 50m crown pillar separates the pit bottom from the top of the underground mine. The underground mine is a long hole stoping operation planned to produce ore at a rate of 3.6Mtpa to 3.8Mtpa for 10 years, tapering off from year 11. Most of the underground mine infrastructure is already in place. A vertical production shaft was fully commissioned during 2018. Most ore is currently hoisted up the shaft, however, throughout the underground LOM the decline to surface is being used to haul ore from some of the shallower zones and to supplement the shaft haulage. Barrick, as the operator of the project, has significant experience in other mining operations within Africa and these production rates, modifying factors, and costs are benchmarked against other African operations to ensure they are suitable. The current Mineral Reserve for Kibali support a total mine life of thirteen years, twelve years of open pit operations, and thirteen years of underground mining. Estimated LOM gold production averages approximately 730koz per year for 10 years based only on the current Mineral Reserve. The schedule will be progressively optimised as mining progresses. The QP considers the modelled recoveries for all ore sources and combined process and plant engineering unit costs, used within the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve process to be acceptable. The QP is not aware of any environmental, legal, title, socioeconomic, marketing, mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, fiscal, or other relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimate. Processing Extensive metallurgical test work campaigns have been completed across all deposits in Kibali that form part of the Mineral Reserve. These have consistently demonstrated two distinct behavioural patterns: 1. free-milling - suitable for gold extraction by a conventional CIL metallurgical process, and, 2. minor refractory - straight cyanidation returns gold dissolutions too low for optimal plant operation due to the presence of occluded gold particles within sulphide minerals. Finer grind will expose a portion of this refractory’ gold for leaching to enhance recovery and economics. The Kibali process plant operational risks are materially reduced as a function of the two separate process streams and independent milling circuits. The process plant has demonstrated excellent improvements in throughput capability, even performing beyond design capacity at 7.2Mtpa at consistent recovery performance. The ore feed plan is blended using both KCD underground ore plus ore sourced from satellite open pits at Kibali to provide a stable feed grade. The Kibali feed plan utilises geometallurgical models that estimate

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 133 the arsenic content so that any ore with high arsenic content is stockpiled separately and blended into the CIL process route to minimise impacts on recovery and reagents consumption. The QP considers the modelled recoveries for all ore sources and the process and plant engineering unit costs applied to the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve process to be acceptable. Infrastructure Kibali is a mature operation that has all necessary support infrastructure already in place. Kibali’s reliance on thermal generation requires three hydropower stations with a combined potential capacity of 42.8MW of hydropower (at peak) and has backup installed capacity for 43MW of thermal generation. The load demand of the mine is not constant, averaging 41MW. Environment and Social Aspects Three ESIAs and two ESIA updates have been completed for Kibali since 2010. The ESIAs and associated ESMP have been consolidated and incorporated into the ESIA updates which occur every five years in accordance with the DRC Mining Regulations (2018). The most recent ESIA update was completed in 2020 in compliance with both DRC national legislation and IFC PS. Kibali’s EMS is ISO 14001:2015 certified. The ESIA, ESMP and EMS considers all current and proposed activities, as well as rehabilitation and closure planning requirements. All permits are in place and an EAP has been approved by the DPEM. The mine prioritises local employment and in October 2021, the workforce were made up of 88% Congolese nationals; more than 70% from the local area. More than 70% of management positions were held by Congolese Nationals. Stakeholder engagement is ongoing. Three significant resettlement campaigns have taken place since 2012. The Pamao-Kalimva-Ikamva RAP is ongoing. Ongoing monitoring of affected households to ensure that their livelihoods, often previously based on artisanal mining, are not adversely affected by the resettlement, is undertaken. Economic displacement has also been significant across the area. ASM remains a concern in the Kibali permit area and the mine is working with provincial authorities to prevent and relocate ASM within the exploitation permit. Kibali continues to invest in community development initiatives, focussing on potable water supplies, primary school education, health care education, investment in medical clinics and local economic development projects. The QP considers the extent of all environmental liabilities have been appropriately met. 23 Recommendations There is no additional work recommended. Kibali Gold Mine has a well-established program to address the Mineral Resource conversion and addition as well the underground development to deliver confidence and flexibility to the production plan. 24 References 24.1 References The references listed herein include both referenced supporting documents to the Technical and Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve work at Kibali. The primary source document was the Barrick Gold Corporate (Barrick) NI 43-101 Technical Report on the Kibali Gold Mine, Democratic Republic of the Congo, effective date 31 December 2021. Geological Models and Mineral Resource references: AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 134 • Allibone AH, Vargas C 2013: Southwest dipping fault at KCD pit. Unpublished memorandum to Randgold Resources Ltd, 6pp. • Allibone AH, Vargas C, Lawrence J. 2013: Geology and ore controls on cross section DGT040- DDD457 through the KCD Gold deposit, Kibali. Unpublished report to Randgold Resources Ltd, 45pp. • Allibone, AH. 2013. Controls on the location of gold mineralisation in the Kibali district, northeast DRC. Unpublished report to Randgold Resources Ltd, 39pp. • Allibone, AH. 2015: KZ Structure and mineralisation in the Kibali District. Unpublished report to Randgold Resources Ltd, 57pp. • Annual Closure Cost assessment, 2017 • Beck Engineering (2014). Kibali Numerical Modelling Base Case Simulation. Letter 16 December 2014. • Beck Engineering (2015). Numerical Simulation of Kibali MHS. Report dated 10 September 2015. • Beck Engineering (2017). Global Deformation Modelling at Kibali. Report dated 22 January 2017. • Bird PJ, Treloar PJ, Vargas CA, Harbidge P, Millar I. 2014. The Kibali granite greenstone belt: exploration and investigation of a new gold-bearing terrane. MDSG Poster. • Closure Liability 2017. • Coffey Mining (2013). Kibali Gold SA 3D Mine Wide Numerical Modelling Stage 1. 11 March 2013. • Coffey Mining (2014). Kibali Gold SA 3D Mine Wide Numerical Modelling Stage 2. 31 March 2014. Community Development Plan (Undated) • Competent Persons Report Mineral Resources, Kibali Gold Mines, DRC. Compiled by Simon West, Project Resource Geologist, Randgold Resources Limited, 31 December 2017. • Competent Persons Report, Kibali Gold Mine 2017 Open Pit Ore Reserve Statement, December 2017. • CSR Strategy May 2017. • Cube Consulting Pty Ltd (2009), Amended and Restated Technical Report (Ni 43-101), Moto Gold Project Democratic Republic of Congo for Moto Goldmines Ltd. April 2009 • Davis, B. 2004. Moto Project, Structural Geological Investigation. Unpublished Report to Moto Goldmines Limited, 40 pp. • December 2017 Dewatering Review (PowerPoint), Mark Raynor, SRK Consulting, December 2017. • Dempers and Seymour (2012). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model. Report dated November 2012. • Dempers and Seymour (2014). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated November 2014. • Dempers and Seymour (2015). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated March 2015. • Dempers and Seymour (2017). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated March 2017. • Dempers and Seymour (2017). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated September 2017. • Environmental Incident Register 2017. • Global Deformation Modelling at Kibali, Beck Engineering, January 2017. • Gorumbwa RAP Progress Report May 2018 (ppt) • Gorumbwa RAP Teport May 2018. • Grievance Mechanism Procedure. • Grievance Register 2017. • ISO 14001:2015 (EMS) Certificate, Feb 2018. • JORC Code 2012 Edition, Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, Joint Ore Reserve Committee of The Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Australian Institute of Geoscientists and Mineral Council of Australia (JORC), 2012. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 135 • Kibali ESIA 2011. • Kibali ESIA Update 2016. • Kibali RAP 2012. • Kibali Gold Mine 2016 Ore Reserve Report. Piran Mining Pty Ltd. Report dated February 2017. • Kibali Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve process review August - December 2017, Optiro Pty Ltd, February 2018. Kibali Mineral Resource Validation December 2017, Optiro Pty Ltd, January 2018. • Kibali Mineral Resource Validation December 2017. Optiro. • Kibali Optimised Feasibility Study, Randgold Resources Limited, June 2012. • Kibali Ore Reserve audit, Project no AU4312, Snowden Mining Industry Consultants, February 2014. • Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model update, Dempers and Seymour, March 2017. • Kibali Register of Permits, Licences and Authorisations. • Kibali Resettlement Audit March 2013. • Kibali Water Quality Data Review April 2016. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2012). A Review of the SRK Consulting Kibali Underground Geotechnical Feasibility Study Report (Rev0) dated February 2012. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2016). Kibali Stope Performance Database. Excel spread sheet dated 3 September 2016. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2017). Kibali Gold Mine Stope Performance (Stability Graphs). April 2017. LOM Stakeholder Engagement Plan July 2015. • Mineral Resource Review, Kibali DRC, Quantitative Group Pty Ltd, Project code RRS21301, March 2013. Mineral Reserve references: • Qualified Persons Report Mineral Resources, Kibali Gold Mines, DRC. Compiled by Simon West, Project Resource Geologist, Randgold Resources Limited, 31 December 2018. • Kibali Optimised Feasibility Study, Randgold Resources Limited, June 2012. • Kibali Gold Mine 2016 Mineral Reserve Report. Piran Mining Pty Ltd. Report dated February 2017. • Kibali Gold Mine 2018 Mineral Reserve Report. Kenmore Mine Consulting. Report dated February 2019. • Kibali Gold Mine 2019 Mineral Reserve Report. Ismail Traore. Report dated January 2020. • Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model update, Dempers and Seymour, March 2017. Global Deformation modelling at Kibali, Beck Engineering, January 2017. • Kibali Mineral Reserve audit, Project no AU4312, Snowden Mining Industry Consultants, February 2014. • Mineral Resource Review, Kibali DRC, Quantitative Group Pty Ltd, Project code RRS21301, March 2013. • December 2017 Dewatering Review (PowerPoint), Mark Raynor, SRK Consulting, December 2017. • Qualified Persons Report, Kibali Gold Mine 2018 Open Pit Mineral Reserve Statement, December 2018. • Kibali Mineral Resource validation December 2017, Optiro Pty Ltd, January 2018. • Kibali Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve process review August - December 2017, Optiro Pty Ltd, February 2018. • SRK Consulting (2011). Kibali Underground Geotechnical Feasibility Study report (Rev0), November 2011. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2012). A Review of the SRK Consulting Kibali Underground Geotechnical Feasibility Study Report (Rev0) dated February 2012. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 136 • Western Australian Department of Mines and Petroleum. Western Australian Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995. • Dempers and Seymour (2012). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model. Report dated November 2012. • Dempers and Seymour (2014). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated November 2014. • Dempers and Seymour (2015). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated March 2015. • Dempers and Seymour (2017). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated March 2017. • Dempers and Seymour (2017). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. Report dated September 2017. • Coffey Mining (2013). Kibali Gold SPRL 3D Mine Wide Numerical Modelling Stage 1. - 11 March 2013. • Coffey Mining (2014). Kibali Gold SPRL 3D Mine Wide Numerical Modelling Stage 2. - 31 March 2014. • Beck Engineering (2014). Kibali Numerical Modelling Base Case Simulation. Letter 16 December 2014. • Beck Engineering (2015). Numerical Simulation of Kibali MHS. Report dated 10 September 2015. • Beck Engineering (2017). Global Deformation Modelling at Kibali. Report dated 22 January 2017. • Western Australian School of Mines (2012). Stress Measurements from Oriented Core using the Acoustic Emission Method. Report dated December 2012. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2016). Kibali Stope Performance Database. Excel spreadsheet - 3 Sept. 2016. • KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2017). Kibali Gold Mine Stope Performance (Stability Graphs). April 2017. • REF A: Dempers and Seymour (2018). Kibali Project Mining Rock Mass Model Update. December 2018. • REF B: Beck Engineering (2018a). Life of Mine Deformation and Stability Assessment for Kibali. 4 July 2018. • REF C: Beck Engineering (2018b). Assessment of Revised Life of Mine Sequence for Kibali. Letter Report dated 4 July 2018. • REF D: KSCA Geomechanics Pty Ltd (2018). Kibali Gold Mine Stope Performance (Stability Graphs). Report dated January 2018 24.2 Mining terms All injury frequency rate: The total number of injuries and fatalities that occurs per million hours worked. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described.

AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 137 Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility Study (FS): A Feasibility Study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analysis that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A Feasibility Study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a Prefeasibility Study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigor to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 138 Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. With caution AngloGold Ashanti uses Inferred Mineral Resource in its Mineral Reserve estimation process and the Inferred Mineral Resource is included in the pit shell or underground extraction shape determination. As such the Inferred Mineral Resource may influence the extraction shape. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The cash flow analysis does not include the Inferred Mineral Resource in demonstrating the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study and conceptual study): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a qualified person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 139 Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in-situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary Feasibility Study (Prefeasibility Study or PFS): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a qualified person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Project capital expenditure: Capital expenditure to either bring a new operation into production; to materially increase production capacity; or to materially extend the productive life of an asset. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: On 31 October 2018, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission adopted the amendment Subpart 1300 (17 CFR 229.1300) of Regulation S-K along with the amendments to related rules and guidance in order to modernise the property disclosure requirements for mining registrants under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Registrants engaged in mining operations must comply with the final rule amendments (Regulation S-K 1300) for the first fiscal year beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Accordingly, the Company is providing disclosure in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 for its fiscal year ending 31 December 2021 and will continue to do so going forward. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. AngloGold Ashanti Kibali Gold Mine - 31 December 2021 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 30 March 2022 140 Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 25 Reliance on information provided by the Registrant No information was provided by the registrant for this report.

Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

Create E-mail Alert Related Categories

SEC Filings

Sign up for StreetInsider Free!

Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!

Form 6-K ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LTD For: Dec 31

You May Also Be Interested In

Create E-mail Alert Related Categories

Sign up for StreetInsider Free!

Free News Feed